Environment News November 2025: Issue 648

Week Four November 2025 (November 17-23)

Conny Harris: Public Address to November 18 2025 Council Meeting - Weeds + Roads

The Northern Beaches are for most residents highly valued because of their natural environment; the bush and the beaches.

So what needs to be done to protect this asset? Or what is the greatest threat to it?

The two front runners threatening the natural environment are habitat destruction and invasion by exotic species.

We all understand how developments are destroying the bush but how are exotic species intruding the natural environment?

A telling picture can be provided by council's exotic species officers. The exotic species follow along the roads, tracks and drainage lines.

Any active bushcarer will confirm this: Along the tracks especially after "trackwork" has been done, new weeds appear and months of hard work will be needed to just keep them under control or eradicate them. Hence my request on behalf of all the bushcarers I work with is: 

Can you review the interactions between the roads maintenance crews and the environmental team? Perhaps a learning module to identify the worst weeds could be offered to the road maintenance workers and their approach to it modified to avoid spreading it all along the roads? But perhaps ideas and details are best worked out between the two teams. 

In other selected bushland areas perhaps mowing along the roads could be ceased so as to stop spreading the weedy seeds and bushcarers can deal with the vegetation and remove the few weeds present.

An example of the different approaches can be seen along Morgan Rd where the road cuts through the rock. One side is only dealt with by bushcarers and is covered in beautiful native plants including even native orchids and on the other side we see the usual Coreopsis, small leaved privet and many exotic grasses. 

May I trust you share some of the love for our beautiful environment and use your powers to ensure we keep it?

Furthermore, instead of frustrated bush carers, we would get satisfied and happy volunteers.

Syzygium luehmannii-x-wilsonii lilly pilly 'Cascade', flowering at present fruits will appear in Summer

Angophora costata, the Sydney Red Gum, flowers in late Spring to Summer with creamy white blossoms, also the tie it sheds its old bark to show a salmon creamy pink trunk beneath -  flowering at present.

Elaeocarpus reticulatus, the Blueberry Ash, blooms Spring to early Summer - flowering at present.

Pittwater Spotted Gum bark-shedding time

Swift parrot habitat court case: legal action to scrutinise logging plans in Tasmania’s last breeding forests

The Wilderness Society Tasmania has launched legal action in the Tasmanian Supreme Court asking the regulator to explain why it has approved logging in some of the last remaining breeding forests of critically endangered swift parrots.

Swift Parrot Credit Billy Rowe

Represented by Environmental Justice Australia, the case challenges the Tasmanian Forest Practices Authority over their justification to allow logging in Huon Valley forests identified by scientists – and the Tasmanian government itself – as critical for the species’ survival.

The legal action was filed in the Tasmanian Supreme Court on 27 October, and on November 13 2025 Lawyers for the Wilderness Society appeared in court for the first mention hearing. Logging is imminent, with bulldozers due to move into these forests any day. 

Swift parrots breed only in Lutruwita / Tasmania, migrating across Bass Strait each winter to feed on the mainland before returning in spring to breed. Swift parrots have been recorded just last week in the logging coupes that are subject to this case. 

With fewer than 750 birds left, scientists warn the species could be extinct by 2031 if logging continues.

Documents¹ obtained under Tasmania’s Right to Information laws show the government itself recognised these forests as vital swift parrot breeding habitat, but approved their destruction regardless.

Alice Hardinge, The Wilderness Society Tasmania Campaigns Manager, says:  

“These forests are among the last places on Earth where swift parrots breed – and logging could begin any day now. 

“In the last few days, ecologists have documented the presence of swift parrots in these logging coupes by identifying their calls on audio recordings. The scientists know they’re there, the community knows they’re there, the government knows they’re there - yet still this critical habitat is threatened by imminent logging.

“The government itself acknowledged these forests are critical to the swift parrot’s survival, then approved them for logging anyway.

“With fewer than 750 swift parrots left, scientists warn the critically endangered species could vanish within a decade if Tasmania’s last breeding forests are destroyed.

“Tasmanians expect decisions about our forests to follow the law and the science – not political convenience or industry pressure. 

“We’re going to court to ensure Tasmania’s laws do what they’re meant to do – protect threatened wildlife.”

Natalie Hogan, Senior Lawyer at Environmental Justice Australia, says, 

“Documents¹ obtained under Tasmania’s Right to Information laws reveal the government is aware that these forests contain important swift parrot breeding habitat. Tasmania’s government has legal obligations to protect swift parrots, one of Australia’s most threatened species, from habitat destruction.

“Our client is seeking reasons to explain how and why decisions to approve logging plans in these areas were made.

“This case could set an important legal precedent to enhance transparency and scrutiny when it comes to protecting threatened species from logging in Tasmania’s forests.” 

Audio recordings of active swift parrots calls in both of the logging coupes DN024D and RU001J have been detected in the last week by ecologist Dr Charley Gros - and this data was submitted to the government on Tuesday November 12. 

DN024D and RU001J - swift parrot breeding habitat slated for destruction

Swift parrots breed only in Tasmania. The last remaining population migrates across Bass Strait to mainland Australia each Winter and the flock returns to breed each Spring.

Scientists from the Australian National University warn the species could be extinct by 2031 without stronger protection. 

The plight of the swift parrot has drawn international concern. Actor and environmentalist Leonardo DiCaprio recently highlighted logging threats to the species’ nesting sites to his 62 million followers, calling for stronger protections for Tasmania’s native forests.

In 2023, BirdLife Australia named the swift parrot Bird of the Year, recognising its urgent need for protection.

Swift Parrot pair. Credit: Billy Rowe

[1] https://nre.tas.gov.au/Documents/NRE%20RTI%20035%20-%202023-24.pdf

Australia’s algal bloom catastrophe has left more than 87,000 animals dead. What will happen this summer?

Jochen KaempfFlinders University

An underwater bloom of toxic algae has wreaked havoc off the coast of South Australia since mid-March 2025. After eight months, this harmful algal bloom is the longest and one of the most environmentally devastating events ever recorded in Australian waters.

The algal bloom is predominantly in Gulf St. Vincent and has affected 30% of South Australia’s coastline. The bloom has affected more than 390 species, with more than 87,000 dead animals reported to the iNaturalist database.

There is still no end in sight for this environmental disaster. It’s impossible to know exactly what might happen to this vast toxic bloom this summer, as the ocean heats up.

But we have models and scientific knowledge to guide our predictions.

Algal rollercoaster

The algal bloom has led to troubling times in South Australia. The commercial and recreational fishing sectors, tourist industry, the public and even politicians have suffered from its detrimental effects.

The algal bloom saga is full of surprise twists and turns, including the initial identification of the algae as Karenia mikimotoi, government speculation about its causes (frequently aired in television ads), and the resignation of South Australia’s Environment Minister Susan Close.

This was followed by a statement from South Australia’s Premier, Peter Malinauskas, that the algal bloom was not toxic (it is). Then came the dangerous relocation of algae-affected oysters that could have introduced the algae to other pristine waters.

The saga continued, with Malinauskas announcing in late October that the algal bloom may eventually disappear, which turned out to be overly optimistic and incorrect.

Then came the recent discovery of a novel brevetoxin-producing species, K. cristata that appears to have dominated the algal bloom since July. Recently, the algal bloom reappeared near Victor Harbor, while the worst fish kill since the bloom started occurred along Adelaide’s beaches.

There have been federal and state senate inquiries into the algal bloom, and now important research on the algal bloom won’t be able to continue as six researchers in this space, including myself, have lost their positions at Flinders University in a restructure.

A surfer walks into foamy water affected by the algal bloom.
A surfer in the seafoam of the algal bloom at Christies Beach (Adelaide), October 22 2025. Troy RigneyCC BY-ND

The turning point

From the beginning, state authorities were optimistic about the algal bloom. They said storms and colder waters would make it soon disappear and downplayed potential public health impacts, claiming the algae did not produce a toxin.

The release of my modelling was a turning point.

In the worst-case scenario, the model predicted the algal bloom would initially weaken and shrink over the cooler winter months but intensify and affect new areas, including Spencer Gulf, the following summer.

My modelling predictions, based on the known growth characteristics of K. mikimotoi, were the first science-based research suggesting the algae may become an ongoing problem.

The game changer

Shauna Murray, a marine biologist at the University of Technology Sydney, and her colleagues eventually unravelled several Karenia species that were previously prematurely grouped as K. mikimotoi. This discovery, which was made public in a pre-print article that has not yet been peer-reviewed, was another significant game changer for two reasons.

First, unlike K. mikimotoi, three species in the mix of algae – K. cristataK. brevisulacata and K. papilionacea – produce toxins that affect human health. These include brevetoxins, which cause illness.

For instance, K. brevisulcata featured in a devastating toxic algal bloom in Wellington Harbour, New Zealand, in 1998. It caused long-term ecological damage and respiratory distress in harbour bystanders.

The growth characteristics of these species may also differ from that of K. mikimotoi. Unlike K. mikimotoiK. cristata may grow better in colder water, which could could extend the life of the algal bloom mix.

A new hope?

Cell counts of Karenia species are published on the state government’s algal bloom water testing open data dashboard. Over the entire measurement period, K. cristata, which dominates the algal bloom mix, showed very high concentrations of several million cells per litre in Gulf St. Vincent.

Such high algal concentrations are different to my modelling predictions. Based on the growth characteristics of K. mikimotoi, these suggested a decrease in algal levels over the winter months.

In comparison, Spencer Gulf and the northwest marine region had low toxic algal concentrations during the entire period, which my model predicted. Relatively high levels (>100,000 cells per litre) near the Arno Bay jetty, which could be due to human influences rather than current, are still concerning.

Recent declines in algal cell counts of K. cristata along South Australian metropolitan beaches gave the state government a new reason to believe the algal bloom may eventually disppear. But could this be false hope?

Possible future scenarios

It is not possible to predict the future development of toxic algal bloom in South Australian waters with any certainty. However, it seems the worst-case scenario of my predictions still holds. This suggests the algal bloom will remain a permanent feature of the two gulfs for many years.

The important difference could be that K. cristata (not included in the model yet) will flare up during the colder months, when it may grow best. And other Karenia species such as K. mikimotoi may dominate the algal bloom during the warmer months, in a never ending cycle. Only good scientific monitoring and high-quality research can verify this hypothesis.

It’s difficult for me to imagine the scientific mechanisms that would see the algal bloom disappear. While the bloom cannot be controlled by human intervention, continued scientific studies are required to understand how it functions. Like many others, I too hope the algal bloom will eventually disappear.The Conversation

Jochen Kaempf, Associate Professor of Natural Sciences (Oceanography), Flinders University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Forestry Corp's Glider Den Tree Search Fails

November 21 2025

Volunteers from conservation groups have released new data which exposes Forestry Corp's "systemic" under-reporting of greater glider dens within areas earmarked for logging in New South Wales, which scientists say could result in localised extinctions.

This is not the first time it has been found Forestry Cop has failed to find and protect the den trees of endangered greater gliders in New South Wales.

New rules introduced last year via the NSW EPA were meant to offer the endangered animal stronger protections.

However, environment groups say the new rules have allowed the Forestry Corporation of NSW to survey less of the forests they plan to log, which has resulted in the number of greater gliders being severely underestimated.

The previous rules required the entire proposed logging area to be searched for glider dens, the new rules state searches only need to occur along roads and tracks.

Forestry Corporation of NSW (FCNSW) is a state government-owned logging company.

In operational areas in seven state forests, Forestry Corp found just 42 den trees while citizen scientists found 918 – more than 20 times as many.

To classify as a den tree, a greater glider must be seen entering or leaving a hollow. The state-owned forest agency is required to search for these den trees and safeguard them with 50 metre exclusion zones before logging.

But it's estimated Forestry Corp searches only about 5% to 10% of the area to be logged because it is only required to search for den trees near existing roads and tracks. It's also allowed to search after dusk when gliders have already left their hollows.

South East Forest Rescue, Wilderness Australia, and the World Wide Fund for Nature Australia say protections must be improved for greater gliders and other threatened species like koalas and glossy black-cockatoos.

These figures only include den trees found by citizen scientists in operational areas where Forestry Corp has conducted searches. Citizen scientists have also found dozens more den trees in state forest areas where Forestry Corp is not yet required to search because logging is either not scheduled or in the early stages of planning.

With reform of Australia's national environment law, the EPBC, now before federal parliament there is a major push to remove loopholes like the exemption for Regional Forest Agreements.

Dr Kita Ashman, conservation scientist, WWF-Australia said:

''Forestry Corp's epic failure to find den trees is a perfect example of why exemptions like RFAs don't work. The logging industry should not get a free pass to avoid scrutiny under a strengthened EPBC.

Outdated loopholes like RFAs allow destructive tree clearing to continue, even in areas critical to endangered species.

It's time to close deforestation loopholes, provide stronger upfront protections for nature, establish an independent environmental regulator, and safeguard nature against climate change.''

Andrew Wong, Operations Manager, for Wilderness Australia said:

''It's astonishing the number of den trees that FCNSW is missing, especially considering the number recorded by citizen scientists would only represent a fraction of den trees present. The data we've collected is proof that the NSW Government has a clear choice to make: continue logging native forests or save the greater glider from extinction. These two scenarios cannot coexist.''

South East Forest Rescue has launched a court case challenging the legality of the search rules that result in Forestry Corp finding only a fraction of existing den trees. 

Justice Rachel Pepper, who has presided over the case, said she was "struck by the element of chance" contained in the definition set out in the forestry laws.

At the Monday November 11 hearing, Forestry Corporation argued that unless a glider is seen entering or leaving a tree hollow, it would not be counted nor treated as a den tree. Under this interpretation, even if a baby glider was found sleeping inside a hollow, the tree still wouldn’t qualify as a den tree. And if the tree is not treated as such, it will not be protected. 

''That’s exactly why we challenged the Corporation’s narrow and unrealistic interpretation of what counts as a den tree. Their definition allows critical glider habitat to be logged without protection.'' South East Forest Rescue said

''This is the first case brought by a community group in over 25 years, and is hopefully the first of many to hold Forestry Corp to account for their failure to adequately protect endangered species.''

South East Forest Rescue spokesperson Scott Daines said:

''If you don't look, you don't find and that is exactly what Forestry Corporation wants. They care more about the timber than the plight of our precious endangered forest-dwelling species. On top of this it costs the taxpayer tens of millions each year for all this destruction. This is criminal and it's time that native forest logging is stopped to allow our forests and the animals that live in them to recover.''

Proud young Aboriginal woman and rising environmental leader Takesa Frank found one of the den trees in Tallaganda State Forest. Takesa said:

''It was a really powerful experience; the first greater glider I'd ever seen. They are the cutest animal ever. New South Wales Forestry was literally looking for a nocturnal species during the day and reporting "oh, there are no greater gliders" and then just logging that entire area. It made me really angry and then that turned to sadness.

As a First Nations person the reason I do this work of protecting forests and campaigning against this industry is because Country is our entire culture. It is our identity. Our elders are in the soil and in the skies.

Country must be protected so that future generations can experience culture the way that we did growing up.''

A pair of endangered Greater Gliders in a freeze frame from the livestream. © Ana Gracanin - Greate Gliders were listed as Endnagered with Extinction in 2022

Glenbog State Forest – case study

The efforts of volunteers from Wilderness Australia and South East Forest Rescue saved 31 greater glider den trees from potentially being logged and in the process likely saved the lives of greater gliders, after Forestry Corp's search efforts located only three den trees.

By identifying the den trees and entering the locations on Bionet, these citizen scientists protected patches of older growth forest from the chainsaws and restricted logging to newer, regrowth forest. Areas of more mature vegetation are crucial refuges for threatened species.

WWF has launched a petition calling on members of parliament to strengthen the weak nature laws, currently ''logged in the Senate:

Strengthen our Nature Laws to Protect Aussie Wildlife | WWF Australia WWF Australia

Siale Seen at Bondi

More in November 2025 Week 2 Issue

 

Australia's Upwellings: Bonney, Perth Canyon, Western Tasmania - the November Songs of the Blue Whales

Upwelling is a process in which deep, cold water rises toward the surface. Winds blowing across the ocean surface push water away. Water then rises up from beneath the surface to replace the water that was pushed away. This process is known as “upwelling.”

Upwelling occurs in the open ocean and along coastlines. The reverse process, called “downwelling,” also occurs when wind causes surface water to build up along a coastline and the surface water eventually sinks toward the bottom.

Water that rises to the surface as a result of upwelling is typically colder and is rich in nutrients. These nutrients “fertilise” surface waters, meaning that these surface waters often have high biological productivity.  Therefore, good fishing grounds typically are found where upwelling is common, as are fish.

The Australian coastline has three: the Perth Canyon and the Bonney, along with another brought to light in 2014 on the Western coast of Tasmania.

Of the Perth Canyon Upwelling Whale Watch W.A. - a sixth generation family owned business, states:
Just 30 nautical miles from Fremantle in Western Australia and you will find yourself in the largest submarine canyon in Australia… the Perth Canyon. Stretching over 2,900 square kilometres and reaching down to depths as far as 4.5 kilometres, the Perth Canyon is truly enormous and can be easily sighted from satellite images of the Western Australian coastline. 

The history of the Perth Canyon dates back to the original Swan River mouth before water levels rose and the continental shelf was engulfed by the ocean. Larger than the Grand Canyon in size but displaying similar features such as deep gorges and sheer cliff faces, the Perth Canyons topography has only recently been discovered and better understood. Hosting visitors of every kind the Perth Canyon is one of only three known locations in Australia and one of very few places in the world Blue Whales are known to congregate and feed every year without fail.

The Perth Canyon is located within the pathway of two important currents located off the Western Australian coastline. The Leeuwin current is a warm, southward flowing current that travels at approximately 1 knot all the way to Cape Leeuwin (Australia’s most south westerly point) before making a sharp turn and continuing its reach all the way towards Tasmania. Mixing with this current is the cooler, northward bound Leeuwin Undercurrent and when the two combine within the walls of the Perth Canyon an incredible event eventuates. Eddies and upwelling begin to occur in the steep canyon walls and dissolved oxygen and micro nutrients from the Leeuwin Undercurrent provide a food source for the tiniest of creatures such as phytoplankton which begins the food chain. Euphausia Recurva is the main species of krill found in the Perth Canyon and is the finest of krill for the largest creature to have ever graced our planet, the Blue Whale.

The feeding season peaks in March to May as hundreds of Blue Whales gather to feast on up to 40 million krill per day. Sperm Whales, Oceanic Dolphins, Sunfish, Beaked Whales and pelagic species of fish and seabirds all join in on the plentiful food supply, a vitally important feeding ground for many. The Perth Canyon is an Australian Marine Park and importantly so to ensure that future generations of Blue Whales and many others species of cetaceans and sea life who visit always have a fridge full of food waiting for them in the cellars of the Perth Canyon.


Submarine canyons are dramatic topographic features that connect shallow continental shelves to deep ocean basins and create marine hotspots due to their unusual characteristics. They are highly productive zones that support an astonishing diversity of marine life within their depths. Perth Canyon is no exception, and has long been known to attract large aggregations of pygmy whales and other marine mega-fauna. In fact, it is the only marine hotspot along the several thousands of coastline between Ningaloo Reef (northwest Australia) and Kangaroo Island near Adelaide (South Australia). Some may ask, why Perth Canyon is a marine hotspot, and why does it support such a high productivity? The answer to these questions lies in the Canyon’s unusual oceanography, which scientists on board R/V Falkor have been studying in great detail.


Map showing sea surface temperature (SST) and currents in the area surrounding the Perth Canyon. The southward flowing current represented in green is the Leeuwin Current.

The Bonney Upwelling is the largest and most predictable upwelling in the GSACUS. It stretches from Portland, Victoria to Robe, South Australia. The continental shelf is narrow offshore of the "Bonney Coast" - only about 20 kilometres (12 mi) from the shore to the continental slope - and deep water is funnelled to the surface through a series of submarine canyons.

Recently, a new upwelling centre has been discovered on the western shelf of Tasmania. Since this new upwelling centre is located outside South Australian waters, it was proposed that the entire upwelling system should be rather called the Great Southern Australian Coastal Upwelling System.


Abstract:
Analyses of >10 years of satellite-derived ocean-colour data reveal the existence of a highly productive ecosystem on the west Tasmanian shelf. A closer event-based analysis indicates that the nutrient supply for this system has two different dynamical origins: (a) wind-driven coastal upwelling and (b) river plumes. During austral summer months, the west Tasmanian shelf forms a previously unknown upwelling centre of the "Great South Australian Coastal Upwelling System", presumably injecting nutrient-rich water into western Bass Strait. Surprisingly, river discharges render the study region productive during other seasons of the year, except when nutrient-poor water of the South Australian Current reaches the region. Overall, the west Tasmanian shelf is more phytoplankton-productive than the long-known coastal upwelling along the Bonney Coast. The existence of phytoplankton blooms during the off-upwelling-season may explain the wintertime spawning aggregations of the blue grenadier (Macruronus novaezelandiae) and the associated regionally high abundance of Australian fur seals (Arctocephalus pusillus doriferus).

The Great South Australian Coastal Upwelling System is a seasonal upwelling system in the eastern Great Australian Bight, extending from Ceduna, South Australia, to Portland, Victoria, over a distance of about 800 kilometres (500 mi). 

Upwelling events occur in the austral Summer (from November to May) when seasonal winds blow from the southeast. These winds blow parallel to the shoreline at certain areas of the coast, which forces coastal waters offshore via Ekman transport and draws up cold, nutrient-rich waters from the ocean floor.

Because the deep water carries abundant nutrients up from the ocean floor, the upwelling area differs from the rest of the Great Australian Bight, especially the areas offshore of Western Australia and the Nullarbor Plain in South Australia, which are generally nutrient-poor. Every summer, the upwelling sustains a bountiful ecosystem that attracts blue whales and supports rich fisheries.[

The Great South Australian Coastal Upwelling System (GSACUS) is Australia's only deep-reaching coastal upwelling system, with nutrient-enriched water stemming from depths exceeding 300 metres (980 ft).

For 20 years, the Blue Whale Study has conducted ecological research on blue whales and their upwelling habitats in southern Australia. Their website states under 'Our Story':

The Blue Whale Study was born in 1998.  The previous year, after fifteen years of involvement in cetacean research projects in Australia, Antarctica and the south-west Pacific, Pete Gill became aware of a report detailing numerous sightings in December 1995 of blue whales in Discovery Bay just west of Portland, south-west Victoria. A subsequent conversation with CSIRO oceanographer Dr George Cresswell led to a realisation that seasonal cold water upwelling probably explained the presence of these whales. In February 1998, Pete led a preliminary field trip on the 15m yacht Iniquity, quickly finding blue whales feeding on krill in Discovery Bay. This spurred a decision to start a long-term ecological study on the blue whales and their habitat.

For the first critical years, this research program was known as the Blue Whale Study, until the not-for-profit organisation of the same name was founded in 2007. The research was funded initially by the Australian Government’s Natural Heritage Trust, while Pete completed a PhD through Deakin University. These studies helped to hone the focus of the Study.

In 2002, Pete was joined by Margie Morrice. Their 12 year collaboration saw them study varying aspects of blue whale ecology such as foraging behaviour, population genetics, movements between areas and patterns of residency. They also undertook photo-identification of individual whales they encountered, an important and ongoing component of current research. 

On The Bonney Upwelling:

In general terms, upwellings are powerhouses of nutrient cycling.  Driven by wind, the process of upwelling draws deep, nutrient-rich cold water upwards towards the ocean’s surface replacing the warmer, usually nutrient-depleted, surface water.  The nutrients in upwelled water are derived from marine organisms (both plant and animal) dying and sinking to the ocean floor. These nutrients are most abundant near coasts and river outlets but may be conveyed by currents great distances along the ocean floor, to be upwelled far from their source.

When upwelled nutrients meet sunlight near the surface, minute phytoplankton (plant-like cells) ‘bloom’, turning the ocean green and providing a vital food source for a range of animals from krill (a type of zooplankton) to small schooling fish. These feed larger animals including rock lobsters, giant crabs, fish (including commercial species), squid, seabirds, seals, dolphins and whales.  Humans too are part of this complex food web, commercially fishing both krill and the larger predators that feed on it.

Upwelling events may last from hours to weeks and are followed by ‘relaxation’ periods as winds calm or blow from other directions. Their timing and intensity varies from year to year. The right balance between upwelling and relaxation events is crucial to primary (phytoplankton) production.

Named after the Bonney Coast west of Portland, the Bonney Upwelling is driven by spring-summer winds that blow from the south-east.  These winds drive ocean currents to the north-west along the coast and displace surface water offshore (due to the Coriolis effect). This displaced warm, surface water is replaced with cold Antarctic Intermediate Water that has travelled slowly across the floor of the Southern Ocean and onto the shallower continental shelf. The shelf is narrow offshore of the Bonney Coast (about 20km from shore to continental slope) and each season, from November to May deep water is funnelled toward the surface through a series of submarine canyons.  Upwelling extends right across much of the continental shelf (waters less than 200m deep) as shown in the map below, but only surfaces in certain areas, such as the Bonney Upwelling, where upwelled water is deflected by the coast. The narrower the shelf, the more intense the surface upwelling.

Extensive upwelling of nutrient-rich water makes the GSACUS an important marine hot spot on Australia's southern shelves. During upwelling events, the abundance of the GSACUS ecosystem can approach that of some of the world’s most productive upwelling centres, such as those offshore of Peru, California, and Namibia.

During upwelling events, surface chlorophyll a concentrations, an indicator of phytoplankton abundance, increase tenfold. Phytoplankton blooms bring about swarms of krill, which in turn attract blue whales. Blue whales are found in various locations off the southeast coast of Australia, but most predominantly in the Bonney Upwelling region, which is one of 12 identified blue whale feeding sites worldwide. Marine biologist Peter Gill estimates that 100 blue whales visit the Bonney Upwelling area every year, ranging over 18,000 square kilometres (6,900 sq mi) of ocean from Robe, South Australia to Cape Otway in Victoria. The feeding grounds may extend further northwest, encompassing the rest of the GSACUS, but incomplete whale surveys are insufficient to establish their true range.

Other marine life that thrives in the upwelling includes filter feeders like sponges, bryozoans, and corals. These animals feed predators such as seabirds, fishes, Australian fur seals, and penguins.  The upwelling plays also an important role in the life cycle of juvenile southern bluefin tuna (Thunnus maccoyii), which accumulate in the eastern Great Australian Bight during the upwelling season and feed on sardines (Sardinops sagax) and anchovies (Engraulis australis). Furthermore, the many dead organisms that fall to the continental shelf support populations of southern rock lobster and giant crab.

The Bonney Coast forms the western extension of the Maugean Province that encloses Tasmania's coastline. The "Bonney Coast" is named after Charles Bonney (1813-1897), an early Australian explorer and stockman who, along with Joseph Hawdon, led one of the first overland cattle drives to South Australia in 1838. The coastal upwelling system off the coasts of South Australia and Victoria was also named the Bonney Upwelling after him. 

Charles Bonney (1813-1897), by unknown artist, c1900, courtesy State Library of South Australia, SLSA: B 7390, with the permission of the City of Norwood, Payneham & St Peters


Abstract
This study employs a fully coupled physical-biological model to explore the oceanic dynamics and phytoplankton production in one of Australia’s most prominent coastal upwelling systems, the Bonney Coast Upwelling, that has barely been studied before. The study focusses on how physical processes provide two different food sources for blue whales (Balaenoptera musculus), namely, krill (treated as nonbuoyant particles) and zooplankton, both feeding on phytoplankton. While plankton grows in the euphotic zone in response to nutrient enrichment on time scales of weeks, krill can only be transported into the region via ambient currents. Findings of this study suggest that phytoplankton blooms appear slowly in the main upwelling plume on timescales of 4-8 weeks. Dynamical influences from incoming coastal Kelvin waves significantly weaken or strengthen this classical upwelling plume and its plankton productivity. On the other hand, the upwelling-favourable wind induces a continuous coastal current that also extends eastward past the Bonney Coast. This current operates to transport and distribute krill (that cannot swim horizontally) westward along the shelf, which explains the apparent conundrum why blue whales also feed on the upstream side of the upwelling plume. The author postulates that the variability of both plankton production and the intensity of the upwelling flow (passing krill swarms along the shelf) control the feeding locations of blue whales and other baleen whales on Australia’s southern shelves.


Fig. 1. An example of a coastal upwelling event occurring during 13–20 March 2020 along Australia's southern shelves in terms of horizontal distributions of a) sea surface temperature (SST, oC) and b) chlorophyll-a (mg/m3). Panel a) shows selected cities and locations. SAC stands for the South Australian Current. Red arrows indicate the flow direction of coastal upwelling jets. The rectangle in Panel b) displays the horizontal extend of the model domain. Image source: NASA-Giovanni data visualization interface using MODIS-Aqua data.

The Portland Upwelling Festival took place on Saturday 1st November 2025. The Upwelling Festival Portland, in Glenelg in Victoria, is a community celebration of the Bonney Upwelling

The blue whale (Balaenoptera musculus) is a marine mammal and a baleen whale. Reaching a maximum confirmed length of 29.9–30.5 m (98–100 ft) and weighing up to 190–200 t (190–200 long tons; 210–220 short tons), it is the largest animal known to have ever existed.[a] The blue whale's long and slender body can be of various shades of greyish-blue on its upper surface and somewhat lighter underneath. Four subspecies are recognized: B. m. musculus in the North Atlantic and North Pacific, B. m. intermedia in the Southern Ocean, B. m. brevicauda (the pygmy blue whale) in the Indian Ocean and South Pacific Ocean, and B. m. indica in the Northern Indian Ocean. There is a population in the waters off Chile that may constitute a fifth subspecies. Both the pygmy blue whale and Antarctic blue whale subspecies use Australian waters.

Balaenoptera musculus. Photo: NOAA Photo Library

The blue whale populations migrate between their Summer feeding areas near the poles and their Winter breeding grounds near the tropics. There is also evidence of year-round residencies, and partial or age- and sex-based migration. 

Blue whales are filter feeders; their diet consists almost exclusively of krill. They are generally solitary or gather in small groups, and have no well-defined social structure other than mother–calf bonds. Blue whales vocalize, with a fundamental frequency ranging from 8 to 25 Hz; their vocalisations may vary by region, season, behaviour, and time of day. Orcas are their only natural predators.

The blue whale was abundant in nearly all the Earth's oceans until the end of the 19th century. They were hunted almost to the point of extinction by whalers until the International Whaling Commission banned all blue whale hunting in 1966. The International Union for Conservation of Nature has listed blue whales as Endangered as of 2018. Blue whales are listed as endangered in Australia, with populations still recovering from historic whaling. Blue whales continue to face numerous human-made threats such as ship strikes, pollution, ocean noise, and climate change.

November 17,, 2025 - Blue whale mum and bub off WA:


The Southern Ocean upwelling is a mecca for whales and tuna that’s worth celebrating and protecting

NOAA Photo Library/AnimaliaCC BY
Jochen KaempfFlinders University

The Great Southern Australian Coastal Upwelling System is an upward current of water over vast distances along Australia’s southern coast. It brings nutrients from deeper waters to the surface. This nutrient-rich water supports a rich ecosystem that attracts iconic species like the southern bluefin tuna (Thunnus maccoyii) and blue whale (Balaenoptera musculus brevicauda).

The environmental importance of the upwelling is one reason the federal government this week declared a much-reduced zone for offshore wind turbines in the region. The zone covers one-fifth of the area originally proposed.

This year marks the 20th anniversary of a research publication that revealed the existence of the large seasonal upwelling system along Australia’s southern coastal shelves. Based on over 20 years of scientific study, we can now answer many critical questions.

How does this upwelling work? How can it be identified? Which marine species benefit from the upwelling? Does the changing climate affect the system?

Where do the nutrients come from?

Sunlight does not reach far into the sea. Only the upper 50 metres of the water column receives enough light to support the microscopic phytoplankton – single-celled organisms that depend on photosynthesis. This is the process of using light energy to make a simple sugar, which phytoplankton and plants use as their food.

As well as light, the process requires a suite of nutrients including nitrogen and phosphorus.

Normally, the sunlight zone of the oceans is low in nitrogen. Waters deeper than 100m contain high levels of it. This deep zone of high nutrient levels is due to the presence of bacteria that decompose sinking particles of dead organic matter.

Upwelling returns nutrient-rich water to the sunlight zone where it fuels rapid phytoplankton growth. Phytoplankton production is the foundation of a productive marine food web. The phytoplankton provides food for zooplankton (tiny floating animals), small fish and, in turn, predators including larger fish, marine mammals and seabirds.

The annual migration patterns of species such as tuna and whales match the timing and location of upwelling events.

What causes the upwelling?

In summer, north-easterly coastal winds cause the upwelling. These winds force near-surface water offshore, which draws up deeper, nutrient-enriched water to replace it in the sunlight zone.

The summer winds also produce a swift coastal current, called an upwelling jet. It flows northward along Tasmania’s west coast and then turns westward along Australia’s southern shelves.

Satellites can detect the areas of colder water brought to the sea surface. Changes in the colour of surface water as a result of phytoplankton blooms can also be detected. This change is due to the presence of chlorophyll-a, the green pigment of phytoplankton.

From satellite data, we know the upwelling occurs along the coast of South Australia and western Victoria. It’s strongest along the southern headland of the Eyre Peninsula and shallower waters of the adjacent Lincoln Shelf, the south-west coast of Kangaroo Island, and the Bonney Coast. The Bonney upwelling, now specifically excluded from the new wind farm zone, was first described in the early 1980s.

Coastal upwelling driven by southerly winds also forms occasionally along Tasmania’s west coast.

Satellites can detect the phytoplankton blooms resulting from the upwelling along Australia’s southern coastline. Author provided

Coastal wind events favourable for upwelling occur regularly during summer. However, their timing and intensity is highly variable.

On average, most upwelling events along Australia’s southern shelves occur in February and March. In some years strong upwelling can begin as early as November.

Recent research suggests the overall upwelling intensity has not dramatically changed in the past 20 years. The findings indicate global climate changes of the past 20 years had little or no impact on the ecosystem functioning.

What are the links between upwelling, tuna and whales?

The Great Southern Australian Coastal Upwelling System features two keystone species – the ecosystem depends on them. They are the Australian sardine (Sardinops sagax) and the Australian krill (Nyctiphanes australis), a small, shrimp-like creature that’s common in the seas around Tasmania.

Sardines are the key diet of larger fish, including the southern bluefin tuna, and various marine mammals including the Australian sea lion (Neophoca cinerea). Phytoplankton and krill are the key food source for baleen whales. They include the blue whales that come to Australia’s southern shelves to feed during the upwelling season.

Unlike phytoplankton and many zooplankton species that live for only weeks to months, krill has a lifespan of several years. It does not reach maturity during a single upwelling season. It’s most likely the coastal upwelling jet transports swarms of mature krill from the waters west of Tasmania north-westward into the upwelling region.

So the whales seem to benefit from two distinct features of the upwelling: its phytoplankton production and the krill load imported by the upwelling jet.

Seasonal phytoplankton blooms along Australia’s southern shelves are much weaker than other large coastal upwelling systems such as the California current. Nonetheless, their timing and location appear to fit perfectly into the annual migration patterns of southern bluefin tuna and blue whales, creating a natural wonder in the southern hemisphere.The Conversation

Jochen Kaempf, Associate Professor of Natural Sciences (Oceanography), Flinders University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Birdwood Park Bushcare Group Narrabeen

The council has received an application from residents to volunteer to look after bushland at 199/201 Ocean street North Narrabeen.

The group will meet once a month for 2-3 hours at a time to be decided by the group. Activities will consist of weeding out invasive species and encouraging the regeneration of native plants. Support and supervision will be provided by the council.

If you have questions or are interested in joining the group please email the council on bushcare@northernbeaches.nsw.gov.au

Third annual review of the NSW biodiversity credits market

IPART is inviting people and businesses involved in the NSW biodiversity credits market to provide feedback on the performance of the market in 2024-25. 

IPART have released a Discussion Paper and are inviting people and businesses involved in the NSW biodiversity credits market to provide feedback on the performance of the market in 2024-25. Stakeholders can make submissions to the IPART Discussion Paper until 27 November 2025.

In 2024-25, transaction volumes in the biodiversity credits market were comparable to those from the prior financial year. A more diverse range of credit types were transferred between buyers and sellers. Development proponents relied less on the Biodiversity Conservation Fund than in the prior 2 years. However, the market overall remains highly concentrated, particularly on the buyer side. Credit purchases by the Biodiversity Conservation Fund (which will facilitate acquittal of the Fund’s liabilities) saw a material increase. However, an increasing number of the Fund’s acquittals are not on a like-for-like basis.

Tribunal member Jonathan Coppel said IPART has commenced the third year of its monitoring role of the biodiversity credits market. 

“The credits market plays an important role in the Biodiversity Offsets Scheme by allowing development proponents to purchase and retire credits from other landholders to meet biodiversity offset obligations of their developments,” Mr Coppel said.. 

“Our role is to review how the biodiversity credits market is performing within the broader Biodiversity Offsets Scheme, 

“This includes reviewing whether the market is working effectively to enable fair trading conditions for market participants, and to stimulate the generation of new offsetting activity.” 

Mr Coppel said that IPART’s third annual report will continue to investigate key areas identified in our first two monitoring reports and any other areas that are identified by stakeholders relevant to the market. 

“We have released a discussion paper highlighting current and emerging issues for the market and we want to hear from stakeholders on their recent experiences in the market,” he said. 

Interested parties can make a submission or provide quick feedback to the Discussion Paper via IPART’s website until 27 November 2025. Online consultation workshops will also be held in November. 

Stakeholders can sign up to receive updates on the review, or read more information, via IPART’s website.
Stakeholders can also share their views at one of IPART's 3 online consultation workshops in November. 
Workshop 1: For credit buyers (Tuesday 11 November, 12:30 - 1:30 PM)
Workshop 2: For third-parties (brokers, accredited assessors etc) (Thursday 13 November, 1:00 - 2:00 PM)
Workshop 3: For credit sellers (Tuesday 18 November, 10:00 - 11:00 AM)

Council's Open Coast & Lagoons Coastal Management Program (CMP's): Scoping Study Feedback invited until December 14

The council has commissioned  a Scoping Study as the first stage of its program towards the development of Coastal Management Programs (CMPs).


CMPs are used by local councils around NSW to establish coastal management goals and actions. Developed in consultation with the community and state government, a CMP creates a shared vision for management and provides the steps of how to get there through local input and costed actions.

The development of the CZMPs within NSW occurred under the former Act (Coastal Protection Act 1979). The current council has two certified CZMPs under the former Act - ‘Bilgola and Basin Beach’ and ‘Collaroy-Narrabeen-Fisherman's Beach’. 

In July 2016, weeks after the councils had been forcibly amalgamated and in response to the June 2016 storm, the NSW state government installed administrator Dick Persson outlined a Draft Coastal Erosion Policy for Collaroy that resulted in the December 2016 Coastal Zone Management Plan for Collaroy-Narrabeen Beach and Fishermans Beach being formalised under the same administration.

That Administrators Minute stated:

I am advised that the initial estimates for 1.1km of works from The Marquesas to 1096 Pittwater Road has been estimated at approximately $22 million. While Council will work with the State Government to meet the cost of directly protecting public assets in this area (approximately $5.5 million), I will also ask the State Government to join Council in providing up to 10% each towards the cost of private protection as a contribution subject to a positive cost benefit analysis for these public assets. Early estimates suggest this contribution could be approximately. This contribution has been estimated at approximately $3.3 million ($1.65 million from State and $1.65 million from Council) and is in recognition of the public asset protection that is provided by these private properties.
....
A recent report by the Sydney Coastal Council’s Group identified that to combat the impact of sea level rise in the Collaroy-Narrabeen embayment significant volumes of sand will be required as these impacts are felt. For example, it is predicted that some 1.3 million cubic metres of sand (approximately 4 times the amount removed during the June storms) will be required for the first 10 year nourishment effort, and around 420,000 cubic metres for each following 10 year campaign.

In 2009 dollars this will cost around $30 million for the first 10 year nourishment, and around $12 million for each following 10 year campaign. These costs are based on the assumption that sand nourishment will be undertaken across large areas of the NSW coast and the costs shared accordingly. 
....
Works on this scale are simply unaffordable for Northern Beaches Council on its own, and the responsibility for delivery of offshore sands must be shared with benefitting Councils and also with State and Federal Government. The State Government is obviously best placed to co-ordinate and manage such an undertaking, and I will write to the Premier to request that the State provides a long-term sand replenishment strategy for NSW that addresses the many issues I have raised, and amends the Offshore Minerals Act (1999) to enable effective medium and long term beach amenity to be preserved. 

As a result of the approved CZMP a 7.5m concrete seawall was installed at Collaroy, resulting in more rapid and greater erosion, and a slower beach recovery, and a now annual cost to ratepayers to move the sand funnelled into the Narrabeen Lagoon entrance to be shifted back to that part of Collaroy beach.

In September 2022 a further application for an extension of this wall towards North Narrabeen (DA2021/1612) between Clarke Street and Mactier was approved despite 93% of respondents objecting to the proposal. The cost of this section of works was listed as $ 2,047,433.00 of which 10% will be met by council and 10% by the state government - or 20% by taxpayers and ratepayers in real terms.

The beach has also been the site of “line in the sand protests” against vertical seawalls in 2002 and more recently on November 27, 2021

Although the transition from the CZMP to CMP occurred in 2016 with the introduction of the Coastal Management Act 2016 (see above report), the December 2016 Coastal Zone Management Plan for Collaroy-Narrabeen Beach and Fishermans Beach was progressed.

The council states these two existing CZMP’s have now expired and will be updated in the ‘Open Coast and Lagoons’ and ‘Collaroy-Narrabeen’ CMPs.

Now, 9 years later, the council is taking steps to become compliant.

The CMPs will also incorporate Estuary Management Plans that are currently in place for the four lagoons; Manly, Curl Curl, Dee Why and Narrabeen.

The NSW Government CMP manual prescribes a mandatory five-stage process to developing a CMP. Typically, each stage takes a year to complete, however the time it takes varies upon the baseline information, level of complexity, size and area, and community engagement that has previously been undertaken, the council states.

Local councils and public authorities are required to manage their coastal areas and activities in accordance with relevant state legislation, policies and plans.

The framework for managing the NSW coast includes:
  • Coastal Management Act 2016 (CM Act)
  • State Environmental Planning Policy (Resilience & Hazards) 2018 (R&H SEPP)
  • Coastal management programs (CMPs), prepared in accordance with the NSW coastal management manual.
The Open Coast and Lagoons CMP covers a large area (Palm Beach to Manly) and has a wide range of issues, the council states. As with all CMPs, it will require technical studies and community and stakeholder engagement, and is likely to take around 5 years to complete, the council states.

For the Collaroy-Narrabeen CMP, extensive technical studies and community engagement will occur with the council aiming to have a certified CMP in place by 2026.

The Hawkesbury-Nepean CMP (incorporating the Pittwater waterway and being led by Hornsby Council) and Outer Sydney Harbour CMP (incorporating North and Middle Harbor and being led by the Sydney Coastal Councils Group) are at Stages 3 (November 2024 for Pittwater estuary was last update) and Stages 2-4 for North and Middle Harbor. The work is expected to take approximately three years to complete for North and Middle Harbor which was due to commence in early to mid-2025.

The council is currently inviting feedback on its commissioned Scoping Study from Monday November 3 until Sunday December 14 2025. 

Previously:



Collaroy on January 4th 2022. Image: Ian Bird Photography.


Collaroy on January 4th 2022. Image: Ian Bird Photography.

Narrabeen Lagoon entrance near bridge: dredging works and kayakers, October 2025. Photos: Joe Mills

Environmental regulator urged to investigate spike in coal pollution in Sydney’s drinking water catchment

November 17, 2025
The Gardens of Stone Alliance is demanding answers following a recent spike in pollutants entering a local creek downstream from Energy Australia’s Mt Piper Power Station and Centennial Coal's Western Coal Services site near Lithgow. 

“We tested water in Wangcol Creek on Monday, November 10, that contained dissolved salts four times the recommended Australian and New Zealand Environment and Conservation Council (ANZECC) water quality target,” Community Engagement Officer Julie Favell of Lithgow Environment Group said. 
 
“This is highly toxic for aquatic life. Downstream water levels in the Coxs River were more than double the recommended target. Our findings are corroborated by official WaterNSW readings.” 

Western Sydney University water pollution expert Dr Ian Wright described the discharge point into Wangcol Creek as “the worst water pollution site in Sydney’s drinking water catchment that I’ve seen in 30 years in my science.” 

“Just last month, the environmental regulator was put on notice when an ABC report found that WaterNSW samples were well above what they should have been,” Senior Climate Campaigner Jacqueline Mills of Nature Conservation Council NSW said.  

“Is dumping of toxic brine into the power station waste heap entering the water table and polluting our rivers? EnergyAustralia says they are investigating, but where are the results?

“What’s more, Centennial Coal is hatching a plan to dump millions of litres of dirty water directly into Wangcol Creek every day. This would add to the already toxic water and run through the World Heritage Area and into Sydney’s drinking water supply. 

“The Labor government must keep the promise it made when in Opposition to strengthen our water protection laws and stop Centennial in its tracks.” 

Background: 

Dissolved salts (salinity) readings taken by Lithgow Environment Group on Monday 10 November were: 
  • Huons Gully LDP1: 4,260 µS/cm 
  • Wangcol Creek: 1,378 µS/cm 
  • Coxs River Maddox Lane: 1,058 µS/cm 
  • Coxs River at Main Street bridge: 963 uS/cm ( ) 
This was confirmed by Real Time Data from WaterNSW at the same time: 
  • Wangcol Creek (‘Neubecks', NOW212055) 1221.2 µs/cm 
  • Coxs River at Main St bridge ('Main Street Wallerawang', NOW212054) 936.5 µS/cm 
Lithgow Environment Group has consistently tested salinity levels across various sites along the Cox's River for decades. The testing is undertaken as part of the Greater Sydney Landcare program Stream Watch, which is supported by the NSW government. 

Their readings exceed the ANZECC water quality salinity target for slightly disturbed ecosystems of 350µS/cm by 12 times (for LDP1) and 4 times (for Wangcol Creek). 

The high readings have been reported to the EPA Pollution Line for action. 

These extremely high salinity levels indicate a water body under severe ecological stress, likely resulting in a significantly reduced and less diverse aquatic community. Salinity levels around 4,260µS/cm would likely be acutely toxic, causing immediate stress, osmotic shock (the inability to regulate internal salts/water), and mortality for most sensitive species (like macro invertebrates and fish). Salinity levels around 1,378 µS/cm is still high enough to cause chronic stress, reduce species diversity, and potentially eliminate sensitive aquatic insect larvae (like pollution-intolerant mayflies and stoneflies) crucial for health aquatic life. 

Minns Government introduces legislation to support coal-producing communities

On Wednesday November 19 the Minns Government announced it is delivering on its commitment to secure the future of NSW’s coal-producing communities by introducing legislation to establish the Future Jobs and Investment Authority.

'The statutory authority will partner with all levels of government, industry and the community to unlock investment opportunities and facilitate new opportunities for jobs.

Around 90% of NSW coal is shipped to nearly 30 countries, and demand for our high-quality product remains strong. With around 40 mines in operation across the Hunter, Illawarra, Central West and North West, coal is NSW’s number one export', the government stated.

'The coal industry delivers $2.7 billion each year through economic activity and royalties that flow back to the people of NSW – while supporting thousands of regional jobs.'

'The legislation has been drafted following extensive consultation with industry bodies, mine operators, unions, universities, business groups, local councils, local advocacy and community groups across all four regions.

Local Divisions will be established in each coal-producing region, ensuring decisions reflect local priorities and community voices.

The Government states the Bill gives the Authority powers and functions to:

  • attract investment to create new jobs and industries
  • facilitate post mining land use for productive purposes
  • lead genuine community engagement through the four Local Divisions
  • report on mine closures to keep communities informed
  • provide workforce support.

New regulatory requirements will require coal mine operators begin planning to support their workers for the future.

Coal mine operators will be required to provide at least 3 years’ notice prior to closure. This is a similar requirement to the existing provisions for coal-fired power stations. Notification will also require coal mine operators to share information with the government on how they intend to support their workforce in the lead up to and following closure of the mine. These features are crucial to guarantee workers are placed at the heart of the decision-making process.

These new obligations will give the authority a better understanding of the timeline of mine closures, helping government, unions and communities prepare.

Failure to report or prepare workforce plans will be enforced by the authority, including through financial penalties.

To reinforce transparency and accountability, the legislation mandates that the authority report annually to the NSW Parliament. This key feature is designed to demonstrate the authority’s progress and performance. A further statutory review will be undertaken after 3 years of the legislation commencing to ensure the authority remains agile and responsive to the expected shifts in the coal sector.

Further targeted consultation will take place on the finalisation of regulations to support the objectives of the authority once the legislation passes the Parliament. The Future Jobs and Investment Authority is backed by a $27.3 million investment across four years to support its establishment and operations. In addition, the Future Jobs and Investment Fund will unlock more than $110 million to fund projects supported by the authority.

More information about the Future Jobs and Investment Authority is available at www.nsw.gov.au/fjia.

Minister for Natural Resources Courtney Houssos said:

“Our coal regions have powered NSW for generations. Now, we’re investing in their future by helping workers gain new skills and seize opportunities in a growing, diversified economy.

“Coal mine workers are the backbone of regional coal communities. The authority ensures their needs are front and centre as we build a stronger future for coal-producing communities.

“Thank you to everyone who was part of our consultation process, and for your valuable input as we deliver this important election commitment. Getting this framework right is critical to ensuring coal regions have the support they need into the future

“The authority will drive investment and create new opportunities, supporting new jobs and industries that will sustain regional communities.”

159 new EV chargers for 48 NSW regional hotspots

On November 19 the NSW Government announced EV drivers will soon have 159 new chargers waiting for them in 48 regional hotspots.

They will be installed along iconic NSW road trip routes and at key tourism destinations, covering stretches of road from Bourke to Murray and Tweed to Tumut. Drivers will be able to charge at rest stops, visitor centres, supermarkets, holiday hotspots and more.

The chargers will be rolled out over the next year, helping make NSW the easiest place in Australia to own an EV.

Not only does the program make travelling a lot smoother but it supports regional tourism and local economies, encouraging EV drivers to stop, explore and spend in communities while they recharge.

$5.9 million worth of NSW Government EV Destination Charging Grants will be boosted by $3.2 million in private investment. This latest round of grants will see the installation of chargers which take less time to fill up a car’s battery and are powered by 100% renewable energy.

The following Local Government Areas will receive multiple charging ports through these grants:

  • Blayney – 3 (ports)
  • Bourke – 4
  • Brewarrina – 4
  • Carrathool – 3
  • Central Darling – 6
  • Dubbo – 7
  • Federation – 7
  • Griffith – 4
  • Hilltops – 3
  • Junee – 6
  • Kempsey – 11
  • Kyogle – 6
  • Lismore – 9
  • Lithgow – 3
  • Liverpool Plains – 3
  • Mid-Coast – 10
  • Murray River – 9
  • Murrumbidgee – 3
  • Narromine – 8
  • Oberon – 3
  • Parkes – 3
  • Queanbeyan-Palerang – 6
  • Shoalhaven – 19
  • Snowy Valleys – 4
  • Tweed – 9
  • Upper Lachlan – 3
  • Walgett – 3
  • Warrumbungle – 3

Six companies will install the charging infrastructure: EVSE, KarChargers, NRMA, Woolworths Group, ReGen EV Charging Install and Rise Energy.

Exact locations are being finalised in consultation with local councils.

The Government has now delivered funding for close to 3,300 new chargers at more than 1,200 sites across NSW. Boosting charging infrastructure decreases range anxiety and drives uptake, it stated in a release.

For more information on the EV Destination Charging Grant, visit www.energy.nsw.gov.au/business-and-industry/programs-grants-and-schemes/electric-vehicles/electric-vehicle-destination

For details on EV friendly road trips, visit www.visitnsw.com/evroadtrips

Australia has dropped its bid to host the COP31 climate talks. Here’s what happened – and what’s next

Francesco Riccardo Iacomino/Getty
Wesley MorganUNSW Sydney

At the last possible minute, Australia has backed away from its bid to host the United Nations COP31 climate summit next year in Adelaide alongside Pacific nations.

Under a compromise struck with rival bidder Turkey, the 2026 talks will be held in the Turkish city of Antalya. In return, Australia will shape the agenda and federal Minister for Climate and Energy Chris Bowen will preside over the two weeks of formal negotiations. The Pacific will host a pre-COP event ahead of the summit.

Struck in the final days of the COP30 summit in Belém, Brazil, the compromise deal comes as a bitter disappointment to many – including me. It follows three years of concerted Australian diplomacy to host the world’s biggest climate talks. The deal does salvage some important wins for Australia and the Pacific.

At a press conference in Brazil, Bowen said: “Obviously, it would be great if Australia could have it all. But we can’t have it all. This process works on consensus.” He described Australia’s role as COP President as a “significant concession” offered by Turkey.

Australia will have a central role to play over the next year in maintaining global momentum in shifting away from fossil fuels and accelerating the renewable rollout even faster. Pacific island countries also have a chance to shape summit outcomes and attract vital investment as they push to reach 100% renewables.

Bowen will be holding the gavel in Anatalya instead of Adelaide, but his workload will begin now. Australia will need to carry forward the agenda set in Brazil, where the COP30 presidency is working toward the first-ever global roadmap to phase out fossil fuels.

How did this happen?

The Australia-Pacific bid was widely favoured to win. Minister Bowen has effectively been auditioning to head the talks by taking on key roles in recent years.

What happened? Partly United Nations procedure and partly domestic politics.

The annual summit is rotated between five different UN country groupings.

In 2026, Australia’s grouping – “Western Europe and Other” has its turn. By convention, countries choose a host country by consensus. Australia’s bid had overwhelming support within our UN grouping, as 26 of 28 countries in the group backed it publicly.

But Turkey simply refused to give way. This was deeply frustrating for Bowen and Pacific island leaders. Palau’s president Surangel Whipps Jr called for Turkey to “clear the way” for an Australia-Pacific summit.

After withdrawing an earlier bid in 2020, Turkey’s leaders felt it was their turn. It’s not how the process formally works, but it meant Turkey wouldn’t give up.

For well over a year, Australian and Turkish diplomats engaged in drawn-out negotiations. Prime Minister Anthony Albanese met with Turkish President Recep Tayyip Erdogan last year and wrote to him in recent days to ask him to withdraw his bid. Bowen and Foreign Minister Penny Wong recently discussed the issue with their Turkish counterparts.

If neither Turkey or Australia had backed down this week, the talks would have reverted to Bonn, Germany, the home of the UN climate process. As negotiations reached a crunch point at COP30, Australia struck a deal.

The long-runnning saga took a domestic political toll. Internal support within the Labor government had reportedly dropped in recent months.

What does this mean for Australia?

The backdown is a significant economic and diplomatic blow. It’s a major loss for Adelaide especially. The South Australian government had estimated hosting the talks would be a A$500 million boon, from tourism receipts to a chance to attract vital investment for Australia’s ongoing energy transition and for future clean energy industries such as critical minerals and green iron.

UK government analysis of the 2021 Glasgow talks found the net benefit of hosting was double the cost, bringing around A$1 billion in benefits, including trade deals and foreign investment. Australia will miss out on much of this.

Having an Australian president of the COP31 talks is more than a consolation prize. Minister Bowen will hold the pen when the world decides a path forward for climate action next year.

This will be useful in attracting investment. More than 70% of all investment in clean energy in Australia comes from international sources.

It’s unusual for a host country to not preside over the COP talks, but it has been done before.

people sitting in room at climate talk conference.
The UN climate talks are huge, drawing in thousands of negotiators and investors. Rafa Neddermeyer/COP30 Brasil AmazôniaCC BY-NC-ND

What does this mean for the Pacific?

For Pacific nations, the news will come as a blow. Pacific nations have been instrumental in pushing the world to go faster on climate. The region is hugely exposed to climate threats, from rising sea levels to intensified natural disasters to coral bleaching to acidifying oceans.

Australia had hoped to host COP31 for strategic reasons as well as economic. Hosting would have shown Canberra’s commitment to address the Pacific’s key security threat at a time of increasing geostrategic rivalry.

As the deal stands, Australia has salvaged a commitment to hold a pre-COP meeting in the Pacific. This will showcase Pacific plans to become the first region powered 100% by renewables. Australia should work with Pacific leaders to ensure this is a serious event shaping expectations for COP31.

It will likely also act as a pledging conference for countries to commit finance to the Pacific Resilience Facility, a Pacific fund to help island nations adapt to changes already arriving.

What’s next?

As the COP30 talks head toward their conclusion, Brazil is hoping to broker an unexpected breakthrough: a global roadmap to phase out fossil fuels.

Brazil’s President Luiz Inácio Lula da Silva surprised observers by calling for this roadmap to be a signature outcome. While countries had already agreed to “transition away from fossil fuels” at climate talks in 2023, leaders had yet to agree on a plan to actually do this. The roadmap wasn’t expected to be central to this year’s talks, but has increasingly become so.

If President Lula secures a roadmap in Belém, it would likely be developed in greater detail at next year’s talks and beyond as countries hash out measures to phase out fossil fuel production and consumption in the national climate plans required under Paris Agreement obligations.

There’s welcome progress here. Over 80 countries now back the call for a roadmap, including major fossil fuel producers such as Norway. But Australia, the world’s largest exporter of coal and one of the largest of liquefied natural gas, has yet to add its support.

As Bowen and his colleagues reckon with the COP31 compromise deal, they will have to take a position. Will an Australian COP president be able to drive the urgently needed shift away from the fossil fuels which steadily worsen climate change?

If so, it will show Australia is ready to carry the baton from Brazil – and deliver the change its Pacific neighbours and the wider world needs.The Conversation

Wesley Morgan, Research Associate, Institute for Climate Risk and Response, UNSW Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Magpies in Spring

By WIRES

If you live in Australia, chances are you’re familiar with magpie swooping. This is a defensive behaviour, carried out almost entirely by male magpies, as they protect their eggs and chicks during the breeding season.

In reality, swooping is uncommon. Fewer than 10% of breeding males will swoop people, yet the behaviour feels widespread. Swooping usually occurs between August and October and stops once chicks have left the nest.

If you do encounter a protective parent, here are some tips to stay safe:

  • 🐦 Avoid the area where magpies are swooping and consider placing a temporary sign to warn others.
  • 🐦 Wear a hat or carry an open umbrella for protection.
  • 🐦 Cyclists should dismount and walk through.
  • 🐦 Travel in groups, as magpies usually only target individuals.
  • 🐦 Stay calm around magpies in trees – walk, don’t run.
  • 🐦 Avoid making direct eye contact with the birds.

If you are swooped, keep moving. You’re still in the bird’s territory, so it will continue until you leave the area. Remember, this behaviour is temporary and will end once the young have fledged.

If you find an injured or orphaned native animal, call WIRES on 1300 094 737 or report a rescue via our website:  https://hubs.la/Q03GCZmZ0

Sydney Wildlife (Sydney Metropolitan Wildlife Services) Needs People for the Rescue Line

We are calling on you to help save the rescue line because the current lack of operators is seriously worrying. Look at these faces! They need you! 

Every week we have around 15 shifts either not filled or with just one operator and the busy season is around the corner. This situation impacts on the operators, MOPs, vets and the animals, because the phone line is constantly busy. Already the baby possum season is ramping up with calls for urgent assistance for these vulnerable little ones.

We have an amazing team, but they can’t answer every call in Spring and Summer if they work on their own.  Please jump in and join us – you would be welcomed with open arms!  We offer lots of training and support and you can work from the office in the Lane Cove National Park or on your home computer.

If you are not able to help do you know someone (a friend or family member perhaps) who might be interested?

Please send us a message and we will get in touch. Please send our wonderful office admin Carolyn an email at sysneywildliferesxueline@gmail.com

2025-26 Seal Reveal underway

Photo: Seals caught on camera at Barrenjoey Headland during the Great Seal Reveal 2025. Montage: DCCEEW

The 2025 Great Seal Reveal is underway with the first seal surveys of the season taking place at known seal breeding and haul out sites - where seals temporarily leave the water to rest or breed.

The NSW Department of Climate Change, Energy, the Environment and Water (DCCEEW) is using the Seal Reveal, now in its second year, to better understand seal populations on the NSW coast.

Drone surveys and community sightings are used to track Australian (Arctocephalus pusillus doriferus) and New Zealand (Arctocephalus forsteri) fur seals.  Both Australian and New Zealand fur seals have been listed as vulnerable under the NSW Biodiversity Conservation Act 2016.

Survey sites
Scientific surveys to count seal numbers will take place at:
  • Martin Islet
  • Drum and Drumsticks
  • Brush Island
  • Steamers Head
  • Big Seal Rock
  • Cabbage Tree Island
  • Barrenjoey Headland
  • Barunguba (Montague) Island.
Seal Reveal data on seal numbers helps to inform critical marine conservation initiatives and enable better management of human–seal interactions.

Results from the population surveys will be released in early 2026.

Citizen science initiative: Haul-out, Call-out
The Haul-out, Call-out citizen science platform invites the community to support seal conservation efforts by reporting sightings along the NSW coastline.

Reports from the public help identify important haul-out sites so we can get a better understanding of seal behaviour and protect their preferred habitat.

The Great Seal Reveal is part of the Seabirds to Seascapes (S2S) program, a four-year initiative led by NSW DCCEEW and funded by the NSW Environmental Trust to protect, rehabilitate, and sustainably manage marine ecosystems in NSW.

NSW DCCEEW is a key partner in the delivery of the Marine Estate Management Strategy (MEMS), with the S2S program contributing to MEMS Initiative 5 to reduce threats to threatened and protected species.

Thomas Stephens Reserve, Church Point - boardwalk + seawall works commenced 

Council's Major Infrastructure Projects Team  has advised that as part of its Church Point Precinct Masterplan, it is building a new boardwalk in front of the Pasadena, a new jetty for ferry access, and upgrading the sandstone seawall.

''A temporary gangway will ensure the ferry service continues without disruption and access to The Waterfront Café & General Store, and Pasadena Sydney will remain open. The reserve will be closed while we undertake these important works.'' the CMIPT states

The improvements will be delivered in three carefully planned stages.

Stage 1 – Marine Works

  • Includes a new boardwalk outside the Pasadena Sydney and a new accessible gangway to the ferry pontoon.
  • Repairs and additions to the sandstone seawall along Thomas Stephens Reserve.
  • Thomas Stephens Reserve will be temporarily closed during these works.
  • Works to commence in September 2025 with the aim of being completed by Christmas.
  • A temporary alternate gangway to the ferry wharf will be installed ensuring access to the Ferry services at all times during the works.
  • Access to The Waterfront Cafe and General Store and Pasadena Sydney will be maintained throughout the works.

Stage 2 – Landscaping Works

  • Landscaping works will begin in early 2026 and will include permeable paving, tree retention, and improved public seating and bike facilities. Completing the landscaping will finalise the Masterplan.
  • Thomas Stephens Reserve will be temporarily closed during these works.

Stage 3 – McCarrs Creek Road Upgrade

  • Detailed design will be presented to the Local Transport Forum in September 2025 for consideration.
  • Construction will be staged and is expected to take place from early 2026.

Council's webpage states the first works will take place Monday - Friday between 7am and 5pm. We appreciate your patience as we deliver this important community upgrade.''

An overview of the council's plan and link to their project webpage is available in the September 2024 PON report; Church Point's Thomas Stephens Reserve Landscape works

622kg of Rubbish Collected from Local Beaches: Adopt your local beach program

Sadly, our beaches are not as pristine as we'd all like to think they are. 

Surfrider Foundation Northern Beaches' Adopt A beach ocean conservation program is highlighting that we need to clean up our act.

Surfrider Foundation Northern Beaches' states:
''The collective action by our amazing local community at their monthly beach clean events across 9 beach locations is assisting Surfrider Foundation NB in the compilation of quantitative data on the volume, type and often source of the marine pollution occurring at each location.

In just 6 sessions, clear indicators are already forming on the waste items and areas to target with dedicated litter prevention strategies.

Plastic pollution is an every body problem and the solution to fixing it lies within every one of us.
Together we can choose to refuse this fate on our Northern beaches and turn the tide on pollution. 
A cleaner coast together !''

Join us - 1st Sunday of the month, Adopt your local for a power beach clean or donate to help support our program here. https://www.surfrider.org.au/donate/

Event locations 
  • Avalon – Des Creagh Reserve (North Avalon Beach Lookout)
  • North Narrabeen – Corner Ocean St & Malcolm St (grass reserve next to North Narrabeen SLSC)
  • Collaroy– 1058 Pittwater Rd (beachfront next to The Beach Club Collaroy)
  • Dee Why Beach –  Corner Howard Ave & The Strand (beachfront grass reserve, opposite Blu Restaurant)
  • Curl Curl – Beachfront at North Curl Curl Surf Club. Shuttle bus also available from Harbord Diggers to transport participants to/from North Curl Curl beach. 
  • Freshwater Beach – Moore Rd Beach Reserve (opposite Pilu Restaurant)
  • Manly Beach – 11 South Steyne (grass reserve opposite Manly Grill)
  • Manly Cove – Beach at West Esplanade (opposite Fratelli Fresh)
  • Little Manly– 55 Stuart St Little Manly (Beachfront Grass Reserve)
… and more to follow!

Surfrider Foundation Northern Beaches

This Tick Season: Freeze it - don't squeeze it

Notice of 1080 Poison Baiting

The NSW National Parks and Wildlife Service (NPWS) will be conducting a baiting program using manufactured baits, fresh baits and Canid Pest Ejectors (CPE’s/ejectors) containing 1080 poison (sodium fluoroacetate) for the control of foxes. The program is continuous and ongoing for the protection of threatened species.

This notification is for the period 1 August 2025 to 31 January 2026 at the following locations:

  • Garigal National Park
  • Lane Cove National Park (baits only, no ejectors are used in Lane Cove National Park)
  • Ku-ring-gai Chase National Park
  • Sydney Harbour National Park – North Head (including the Quarantine Station), Dobroyd Head, Chowder Head & Bradleys Head managed by the NPWS
  • The North Head Sanctuary managed by the Sydney Harbour Federation Trust
  • The Australian Institute of Police Management, North Head

DO NOT TOUCH BAITS OR EJECTORS

All baiting locations will be identifiable by signs.

Please be reminded that domestic pets are not permitted on NPWS Estate. Pets and working dogs may be affected (1080 is lethal to cats and dogs). Pets and working dogs must be restrained or muzzled in the vicinity and must not enter the baiting location. Penalties apply for non-compliance.

In the event of accidental poisoning seek immediate veterinary assistance.

For further information please call the local NPWS office on:

NPWS Sydney North (Middle Head) Area office: 9960 6266

NPWS Sydney North (Forestville) Area office: 9451 3479

NPWS North West Sydney (Lane Cove NP) Area office: 8448 0400

NPWS after-hours Duty officer service: 1300 056 294

Sydney Harbour Federation Trust: 8969 2128

Weed of the Week: Mother of Millions - please get it out of your garden

  

Mother of Millions (Bryophyllum daigremontianumPhoto by John Hosking.

Solar for apartment residents: Funding

Owners corporations can apply now for funding to install shared solar systems on your apartment building. The grants will cover 50% of the cost, which will add value to homes and help residents save on their electricity bills.

You can apply for the Solar for apartment residents grant to fund 50% of the cost of a shared solar photovoltaic (PV) system on eligible apartment buildings and other multi-unit dwellings in NSW. This will help residents, including renters, to reduce their energy bills and greenhouse gas emissions.

Less than 2% of apartment buildings in NSW currently have solar systems installed. As energy costs climb and the number of people living in apartments continue to increase, innovative solutions are needed to allow apartment owners and renters to benefit from solar energy.

A total of $25 million in grant funding is available, with up to $150,000 per project.

Financial support for this grant is from the Australian Government and the NSW Government.

Applications are open now and will close 5 pm 1 December 2025 or earlier if the funds are fully allocated.

Find out more and apply now at: www.energy.nsw.gov.au/households/rebates-grants-and-schemes/solar-apartment-residents 

Volunteers for Barrenjoey Lighthouse Tours needed

Details:

Johnson Brothers Mitre 10 Recycling Batteries: at Mona Vale + Avalon Beach

Over 18,600 tonnes of batteries are discarded to landfill in Australia each year, even though 95% of a battery can be recycled!

That’s why we are rolling out battery recycling units across our stores! Our battery recycling units accept household, button cell, laptop, and power tool batteries as well as mobile phones! 

How To Dispose Of Your Batteries Safely: 

  1. Collect Your Used Batteries: Gather all used batteries from your home. Our battery recycling units accept batteries from a wide range of products such as household, button cell, laptop, and power tool batteries.
  2. Tape Your Terminals: Tape the terminals of used batteries with clear sticky tape.
  3. Drop Them Off: Come and visit your nearest participating store to recycle your batteries for free (at Johnson Brothers Mitre 10 Mona Vale and Avalon Beach).
  4. Feel Good About Your Impact: By recycling your batteries, you're helping support a healthier planet by keeping hazardous material out of landfills and conserving resources.

Environmental Benefits

  • Reduces hazardous waste in landfill
  • Conserves natural resources by promoting the use of recycled materials
  • Keep toxic materials out of waterways 

Reporting Dogs Offleash - Dog Attacks to Council

If the attack happened outside local council hours, you may call your local police station. Police officers are also authorised officers under the Companion Animals Act 1998. Authorised officers have a wide range of powers to deal with owners of attacking dogs, including seizing dogs that have attacked.

You can report dog attacks, along with dogs offleash where they should not be, to the NBC anonymously and via your own name, to get a response, at: https://help.northernbeaches.nsw.gov.au/s/submit-request?topic=Pets_Animals

If the matter is urgent or dangerous call Council on 1300 434 434 (24 hours a day, 7 days a week).

If you find injured wildlife please contact:
  • Sydney Wildlife Rescue (24/7): 9413 4300 
  • WIRES: 1300 094 737

Plastic Bread Ties For Wheelchairs

The Berry Collective at 1691 Pittwater Rd, Mona Vale collects them for Oz Bread Tags for Wheelchairs, who recycle the plastic.

Berry Collective is the practice on the left side of the road as you head north, a few blocks before Mona Vale shops . They have parking. Enter the foyer and there's a small bin on a table where you drop your bread ties - very easy.

A full list of Aussie bread tags for wheelchairs is available at: HERE 


Stay Safe From Mosquitoes 

NSW Health is reminding people to protect themselves from mosquitoes when they are out and about.

NSW Health states Mosquitoes in NSW can carry viruses such as Japanese encephalitis (JE), Murray Valley encephalitis (MVE), Kunjin, Ross River and Barmah Forest. The viruses may cause serious diseases with symptoms ranging from tiredness, rash, headache and sore and swollen joints to rare but severe symptoms of seizures and loss of consciousness.

A free vaccine to protect against JE infection is available to those at highest risk in NSW and people can check their eligibility at NSW Health.

People are encouraged to take actions to prevent mosquito bites and reduce the risk of acquiring a mosquito-borne virus by:
  • Applying repellent to exposed skin. Use repellents that contain DEET, picaridin, or oil of lemon eucalyptus. Check the label for reapplication times.
  • Re-applying repellent regularly, particularly after swimming. Be sure to apply sunscreen first and then apply repellent.
  • Wearing light, loose-fitting long-sleeve shirts, long pants and covered footwear and socks.
  • Avoiding going outdoors during peak mosquito times, especially at dawn and dusk.
  • Using insecticide sprays, vapour dispensing units and mosquito coils to repel mosquitoes (mosquito coils should only be used outdoors in well-ventilated areas)
  • Covering windows and doors with insect screens and checking there are no gaps.
  • Removing items that may collect water such as old tyres and empty pots from around your home to reduce the places where mosquitoes can breed.
  • Using repellents that are safe for children. Most skin repellents are safe for use on children aged three months and older. Always check the label for instructions. Protecting infants aged less than three months by using an infant carrier draped with mosquito netting, secured along the edges.
  • While camping, use a tent that has fly screens to prevent mosquitoes entering or sleep under a mosquito net.
Remember, Spray Up – Cover Up – Screen Up to protect from mosquito bite. For more information go to NSW Health.

Mountain Bike Incidents On Public Land: Survey

This survey aims to document mountain bike related incidents on public land, available at: https://www.surveymonkey.com/r/K88PSNP

Sent in by Pittwater resident Academic for future report- study. 

Report fox sightings

Fox sightings, signs of fox activity, den locations and attacks on native or domestic animals can be reported into FoxScan. FoxScan is a free resource for residents, community groups, local Councils, and other land managers to record and report fox sightings and control activities. 

Our Council's Invasive species Team receives an alert when an entry is made into FoxScan.  The information in FoxScan will assist with planning fox control activities and to notify the community when and where foxes are active.



marine wildlife rescue group on the Central Coast

A new wildlife group was launched on the Central Coast on Saturday, December 10, 2022.

Marine Wildlife Rescue Central Coast (MWRCC) had its official launch at The Entrance Boat Shed at 10am.

The group comprises current and former members of ASTR, ORRCA, Sea Shepherd, Greenpeace, WIRES and Wildlife ARC, as well as vets, academics, and people from all walks of life.

Well known marine wildlife advocate and activist Cathy Gilmore is spearheading the organisation.

“We believe that it is time the Central Coast looked after its own marine wildlife, and not be under the control or directed by groups that aren’t based locally,” Gilmore said.

“We have the local knowledge and are set up to respond and help injured animals more quickly.

“This also means that donations and money fundraised will go directly into helping our local marine creatures, and not get tied up elsewhere in the state.”

The organisation plans to have rehabilitation facilities and rescue kits placed in strategic locations around the region.

MWRCC will also be in touch with Indigenous groups to learn the traditional importance of the local marine environment and its inhabitants.

“We want to work with these groups and share knowledge between us,” Gilmore said.

“This is an opportunity to help save and protect our local marine wildlife, so if you have passion and commitment, then you are more than welcome to join us.”

Marine Wildlife Rescue Central Coast has a Facebook page where you may contact members. Visit: https://www.facebook.com/profile.php?id=100076317431064


Watch out - shorebirds about

Pittwater is home to many resident and annually visiting birds. If you watch your step you won't harm any beach-nesting and estuary-nesting birds have started setting up home on our shores.

Did you know that Careel Bay and other spots throughout our area are part of the East Asian-Australasian Flyway Partnership (EAAFP)?

This flyway, and all of the stopping points along its way, are vital to ensure the survival of these Spring and Summer visitors. This is where they rest and feed on their journeys.  For example, did you know that the bar-tailed godwit flies for 239 hours for 8,108 miles from Alaska to Australia?

Not only that, Shorebirds such as endangered oystercatchers and little terns lay their eggs in shallow scraped-out nests in the sand, NSW National Parks and Wildlife Service (NPWS) Threatened Species officer Ms Katherine Howard has said.
Even our regular residents such as seagulls are currently nesting to bear young.

What can you do to help them?
Known nest sites may be indicated by fencing or signs. The whole community can help protect shorebirds by keeping out of nesting areas marked by signs or fences and only taking your dog to designated dog offleash area. 

Just remember WE are visitors to these areas. These birds LIVE there. This is their home.

Four simple steps to help keep beach-nesting birds safe:
1. Look out for bird nesting signs or fenced-off nesting areas on the beach, stay well clear of these areas and give the parent birds plenty of space.
2. Walk your dogs in designated dog-friendly areas only and always keep them on a leash over summer.
3. Stay out of nesting areas and follow all local rules.
4. Chicks are mobile and don't necessarily stay within fenced nesting areas. When you're near a nesting area, stick to the wet sand to avoid accidentally stepping on a chick.


Possums In Your Roof?: do the right thing

Possums in your roof? Please do the right thing 
On the weekend, one of our volunteers noticed a driver pull up, get out of their vehicle, open the boot, remove a trap and attempt to dump a possum on a bush track. Fortunately, our member intervened and saved the beautiful female brushtail and the baby in her pouch from certain death. 

It is illegal to relocate a trapped possum more than 150 metres from the point of capture and substantial penalties apply.  Urbanised possums are highly territorial and do not fare well in unfamiliar bushland. In fact, they may starve to death or be taken by predators.

While Sydney Wildlife Rescue does not provide a service to remove possums from your roof, we do offer this advice:

✅ Call us on (02) 9413 4300 and we will refer you to a reliable and trusted licenced contractor in the Sydney metropolitan area. For a small fee they will remove the possum, seal the entry to your roof and provide a suitable home for the possum - a box for a brushtail or drey for a ringtail.
✅ Do-it-yourself by following this advice from the Department of Planning and Environment: 

❌ Do not under any circumstances relocate a possum more than 150 metres from the capture site.
Thank you for caring and doing the right thing.



Sydney Wildlife photos

Aviaries + Possum Release Sites Needed

Pittwater Online News has interviewed Lynette Millett OAM (WIRES Northern Beaches Branch) needs more bird cages of all sizes for keeping the current huge amount of baby wildlife in care safe or 'homed' while they are healed/allowed to grow bigger to the point where they may be released back into their own home. 

If you have an aviary or large bird cage you are getting rid of or don't need anymore, please email via the link provided above. There is also a pressing need for release sites for brushtail possums - a species that is very territorial and where release into a site already lived in by one possum can result in serious problems and injury. 

If you have a decent backyard and can help out, Lyn and husband Dave can supply you with a simple drey for a nest and food for their first weeks of adjustment.

Bushcare in Pittwater: where + when

For further information or to confirm the meeting details for below groups, please contact Council's Bushcare Officer on 9970 1367 or visit Council's bushcare webpage to find out how you can get involved.

BUSHCARE SCHEDULES 
Where we work                      Which day                              What time 

Avalon     
Angophora Reserve             3rd Sunday                         8:30 - 11:30am 
Avalon Dunes                        1st Sunday                         8:30 - 11:30am 
Avalon Golf Course              2nd Wednesday                 3 - 5:30pm 
Careel Creek                         4th Saturday                      8:30 - 11:30am 
Toongari Reserve                 3rd Saturday                      9 - 12noon (8 - 11am in summer) 
Bangalley Headland            2nd Sunday                         9 to 12noon 
Catalpa Reserve              4th Sunday of the month        8.30 – 11.30
Palmgrove Park              1st Saturday of the month        9.00 – 12 

Bayview     
Winnererremy Bay                 4th Sunday                        9 to 12noon 

Bilgola     
North Bilgola Beach              3rd Monday                        9 - 12noon 
Algona Reserve                     1st Saturday                       9 - 12noon 
Plateau Park                          1st Friday                            8:30 - 11:30am 

Church Point     
Browns Bay Reserve             1st Tuesday                        9 - 12noon 
McCarrs Creek Reserve       Contact Bushcare Officer     To be confirmed 

Clareville     
Old Wharf Reserve                 3rd Saturday                      8 - 11am 

Elanora     
Kundibah Reserve                   4th Sunday                       8:30 - 11:30am 

Mona Vale     
Mona Vale Beach Basin          1st Saturday                    8 - 11am 
Mona Vale Dunes                     2nd Saturday +3rd Thursday     8:30 - 11:30am 

Newport     
Bungan Beach                          4th Sunday                      9 - 12noon 
Crescent Reserve                    3rd Sunday                      9 - 12noon 
North Newport Beach              4th Saturday                    8:30 - 11:30am 
Porter Reserve                          2nd Saturday                  8 - 11am 

North Narrabeen     
Irrawong Reserve                     2nd Saturday                   2 - 5pm 

Palm Beach     
North Palm Beach Dunes      3rd Saturday                    9 - 12noon 

Scotland Island     
Catherine Park                          2nd Sunday                     10 - 12:30pm 
Elizabeth Park                           1st Saturday                      9 - 12noon 
Pathilda Reserve                      3rd Saturday                      9 - 12noon 

Warriewood     
Warriewood Wetlands             1st Sunday                         8:30 - 11:30am 

Whale Beach     
Norma Park                               1st Friday                            9 - 12noon 

Western Foreshores     
Coopers Point, Elvina Bay      2nd Sunday                        10 - 1pm 
Rocky Point, Elvina Bay           1st Monday                          9 - 12noon

Friends Of Narrabeen Lagoon Catchment Activities

Bush Regeneration - Narrabeen Lagoon Catchment  
This is a wonderful way to become connected to nature and contribute to the health of the environment.  Over the weeks and months you can see positive changes as you give native species a better chance to thrive.  Wildlife appreciate the improvement in their habitat.

Belrose area - Thursday mornings 
Belrose area - Weekend mornings by arrangement
Contact: Phone or text Conny Harris on 0432 643 295

Wheeler Creek - Wednesday mornings 9-11am
Contact: Phone or text Judith Bennett on 0402 974 105
Or email: Friends of Narrabeen Lagoon Catchment : email@narrabeenlagoon.org.au

Gardens and Environment Groups and Organisations in Pittwater


Ringtail Posses 2023

New study finds that ingesting even small amounts of plastic can be fatal for marine animals

When swallowed, plastics can block or puncture an animal’s organs or cause lethal twisting of the digestive tract, also known as torsion. (Troy Mayne/Ocean Conservancy)
Britta BaechlerUniversity of Toronto and Erin MurphyArizona State University

Plastics are everywhere, and the ocean is no exception: 11 million metric tons of plastics enter the ocean every year, where they spread far and wide, making their way to the deepest trenches and remote Arctic islands.

We have long known that marine animals can mistake plastic bags and other plastic pollution for food. To date, every family of marine mammal and seabird, and all seven species of sea turtles, have been documented to ingest plastics — nearly 1,300 species in total.

We also know that eating plastics can prove fatal for wildlife. When swallowed, macroplastics — plastics larger than five millimetres in size in any single direction — can block or puncture an animal’s organs or cause lethal twisting of the digestive tract, also known as torsion.

But understanding the link between ingestion of these large plastics and animal death has long been difficult. In an effort to investigate this connection, our team at the Ocean Conservancy non-profit collaborated with experts at the University of Toronto, the Federal University of Alagoas and the University of Tasmania to answer a deceptively simple question: how much ingested plastic is too much?

This question led us to undertake an ambitious effort to compile more than 10,000 animal autopsies — called necropsies — where both cause of death and data on plastic ingestion were known. These necropsies had been reported in peer-reviewed literature, in stranding network databases (collections of information about marine wildlife that have become stranded) and in two original datasets.

What we found

Our dataset included 31 species of mammals, 57 species of seabirds, and all seven species of sea turtles. We then modelled the relationship between plastics in the gut and likelihood of death for each group, looking both at total pieces of plastics as well as volume of plastics.

Our findings are sobering.

First, we found that plastic consumption was common among all types of animals: nearly half of sea turtles, over one-third of seabirds and one in eight marine mammals had plastic in their guts. For sea turtles who ingested plastic, roughly five per cent died directly as a result — an alarming figure given that five of seven sea turtle species are already endangered.

Second, we found that the lethal dose was much smaller than we had initially guessed, especially for small seabirds.

For example, if an Atlantic puffin consumes plastic around the size of three sugar cubes, it faces a 90 per cent chance of death.

A loggerhead sea turtle that consumes just over two baseballs’ worth of plastic has the same odds. And for a harbour porpoise, consuming a soccer ball’s worth of plastic is fatal 90 per cent of the time.

Third, we found that not all plastics cause equal harm. When modelling lethal ingestion thresholds, we looked at the number of plastic pieces and the volume of plastic, and found that the type of plastic is actually very important, as each impacts the gastrointestinal tract differently.

For seabirds, rubber materials like balloons were the deadliest; consuming just six pea-sized shards could be lethal. For marine mammals, lost fishing gear — also known as ghost gear — posed the greatest risk: as few as 28 tennis ball-sized pieces could kill a sperm whale.

Nearly half of the individual animals in our dataset who had ingested plastics were red-listed as threatened by the International Union for Conservation of Nature — that is, near-threatened, vulnerable, endangered or critically endangered.

Protecting marine life from plastics

The most impactful way to protect ocean wildlife is to reduce how much plastic enters the ocean in the first place. By pinpointing which plastics are deadliest to key marine species, we can help guide targeted actions such as bans on some of the most dangerous items like balloons, fishing line and plastic bags.

Last year, Florida banned the intentional release of balloons with major implications for protecting seabirds and manatees, which also featured heavily in our dataset.

The research also demonstrates the potentially significant impact of removing plastics from shorelines, waterways and the ocean through cleanups and other removal efforts.

By modelling lethal doses, providing our data open-access for anyone to search or us and generating this new framework to help guide risk-assessment efforts, we hope our findings will inform the continued development and implementation of solutions that protect vulnerable ocean species from the dangers of ocean plastics.The Conversation

Britta Baechler, Adjunct Professor, Department of Physical & Environmental Sciences, University of Toronto and Erin Murphy, Adjunct Faculty, Center for Biodiversity Outcomes, Arizona State University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

What do we know about climate change? How do we know it? And where are we headed?

Hugo Abad / Getty Images
Andrew KingThe University of Melbourne and Aditya SenguptaThe University of Melbourne

The 2025 United Nations Climate Change Conference (sometimes referred to as COP30) is taking place in Brazil.

Amid all the talk with politicians, policy experts and scientists, it’s worth reminding ourselves of the state of Earth’s climate – a kind of long-term average of weather conditions – what’s driving the changes we’re seeing, and where we’re heading next.

We have understood the fundamentals of Earth’s climate for many decades, but scientists like us are constantly working to extend our knowledge.

In 2025, we have seen plenty of advances, including the ability to more clearly link individual greenhouse gas emitters with the impacts of their emissions.

The how and why of Earth’s changing climate

The planet we inhabit is changing. That change, especially since the start of the industrial revolution in the 18th century, is largely due to human activities.

Many different forms of data allow us to observe changes to the climate. We have long-running weather stations we can use to track temperature and rainfall changes, as well as newer technologies such as satellite imaging, which helps us see how sea ice is changing in the Arctic and Antarctic.

We can also make estimates of changes over much longer timescales using environmental indicators linked to temperature, such as tree ring growth, the air bubbles in ice cores, and coral formation.

Taking all these lines of evidence together, we can see major changes in the Earth system. These changes have accelerated in recent decades as humanity burned more and more fossil fuels, which release carbon dioxide when they burn.

Fossil fuels are substances such as coal, oil and gas which were formed millions of year ago from the remains of plants and other living organisms.

Why is this happening? We have understood for a very long time that carbon dioxide is a greenhouse gas. This means when it is released into the atmosphere it acts to warm the planet because it traps heat, like a garden greenhouse.

Our fundamental understanding of the greenhouse effect came from the work of 19th century scientists including Eunice FooteJohn Tyndall and Svante Arrhenius. Then, in 1938, Guy Callendar used a collection of weather station data to identify warming of the planet. Since then, the scale of the changes in Earth’s climate have only become clearer.

Since the 1970s, scientists have proven the link between our greenhouse gas emissions and global warming. Using observations and theoretical understanding, as well as newer tools such as computer models that simulate the world’s climate, global warming has been conclusively traced to humanity’s greenhouse gas emissions.

Science is uncovering how much humans are affecting the climate

More recently, we have gathered more observational data, increased our understanding of the climate system, and improved our ability to simulate the climate using numerical models. This has only increased our confidence in the human fingerprint on the changes to Earth’s climate that we are seeing.

It is also now possible to link regional and local climate changes to human-caused greenhouse gas emissions. We can even see the mark of human climate change in extreme weather events and their impacts. This is called event attribution.

These analyses are performed by using advanced weather and climate modelling that simulates these extreme events, then compares these extremes between sets of simulations with and without the effects of humans on the planet.

Just this year, scientists have gone further in showing not only that humanity’s collective greenhouse gas emissions are damaging the climate, but even company-level or individual project-level greenhouse gas emissions have detectable consequences. A trio of studies published in AprilSeptember and October this year linked emissions from fossil fuel companies and projects with big impacts.

The most recent of these papers showed that the approved Scarborough gas project off the coast of Western Australia is likely to result in hundreds of additional heat-related deaths and millions of lost corals, for example.

Where is our climate heading?

So the body of evidence that the climate is changing due to humanity’s actions is large and ever-growing. However, we haven’t yet taken the required steps to limit these changes by reducing our greenhouse gas emissions on a global scale.

In fact, our emissions remain at record high levels. We are still shifting the planet’s climate further away from its pre-industrial state into dangerous new territory.

But it isn’t all doom and gloom. Since the Paris Agreement of 2015 we have seen a shift in course. In the past decade, global greenhouse gas emissions haven’t increased as fast as they were expected to before 2015. Instead, it looks like emissions may be peaking and set to fall substantially through the 2030s.

So where does that leave us?

According to the latest UN Emissions Gap report, current policies still have us on a path for peak global warming of 2.8°C. If countries can fully enact their commitments to reducing emissions and reaching net zero, only then will peak global warming be limited to around 2°C.

Every time we avoid releasing greenhouse gases into the atmosphere, we reduce future climate impacts and risks and leave the planet more habitable for future generations.

Millions of people will be hoping the outcomes of COP30 and subsequent meetings see more ambition and more action to help limit global warming and its impacts.The Conversation

Andrew King, ARC Future Fellow and Associate Professor in Climate Science, ARC Centre of Excellence for 21st Century Weather, The University of Melbourne and Aditya Sengupta, PhD Candidate, School of Geography, Earth and Atmospheric Sciences, The University of Melbourne

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Behind every COP is a global data project that predicts Earth’s future. Here’s how it works

Arash Hedieh/Unspalsh
Andy HoggAustralian National University and Tilo ZiehnCSIRO

Over the past week we’ve witnessed the many political discussions that go with the territory of a COP – or, more verbosely, the “Conference of the Parties to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change”.

COP30 is the latest event in annual meetings aiming to reach global agreement on how to address climate change. But political events such as COP base the need for action on available science – to understand recent changes and to predict the magnitude and impact of future change.

This information is provided through other international activities – such as regular assessment reports that are written by the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC). These reports are based on the best available scientific knowledge.

But how exactly do they evaluate what will happen in the future?

Climate futures

Predictions of future climate change are based on several key planks of evidence. These include the fundamental physics of radiation in our atmosphere, the trends in observed climate and longer-term records of ancient climates.

But there is only one way to incorporate the complex feedbacks and dynamics required to make quantitative predictions. And that is by using climate models. Climate models use supercomputers to solve the complex equations needed to make climate projections.

The most sophisticated climate models are known as Earth system models. They ingest our knowledge of climate physics, radiation, chemistry, biology and fluid dynamics to simulate the evolution of the entire Earth system.

Climate centres from many different nations develop Earth system models, and contribute to a global data project known as CMIP – the Coupled Model Intercomparison Project. This data is then used by scientists worldwide to better understand the possible trajectories of, and to study the reasons for, future change.

Regional climate changes

Data from Earth system models cover the whole globe, but there is a catch. The computational expense of these models means that we run them at low resolution – that is, aggregating information onto grid boxes that are about 100 kilometres across. This puts the entirety of Melbourne, for example, within a single grid box.

But the climate information that we need to guide future adaptation needs more detailed information. For this, scientists use tools known as “downscaling”, or regional climate projections. These take the global projections and produce higher resolution information over a limited region.

This high-resolution information feeds into products such as the recently released National Climate Risk Assessment from the Australian Climate Service. Similar climate information is used by local governments, businesses and industry to understand their exposure to climate risk.

We’re doing it all again

Each iteration of CMIP, which began in 1995, has brought about improvements which have helped us to better understand our global climate.

For example, CMIP5 (from the late 2000s) helped us to understand carbon feedbacks and the predictability of the climate system. The CMIP6 generation of climate models (from the late 2010s) provided more accurate simulation of clouds and aerosols, and a wider set of possible future scenarios.

Now we are doing it all again – to create what will be known as CMIP7. Why would we do this?

The first reason is that more climate information has become available since CMIP6. CMIP simulations use “scenarios” to look at the range of plausible futures of climate change under different socio-economic and policy pathways.

For CMIP6, the “future” scenarios were started from the year 2015, using the information available at the time. We now have an extra decade of information to refine our projections.

The second reason is that CMIP7 shifts more to emissions-driven simulations for carbon dioxide, allowing models to calculate atmospheric concentrations on the fly.

Simulating how atmospheric carbon dioxide and other greenhouse gases interact with the land and ocean (known as the carbon cycle) allows feedbacks and potential tipping points to be calculated. However, this also requires a more complex Earth system model.

Australia’s CMIP7 contribution aims to incorporate new science and knowledge with a refined carbon cycle which includes Australian vegetation, bushfires, land use change and improved ocean biology.

Thirdly, this time around we aim to run models at higher resolution – such as having 16 grid boxes over Melbourne, instead of one. This is possible thanks to advances in computational capability and modelling software.

We’ve started the process

This week, Australia’s newest Earth system model version – known as ACCESS-ESM1.6 – is initiating the first phase in the CMIP7 contribution process, which is supported through the National Environmental Science Program Climate Systems Hub.

This includes a long “preindustrial spinup”, where we run the model for about 1,000 virtual years using greenhouse gas levels from before the industrial revolution until the stable conditions are reached and available observations are matched. The spinup is required to ensure that all subsequent simulations start from a physically consistent state.

In the next phase we’ll run a “historical” simulation that emulates the last 200 years of civilisation. Only then can we implement a range of future scenarios and complete our climate projections.

This work is a partnership between CSIRO and Australia’s climate simulator (ACCESS-NRI), with support from university-based scientists and the Bureau of Meteorology. It’s an exercise that will take multiple years, consume hundreds of millions of compute hours on high performance supercomputers of the National Computational Infrastructure, and will produce about 8 petabytes of data – or 8 million gigabytes – to be processed and submitted to CMIP7.

As the only Southern Hemisphere nation submitting to past CMIPs, Australia has a unique and crucial perspective.

This data will also be used for higher resolution regional climate projections, which will then be used for future climate risk assessments and adaptation plans. It will also inform IPCC’s next assessment report.

Ultimately, a future COP will translate this evidence into global action to further refine our climate targets.


The authors acknowledge the work of Christine Chung and Sugata Narsey from the Bureau of Meteorology in preparing this articleThe Conversation

Andy Hogg, Professor and Director of ACCESS-NRI, Australian National University and Tilo Ziehn, Principal Research Scientist, CSIRO

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Brazil is trying to stop fossil fuel interests derailing COP30 with one simple measure

Pablo Porciuncula/Getty
Christian DownieAustralian National University

In recent years, more and more lobbyists from the oil, gas and coal industries have taken part in international climate negotiations. Estimates of lobbyist numbers have risen sharply, from 503 at the 2021 Glasgow talks to 1,773 at last year’s talks in Azerbaijan’s capital Baku.

Ahead of this year’s climate talks, host nation Brazil moved to tackle climate disinformation and delay tactics with a simple but clear approach: asking participants to publicly disclose who funded them to attend.

Even so, around 1,600 fossil fuel lobbyists arrived at the COP30 climate talks in Belém, Brazil. If taken as a bloc, they would outnumber every national delegation other than the host nation.

This shows the size of the challenge Brazil took on as the first COP host in 30 years to push back against the tide of fossil fuel lobbying and climate misinformation. If this isn’t tackled head on, climate negotiations will keep avoiding the core issue: phasing out oil, gas and coal, the commodities doing most damage.

Lobbying and disinformation in the spotlight

The reason lobbyists are sent is to protect existing revenue streams. Fossil fuel companies invest in lobbying because it works – and not just on climate. In August, the UN talks on plastic pollution collapsed for the second time. Hundreds of fossil fuel and chemical industry lobbyists had registered to attend. Many lobbied to expand recycling rather than reducing the production of new plastics.

This year, Brazil launched the Global Initiative for Information Integrity on Climate Change. The aim is to foster:

concrete solutions to address disinformation and related tactics seeking to delay and derail climate action.

It’s the first time lobbying and disinformation have been targeted in this way. The UN has launched new guidelines asking participants to disclose funding for their attendance – and to sign a pledge confirming their objectives align with the Paris Agreement goals of holding climate change to 1.5°C.

The guidelines are optional and don’t include lobbyists participating as part of a national delegation. But it’s an encouraging sign the UN recognises the need to improve transparency and accountability.

On the first day of the talks, UN experts drew on the influential recent findings by the International Court of Justice that states and companies could be held legally liable for damage caused by extraction of fossil fuels. They called for a ban on fossil lobbyists and more transparency.

How fossil fuel lobbying corrupts climate negotiations

Brazil’s efforts to draw attention to the problem comes after decades of obstructionist tactics.

In 1988, big companies created the Global Climate Coalition to represent the oil, gas, coal, utility and agriculture industries. The group had a clear goal: block or delay efforts by the United States government to limit the use of fossil fuels. It worked.

Researchers have shown these lobbying efforts were instrumental in then US President George W. Bush’s 2001 decision to pull out of the Kyoto Protocol. The move influenced Australian Prime Minister John Howard’s decision not to ratify Kyoto a year later. The decision set back the negotiations for years, as US support for climate negotiations became increasingly uncertain.

The names of these obstructionist coalitions have changed over the years. But as my colleagues and I describe in our recent book, many of the original companies paying to block climate action are still supporting similar groups.

At international forums such as the UN climate talks, lobbyists funded by these companies can play a double game. They can point to a lack of international action as a reason for not acting on climate change at home, while using diplomatic strategies to obstruct progress at the same international talks.

An oil rig at sea.
Many fossil fuel companies see climate action as a threat to their revenue streams. Arvind Vallabh/UnsplashCC BY-NC-ND

The petrostate problem

It’s not just corporations seeking to blunt climate ambition. Nations do too.

According to the Carbon Tracker Initiative, 13 nations derive more than 50% of their GDP from fossil fuels. Alongside highly-dependent petrostates are other major fossil fuel exporters such as Russia and the US.

Not all petrostates lobby to block climate action. But many do. For example, one of the world’s largest oil producers, Saudi Arabia, has repeatedly worked to undermine the science on climate change at international negotiations.

At the 2023 climate talks in the United Arab Emirates, the Climate Action Network NGO coalition gave its Fossil of the Day award to Saudi Arabia for “repeated blocking across negotiation tracks”.

At these talks, the COP President, Sultan Al Jaber, claimed there was “no science” supporting a fossil fuel phase out to meet Paris Agreement goals, though he later walked this back. Al Jaber also heads up Abu Dhabi’s national oil company.

Over the years, many countries have switched between advancing and derailing negotiations. A US-China deal helped get the historic Paris Agreement over the line in 2015 under President Barack Obama. But under President Donald Trump, the US has withdrawn twice from the Paris Agreement.

What can we expect next?

Many of these issues have not been solved. As the US retreats from international environmental agreements, fossil fuel lobbyists from companies and countries are still showing up in numbers in environmental negotiations to try to get favourable outcomes.

Brazil’s effort to tackle climate misinformation and lobbying begins the work to rebuild integrity and public trust in these negotiations.

If Australia’s bid to co-host COP31 alongside Pacific nations is successful, the government would be well-advised to build on Brazil’s work.

For weeks, an Australian parliamentary inquiry into climate misinformation has heard of sophisticated political campaigns designed to obstruct climate action at home.

The time is ripe to tackle this problem abroad as well.The Conversation

Christian Downie, Professor of Political Science, School of Regulation and Global Governance, Australian National University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Why small climate-vulnerable island states punch well above their weight in UN climate talks

Emily WilkinsonODI Global and Kira-Lee GmeinerMonash University

Few diplomatic organisations punch above their weight quite like the Alliance of Small Island States (Aosis). With no fixed budget, no permanent secretariat and no formal charter, it has still managed to shape some of the most important climate agreements of the past few decades – including the 1.5°C target that underpins the Paris agreement.

Founded in 1990, Aosis represents 39 small island and low-lying coastal states. Its members are among the most vulnerable to rising seas and extreme weather, yet together they have become the moral voice of global climate diplomacy.

The now familiar 1.5°C limit of global warming was far from guaranteed when countries gathered in Paris in 2015. Many expected the summit to be less ambitious and settle for a 2°C target – at best.

But Aosis had been working behind the scenes since a disappointing climate summit in Copenhagen in 2009, pushing for a scientific review of the costs and benefits of a 1.5°C target. That review, published in 2015, proved vital in securing the inclusion of 1.5°C in the Paris agreement. “One-point-five to stay alive” became the rallying cry of the small island nations: and it was having an impact.

How Aosis works

Aosis is a negotiating group rather than a formal organisation. It works through consensus and cooperation among its members, who vary widely but all share high vulnerablity to climate change.

Its work is spread between the chair’s team and member states’ permanent representatives at the UN, as well as heads of state and ministers. The role of chair rotates through the New York-based representatives, with Ilana Seid from the Pacific island nation of Palau currently serving.

Members meet frequently to develop joint positions ahead of major summits, pooling technical expertise and diplomatic resources that would otherwise be out of reach for many small states. While consensus building comes with compromise, the alliance ensures even the smallest states can consistently and actively engage in international diplomacy.

Past wins

Aosis has been influential from the very outset of the UN’s climate process. At the 1992 Rio Earth Summit (which paved the way for Paris), it arrived with 12 key objectives and walked away having achieved ten, including a specific article in the UN’s climate convention acknowledging that small island and low lying coastal states are particularly at risk.

Since then, Aosis has secured designated seats on key climate bodies, including the UN bureau that supports the summits, and boards of the Green Climate FundAdaptation Fund and Clean Development Mechanism.

The group also played a significant role in establishing the loss and damage fund in 2022, to help vulnerable countries recover from climate-related disasters. Aosis had first proposed funding for loss and damage back in 1991.

From island diplomacy to global courts

The influence of small island nations now extends into international law. A few years ago, Vanuatu, an Aosis member of only 300,000 people, led a campaign for the International Court of Justice (ICJ) to issue an advisory opinion on states’ obligations to tackle climate change.

The ICJ’s ruling, issued earlier this year, confirmed that states have legal duties to reduce emissions and protect people from climate change. This affirmed a principle Aosis had long argued for: the world’s most polluting nations have not just a moral duty to act, but legal obligations to fellow states and their citizens.

As Margaretha Wewerinke-Sing, part of Vanuatu’s legal team, put it: “The law seems to be catching up with the science. The question is now, will the policy catch up with the law?”

The agenda for Cop30

The annual UN climate summit currently taking place in Belém, Brazil – Cop30 – is the first since the ICJ advisory opinion. It should give some initial insight as to how Aosis plans to use this ruling.

First, it is seeking greater commitments to reduce emissions. Under the Paris agreement, countries were due to submit revised climate plans this year, but only 86 have been submitted, out of 197. Of the 64 fully analysed so far, less than a quarter are in line with the Paris agreement’s temperature goals. Aosis will use the ICJ opinion to stress that stronger targets are not just necessary but legally required.

Second, adaptation to climate change is becoming increasingly critical for island nations already living with rising seas and stronger storms. Aosis is calling for clearer targets and better tracking of adaptation finance under the Global Goal on Adaptation.

Third, Aosis wants developed countries to triple the volume of public climate finance by 2035 and leverage further funds to meet the US$1.3 trillion (£1 trillion) target under the “Baku to Belém Roadmap”. Without predictable finance, small islands cannot plan for the future.

Aosis made clear its stance ahead of this summit: “[we] will not join in a consensus at Cop30 that makes us co-signatories to our own destruction”. But as with the previous 29 Cops, long days and multiple agenda items mean small island delegations will be stretched thinly. The benefits of collaboration are therefore crystal clear.The Conversation

Emily Wilkinson, Principal Research Fellow, ODI Global and Kira-Lee Gmeiner, Political Science PhD Candidate, Monash University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

A bold new investment fund aims to channel billions into tropical forest protection – one key change can make it better

Cattle, the No. 1 cause of tropical deforestation, roam on tropical forest land that was stripped bare in Acre, Brazil. AP Photo/Eraldo Peres
Jason GrayUniversity of California, Los Angeles

The world is losing vast swaths of forests to agriculture, logging, mining and fires every year — more than 20 million acres in 2024 alone, roughly the size of South Carolina.

That’s bad news because tropical forests in particular regulate rainfallshelter plant and animal species and act as a thermostat for the planet by storing carbon, keeping it out of the atmosphere where it would heat up the planet. The United Nations estimates that deforestation and forest degradation globally contribute about 11% of total greenhouse gas emissions.

Over the years, countries have committed to reverse that forest loss, and many organizations, governments, and Indigenous and local communities have worked hard to advance those goals. Many of their efforts have been at least partly successful.

For instance, Brazil credits stronger law enforcement and better monitoring at the state and national levels for helping reduce illegal land clearing and deforestation in the Amazon. The deforestation rate there fell by 31% from 2023 to 2024.

A ranger puts a red line on a tree to mark it. Villagers stand near by with evidence of cut down trees around them.
A forest ranger in Indonesia marks a tree to encourage protecting it in an area where villagers have cleared forest for a coffee plantation. AP Photo/Dita Alangkara

Funding from governments and the private sector is helping communities restore land that has already been cleared. Other programs protect forests through payments for ecosystem services, such as paying landowners to maintain existing forests and the benefits those forests provide. These programs provide money to a government, community or landowner based on verified results that the forest is being protected over time.

And yet, despite these and many other efforts, the world is falling short on its commitments to protect tropical forests. The planet lost 6.7 million hectares of tropical forest, nearly 26,000 square miles (67,000 square kilometers), in 2024 alone.

Law enforcement is not enough by itself. When enforcement is weakened, as happened in Brazil from 2019 to 2023, illegal land clearing and forest loss ramp back up. Programs that pay landowners to keep forests standing also have drawbacks. Research has shown they might only temporarily reduce deforestation if they don’t continue payments long term.

The problem is that deforestation is often driven by economic factors such as global demand for crops, cattle and minerals such as gold and copper. This demand provides significant incentives to farmers, companies and governments to continue clearing forests.

The amount of money committed to protecting forests globally is about US$5.7 billion per year – a fraction of the tens of billions of dollars banks and investors put into the companies that drive deforestation.

Simply put, the scale of the deforestation problem is massive, and new efforts are needed to truly reverse the economic drivers or causes of deforestation.

In order to increase the amount of funding to protect tropical forests, Brazil launched a global program on Nov. 6, 2025, ahead of the annual U.N. climate conference, called the Tropical Forest Forever Facility, or TFFF. It is an innovative approach that combines money from countries and private investors to compensate countries for preserving tropical forests.

As an environmental law scholar who works in climate policy development, including to protect tropical forests, I believe the design of the program has real promise. But I also see room to improve it by bringing in states and provinces to ensure money reaches programs closer to the ground that will pay off for the environment.

What makes the Tropical Forest Forever Facility different?

The Tropical Forest Forever Facility seeks to tackle the deforestation problem by focusing on the issue of scale – both geographic and economic.

First, it will measure results across entire countries rather than at the smaller landowner level. That can help reduce deforestation more broadly within countries and influence national policies that currently contribute to deforestation. It focuses on the amount of forest area protected rather than estimating the amount of carbon in the trees.

Second, it seeks to raise billions of dollars. This is important to counter the economic incentives for clearing forests for agriculture, livestock and timber.

The mechanics of raising these funds is intriguing – Brazil is seeking an initial $25 billion from national governments and foundations, and then another $100 billion from investors. These funds would be invested in securities – think the stock and bond markets – and returns on those investments, after a percentage is paid to investors, would be paid to countries that demonstrate successful forest protection.

These countries would be expected to invest their results-based payments into forest conservation initiatives, in particular to support communities doing the protection work on the ground, including ensuring that at least 20% directly supports local communities and Indigenous peoples whose territories often have the lowest rates of deforestation thanks to their efforts.

Most of the loss to commodities is in South America and Southeast Asia.
Where different types of deforestation are most prominent. Shifting agriculture, shown in yellow, reflects land temporarily cleared for agriculture and later allowed to regrow. Project Drawdown, data from Curtis et al., 2018CC BY-ND

Finally, the Tropical Forest Forever Facility recognizes that, like past efforts, it is not a silver bullet. It is being designed to complement other programs and policies, including carbon market approaches that raise money for forest protection by selling carbon credits to governments and companies that need to lower their emissions.

What has been the reaction so far?

The new forest investment fund is attracting interest because of its size, ambition and design.

Brazil and Indonesia were the first to contribute, committing $1 billion each. Norway added $3 billion on Nov. 7, and several other countries also committed to support it.

The Tropical Forest Forever Facility still has a long way to go toward its $125 billion goal, but it will likely draw additional commitments during the U.N. climate conference, COP30, being held Nov. 10-21, 2025, in Brazil. World leaders and negotiators are meeting in the Amazon for the first time.

An aerial view of the Caquetá region, with a river winding through forest and areas of deforested land.
In Caquetá, Colombia, a mix of training for farmers, expanding their ability to sell the fruit they grow, and a local government program that pays landowners relatively small amounts to restore forests helped reduce local deforestation by 67% from 2021 to 2023. Guillermo Legaria/AFP via Getty Images

How can the Tropical Forest Forever Facility be improved?

The Tropical Forest Forever Facility’s design has drawn some criticism, both for how the money is raised and for routing the money through national governments. While the fund’s design could draw more investors, if its investments don’t have strong returns in a given year, the fund might not receive any money, likely leaving a gap in expected payments for the programs and communities protecting forests.

Many existing international funding programs also provide money solely to national governments, as the Amazon Fund and the U.N.’s Global Environment Facility do. However, a lot of the actual work to reduce deforestation, from policy innovation to implementation and enforcement, takes place at the state and provincial levels.

One way to improve the Tropical Forest Forever Facility’s implementation would be to include state- and provincial-level governments in decisions about how payments will be used and ensure those funds make it to the people taking action in their territories.

The Governors’ Climate and Forests Task Force, a group of 45 states and provinces from 11 countries, has been giving feedback on how to incorporate that recommendation.

The task force developed a Blueprint for a New Forest Economy, which can help connect efforts such as the Tropical Forest Forever Facility to state- and community-level forest protection initiatives so funding reaches projects that can pay off for forest protection.

The Tropical Forest Forever Facility is an example of the type of innovative mechanism that could accelerate action globally. But to truly succeed, it will need to be coordinated with state and provincial governments, communities and others doing the work on the ground. The world’s forests – and people – depend on it.The Conversation

Jason Gray, Environmental Attorney, Emmett Institute on Climate Change and the Environment, University of California, Los Angeles

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Nature, carbon, nutrition: 3 ways farming can shift from climate culprit to solution

Meaghan Skinner Photography/Getty
Budiman MinasnyUniversity of SydneyAlex McBratneyUniversity of Sydney, and Damien FieldUniversity of Sydney

Producing and distributing food is responsible for roughly a third of global greenhouse gas emissions. But food systems are highly vulnerable to the droughts, floods, fires and heatwaves made more intense by climate change. Agriculture is both culprit and victim.

As negotiators try to thrash out progress on climate in Brazil during the COP30 talks, agriculture will be a defining battleground. Hundreds of lobbyists for big agribusiness are present, while outside the conference halls, people’s movements push for low-impact farming.

In energy and transport, power sources and vehicles can be shifted to clean options to cut emissions. But it’s harder to cut emissions from farming. Agricultural emissions come largely from animals, crops and food processing – methane from cattle, sheep and goatsnitrous oxide created by microbes in fertilised soils and carbon losses from degraded land, where soil disturbance and erosion accelerate release of carbon dioxide.

Many countries have included agriculture as a way to tackle climate change in their national commitments. The question is how. One solution is to focus on making farming regenerative rather than extractive.

Our research has laid out an approach centred on net zero, nature positive and nutritionally balanced farming (3N for short). The goal: moving away from a narrow focus on cutting emissions to rebuild soil carbon, restore biodiversity and improve human nutrition simultaneously. Many people are already farming like this around the world, but rarely in a joined up way or at scale. Here’s what it looks like.

cow eating looking at camera.
Ruminant livestock such as cattle produce methane from fermenting grass in their stomach. Matthias Zomer/PexelsCC BY-NC-ND

Farming for net zero

Farmers can help achieve net zero and cut costs by reducing emissions and building soil carbon stocks.

Imagine a wheat and livestock farm using precise ways to apply nitrogen fertilisers only when and where plants can absorb it. Soil sensors and satellite imagery guide decisions about fertilising and irrigating. New technologies create fertiliser out of the nitrogen in the air without the large carbon footprint of traditional methods.

Planting nitrogen-fixing legumes on fallow fields restores soil organic matter and cuts how much expensive fertiliser is needed. Beneficial microbes are added to soils to boost carbon storage. Livestock are fed methane-reducing additives, while electric or hydrogen-powered tractors cleanly handle field operations. Animal manure and crop residues are transformed from waste into fertiliser and renewable energy.

The result: fewer emissions, healthier soils and lower bills for farmers.

Farming for nature positive

Because agriculture takes up half the world’s habitable land, it makes sense to bring back nature wherever possible. But restoring habitat and bringing back species isn’t just decoration – it’s infrastructure. Instead of bare fencelines and bulldozed creekbeds, a 3N farm weaves nature through its working landscape. Hedgerows, shelterbelts and native vegetation corridors link habitats and encourage the return of birds, insects and pollinators.

For farmers, this has real utility. Trees shade livestock, groundcovers cool soils, beneficial insects pollinate crops and eat pests and vegetation belts filter runoff, reducing nutrient pollution in dams and waterways. Livestock are moved around so paddocks can recover, allowing native grasses to thrive. Soil organisms and organic matter rebuild, improving how the soil holds water, and reducing erosion. Farm productivity remains high while resilience rises.

Farming for nutritional balance

Healthier, more nutritious food comes from farms with healthier soils and landscapes. To boost nutrition levels, farmers can shift from planting a single crop every year to a rotation including pulses, oilseeds and vegetables, improving soil fertility, nutrient cycling by microbes and plant health.

This nutrient-balanced farming approach boosts levels of essential nutrients in crops. But it has other benefits. By matching fertiliser inputs to crop needs, recycling organic residues and encouraging soil microbes and creatures to return, levels of nitrogen and phosphorus fall. This reduces the chance of polluted waterways or emissions of nitrous oxide. On Australian dairy farms, programs such as DairyUP work to produce more nutrient-rich milk while lowering emissions and energy use.

It’s possible to boost nutrient levels rapidly but temporarily though biofortification, which includes adding nutrient-rich soil supplements and adding beneficial microbes which increase nutrient uptake. Longer lasting improvements to nutrient levels are possible through genetic tweaks.

When net zero, nature positive and nutrient-rich farming coexist, the benefits compound. Farmers can cut costs, regenerate landscapes, cut emissions, build carbon stocks in soils and give people nutrient-rich food at the same time.

colourful mix of vegetables.
Farming one crop repeatedly can deplete nutrients in the food. Diversifying planting can boost nutrients. Engin Akyurt/PexelsCC BY-NC-ND

Which way forward?

Agriculture appears prominently in Brazil’s COP30 Action Agenda, but only in broad strokes. What’s missing is a clear framework which links climate, nature and nutrition. The 3N farming approach could help fill that gap.

Technologies are not the barrier. We already have precision agriculture to cut fertiliser use, feed additives to reduce methane, cover crops to rebuild soil nitrogen naturally, accurate biodiversity monitoring using eDNA and digital twin technology able to test management decisions and predict outcomes on models without risking losses on real farms.

The real challenge is uptake. These methods have to be scaled up rapidly, aided by government policies and incentives.

At the ongoing COP30 talks, agriculture has shown some signs of moving from the margins to the centre of climate solutions, such as work on building resilient food systems. But as yet there’s not a unified pathway laying out how to make agriculture the solution it can be. A key gap is soil security – ensuring soils are healthy enough to keep producing.

The farm of the future is not a fantasy. It is already emerging in New Zealand dairy shedsAustralian trials helping farmers make data-backed decisions about pasture varieties, European paddocks combining trees and agriculture and Indigenous land-stewarded landscapes worldwide.

No other sector of the economy can do so much. Only farming can tackle climate change, restore habitats and give people nutritious food. Agriculture isn’t a problem – it’s an essential part of the solution.The Conversation

Budiman Minasny, Professor in Soil-Landscape Modelling, University of SydneyAlex McBratney, Professor of Digital Agriculture & Soil Science; Director, Sydney Institute of Agriculture, University of Sydney, and Damien Field, Associate Professor, Institute of Agriculture, University of Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Between ‘breadbasket of the world’ and ‘guardian of the Amazon’, Brazil remains unable to solve its environmental dilemma

Karina KatoUniversidade Federal Rural do Rio de Janeiro (UFRRJ) and Sergio Pereira LeiteUniversidade Federal Rural do Rio de Janeiro (UFRRJ)

On the eve of COP 30, Brazil seeks to assert itself as an environmental and food power, but it carries contradictions that weaken this narrative. In a speech at the opening of the 80th UN General Assembly, President Lula declared that this will be the “COP of truth”, the moment when world leaders must prove the seriousness of their commitments to the planet. For decades, the country has been trying to position itself as an emerging power based on two pillars — the environment and food.

In the environmental field, Brazil claims the role of “guardian of the Amazon” and a central player in global climate regulation, as well as a leader in biofuels and renewable energy. This position was further weakened in October 2025 with the approval by Ibama of the first licence to drill an exploratory well 500 km from the mouth of the Amazon River, on the Brazilian Equatorial Margin.

In the food sector, the country is reviving the image of the “breadbasket of the world”, based on the promise of intensified production, claiming that economic growth and environmental preservation can go hand in hand. This position is fraught with internal contradictions: although indicators point to an overall reduction of 32.4% in deforestation between 2023 and 2025, the Cerrado and Caatinga biomes show a high percentage of deforested areas.

FAO announced that Brazil was removed from the hunger map in 2025, although we still have 35 million people (16.5% of the population) struggling to feed themselves, according to the same source.

Half of the world’s soybeans

As is well known, Brazil has become one of the main players in the agricultural commodities market (products traded on the international market). Forecasts by the OECD and FAO indicate that we will maintain this leading role in the production and export of these goods. In less than a decade, the country is expected to account for about half of the soybeans and two thirds of the sugar exported worldwide, in addition to leading exports of corn and meat.

This trend has led Brazilian agribusiness to claim that its exports are central to ensuring global food security, arguing that they would feed around 800 million people.

But this claim represents only one side of the coin. The deepening integration of Brazilian agribusiness into the global food system accentuates the interdependence between the external and internal markets and brings new challenges for the country’s development. In particular, with regard to food security, land inequality and biodiversity.

Due to the stimulus of the food crisis in the mid-2000s, the (new) growing demand for biomass, China’s significant presence in international trade, or even as a reflection of the international energy and financial crises, whatever the reasons, the Brazilian agricultural sector is experiencing continuous expansion in the areas dedicated to the production of these commodities (soybeans, coffee, corn, rice and beef, among others).

And the prices of these commodities on the world market determine food prices in the domestic market. They replace land that previously produced food for local and regional trade, impacting our food security and sovereignty and putting pressure on rural property prices.

This extreme appreciation of Brazilian agribusiness opens up a new front of social and environmental conflicts in rural areas, straining conceptions of rurality that are based on the strengthening of family farming, agroecological production, or the territorial dimension.

Growth vs. preservation

At the same time, the expansion of commodity production leads to a continuous loss of forest cover. Despite the recent decline in deforestation in all Brazilian biomes in 2025, over the last 40 years, Brazil has experienced a continuous process of loss of natural areas (equivalent to 13% of the territory).

Today, deforestation is present in the Cerrado, with the advance of the grain frontier, and in the Caatinga, with the expansion of agriculture and livestock farming and wind and solar energy projects.

This situation exacerbates the climate crisis. According to the Greenhouse Gas Emissions and Removals Estimation System (SEEG), in 2023, agriculture would be responsible for 74% of emissions in Brazil, 46% of which would be derived from changes in land use.

Suspicious narrative

All of this leads us to be suspicious of the narrative that advocates reconciliation between economic growth and environmental preservation. The concept of land sparing (sustainable intensification), although not a scientific consensus, is repeatedly used to justify the increase in productive activities under the label of sustainability.

However, due to the rebound effect and the coupling between different activities and/or regions, this intensification is accompanied by an increase in the spatialisation of agricultural production. In other words, the same modernised grain agribusiness that intensifies its activities applies its gains to the purchase of cheaper land in frontier areas – previously occupied by livestock and/or forests – which requires further deforestation or occupation of reserves.

Reprimarisation of the economy

This movement has resulted in a “reprimarisation” of our economy and exports. Since 2018, the share of primary products in total exports has been over 50%, weakening Brazil’s external position by concentrating foreign exchange generation in low value-added goods and prices subject to enormous instability. This reinforces dependence on foreign markets that can bring surprises. Such as the “tariff hike” recently applied by the United States.

In addition, we recall that the productive logic of agri-food chains is increasingly associated with and conditioned by processes of financialisation of agriculture and land.

In these chains, new financial instruments targeting agriculture and natural resources are growing around the world. There were 43 in 2005, and this number jumped to 960 in 2023, according to data from Valoral Advisors. With special attention to Brazil, making rural areas a source of speculative gains, reinforcing the pressure for land control. A similar process is observed in the case of environmental assets (green bonds), based on a sustainable taxonomy that needs to be better discussed.

Conclusion

Brazil exposes contradictions when it aims to combine the position of “breadbasket of the world” and “centrality in the sustainability of the planet”. The COP 30 presidency postulates a “new generation of climate conferences” that operate as systemic platforms for accelerating processes toward a future defined by results, solidarity, and common purpose.

But the success of the conference will not be measured solely by the speeches in Belém. Rather, it will be measured by the ability of Brazil and the rest of the world to address the contradictions that today fuel hunger, accelerate deforestation and erode our climate future - requiring an urgent review of this productive and financialised model.

This article comes from a partnership between The Conversation Brasil and the Pulitzer Center in the United States.The Conversation

Karina Kato, Professora do Programa de Pós-Graduação de Ciências Sociais em Desenvolvimento, Agricultura e Sociedade (CPDA), Universidade Federal Rural do Rio de Janeiro (UFRRJ) and Sergio Pereira Leite, Professor Titular do Programa de Pós-Graduação de Ciências Sociais em Desenvolvimento, Agricultura e Sociedade (CPDA), Universidade Federal Rural do Rio de Janeiro (UFRRJ)

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Finally, Indigenous peoples have an influential voice at COP30. They’re speaking loud and clear

Danilo UrzedoThe University of Western AustraliaOliver TesterCurtin University, and Stephen van LeeuwenThe University of Western Australia

Indigenous peoples are on the vanguard of climate action. Longstanding relationships with land means they endure the direct consequences of climate change. And their unique knowledge offers effective solutions to climate problems.

But despite this, international climate policies have fallen short of encouraging Indigenous leadership. With the UN climate summit hosted in the Amazon for the first time, COP30 marks an unprecedented effort to elevate Indigenous voices.

Returning to Brazil again after the 1992 and 2012 Rio conferences, COP30 has the largest Indigenous delegation in the summit’s history. More than 3,000 Indigenous representatives from around the world are in the Amazonian city of Belém.

Inside and outside the negotiation rooms, Indigenous organisations and coalitions have brought an unprecedented agenda to the summit: pressure for climate justice centred on the recognition of land rights and fair financing mechanisms.

Indigenous voices in diplomacy

A new form of climate diplomacy is emerging. This shift marks the creation of space for Indigenous delegates to participate in formal discussions that were previously exclusive to government officials.

Since 2019, the UN’s Local Communities and Indigenous Peoples Platform has expanded the Indigenous role in official negotiations. At this year’s summit, more than 900 Indigenous delegates – a record number – are participating in official debates.

Led by Brazil’s Minister for Indigenous Peoples, Sônia Guajajara, the COP30 presidency has encouraged Indigenous leadership in decision-making. This includes giving Indigenous delegates seats in negotiation rooms and embedding their demands in climate pledges and finance mechanisms.

“Indigenous Peoples want to take part, not just show up”, said Guajajara. “We want to lead and be part of the solution. So far, the investments driven by COP decisions have failed to deliver results – the 1.5°C goal is slipping out of reach”.

But turning community participation into political influence requires more than participation. Initiatives such as Kuntari Katu in Brazil assist Indigenous leaders in connecting their priorities with broader climate policies. Such training provides modules on topics such as carbon market mechanisms and equips Indigenous representatives with tools to communicate their priorities in climate debates.

Indigenous influence at COP30 is not confined to formal diplomacy. Protests inside and outside the COP venue have amplified long-sidelined demands. Under the rallying cry “Our land is not for sale”, one of the demonstrations occupied areas of the COP30 venue with direct confrontation with the security staff.

Thousands of activists also joined a four-kilometre march in the host city of Belém to call for action from leaders to stop environmental destruction. These protests have brought global attention to injustices that climate politics have long tried to contain. They highlight unresolved land-tenure conflicts and the rising violence faced by Indigenous communities on the frontline of climate impacts.

Land rights as climate solutions

Indigenous territories deliver some of the world’s most effective responses to the climate crisis, from curbing deforestation to storing vast amounts of carbon. Yet much Indigenous land remains without formal recognition, leaving it exposed to invasions by illegal mining, agribusiness expansion, and land grabs, including for renewable energy projects.

COP30 has brought commitments to recognising Indigenous territories as climate solutions. During the opening ceremony, Brazil’s President Luiz Inácio Lula da Silva emphasised the centrality of Indigenous territories to promote effective climate action. World leaders pledged to secure 160 million hectares of Indigenous and community lands by 2030.

Indigenous organisations say pledges remain far from sufficient given the threats to their lands. The Munduruku Indigenous community, an indigenous people living in the Amazon River basin, made this clear with a major blockade at COP30. Their action created long queues at the summit entrance, delaying thousands of delegates. The disruption compelled the COP presidency to meet with Munduruku leaders, who pressed for the demarcation of their territories and the right to be consulted on development projects in their territory.

Fair climate finance

One of COP30’s major negotiation challenges is finalising the Baku-Belém Roadmap, which aims to unlock A$1.5 trillion in climate funding. Yet climate finance mechanisms have a long history of undervaluing Indigenous knowledge and governance. Indigenous organisations say that fairness must be central to these pledges.

At the Leaders’ Summit, a multilateral coalition launched the Tropical Forests Forever Fund. This commits A$7.6 billion to protect over one billion hectares of forests. With backing from 53 nations and 19 sovereign investors, the fund earmarks 20% of its finance for Indigenous projects. The Forest Tenure Funders Group also renewed its pledge, with a commitment of A$2.7 billion to secure Indigenous land rights.

Still, Indigenous advocates warn climate finance must go beyond dollar amounts. They want a shift in who controls the funding and how projects are governed. Placing Indigenous leadership at the centre of financing means making sure Indigenous communities can receive funding directly and have fair agreements that protect them from financial risks.

Transformative leadership

UN climate conferences have long been criticised for delivering incremental progress but little systemic change. Yet signs of political transformation are emerging.

Beyond climate debates, significant Indigenous leadership is gaining momentum across other international environmental policies. In 2024, the UN’s meeting to combat desertification formalised a new caucus for Indigenous Peoples, while the Convention on Biological Diversity established a permanent Indigenous subsidiary body.

These growing political shifts reveal that effective environmental actions depend on dismantling power inequalities in decisions. Inclusive leadership in policymaking may not completely address the environmental crisis, but it marks a turning point as historically silenced voices begin to lead from the centre.The Conversation

Danilo Urzedo, Research fellow, The University of Western AustraliaOliver Tester, Indigenous Liaison Manager, Curtin University, and Stephen van Leeuwen, Adjunct Associate Professor, School of Plant Biology, The University of Western Australia

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Affordability Key to Successful Energy Transition: Report from Australian Energy Council

November 17, 2025
Affordability is the key to ensuring public confidence and ongoing community support for the energy transition, which is now delicately balanced, according to the Chief Executive Officers of Australia’s major energy companies.

A survey of the CEOs - Delivering Australia’s energy transition affordably – released today highlights the challenges in meeting the country’s energy and emission ambitions. The CEOs, all members of peak industry body the Australian Energy Council, remain committed to supporting net zero on the premise that the least cost, lowest impact pathway is an energy system dominated by renewables and firmed by battery storage, gas and pumped hydro.

Replacing ageing, emissions-intensive generation is not costless. The CEOs want a more open and honest dialogue about the challenges and costs of the energy transition. The survey also reinforces the critical importance of policy certainty and stability as Australia enters the “difficult delivery phase” of the energy transition and the need to support customers.

The survey report includes recommendations to address affordability and includes some guiding principles on how governments and industry can work together to successfully deliver a reliable, low emissions and affordable energy system.

“Industry has an important role in supporting customers through the energy transition and we don’t shy away from the need to invest in and advocate for initiatives that help to improve energy affordability for all customers,” the Australian Energy Council’s Chief Executive Officer, Louisa Kinnear, said.“We are keen to work collaboratively with Federal and State governments to ensure that the policy and market settings give us the best chance at ensuring affordable and reliable energy supply is accessible by all.”

The survey of the CEOs of the leading energy retailers, generators and investors was undertaken by SEC Newgate and commissioned by the AEC.

The importance of ensuring affordability of Australia’s power supply was one of the key issues flagged by the CEOs, along with the danger of price and supply shocks in the system, and concerns about the impacts these could have on vulnerable customers. CEOs noted that prices have never been under more pressure with the large-scale investment required to replace and decarbonise generation assets and delays in the rollout of some renewable projects. “I think it’s the calm before the storm, and… the storm is coming around cost and competitiveness,” according to one gentailer CEO

“Network cost is only going to go up, and go up by increasing levels. And the Australian consumer is not really wise to that yet because they haven’t seen the worst of it,” another gentailer CEO noted.

“… the cost of this transition is really going to affect the people who can afford it the least, so people that are already struggling to pay their power bills are going to get slammed with more cost from more of the transmission and distribution costs that are yet to come, and the higher cost of electricity with storage that’s got to be factored in,” according to a retail CEO.

Commenting on the transition, CEOs said:

“The transition right now is delicately poised and at quite an important point. There have been these bumps along the way. It is taking longer to deliver the new generation and transmission projects, transmission is obviously a critical path.”

“The energy transition now is as much about system security as it is about emissions reduction, and sometimes we emphasise one at the expense of the other and we need to actually hold them both together.”

The AEC’s Louisa Kinnear, said the report was the first of its kind for the AEC and was an important contribution to the public discussion on the energy transition and affordability.“The overarching and central theme that emerges from this report is the importance of affordability. We need to ensure clean, affordable energy remains accessible to everyone during the transition.

“Yes, renewable energy once it is built and operational is one of the lowest-cost sources of energy, but we still need to account for the costs of constructing new supply and adapting our existing energy system to accommodate and firm up low-emissions intermittent sources. In the long run, this approach will still be cheaper than continuing to invest in existing or new coal-fired power generation.

“But we need to ensure the transition is managed carefully. Ultimately, it can only go as fast as the industry and consumers can bear.“It simply will not succeed without public confidence that it will not just deliver a sustainable and reliable system but one that provides affordable energy for households and businesses,” she said.

Recommendations and guiding principles in the report include:
  • Government and industry need to work together to develop and implement energy policies that ensure energy remains affordable for our most vulnerable customers.
  • Government and industry need to collaborate to unlock the full value of consumer energy resources (CER) while policies and initiatives should assist those customers that can’t access CER to better manage energy consumption and energy bills.
  • Boosting investor confidence through policy certainty and stability
  • Approaching the energy transition through a stronger affordability lens, ensuring policies take account of business and household costs and other trade-offs
  • Ensuring government assistance on household electricity bills is targeted on the vulnerable
  • Ensuring network spending is timely and efficient
  • Reducing the time it takes for environmental approvals for new projects.


About the Australian Energy Council

The Australian Energy Council is the peak industry body for electricity and downstream natural gas businesses operating in the competitive wholesale and retail energy markets. AEC members generate and sell energy to 10 million homes and businesses and are major investors in renewable energy generation. The AEC supports reaching net-zero by 2050 and is committed to delivering the energy transition for the benefit of consumers.

Which policies would face the chopping block under the Coalition’s retreat from net zero?

Stefania Pelfini la Waziya/Getty
Roger DargavilleMonash University

In 2021, Australia’s Coalition government pledged to reach net zero by 2050.

Four years later, the Coalition have reversed course. After successive election losses, the Liberal and National parties have settled on a new climate strategy: give up on net zero and keep coal plants running longer.

If the Coalition is elected and puts this plan into action, it would mean radical change. Many policies focused on carbon emissions or climate change would be scrapped. It does plan to honour Australia’s pledges under the Paris Agreement, although it’s unclear whether the current commitment to cut emissions by 62-70% below 2005 levels by 2035 would remain.

The Coalition claim emissions would still fall under their plan. But this is questionable, given extending coal would mean more emissions, and nuclear power would take decades to build. While emissions have fallen in the electricity and land use sectors, all other key sectors have risen over the last 20 years. Per capita emissions remain among the highest in the developed world at 22 tonnes per person as of 2023.

So what are the current government’s policies meant to do? And what would happen if they were removed?

Policies old and new

Australia’s emissions reduction policies range from economy-wide to those focused on sectors.

At a national level, there’s the economy-wide legislated target of cutting emissions 43% by 2030 and the 2050 net zero emissions target.

Then there’s the renewable energy target aiming to have 82% of electricity from renewable sources by 2030, the New Vehicle Efficiency Standard and the heavy-industry Safeguard Mechanism.

These would likely be on the chopping block.

The Coalition’s plan to wind back Australia’s efforts to reach net zero would also likely mean stripping out mention of cutting emissions from the national electricity objectives which guide the energy market regulator, removing fringe benefit tax exceptions for electric vehicles and lifting the moratorium on nuclear power.

Renewable Energy Target

The Renewable Energy Target was introduced in 2001 by the Howard Coalition government. It sets a goal for how much renewable power feeds into the grid each year.

It began with a modest target of 2% renewable energy. In 2007, the Rudd Labor government increased the target to 41 terawatt-hours (TWh) by 2030, expected to be around 20% of total electricity generation.

In 2015, the target was lowered to 33 TWh by 2025 following a review by the Abbott Coalition government. This goal was met in 2021. The policy remains in place until 2030. Wind and solar generators continue to receive renewable energy certificates for each unit of electricity they generate, but demand for these certificates has fallen now that the target has been reached. This means the renewable energy target legislation is no longer the key driver of new renewable investment.

Capacity Investment Scheme

Launched in late 2022, the Capacity Investment Scheme has been underwriting new renewable energy projects. It’s responsible for the significant pipeline of new projects alongside state government renewable energy targets and incentives. The scheme is intended to help get to the goal of 82% renewables and an additional 40 gigawatts of power generating capacity by 2030.

The scheme has been aided by economics. Renewables are now the lowest cost way of generating electricity, even after the cost of adding storage to “firm” output.

This means the push to replace old coal generators before they have to be retired due to unreliability, increasing maintenance costs or because they can’t compete with renewables will continue regardless. Removing either of these two policies is unlikely to stop the shift away from coal.

Safeguard Mechanism

Electricity is now only responsible for 30% of Australia’s total emissions. Fossil fuel use in buildings and industry accounts for 24%, transport 19%, agriculture 16% and waste and fugitive emissions 12%. Policies exist for some of these sectors.

One of the biggest is the Safeguard Mechanism, a scheme first introduced in 2016 by a Coalition government and then significantly modified by the current Labor government in 2023. It covers a significant portion of industrial energy use, applying to 215 of the largest emitting companies in Australia. Under the mechanism, the government’s baseline target for emissions is reduced 5% per year. Companies doing better than this target earn certificates able to be traded with other companies who exceed their targets. It works much like a price on carbon.

Without the mechanism, there is little incentive for these companies to reduce emissions.

Australian Carbon Credit Unit Scheme

Australia’s carbon credits scheme works by awarding certificates for activities which cut carbon emissions in sectors not covered by other policies. Agriculture is a particular focus. These certificates can be sold privately, to the government or traded through the Safeguard Mechanism to offset industrial emissions. The Coalition’s proposed new policy would create a variation of the scheme to be known as the Accountability and Baseline Credit scheme. This would be voluntary and unlikely to create incentives to cut emissions.

New Vehicle Efficiency Standard

Australia’s transport emissions are climbing. On current trends, it will go from the third largest sector in Australia to the largest within five years. In July, the government introduced the New Vehicle Efficiency Standard – the first laws passed which require new vehicles sold in Australia to meet minimum average efficiency across a carmaker’s fleet.

Before this, Australia was the only OECD country without efficiency standards. The target requires a roughly 50% cut in average emissions for new passenger vehicles across a carmarker’s fleet by 2030 compared to 2025. It is expected to drive EV uptake. But as the standard only applies to new vehicles, the sector’s emissions will come down gradually. If the standard is cancelled, it’s unlikely emissions from the car fleet will come down at all.

Where does this leave us?

If the Coalition is elected, their backdown on net zero suggests many if not all of these policies would be scrapped.

Cheap renewables and storage mean the electricity sector will likely continue to get cleaner even without government policies. But that means about 70% of Australia’s total emissions would be left without policy incentives to drive them down.

That’s not to say the current government’s policies are sufficient to meet long term targets. There are still major gaps for areas such as agriculture, trucking and aviation, while policies targeting industrial emissions leave a significant portion of the sector unchecked.

If the current set of policies were to be scrapped, it’s hard to see how Australia could ever meet its international commitments to cut emissions under the Paris Agreement.The Conversation

Roger Dargaville, Assoc Prof. Renewable Energy, Monash University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

This widely used chart makes the clean energy switch seem much harder than it actually is

Unsplash/The ConversationCC BY-SA
Asma AzizEdith Cowan University

If you follow news about climate change, you’ve probably seen the term “primary energy”.

This phrase refers to the raw energy in fuels and natural resources – the energy content of oil in a barrel, gas in a pipeline, or sunlight hitting a solar panel.

Primary energy is often used to show how much energy humanity uses. The numbers are staggering — billions of tonnes of coal, oil and gas. When graphed, zero-emission options such as renewables and nuclear seem tiny and the sheer bulk of fossil fuels too huge to ever shift. Australia still gets more than 90% of its primary energy from fossil fuels.

But this is misleading. The reason is that truly enormous amounts of energy contained in fossil fuels go to waste. As the world goes electric, it will need much less primary energy for the same result.

From orange to orange juice

To make a glass of orange juice, you start with a whole orange. That’s primary energy. But after peeling, squeezing and straining, the bit we want – the juice – ends up in the glass. This is known as useful energy.

What we actually care about isn’t primary energy – it’s useful energy, the chunk of primary energy that actually powers our appliances, heats our buildings or turns our wheels.

Primary energy and useful energy are often very different. To get energy to our homes, cars or factories, it must first be converted, transported and delivered. Along the way, a surprisingly large fraction is lost – especially from fossil fuels.

Coal power stations burn coal to produce steam to spin turbines to make electricity. Energy is lost every step of the way. As a result, only 35–41% of the energy in coal ends up converted into electricity.

Burning fossil fuels is inherently wasteful. It’s like carrying water in a bucket full of holes — you start with a lot, but by the time it reaches your glass, most has leaked away.

open-cut coal mine seen from above, paths left by trucks and deep hole.
Coal is energy-dense, but most of its energy isn’t actually put to use. mikulas1/Getty

Primary energy has a counting problem

Global energy statistics make renewables look smaller than they really are, not because they produce less electricity, but because of the way primary energy is counted.

Measuring primary energy involves complex assumptions and calculation methods that can lead to unwarranted conclusions.

Take a simple example. Coal, nuclear and solar can all deliver the same 100 units of electricity. But in statistics compiled by the International Energy Agency or European Union, coal and nuclear each show up as 303 units of “primary energy”, while solar shows only 100 units.

This is because the wasted heat from coal and nuclear is counted, but the free fuel of sunlight and wind isn’t.

The result? On paper, renewables look substantially smaller than they really are.

Efficiency, efficiency, efficiency

When we compare energy sources, looking at raw numbers only tells part of the story. For coal, gas, nuclear and biomass power stations, the amount of primary energy used depends on how much potential heat is in the fuel and how efficiently the plant converts this heat into electricity.

When coal is measured on fuel density and conversion, it does well. But by the time coal is dug up, transported, refined, burned and electricity produced and transmitted, much of this potential is lost as waste heat. Older coal power plants are particularly inefficient.

At first glance, solar panels look weak by comparison. They only convert about 20% of sunlight into electricity, while wind turbines seem about as strong as coal, converting about 40% of the energy in wind into electricity.

But solar and wind generate electricity directly. There’s no need to supply fuel, so we avoid the massive conversion losses of thermal power plants or internal combustion engines.

This means that while solar and wind “efficiency” numbers look lower, these energy sources often deliver more usable energy per unit of primary energy than coal does.

In Australia, the economics are now firmly with solar and wind. Even without subsidies, they’re the cheapest way to build new electricity generation, beating coal and gas.

Electrification plugs the leaky bucket

There’s even better news. Across heating, transport and industry, switching from fossil fuels to electric options gives a major boost to energy efficiency, slashing how much energy we need for the same outcome.

Petrol cars convert just 16–25% of the energy in the fuel into actual motion. The rest is wasted — mostly as heat from the engine or as power is transferred to the wheels.

Electric vehicles are much more efficient, using 87–91% of energy supplied by the battery and regenerative braking to move.

Hot water heat pumps are vastly more efficient than gas hot water. For every unit of electricity used, heat pumps deliver 3–5 units of heat. That is, they’re 300–500% efficient. By contrast, gas heaters can have efficiencies between 30% and 80%.

Electricity is a much more efficient way to heat air than gas. Modern gas heaters still waste 10–40% of the heat they generate. Reverse-cycle air conditioners are much more efficient and are the cheapest way to heat a space.

Electricity is also a more efficient way to cook. Induction cooktops transfer 84% of the energy to the pan, compared with 71% for electric coils and just 40% for gas burners.

Going electric is like swapping a leaky bucket for a shiny new one with no holes. Most of the energy you put in is energy you can actually use.

Useful energy, not primary energy

Graphs of primary energy make it seem almost impossible to end our long reliance on fossil fuels.

But primary energy doesn’t really matter. If we focus instead on useful energy, the task ahead is much more doable. Instead of asking how we can replace all of today’s primary energy, the real question is how much useful energy we need, and how clean electricity can provide it more efficiently. Clean, efficient electric options make it possible to double global GDP by 2050 – while using 36% less primary energy.

Renewables, storage and electrification make it possible to deliver energy much more efficiently. This means renewables don’t have to replace every joule of potential fossil fuel energy – just the part we actually use, with far less waste and far fewer emissions.The Conversation

Asma Aziz, Senior Lecturer in Power Engineering, Edith Cowan University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Politics with Michelle Grattan: Liberal Andrew McLachlan on why he’ll still promote net zero

Michelle GrattanUniversity of Canberra

The federal Liberals and their National partners have scrapped their commitment to net zero emissions. While many Liberal conservatives are celebrating, it has left other Liberals unhappy and in a tough position with voters.

One strong critic of the policy change is South Australian Senator Andrew McLachlan, who prides himself on independent thinking and deeply-held conservationist views.

McLachlan has been in the Senate since 2020, but previously served as president of the Legislative Council in South Australia. He joins us to discuss the Coalition’s new climate policy and why he’ll continue to support a net zero emissions target.

On Liberals dumping the target, McLachlan is defiant:

I don’t agree with the policy and I have the advantage of being in the Liberal Party, which allows a backbencher to speak their mind. I don’t believe you can continue to advocate publicly for a policy position and then fall silent, particularly one of this importance.

I come to it from two perspectives. One, as a conservative, I believe we must be committed to nature. In saying that, I mean leaving the world in a much better place than we inherited it. And secondly, as a former financial services executive, who lived every day working to targets, I know the importance of targets […] driving change.

As for how the Coalition can sell its new policy to voters, McLachlan says “at this point in time, I’m dubious”.

Modern Australia wants a strong commitment to not only restoring nature but protecting it. And that includes reducing emissions. This policy seems to be one – and forgive me, it is relatively new, and I’m still unpacking the consequences if it was ever implemented – but it seems to me it’s a policy that is carefree with emissions. And I don’t agree with that.

Despite his outspoken environmentalism, McLachlan insists he’s in the right party – and that it’s some of his colleagues who are out of step:

I think I’m in the right kennel. I question whether they’re in the right kennel. On net zero, I have argued for our policy suite not to change, which has served us well under Abbott, Morrison and Dutton. So I think the question should be asked of them, why have they changed? Why are they running away from modern Australia?

[…] I see no reason not to advocate for the natural world. I see no reason why I shouldn’t continue to embrace a conservatism which is based on compassion and kindness. And I’ll continue to do so as long as I’m in public life and long after.

About half a year since the last federal election, McLachlan outlines where he thinks the Liberal Party should be headed.

We have to listen to the electorate […] I’m not sure we’ve listened to them on the environment, for example, and I think we may be walking in the opposite direction to modern Australia. I think they want a party that will not only keep them safe and run the economy well, but they also want a commitment from the conservative side of politics, or centre right politics, of compassion and kindness.

I think you just can’t, as we did in the last election, on a wish and a prayer, [hope] that the government of the day was going to fail. I think we should have gone into the last election with more aspiration and set out clearly what we wanted modern Australia to look like and how we were going to get there.

On the next big policy fight within the Coalition – immigration – McLachlan says he approaches the issue from a “positive perspective”:

It’s underpinned our economy and our prosperity. And coming from a very multicultural community in South Australia, it’s fantastic to have migrants enrich our community.

So I don’t come from it from a negative perspective. I come from it, I suppose, setting the levels, from a purely economic perspective. We don’t want to invite people to our country and have them live in poverty. We want them to be able to come here and live meaningful and happy lives.The Conversation

Michelle Grattan, Professorial Fellow, University of Canberra

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

75% of Kilimanjaro’s natural plants have been wiped out – and climate change isn’t the biggest threat

Andreas HempBayreuth University

Mount Kilimanjaro in Tanzania is sold to the world as frozen romance and pure nature. But the real story today is at its feet, not its peak.

That’s because Kilimanjaro is a great real-world place for scientists to study how and why biodiversity is changing. The mountain has many different land uses, from forests to farms to towns, so researchers can see in real landscapes, not just in computer models or theories, how human activity affects nature in practice.

I’ve been researching east Africa and Kilimanjaro’s vegetation for 36 years. I joined scientists from Tokyo and Helsinki to look at historical maps of the mountain, 46 years of satellite imagery between 1976 and 2022, census data from 1913 onwards, and nearly 3,000 plant species recorded in 1,600 field plots across the mountain.

We wanted to find out whether Kilimanjaro’s biodiversity (the composition and number of plant species) had changed and why.

We found that, in the populated areas below the national park, 75% of Kilimanjaro’s indigenous plants had been wiped out over the last century. The main cause: intensive land use by farmers and builders; the loss of the plants’ natural habitats; and increasing numbers of non-indigenous, partly invasive plants.

Our findings put an uncomfortable fact on the table. The biggest destroyer of biodiversity on Kilimanjaro is not climate change. It is us: our farms, our houses, our roads, our conversion of land.

Our research shows that the mountain’s lower slopes – the part most people see when they fly into Kilimanjaro airport or drive to Moshi, the town at the foot of the mountain – have been stripped of their natural ecosystems at an astonishing rate.

In 1911, 90% of the lower slopes were still natural habitats for mainly savanna woodlands and forests. Today, most of this natural vegetation has been converted into agriculture and built-up areas, and only 19% remains.

The driving force behind these trends is the 28-fold increase in population over the last 130 years. Around 50,000 people lived on and around the mountain in 1890, 130 years ago. Now the number is over 1.4 million.

Since biodiversity is the base of ecosystem services, the destruction of Kilimanjaro’s natural habitats affects not only plants and animals living in natural habitats but also humans whose well-being depends on this.

This trend has to be stopped.

Why people, not climate change, are to blame

If climate change had been the primary driver of the destruction of Kilimanjaro’s plants, we would expect to see negative impacts on subsistence agriculture and agroforestry too. Yet these sectors have grown.

Towns around the foot of Kilimanjaro have exploded in size. House construction has grown even faster than human population. The savanna grasslands that once ringed the foot of Kilimanjaro have been almost completely converted to smallholder and commercial farms.

Our core conclusion is that the main driver of the mountain’s biodiversity decline is land use change, driven by population growth and economic development. Climate change, despite the prominence it gets in global environmental debate, is not what killed biodiversity on Kilimanjaro’s lower slopes.

To be clear, Kilimanjaro’s climate is warming. The glaciers on the top of the mountain are shrinking. But in the areas where most species have been lost (the lower parts of the mountain) rainfall hasn’t really changed, and the warming is slow. Instead, most of the biodiversity loss is happening where people have cleared land for farming, built towns and used the land more intensively.

Although the total number of plants on Kilimanjaro hasn’t changed much, the mix of plants has. Between 1976 and 2022, native plants from natural areas dropped by nearly half, while non-native plants increased by 25%. Many native species are limited to small areas and some are endangered. In contrast, non-native species can spread widely and sometimes crowd out native plants, putting indigenous vegetation at greater risk.

How a different approach to Kilimanjaro would work better

Kilimanjaro is not a freak case. It is the rule. Across tropical Africa, and increasingly in Asia and parts of Latin America, biodiversity loss is happening because of intensive use of land for farming, grazing, building and expanding towns.

There are solutions though. Land can be used in ways that are productive and biodiversity-supporting. In this way, indigenous plants survive. For example, Kilimanjaro’s Indigenous Chagga people have home gardens on the southern and eastern slopes that combine fruit trees and crops. The trees provide shade, the native plants attract wildlife, and people grow a mixture of food and cash crops that can be sold.

Our research also found that when land is protected and managed (for example in Tanzania’s Rau Forest Reserve or in the private Namalok reserve, fenced off in 2010) species richness per hectare is dramatically higher than in sugar cane fields or intensive rice farming.

We are not doomed to choose between development and nature. The mountain already has working evidence of models that protect both.

Stop destroying the land that species live on

These governance choices must be made right now:

  • The remaining fragments of the mountain where natural vegetation grows must be protected because they are irreplaceable.

  • Agroforestry – growing food crops and trees together – must get more support.

  • Governments should not rely on carbon markets or selling carbon credits to protect nature. They should pay local people directly for taking care of biodiversity.

  • Decisions about where to build farms and towns must be made with protecting the environment as the first priority, not just as a secondary concern after economic development.

There is also something psychologically important here. The Kilimanjaro data punctures a comfortable myth: that biodiversity loss is a distant, abstract, greenhouse-gas problem. In fact, it is mostly a land politics problem, right here on the ground.

Global nature loss won’t be stopped only by governments phasing out fossil fuels or climate conferences like COP30. Preventing nature loss is work that must be done locally, in areas that need help, through physical labour.

Mount Kilimanjaro is a physical embodiment of the world’s ecological dilemma. Its story is not about altitude and ice. It is about people and land. Kilimanjaro shows the fastest way to save species is to stop destroying the land they live on.The Conversation

Andreas Hemp, Research Associate Plant Systematics, Bayreuth University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Week Three November 2025 (November 10-16)

Liberals Dump 'Net-Zero': Announce plan to 'step on the Gas' - Keep Digging up coal

The Liberal Party has this week abandoned its commitment to Australia's 2050 net zero emissions target, a decision that involves reversing its stance on climate policy to support coal and gas-fired power generation. 

The party's new policy, will provide public funding for new and existing coal and gas plants to achieve what it claims will be cheaper and more reliable energy. Critics have questioned the validity of this claim and the policy's potential impact on emissions and power prices. 

The Liberals would "step on the gas" to bring down power prices by pumping more supply into the system, Opposition Leader Ms Ley said.

The new policy, which is much like their old policy, includes plans to use public money to support both existing and new coal and gas power plants.

"We have to open up more fields for explorations for new supplies of gas, for more basins, we have to support the connection of pipelines by making it easier for the private sector to step in and do the work that they're ready to do, but environmental approvals are holding them back," Shadow Energy Minister Dan Tehan said.

Former Liberal Prime Minister Malcolm Turnbull, who was dumped by his own party after failing to land a moderate climate policy with agitated conservatives, criticised the party for not heeding the lessons of the past after two electoral clear dumps in metropolitan areas.

In an interview with Hamish Macdonald, Sydney Mornings, ABC radio, Mr. Turnbull stated:
''They seem to just keep on forgetting and making the same mistake again and again, and essentially what they're doing is they're allowing their policy agenda, and this is a problem I faced too, it's been a problem for nearly 20 years in the Coalition, they're allowing their policy agenda to be dictated by right-wing media echo chambers like Sky News, it's similar with their followers and social media and Murdoch tabloids and so forth. And it is leading them into this spiral, which has resulted in them losing almost all of their city seats, losing almost all of their safest seats, the lowest vote they've ever had, and now they want to double down and do it again.''

Hamish: ''So looking at the map of Sydney, the Liberals hold four metro Sydney seats, what does this do to their chances of winning back Wentworth, Warringah, Mackeller, Bradfield? 
What does it do to the seats that they do hold? 

Mr. Turnbull: ''Well, it's terrible… it does two things. Firstly, all of those electorates are very committed to action on climate, number one. Secondly, you're talking about seats which are more affluent seats, high levels of education, the kind of the nonsense, the economic nonsense that is being sprouted, namely that we should go back to I don't know, building coal-fired power stations, that may play well in circles where you've got people that are just watching Sky News all the time, but the vast majority of Australians are too smart for that.

And we have compulsory voting, we have preferential voting, thank God, and our politics is largely mediated at the centre. And so, these guys…they claim to be political geniuses. You've got Tony Abbott and Peta Credlin, they're driving this agenda, supporting it. Well, how well did Tony go? He lost his own seat.''

No details on what will replace the many emissions reduction mechanisms the Liberals say they would scrap were provided as part of the Thursday November 13 anticipated announcement.

Mr Tehan mentioned to emerging technologies as one opportunity to reduce emissions in the future, such as carbon capture.

However, numerous scientists and those working in this field have pointed out that capturing emissions is far more expensive than preventing them in the first place.


Dr Sophie Scamps: The Liberal Party of yesteryear is dead

Mackellar MP Dr. Sophie Scamps said in a released statement this week:
''Their net zero backdown shows they are a party without conviction, who no longer know what they stand for, or understand who they represent.''

''For three decades now, the Liberal Party has not only failed to show leadership on the defining issue of our time but have purposefully obstructed action - which is why the clean energy transition is now so urgent.

The modern-day Liberal Party is pusillanimous, duplicitous, and lacking vision.''

''For over 25 years now, they have failed to lead on the defining and most pressing issue of our era - climate change – and have instead allowed themselves to be led around by the nose by the Nationals and fossil fuel industry.

Now they’re trying to use spin to have it both ways - saying they are both for and against climate action. But Australians won’t buy it – they know that saying you are committed to net zero when you don’t have a target or energy transition plan, is no commitment at all.

They’re trying to take the country back to the coal era of the 1980s, leaving us behind the rest of the world and passing up the opportunity to be at the forefront of the global clean energy transition.

The people of Australia expect their political representatives to show courage, leadership, and stability. The Liberal party is instead doing the bidding of billionaires and multinational fossil fuel corporations and being led around by the nose of the National Party.''

Further insights from others run below.

Grattan on Friday: In dumping net zero, the Liberals have thumbed their noses at voters they need to win

Michelle GrattanUniversity of Canberra

With much talk this week about the end of the Whitlam government, Liberal conservatives might do well to read Gough Whitlam’s 1967 speech to the Victorian Labor Party, at the start of his climb to power.

Like the Liberals now, federal Labor had been trounced at the 1966 election. Whitlam was the new leader, and he took on Victorian hardliners who put ideology ahead of electability.

“Certainly, the impotent are pure,” Whitlam told the delegates at the conference, in a line that echoed down the years.

The Liberal conservatives’ success in forcing their party to dump its commitment to the net zero emissions reduction target has been a triumph of ideology over pragmatism, worthy of those 1960s Labor zealots.

Walking away from the commitment is ill-judged and politically dangerous. It’s also unnecessary.

Many political players, including in Labor, don’t think net zero by 2050 is attainable. But the timeframe is a generation away. Given that, why is it so urgent to reject the target?

Especially when, as Liberal federal director Andrew Hirst told the party room on Wednesday, among voters net zero has become a “proxy” for action on climate. Hirst did talk about possible arguments that could be mobilised if net zero was dumped. For those listening, however, his message, based on research, was clear: ditching net zero was high-risk politics. The conservatives didn’t care.

But the party, with its moderates, had to be held together. On Thursday, when the Liberal shadow ministers met, the leadership stuck a tiny plaster on the gaping wound. Bottom line: commitment to the target is out, but if net zero happened to be achieved, that would be “a welcome outcome”.

The Liberals are in a dreadful state and a climate and energy policy that’s all over the shop can only worsen things. No one thinks they can return to power in under two elections. Even for that they’d have to pick up a significant number of seats in 2028.

At present, the Coalition is on 24% primary vote (in Newspoll). The Liberals will never do well with young voters, but to be competitive overall they have to at least make inroads with them. That’s to say nothing of the women’s vote, on which Labor has a stranglehold.

The Liberals have hardly any urban seats and, apart from Goldstein, the formerly Liberal teal seats stayed solidly independent at the last election.

Net zero resonates with young voters, women, urban dwellers and those in teal electorates, whether or not it is pie in the sky. By dropping it, the Liberals have delivered a slap in the face to these voters. They are saying, in effect, “you might have rejected us at two elections, but we still know better than you do”.

A commonsense voice came ahead of Wednesday’s meeting from Gisele Kapterian, who failed by a handful of votes in the traditional Liberal Sydney seat of Bradfield. It went to a teal. In an email to Liberals on Tuesday, Kapterian described herself as “a concerned Liberal, a technology executive, a former international trade lawyer, a millennial, and […] the former Liberal candidate in the most marginal seat in the country”.

She wrote, “In my experience, echoed throughout the most marginal, winnable, metropolitan seats, our party must remain firmly committed to the language of a ‘net zero’ emissions target as part of an energy policy that is differentiated from the ALP. Retreat is an electoral liability.

"My experience on the ground is that a credible, technology-focused climate policy is essential to securing the many discerning voters in key urban and suburban seats.”

What will all these constituencies take out of the new policy? That the Liberals don’t believe in net zero, that’s what. Not that they have found some great ways to bring down power bills.

And who is going to sell persuasively the messy new policy? Not Sussan Ley, who struggled with its contradictions at her news conference on Thursday. Far from being a conviction politician, Ley didn’t even give a personal view to Wednesday’s party meeting. Nor is the affable energy spokesman, Dan Tehan, likely to convince many people. He looks out of his depth.

The divisions in the party will remain obvious. Even if the moderates stay in line, their views are on the record because they have previously been talking their heads off – as have the conservatives.

The loud voices in the Nationals, who’ve had a massive win, leading the Coalition by the nose, will come across as clear and unconflicted. Can anyone miss the irony that Barnaby Joyce, thought to be on his way to One Nation, has had a triumphant hurrah?

To return to Whitlam: he led from the front and imposed himself on his party, even willing to risk expulsion. Ley is at the opposite end of the leadership spectrum.

Despite once having extolled net zero, Ley decided a while ago to go with the flow in the interests of preserving her job. Was there an alternative? A brave (maybe crazy brave) leader might have stepped out and argued for a position.

Yes, given the dominance of the conservatives (including in the party branches), she might have been rolled on the issue and, sooner rather than later, as leader. But at least she would have stood for something, and gone down fighting.

As for losing the leadership, most Liberals see that as inevitable – it’s only a matter of timing.

Some point out it would look bad to bring down the party’s first woman leader. Let it be recorded, however, that a couple of high-profile Liberal women are among those with political knives out for Ley. The front row of the conservative phalanx who marched into the party meeting comprised three women: Jacinta Nampijinpa Price, Sarah Henderson and Jessica Collins.

The conservatives are in charge of the Liberal Party and, when it suits them, they will install a conservative leader. The problem for him (and it will be a him) is he will be operating in an Australian electorate that is progressive, both now and for the foreseeable future.The Conversation

Michelle Grattan, Professorial Fellow, University of Canberra

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

The Liberals dropped net zero. Will it make any difference to Australia’s climate response?

Anna MalosMonash University

On Thursday, the Liberals reversed their commitment to net zero by 2050. While it’s impossible to predict precisely what this decision means for climate action in Australia, the policies and laws already in place suggest momentum will continue.

There’s no question the climate policies of opposition parties matter – especially for investor and business confidence. But understanding the policies and laws already in place helps understand where progress will happen regardless.

Just this year, Australia published a Net Zero Plan, set its 2035 target and published six sector plans that include electricity and energy, transport and agriculture. These set out the frameworks and investments already locked in that are guiding progress towards Australia’s targets.

Existing targets

Australia has already legislated federal emissions-reduction targets, with the states and territories also having their own commitments to net zero alongside interim targets. The federal opposition reversing support for achieving the net zero goal won’t change what is already in place. In addition, most other countries are still working towards the goal of net zero by 2050.

In both the House of Representatives and the Senate, those who support climate action are in the majority – Labor, the Greens and climate-progressive independents, including the “Teals”. In the lower house they form a strong majority.

Yes, new policies and laws will be required to achieve Australia’s climate targets. However, given the current Labor government has the numbers to pass legislation through the lower house and the Senate, with the backing of the Greens, the Coalition alone won’t be able to play a blocking role.

Transition gathering steam

The economic transition from fossil fuel power generation to clean technologies is already well underway. Yes, there have been headwinds in recent years, including in the United States, but the momentum is still there. And the main Australian industry groups – the Business Council of Australia, the Australian Industry Group and the Australian Chamber of Commerce and Industry – are all still calling for net zero by 2050.

Industry wants consistency and clarity to help finesse their investment and business strategies. This also provides the clarity needed for long-term decisions. It’s worth noting the Department of Treasury, under successive governments, has found that action to reduce emissions and manage climate risks is more attractive to international investment and expected to lower the cost of finance.

This was set out in the Treasury modelling that underpins the decision to set the 2035 target – Australia’s Net Zero Transformation: Treasury Modelling and Analysis. That is why interim targets and a clear timeline really matter.

Renewable energy is becoming much cheaper in Australia and globally, and is expected to become the majority of electricity generation within Australia as early as next year. It has already reached nearly an 80% share for short periods.

And it’s the detail of the transition that industry and investors are focused on. They want to know: is it cheaper to build renewable energy as coal-fired generators age and have to be shut down? What’s the cheapest way to provide energy in the years ahead? What about technology costs? What policies will drive investment?

There’s no question that industry and communities respond well when the major parties act together - across the different levels of government. But a multitude of factors affect investment far more than opposition policy.

Diplomatic shifts

Under the Paris Agreement, countries are expected to set interim emissions targets every five years. If countries backtrack or drop out, that can bring diplomatic and economic impacts, including with some of Australia’s key trade partners and neighbouring countries in the Pacific and South East Asia.

As an influential middle power, Australia can punch above its weight. Australia is also in the top 20 global emitters, and even moves much higher up the list if you add the emissions impacts of fossil fuel exports. So, what Australia does and says is important. At the moment the government is clear it wants to be seen as a good partner in supporting emissions reductions in the region, and that has been well received.

If Australia wins its bid to host COP31, it will need to demonstrate that a high-emitting economy is genuinely embarked on a transition. That the electricity sector is already above 40% share of renewables, at least in the connected grids, is a clear sign. The next step will be showing how Australia can make the most of its clean energy and mineral resources in a future economy that’s focused on net zero, rather than the economy of the past.

What now?

The clean energy transition isn’t only about having cheaper electricity or paying less for fuel. It’s about our health more generally. If you live in a well-insulated house that you can heat and cool at a reasonable cost, your health and welfare benefits.

For instance, our research shows that with climate-aligned home energy upgrades and appliance electrification, Australian households could save up to $2,000 a year, equating to average energy bills savings of as much as 50% per home.

The latest figures from the United Nations show how far the world has come. Without the Paris Agreement, the world was on track to reach about 4°C of warming above pre-industrial levels by 2100. To date, the commitments through the Paris agreement have reduced that to projections of limiting warming to 2.3–2.8°C. This is still above safe levels, but every fraction of a degree matters, for climate damage, for our health and our wellbeing.

It’s up to everyone who thinks climate action matters to ensure the public understands the economic, short- and long-term personal benefits a planned transition will bring.The Conversation

Anna Malos, Climateworks Centre Country Lead, Australia, Monash University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Birdwood Park Bushcare Group Narrabeen

The council has received an application from residents to volunteer to look after bushland at 199/201 Ocean street North Narrabeen.

The group will meet once a month for 2-3 hours at a time to be decided by the group. Activities will consist of weeding out invasive species and encouraging the regeneration of native plants. Support and supervision will be provided by the council.

If you have questions or are interested in joining the group please email the council on bushcare@northernbeaches.nsw.gov.au

Third annual review of the NSW biodiversity credits market

IPART is inviting people and businesses involved in the NSW biodiversity credits market to provide feedback on the performance of the market in 2024-25. 

IPART have released a Discussion Paper and are inviting people and businesses involved in the NSW biodiversity credits market to provide feedback on the performance of the market in 2024-25. Stakeholders can make submissions to the IPART Discussion Paper until 27 November 2025.

In 2024-25, transaction volumes in the biodiversity credits market were comparable to those from the prior financial year. A more diverse range of credit types were transferred between buyers and sellers. Development proponents relied less on the Biodiversity Conservation Fund than in the prior 2 years. However, the market overall remains highly concentrated, particularly on the buyer side. Credit purchases by the Biodiversity Conservation Fund (which will facilitate acquittal of the Fund’s liabilities) saw a material increase. However, an increasing number of the Fund’s acquittals are not on a like-for-like basis.

Tribunal member Jonathan Coppel said IPART has commenced the third year of its monitoring role of the biodiversity credits market. 

“The credits market plays an important role in the Biodiversity Offsets Scheme by allowing development proponents to purchase and retire credits from other landholders to meet biodiversity offset obligations of their developments,” Mr Coppel said.. 

“Our role is to review how the biodiversity credits market is performing within the broader Biodiversity Offsets Scheme, 

“This includes reviewing whether the market is working effectively to enable fair trading conditions for market participants, and to stimulate the generation of new offsetting activity.” 

Mr Coppel said that IPART’s third annual report will continue to investigate key areas identified in our first two monitoring reports and any other areas that are identified by stakeholders relevant to the market. 

“We have released a discussion paper highlighting current and emerging issues for the market and we want to hear from stakeholders on their recent experiences in the market,” he said. 

Interested parties can make a submission or provide quick feedback to the Discussion Paper via IPART’s website until 27 November 2025. Online consultation workshops will also be held in November. 

Stakeholders can sign up to receive updates on the review, or read more information, via IPART’s website.
Stakeholders can also share their views at one of IPART's 3 online consultation workshops in November. 
Workshop 1: For credit buyers (Tuesday 11 November, 12:30 - 1:30 PM)
Workshop 2: For third-parties (brokers, accredited assessors etc) (Thursday 13 November, 1:00 - 2:00 PM)
Workshop 3: For credit sellers (Tuesday 18 November, 10:00 - 11:00 AM)

Council's Open Coast & Lagoons Coastal Management Program (CMP's): Scoping Study Feedback invited until December 14

The council has commissioned  a Scoping Study as the first stage of its program towards the development of Coastal Management Programs (CMPs).


CMPs are used by local councils around NSW to establish coastal management goals and actions. Developed in consultation with the community and state government, a CMP creates a shared vision for management and provides the steps of how to get there through local input and costed actions.

The development of the CZMPs within NSW occurred under the former Act (Coastal Protection Act 1979). The current council has two certified CZMPs under the former Act - ‘Bilgola and Basin Beach’ and ‘Collaroy-Narrabeen-Fisherman's Beach’. 

In July 2016, weeks after the councils had been forcibly amalgamated and in response to the June 2016 storm, the NSW state government installed administrator Dick Persson outlined a Draft Coastal Erosion Policy for Collaroy that resulted in the December 2016 Coastal Zone Management Plan for Collaroy-Narrabeen Beach and Fishermans Beach being formalised under the same administration.

That Administrators Minute stated:

I am advised that the initial estimates for 1.1km of works from The Marquesas to 1096 Pittwater Road has been estimated at approximately $22 million. While Council will work with the State Government to meet the cost of directly protecting public assets in this area (approximately $5.5 million), I will also ask the State Government to join Council in providing up to 10% each towards the cost of private protection as a contribution subject to a positive cost benefit analysis for these public assets. Early estimates suggest this contribution could be approximately. This contribution has been estimated at approximately $3.3 million ($1.65 million from State and $1.65 million from Council) and is in recognition of the public asset protection that is provided by these private properties.
....
A recent report by the Sydney Coastal Council’s Group identified that to combat the impact of sea level rise in the Collaroy-Narrabeen embayment significant volumes of sand will be required as these impacts are felt. For example, it is predicted that some 1.3 million cubic metres of sand (approximately 4 times the amount removed during the June storms) will be required for the first 10 year nourishment effort, and around 420,000 cubic metres for each following 10 year campaign.

In 2009 dollars this will cost around $30 million for the first 10 year nourishment, and around $12 million for each following 10 year campaign. These costs are based on the assumption that sand nourishment will be undertaken across large areas of the NSW coast and the costs shared accordingly. 
....
Works on this scale are simply unaffordable for Northern Beaches Council on its own, and the responsibility for delivery of offshore sands must be shared with benefitting Councils and also with State and Federal Government. The State Government is obviously best placed to co-ordinate and manage such an undertaking, and I will write to the Premier to request that the State provides a long-term sand replenishment strategy for NSW that addresses the many issues I have raised, and amends the Offshore Minerals Act (1999) to enable effective medium and long term beach amenity to be preserved. 

As a result of the approved CZMP a 7.5m concrete seawall was installed at Collaroy, resulting in more rapid and greater erosion, and a slower beach recovery, and a now annual cost to ratepayers to move the sand funnelled into the Narrabeen Lagoon entrance to be shifted back to that part of Collaroy beach.

In September 2022 a further application for an extension of this wall towards North Narrabeen (DA2021/1612) between Clarke Street and Mactier was approved despite 93% of respondents objecting to the proposal. The cost of this section of works was listed as $ 2,047,433.00 of which 10% will be met by council and 10% by the state government - or 20% by taxpayers and ratepayers in real terms.

The beach has also been the site of “line in the sand protests” against vertical seawalls in 2002 and more recently on November 27, 2021

Although the transition from the CZMP to CMP occurred in 2016 with the introduction of the Coastal Management Act 2016 (see above report), the December 2016 Coastal Zone Management Plan for Collaroy-Narrabeen Beach and Fishermans Beach was progressed.

The council states these two existing CZMP’s have now expired and will be updated in the ‘Open Coast and Lagoons’ and ‘Collaroy-Narrabeen’ CMPs.

Now, 9 years later, the council is taking steps to become compliant.

The CMPs will also incorporate Estuary Management Plans that are currently in place for the four lagoons; Manly, Curl Curl, Dee Why and Narrabeen.

The NSW Government CMP manual prescribes a mandatory five-stage process to developing a CMP. Typically, each stage takes a year to complete, however the time it takes varies upon the baseline information, level of complexity, size and area, and community engagement that has previously been undertaken, the council states.

Local councils and public authorities are required to manage their coastal areas and activities in accordance with relevant state legislation, policies and plans.

The framework for managing the NSW coast includes:
  • Coastal Management Act 2016 (CM Act)
  • State Environmental Planning Policy (Resilience & Hazards) 2018 (R&H SEPP)
  • Coastal management programs (CMPs), prepared in accordance with the NSW coastal management manual.
The Open Coast and Lagoons CMP covers a large area (Palm Beach to Manly) and has a wide range of issues, the council states. As with all CMPs, it will require technical studies and community and stakeholder engagement, and is likely to take around 5 years to complete, the council states.

For the Collaroy-Narrabeen CMP, extensive technical studies and community engagement will occur with the council aiming to have a certified CMP in place by 2026.

The Hawkesbury-Nepean CMP (incorporating the Pittwater waterway and being led by Hornsby Council) and Outer Sydney Harbour CMP (incorporating North and Middle Harbor and being led by the Sydney Coastal Councils Group) are at Stages 3 (November 2024 for Pittwater estuary was last update) and Stages 2-4 for North and Middle Harbor. The work is expected to take approximately three years to complete for North and Middle Harbor which was due to commence in early to mid-2025.

The council is currently inviting feedback on its commissioned Scoping Study from Monday November 3 until Sunday December 14 2025. 

Previously:



Collaroy on January 4th 2022. Image: Ian Bird Photography.


Collaroy on January 4th 2022. Image: Ian Bird Photography.

Narrabeen Lagoon entrance near bridge: dredging works and kayakers, October 2025. Photos: Joe Mills

Government boosts bush fire mitigation work with additional funding for Crown Lands Asset Protection Zone

The NSW Government has announced an additional $1 million investment in bushfire hazard reduction works bringing the total investment to $6.8 million.

The funding will help reduce bushfire risks to communities and infrastructure and support work on 300 sites to help protect communities from bushfires including upgrades and maintain strategic Asset Protection Zones on Crown land across NSW.

From Cobar in the West to Sydney’s northern beaches, this work will help reduce bushfire risks to communities and infrastructure, the government stated.

Regular maintenance such as mowing, pruning, and clearing debris is essential to keep Asset Protection Zones effective as clearing dry grass, leaf litter and other flammable vegetation deprives bushfires of the fuel they need to maintain their intensity.

The Rural Fire Service has provided the additional funding to Crown Lands through the Bush Fire Risk Mitigation and Resilience Support Program, adding to the NSW Government’s existing $5.8 million investment to maintain APZs and other bushfire hazard reduction work on Crown land this financial year.

The funding forms part of a larger $13 million bushfire mitigation program for Crown land in 2025– 26, which also includes $6.2 million for upgrading and maintaining fire trails.

Inspection and maintenance of fire trails is undertaken across Crown land to ensure emergency access routes are clear, safe and operational for summer.

Crown Lands is responsible for maintaining about 2,120 kilometres of fire trails and 670 hectares of APZs across the state, providing essential access for firefighting crews and appliances.

Minister for Lands and Property Steve Kamper said:

“The Minns Labor Government is continuing to invest in practical, on-the-ground bushfire mitigation works to improve our statewide emergency response to bushfires.

“Upgrades and maintenance to Asset Protection Zones and fire trails on Crown land ensure our firefighting crews have safe access and our communities are better prepared for the bushfire season ahead.”

Minister for Emergency Services Jihad Dib said:

“Every bit of preparation we do now makes a real difference when the fire danger peaks. These works are about protecting people, homes and communities, giving our firefighters the best possible chance when conditions turn.

“Our emergency services do incredible work year-round to prepare for bushfire season. This funding helps them continue that work - making sure communities are as protected as they can be.”

New interactive map shows how flammable your part of Australia is right now

Vegetation moisture changes in the Lake Magenta region, Western Australia, during 2020. Red shows drier vegetation, blue tones wetter areas. Digital Earth Australia Fuel Moisture Content
Marta YebraAustralian National University

This year’s fire season in Australia feels unpredictable. One week brings torrential rain, the next a burst of heat, followed by a sharp cold snap.

This kind of “climate whiplash” – rapid swings between wet and dry conditions – is making it harder to know when the landscape is safe and when it’s ready to burn.

The latest official forecast reflects that same uncertainty. While large areas are likely to experience wetter-than-normal conditions for the rest of spring, parts of inland Western Australia, South Australia and Victoria face an elevated risk of fire due to persistent soil dryness and above-average temperatures.

Even regions showing a “normal” outlook aren’t immune; catastrophic fires can still occur under the right mix of heat, wind and fuel dryness.

But what if we could see how dry the vegetation is in near real time before fires start? That’s now possible thanks to a publicly available tool implemented by Geoscience Australia.

This tool draws on more than a decade of research that began when I was a PhD student in Spain and has evolved thorough collaborations with colleagues at the Australian National University and emergency services.

It’s a glimpse into the future of bushfire management, where satellites and other technologies act like a nervous system for the continent, constantly sensing and responding to changes in the landscape long before smoke fills the sky.

As Australia faces longer, more erratic fire seasons, tools like this may help us all for staying one step ahead of the flames.

How do we measure fire danger?

Fuel moisture content is the percentage of water inside leaves and twigs compared with their dry weight. When it drops below a certain level, vegetation ignites more easily, burns hotter and spreads faster.

A man wearing a hardhat and holding a slingshot in a forest.
Nick Wilson, a researcher from the Bushfire Research Centre of Excellence, collecting field data at the Australian National Arboretum using an arborist’s slingshot to reach the upper canopy for fuel moisture sampling. Nicolas Younes Cardenas

It is one of the key predictors of fire danger because, for example, it strongly influences whether a source of ignition such as a lightning strike stays small or grows into a fast-moving wildfire.

Traditionally, measuring fuel moisture content relies on cutting samples in the field and weighing them wet and dry. This is a precise but time-consuming method that can only cover small areas.

Satellite-based estimates have existed for years, providing valuable, continent-wide data for seasonal bushfire outlooks.

But their coarse resolution means they’re too broad for guiding local decisions such as planning prescribed or cultural burns and only a few of these earlier approaches were made operational.

Turning satellite light measurements into moisture maps

The new bushfire management tool my team helped developed fixes this problem.

It uses a machine-learning model trained on fuel moisture content estimates developed as part of a precursor tool – the Australian Flammability Monitoring System.

This older system produced continental fuel moisture content at 500-metre resolution every four days since 2001 using data from NASA’s MODIS satellite sensor. It was validated and calibrated using extensive field measurements and biochemical reference data.

This provided a solid foundation for the new model, which provides near-real-time, 20m-resolution maps showing how wet or dry vegetation is across the continent. It does so by drawing on satellite imagery from the European Space Agency’s Sentinel-2 satellites, updated every five days with historical coverage from 2015 onward.

The new version applies the same physical principles to higher-resolution imagery.

Water in leaves strongly absorbs radiation in the shortwave infrared region. This means dry vegetation reflects more light than hydrated, green plants. Meanwhile, as plants lose moisture, the amount of visible and near-infrared radiation they reflect also changes. Chlorophyll breaks down, leaf structure deteriorates, and the red and infrared light signals weaken.

By learning from these patterns, the model can infer how much water is inside the vegetation. This effectively turns satellite light measurements into maps of live fuel moisture across Australia.

To cross-calibrate cultural indicators of flammability, such as plant colour, scent and seasonal cues with satellite observations, we have collaborated with Indigenous fire practitioners.

Indigenous-led field surveys across New South Wales have confirmed strong alignment between these traditional indicators and satellite results.

This two-way learning strengthens both scientific and cultural understanding. It ensures national monitoring systems are informed by generations of Indigenous knowledge about landscape health. It also enhances fire practice and community resilience through cutting-edge Earth observation tools.

Seeing the danger long before it ignites

With every update, the tool provides a continent-wide snapshot of how flammable Australia’s vegetation is.

Thanks to its higher spatial resolution, it can reveal subtle gradients in vegetation dryness that coarser sensors simply miss. This helps fire agencies and Indigenous communities pinpoint where prescribed or cultural burns can be carried out safely – and where fuels remain too moist to ignite.

The data are also being used in insurance and risk modelling for new developments to quantify the number of “flammable days” in a given region.

Meanwhile, the CSIRO is also collaborating with the Bushfire Research Centre of Excellence to better represent changing fuel conditions in fire-behaviour models. As part of this effort, our new fuel moisture content product is being integrated into the CSIRO’s fire spread simulation model.

In bushfire management, the advantage lies in seeing the danger long before it ignites. As Australia’s fire seasons lengthen and the weather swings between extremes, knowing how wet or dry our landscapes are may become as important as forecasting heatwaves or storms.

This marks a shift from reacting to fires to anticipating and preventing them. Other projects, such as OzFuel, will accelerate this by filling other crucial gaps in sustained, high-resolution monitoring of fuel conditions across Australia.


The author acknowledges the many scientists, fire practitioners and Indigenous partners whose work made the new fuel moisture content tool possible, and thanks Geoscience Australia for its operational implementation.The Conversation

Marta Yebra, Director, Bushfire Resaerch Centre of Excellence, Australian National University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

NSW takes action to phase out single use plastics and harmful chemicals

November 9, 2025
The NSW Government is taking further action to reduce plastic waste, announcing the next phase of single-use and problematic plastic phase-outs on the eve of National Recycling Week.

Plastic remains one of NSW’s biggest environmental challenges. It makes up around 74 per cent of litter in our waterways, and less than 16 per cent of plastic waste is recycled in NSW, with the remainder taking up valuable space in landfill.

NSW is facing a waste crisis. Without action, Greater Sydney could run out of landfill space by 2030, putting growing pressure on households, councils and businesses. If we don’t act soon, it’s predicted that by 2050 there will be more plastic in the ocean than fish.

The next stage of the NSW Plastics Plan will target unnecessary and hard-to-recycle plastic products. It gives business and industry time to transition while helping to reduce waste and landfill demand.

The phase-in will be managed responsibly and in stages to allow business to adjust and find practical alternatives.

The changes will also encourage new investment in recycling infrastructure and reusable products, with the Government working closely with industry to support the transition and minimise disruption.

In an Australian first, the plan will also develop a ‘green’ and ‘red’ list of chemicals which are and are not allowed to be used in plastic items. This list will identify chemicals to phase out which are known to cause problems for human health and the environment, and which have safer alternatives already in use.

The NSW Plastics Plan 2.0 actions include:
  • phase out plastic bread tags and pizza savers from late 2027
  • phase out non-compostable plastic fruit and vegetable stickers by 2030
  • introduce tethered lids (meaning the cap or lid on a plastic bottle must remain attached to the bottle itself, even after it’s opened) for plastic bottles by 2030
  • require takeaway food service businesses to accept reusable cups by 2028 and large food service businesses to provide reusable cup options by 2030
  • phase out small condiment containers such as soy sauce fish bottles by 2030 and similar single-use packaging that cannot be recycled, in favour of recyclable options
  • require the redesign of takeaway food containers, such as plastic bowls with lids, bento boxes and sushi trays, to ensure they can be recycled safely
  • regulate harmful chemical additives in plastic food and beverage packaging to prevent toxins entering soil, water and the food chain
  • ban lighter-than-air (helium) balloon releases, in line with other states.
The NSW Government’s approach builds on previous bans of lightweight plastic bags, straws, stirrers and single-use cutlery, and has been shaped through extensive consultation with industry, environment groups and the community.

The Government will continue consultation with industry, small businesses, manufacturers, retailers and councils to support a smooth transition to safer, recyclable alternatives. The NSW Environment Protection Authority (EPA) has already been consulting with industry in detail.

Where possible, NSW will continue to align with other jurisdictions to give industry consistency and certainty.


Minister for the Environment, Penny Sharpe said:

“Microplastics are entering our bodies and plastic is polluting our environment and oceans, killing our wildlife.

“This plan moves NSW another step closer to phasing out these problematic items.

“Our plan has carefully considered actions we need to take to protect the environment and human health, while also considering how we can support industry to transition to recyclable or reusable alternatives.

“The great news is that industry is already moving this way – many businesses are leading the way in developing alternatives to single-use plastics.

“We will continue to work with industry, small businesses, manufacturers, retailers and councils to support a smooth transition to safer, recyclable alternatives.”

Member for Strathfield, Jason Yat-Sen Li:

“Food is at the heart of our communities – it’s how we connect, celebrate our cultures and build community. But no one wants to see our parks or streets littered with plastic.

“These changes strike the right balance to preserve our vibrant food culture while protecting the places we love.

“Our takeaway and hospitality businesses are the backbone of our economy in Strathfield and Burwood. They want to do the right thing, and now they’ve got a clear, practical path to reduce plastic waste.

“This is a real opportunity for businesses to lead. From sushi and dumpling bars to bakeries and noodle shops, Strathfield’s food scene can be at the forefront of the next wave of sustainability.”

General Manager, Mars Food & Nutrition Australia, Bill Heague said:

“At Mars, we’re working towards a world where no packaging becomes waste.

“We welcome moves to phase out problematic plastic formats, which is why we’re trialling new innovations like our paper-based MasterFoods Squeeze-On Tomato Sauce packs, which are recyclable and could eliminate around 190 tonnes of plastic from our value chain if we fully transition our portfolio.

“In order to adopt more sustainable packaging without impacting negatively on the consumer’s experience, businesses like ours need time to research, develop, test and scale up new packaging solutions.

“We welcome the NSW’s Government’s recognition that an adjustment period for businesses will support a smooth transition, and we’re excited by the possibilities further innovations in this space may present.”

Enforcement powers aim to crack down on water theft

Friday November 14, 2025
The Minns Labor Government has stated it is cracking down on water theft with the toughest enforcement powers in NSW history, arming the Natural Resources Access Regulator (NRAR) with new civil penalties of up to $10 million.

'For the first time, NRAR will be able to pursue serious breaches of water laws through a natural resources civil penalty regime, giving the Land and Environment Court the ability to impose serious, meaningful penalties on those who steal our state’s water.' the government said in an issued statement

'This is about building a fairer NSW. Labor is making sure our precious water resources are protected for the communities, farmers and environments that rely on them, not exploited by a small number of corporations and individuals who think they can take what isn’t theirs.

The new bill gives NRAR greater flexibility to take action either through either civil penalty proceedings or criminal prosecutions, meaning water thieves can be held to account.'

'This stands in stark contrast to the former Liberal/National Government, whose failure to protect our precious water saw billions of litres go missing under their watch.

For the worst breaches, the Court will be able to impose maximum civil penalties of almost $10 million for corporations and almost $5 million for individuals.'

'That’s a huge step up from what’s currently available under criminal proceedings, where the maximum penalties sit at about $2 million for corporations and $500,000 for individuals.'

New offences will be introduced for:
  • Providing false or misleading information to the NSW Government or an NRAR authorised officer.
  • Hindering, intimidating or obstructing an authorised person appointed to complete unfinished works in a direction issued to a landholder.
  • Receiving a financial benefit from an offence or contravention proven to have been committed by a related corporation.
  • Removing, altering or interfering with something seized by NRAR in connection with a contravention.
The reform will also:
  • Introduce a new charge for when a person takes water without an approval, or not in accordance with one.
  • Improve NRAR’s ability to obtain a monetary benefits order from a court to recover the financial gain from unlawful water takers
  • Confirm that NRAR officers are authorised to use drones to exercise their powers of entry.
  • Expand suspension and cancellation grounds for licences and approvals.
  • Empower courts to prevent a convicted person from holding a licence or approval.
  • Enable NRAR to recover some of its costs directly from a person who is given a compliance direction
These changes ensure fairness for the majority of water users who operate lawfully, clarify NRAR’s powers and functions, and ensure our water laws continue to evolve alongside the complex and changing nature of non-compliance. 

Minister for Water Rose Jackson, said:

“Labor is sending a clear message: if you steal water in NSW, you will be held to account.

“Most water users do the right thing, but it is vital we provide the regulator with all the tools it needs to do its job properly.

“As Minister for Water, I am committed to the protection and independent oversight of our precious water resources.

“A nearly $10 million civil penalty will act as a strong deterrent and send a powerful message to would-be wrongdoers, particularly corporations, that water theft will not be tolerated in New South Wales.”

NRAR Chief Regulatory Officer, Grant Barnes, said:

“NRAR is a firm but fair regulator. Our investigations are thorough and tailored to the circumstances of each case.

“We take action when it’s warranted — and the changes in this Bill strengthen our ability to respond proportionately and decisively to breaches of water law.

“Water users and communities expect a regulator that is effective and equipped to act. Our ability to safeguard water use and protect the environment from those who choose to take water unlawfully has just been strengthened.

“The penalties for water theft should not be a minor inconvenience or just part of doing business. These reforms close critical gaps in the system, ensuring that those who choose to break the rules face serious consequences.”

heritage sites Changes: to be more energy efficient

November 13, 2025
The NSW Government has announced Owners of state heritage-listed properties can now install solar panels, batteries, insulation and draught proofing without seeking formal approval, under changes that will make properties more energy efficient and ensure cheaper, renewable energy is accessible to more people.

'This significant step by the Minns Labor Government to align heritage conservation with climate action is part of an update to Heritage Act exemptions, which expands the list of activities that do not require heritage approval.' the government said

The expanded exemptions will make it easier to maintain, modernise and activate heritage-listed locations, making them efficient and sustainable places to live, learn, work and gather.

Owners and managers of buildings on the State Heritage Register will no longer need to seek approval from the Heritage Council of NSW for the following upgrades and activities:
  • Energy saving and sustainable technology including solar panels, batteries, insulation and draught proofing
  • Security systems
  • Fire suppression
  • Geotechnical testing
  • Temporary events up to 90 days, to align with NSW Vibrancy Reforms
  • Filming up to 90 days
  • Accessibility measures including access ramps and bathroom fit outs
  • Aboriginal cultural practices
  • Water infrastructure
  • Land and bushfire management including hazard reduction
  • Repair and replacement of materials including brick and stone walls.
The government stated the  revised exemptions are subject to conditions that ensure the heritage values of the property are protected. For example, solar panels are exempt if the system is under 10kW and the panels are not facing the street. Alterations must also be carried out by people with appropriate skills.

Amendments to protections for low-impact temporary uses are in line with recommendations in the Productivity Commission report into the 24-hour economy, to encourage greater heritage asset use for cultural and creative purposes. Temporary event exemptions have tripled to 90 days per year.

The Government is also supporting the NSW film industry by allowing more site usage for filming purposes without the need for a heritage approval – from 30 to 90 days before approval is needed – to open them up to new or longer film scheduling and enable production scheduling.


Minister for Heritage, Penny Sharpe said:

“We want heritage properties, rich in history, to also be able to contribute to reducing emission through the uptake of solar.

“The new exemptions protect heritage listed places by also making it easier to carry out maintenance and repairs, and install features like fire suppression equipment and security alarms.

“State heritage listed buildings are not all museum pieces. These sensible changes mean heritage will be protected while allowing owners to install energy-saving measures and undertake important and necessary updates.”

Magpies in Spring

By WIRES

If you live in Australia, chances are you’re familiar with magpie swooping. This is a defensive behaviour, carried out almost entirely by male magpies, as they protect their eggs and chicks during the breeding season.

In reality, swooping is uncommon. Fewer than 10% of breeding males will swoop people, yet the behaviour feels widespread. Swooping usually occurs between August and October and stops once chicks have left the nest.

If you do encounter a protective parent, here are some tips to stay safe:

  • 🐦 Avoid the area where magpies are swooping and consider placing a temporary sign to warn others.
  • 🐦 Wear a hat or carry an open umbrella for protection.
  • 🐦 Cyclists should dismount and walk through.
  • 🐦 Travel in groups, as magpies usually only target individuals.
  • 🐦 Stay calm around magpies in trees – walk, don’t run.
  • 🐦 Avoid making direct eye contact with the birds.

If you are swooped, keep moving. You’re still in the bird’s territory, so it will continue until you leave the area. Remember, this behaviour is temporary and will end once the young have fledged.

If you find an injured or orphaned native animal, call WIRES on 1300 094 737 or report a rescue via our website:  https://hubs.la/Q03GCZmZ0

Sydney Wildlife (Sydney Metropolitan Wildlife Services) Needs People for the Rescue Line

We are calling on you to help save the rescue line because the current lack of operators is seriously worrying. Look at these faces! They need you! 

Every week we have around 15 shifts either not filled or with just one operator and the busy season is around the corner. This situation impacts on the operators, MOPs, vets and the animals, because the phone line is constantly busy. Already the baby possum season is ramping up with calls for urgent assistance for these vulnerable little ones.

We have an amazing team, but they can’t answer every call in Spring and Summer if they work on their own.  Please jump in and join us – you would be welcomed with open arms!  We offer lots of training and support and you can work from the office in the Lane Cove National Park or on your home computer.

If you are not able to help do you know someone (a friend or family member perhaps) who might be interested?

Please send us a message and we will get in touch. Please send our wonderful office admin Carolyn an email at sysneywildliferesxueline@gmail.com

2025-26 Seal Reveal underway

Photo: Seals caught on camera at Barrenjoey Headland during the Great Seal Reveal 2025. Montage: DCCEEW

The 2025 Great Seal Reveal is underway with the first seal surveys of the season taking place at known seal breeding and haul out sites - where seals temporarily leave the water to rest or breed.

The NSW Department of Climate Change, Energy, the Environment and Water (DCCEEW) is using the Seal Reveal, now in its second year, to better understand seal populations on the NSW coast.

Drone surveys and community sightings are used to track Australian (Arctocephalus pusillus doriferus) and New Zealand (Arctocephalus forsteri) fur seals.  Both Australian and New Zealand fur seals have been listed as vulnerable under the NSW Biodiversity Conservation Act 2016.

Survey sites
Scientific surveys to count seal numbers will take place at:
  • Martin Islet
  • Drum and Drumsticks
  • Brush Island
  • Steamers Head
  • Big Seal Rock
  • Cabbage Tree Island
  • Barrenjoey Headland
  • Barunguba (Montague) Island.
Seal Reveal data on seal numbers helps to inform critical marine conservation initiatives and enable better management of human–seal interactions.

Results from the population surveys will be released in early 2026.

Citizen science initiative: Haul-out, Call-out
The Haul-out, Call-out citizen science platform invites the community to support seal conservation efforts by reporting sightings along the NSW coastline.

Reports from the public help identify important haul-out sites so we can get a better understanding of seal behaviour and protect their preferred habitat.

The Great Seal Reveal is part of the Seabirds to Seascapes (S2S) program, a four-year initiative led by NSW DCCEEW and funded by the NSW Environmental Trust to protect, rehabilitate, and sustainably manage marine ecosystems in NSW.

NSW DCCEEW is a key partner in the delivery of the Marine Estate Management Strategy (MEMS), with the S2S program contributing to MEMS Initiative 5 to reduce threats to threatened and protected species.

Thomas Stephens Reserve, Church Point - boardwalk + seawall works commenced 

Council's Major Infrastructure Projects Team  has advised that as part of its Church Point Precinct Masterplan, it is building a new boardwalk in front of the Pasadena, a new jetty for ferry access, and upgrading the sandstone seawall.

''A temporary gangway will ensure the ferry service continues without disruption and access to The Waterfront Café & General Store, and Pasadena Sydney will remain open. The reserve will be closed while we undertake these important works.'' the CMIPT states

The improvements will be delivered in three carefully planned stages.

Stage 1 – Marine Works

  • Includes a new boardwalk outside the Pasadena Sydney and a new accessible gangway to the ferry pontoon.
  • Repairs and additions to the sandstone seawall along Thomas Stephens Reserve.
  • Thomas Stephens Reserve will be temporarily closed during these works.
  • Works to commence in September 2025 with the aim of being completed by Christmas.
  • A temporary alternate gangway to the ferry wharf will be installed ensuring access to the Ferry services at all times during the works.
  • Access to The Waterfront Cafe and General Store and Pasadena Sydney will be maintained throughout the works.

Stage 2 – Landscaping Works

  • Landscaping works will begin in early 2026 and will include permeable paving, tree retention, and improved public seating and bike facilities. Completing the landscaping will finalise the Masterplan.
  • Thomas Stephens Reserve will be temporarily closed during these works.

Stage 3 – McCarrs Creek Road Upgrade

  • Detailed design will be presented to the Local Transport Forum in September 2025 for consideration.
  • Construction will be staged and is expected to take place from early 2026.

Council's webpage states the first works will take place Monday - Friday between 7am and 5pm. We appreciate your patience as we deliver this important community upgrade.''

An overview of the council's plan and link to their project webpage is available in the September 2024 PON report; Church Point's Thomas Stephens Reserve Landscape works

622kg of Rubbish Collected from Local Beaches: Adopt your local beach program

Sadly, our beaches are not as pristine as we'd all like to think they are. 

Surfrider Foundation Northern Beaches' Adopt A beach ocean conservation program is highlighting that we need to clean up our act.

Surfrider Foundation Northern Beaches' states:
''The collective action by our amazing local community at their monthly beach clean events across 9 beach locations is assisting Surfrider Foundation NB in the compilation of quantitative data on the volume, type and often source of the marine pollution occurring at each location.

In just 6 sessions, clear indicators are already forming on the waste items and areas to target with dedicated litter prevention strategies.

Plastic pollution is an every body problem and the solution to fixing it lies within every one of us.
Together we can choose to refuse this fate on our Northern beaches and turn the tide on pollution. 
A cleaner coast together !''

Join us - 1st Sunday of the month, Adopt your local for a power beach clean or donate to help support our program here. https://www.surfrider.org.au/donate/

Event locations 
  • Avalon – Des Creagh Reserve (North Avalon Beach Lookout)
  • North Narrabeen – Corner Ocean St & Malcolm St (grass reserve next to North Narrabeen SLSC)
  • Collaroy– 1058 Pittwater Rd (beachfront next to The Beach Club Collaroy)
  • Dee Why Beach –  Corner Howard Ave & The Strand (beachfront grass reserve, opposite Blu Restaurant)
  • Curl Curl – Beachfront at North Curl Curl Surf Club. Shuttle bus also available from Harbord Diggers to transport participants to/from North Curl Curl beach. 
  • Freshwater Beach – Moore Rd Beach Reserve (opposite Pilu Restaurant)
  • Manly Beach – 11 South Steyne (grass reserve opposite Manly Grill)
  • Manly Cove – Beach at West Esplanade (opposite Fratelli Fresh)
  • Little Manly– 55 Stuart St Little Manly (Beachfront Grass Reserve)
… and more to follow!

Surfrider Foundation Northern Beaches

This Tick Season: Freeze it - don't squeeze it

Notice of 1080 Poison Baiting

The NSW National Parks and Wildlife Service (NPWS) will be conducting a baiting program using manufactured baits, fresh baits and Canid Pest Ejectors (CPE’s/ejectors) containing 1080 poison (sodium fluoroacetate) for the control of foxes. The program is continuous and ongoing for the protection of threatened species.

This notification is for the period 1 August 2025 to 31 January 2026 at the following locations:

  • Garigal National Park
  • Lane Cove National Park (baits only, no ejectors are used in Lane Cove National Park)
  • Ku-ring-gai Chase National Park
  • Sydney Harbour National Park – North Head (including the Quarantine Station), Dobroyd Head, Chowder Head & Bradleys Head managed by the NPWS
  • The North Head Sanctuary managed by the Sydney Harbour Federation Trust
  • The Australian Institute of Police Management, North Head

DO NOT TOUCH BAITS OR EJECTORS

All baiting locations will be identifiable by signs.

Please be reminded that domestic pets are not permitted on NPWS Estate. Pets and working dogs may be affected (1080 is lethal to cats and dogs). Pets and working dogs must be restrained or muzzled in the vicinity and must not enter the baiting location. Penalties apply for non-compliance.

In the event of accidental poisoning seek immediate veterinary assistance.

For further information please call the local NPWS office on:

NPWS Sydney North (Middle Head) Area office: 9960 6266

NPWS Sydney North (Forestville) Area office: 9451 3479

NPWS North West Sydney (Lane Cove NP) Area office: 8448 0400

NPWS after-hours Duty officer service: 1300 056 294

Sydney Harbour Federation Trust: 8969 2128

Weed of the Week: Mother of Millions - please get it out of your garden

  

Mother of Millions (Bryophyllum daigremontianumPhoto by John Hosking.

Solar for apartment residents: Funding

Owners corporations can apply now for funding to install shared solar systems on your apartment building. The grants will cover 50% of the cost, which will add value to homes and help residents save on their electricity bills.

You can apply for the Solar for apartment residents grant to fund 50% of the cost of a shared solar photovoltaic (PV) system on eligible apartment buildings and other multi-unit dwellings in NSW. This will help residents, including renters, to reduce their energy bills and greenhouse gas emissions.

Less than 2% of apartment buildings in NSW currently have solar systems installed. As energy costs climb and the number of people living in apartments continue to increase, innovative solutions are needed to allow apartment owners and renters to benefit from solar energy.

A total of $25 million in grant funding is available, with up to $150,000 per project.

Financial support for this grant is from the Australian Government and the NSW Government.

Applications are open now and will close 5 pm 1 December 2025 or earlier if the funds are fully allocated.

Find out more and apply now at: www.energy.nsw.gov.au/households/rebates-grants-and-schemes/solar-apartment-residents 

Volunteers for Barrenjoey Lighthouse Tours needed

Details:

Johnson Brothers Mitre 10 Recycling Batteries: at Mona Vale + Avalon Beach

Over 18,600 tonnes of batteries are discarded to landfill in Australia each year, even though 95% of a battery can be recycled!

That’s why we are rolling out battery recycling units across our stores! Our battery recycling units accept household, button cell, laptop, and power tool batteries as well as mobile phones! 

How To Dispose Of Your Batteries Safely: 

  1. Collect Your Used Batteries: Gather all used batteries from your home. Our battery recycling units accept batteries from a wide range of products such as household, button cell, laptop, and power tool batteries.
  2. Tape Your Terminals: Tape the terminals of used batteries with clear sticky tape.
  3. Drop Them Off: Come and visit your nearest participating store to recycle your batteries for free (at Johnson Brothers Mitre 10 Mona Vale and Avalon Beach).
  4. Feel Good About Your Impact: By recycling your batteries, you're helping support a healthier planet by keeping hazardous material out of landfills and conserving resources.

Environmental Benefits

  • Reduces hazardous waste in landfill
  • Conserves natural resources by promoting the use of recycled materials
  • Keep toxic materials out of waterways 

Reporting Dogs Offleash - Dog Attacks to Council

If the attack happened outside local council hours, you may call your local police station. Police officers are also authorised officers under the Companion Animals Act 1998. Authorised officers have a wide range of powers to deal with owners of attacking dogs, including seizing dogs that have attacked.

You can report dog attacks, along with dogs offleash where they should not be, to the NBC anonymously and via your own name, to get a response, at: https://help.northernbeaches.nsw.gov.au/s/submit-request?topic=Pets_Animals

If the matter is urgent or dangerous call Council on 1300 434 434 (24 hours a day, 7 days a week).

If you find injured wildlife please contact:
  • Sydney Wildlife Rescue (24/7): 9413 4300 
  • WIRES: 1300 094 737

Plastic Bread Ties For Wheelchairs

The Berry Collective at 1691 Pittwater Rd, Mona Vale collects them for Oz Bread Tags for Wheelchairs, who recycle the plastic.

Berry Collective is the practice on the left side of the road as you head north, a few blocks before Mona Vale shops . They have parking. Enter the foyer and there's a small bin on a table where you drop your bread ties - very easy.

A full list of Aussie bread tags for wheelchairs is available at: HERE 


Stay Safe From Mosquitoes 

NSW Health is reminding people to protect themselves from mosquitoes when they are out and about.

NSW Health states Mosquitoes in NSW can carry viruses such as Japanese encephalitis (JE), Murray Valley encephalitis (MVE), Kunjin, Ross River and Barmah Forest. The viruses may cause serious diseases with symptoms ranging from tiredness, rash, headache and sore and swollen joints to rare but severe symptoms of seizures and loss of consciousness.

A free vaccine to protect against JE infection is available to those at highest risk in NSW and people can check their eligibility at NSW Health.

People are encouraged to take actions to prevent mosquito bites and reduce the risk of acquiring a mosquito-borne virus by:
  • Applying repellent to exposed skin. Use repellents that contain DEET, picaridin, or oil of lemon eucalyptus. Check the label for reapplication times.
  • Re-applying repellent regularly, particularly after swimming. Be sure to apply sunscreen first and then apply repellent.
  • Wearing light, loose-fitting long-sleeve shirts, long pants and covered footwear and socks.
  • Avoiding going outdoors during peak mosquito times, especially at dawn and dusk.
  • Using insecticide sprays, vapour dispensing units and mosquito coils to repel mosquitoes (mosquito coils should only be used outdoors in well-ventilated areas)
  • Covering windows and doors with insect screens and checking there are no gaps.
  • Removing items that may collect water such as old tyres and empty pots from around your home to reduce the places where mosquitoes can breed.
  • Using repellents that are safe for children. Most skin repellents are safe for use on children aged three months and older. Always check the label for instructions. Protecting infants aged less than three months by using an infant carrier draped with mosquito netting, secured along the edges.
  • While camping, use a tent that has fly screens to prevent mosquitoes entering or sleep under a mosquito net.
Remember, Spray Up – Cover Up – Screen Up to protect from mosquito bite. For more information go to NSW Health.

Mountain Bike Incidents On Public Land: Survey

This survey aims to document mountain bike related incidents on public land, available at: https://www.surveymonkey.com/r/K88PSNP

Sent in by Pittwater resident Academic for future report- study. 

Report fox sightings

Fox sightings, signs of fox activity, den locations and attacks on native or domestic animals can be reported into FoxScan. FoxScan is a free resource for residents, community groups, local Councils, and other land managers to record and report fox sightings and control activities. 

Our Council's Invasive species Team receives an alert when an entry is made into FoxScan.  The information in FoxScan will assist with planning fox control activities and to notify the community when and where foxes are active.



marine wildlife rescue group on the Central Coast

A new wildlife group was launched on the Central Coast on Saturday, December 10, 2022.

Marine Wildlife Rescue Central Coast (MWRCC) had its official launch at The Entrance Boat Shed at 10am.

The group comprises current and former members of ASTR, ORRCA, Sea Shepherd, Greenpeace, WIRES and Wildlife ARC, as well as vets, academics, and people from all walks of life.

Well known marine wildlife advocate and activist Cathy Gilmore is spearheading the organisation.

“We believe that it is time the Central Coast looked after its own marine wildlife, and not be under the control or directed by groups that aren’t based locally,” Gilmore said.

“We have the local knowledge and are set up to respond and help injured animals more quickly.

“This also means that donations and money fundraised will go directly into helping our local marine creatures, and not get tied up elsewhere in the state.”

The organisation plans to have rehabilitation facilities and rescue kits placed in strategic locations around the region.

MWRCC will also be in touch with Indigenous groups to learn the traditional importance of the local marine environment and its inhabitants.

“We want to work with these groups and share knowledge between us,” Gilmore said.

“This is an opportunity to help save and protect our local marine wildlife, so if you have passion and commitment, then you are more than welcome to join us.”

Marine Wildlife Rescue Central Coast has a Facebook page where you may contact members. Visit: https://www.facebook.com/profile.php?id=100076317431064


Watch out - shorebirds about

Pittwater is home to many resident and annually visiting birds. If you watch your step you won't harm any beach-nesting and estuary-nesting birds have started setting up home on our shores.

Did you know that Careel Bay and other spots throughout our area are part of the East Asian-Australasian Flyway Partnership (EAAFP)?

This flyway, and all of the stopping points along its way, are vital to ensure the survival of these Spring and Summer visitors. This is where they rest and feed on their journeys.  For example, did you know that the bar-tailed godwit flies for 239 hours for 8,108 miles from Alaska to Australia?

Not only that, Shorebirds such as endangered oystercatchers and little terns lay their eggs in shallow scraped-out nests in the sand, NSW National Parks and Wildlife Service (NPWS) Threatened Species officer Ms Katherine Howard has said.
Even our regular residents such as seagulls are currently nesting to bear young.

What can you do to help them?
Known nest sites may be indicated by fencing or signs. The whole community can help protect shorebirds by keeping out of nesting areas marked by signs or fences and only taking your dog to designated dog offleash area. 

Just remember WE are visitors to these areas. These birds LIVE there. This is their home.

Four simple steps to help keep beach-nesting birds safe:
1. Look out for bird nesting signs or fenced-off nesting areas on the beach, stay well clear of these areas and give the parent birds plenty of space.
2. Walk your dogs in designated dog-friendly areas only and always keep them on a leash over summer.
3. Stay out of nesting areas and follow all local rules.
4. Chicks are mobile and don't necessarily stay within fenced nesting areas. When you're near a nesting area, stick to the wet sand to avoid accidentally stepping on a chick.


Possums In Your Roof?: do the right thing

Possums in your roof? Please do the right thing 
On the weekend, one of our volunteers noticed a driver pull up, get out of their vehicle, open the boot, remove a trap and attempt to dump a possum on a bush track. Fortunately, our member intervened and saved the beautiful female brushtail and the baby in her pouch from certain death. 

It is illegal to relocate a trapped possum more than 150 metres from the point of capture and substantial penalties apply.  Urbanised possums are highly territorial and do not fare well in unfamiliar bushland. In fact, they may starve to death or be taken by predators.

While Sydney Wildlife Rescue does not provide a service to remove possums from your roof, we do offer this advice:

✅ Call us on (02) 9413 4300 and we will refer you to a reliable and trusted licenced contractor in the Sydney metropolitan area. For a small fee they will remove the possum, seal the entry to your roof and provide a suitable home for the possum - a box for a brushtail or drey for a ringtail.
✅ Do-it-yourself by following this advice from the Department of Planning and Environment: 

❌ Do not under any circumstances relocate a possum more than 150 metres from the capture site.
Thank you for caring and doing the right thing.



Sydney Wildlife photos

Aviaries + Possum Release Sites Needed

Pittwater Online News has interviewed Lynette Millett OAM (WIRES Northern Beaches Branch) needs more bird cages of all sizes for keeping the current huge amount of baby wildlife in care safe or 'homed' while they are healed/allowed to grow bigger to the point where they may be released back into their own home. 

If you have an aviary or large bird cage you are getting rid of or don't need anymore, please email via the link provided above. There is also a pressing need for release sites for brushtail possums - a species that is very territorial and where release into a site already lived in by one possum can result in serious problems and injury. 

If you have a decent backyard and can help out, Lyn and husband Dave can supply you with a simple drey for a nest and food for their first weeks of adjustment.

Bushcare in Pittwater: where + when

For further information or to confirm the meeting details for below groups, please contact Council's Bushcare Officer on 9970 1367 or visit Council's bushcare webpage to find out how you can get involved.

BUSHCARE SCHEDULES 
Where we work                      Which day                              What time 

Avalon     
Angophora Reserve             3rd Sunday                         8:30 - 11:30am 
Avalon Dunes                        1st Sunday                         8:30 - 11:30am 
Avalon Golf Course              2nd Wednesday                 3 - 5:30pm 
Careel Creek                         4th Saturday                      8:30 - 11:30am 
Toongari Reserve                 3rd Saturday                      9 - 12noon (8 - 11am in summer) 
Bangalley Headland            2nd Sunday                         9 to 12noon 
Catalpa Reserve              4th Sunday of the month        8.30 – 11.30
Palmgrove Park              1st Saturday of the month        9.00 – 12 

Bayview     
Winnererremy Bay                 4th Sunday                        9 to 12noon 

Bilgola     
North Bilgola Beach              3rd Monday                        9 - 12noon 
Algona Reserve                     1st Saturday                       9 - 12noon 
Plateau Park                          1st Friday                            8:30 - 11:30am 

Church Point     
Browns Bay Reserve             1st Tuesday                        9 - 12noon 
McCarrs Creek Reserve       Contact Bushcare Officer     To be confirmed 

Clareville     
Old Wharf Reserve                 3rd Saturday                      8 - 11am 

Elanora     
Kundibah Reserve                   4th Sunday                       8:30 - 11:30am 

Mona Vale     
Mona Vale Beach Basin          1st Saturday                    8 - 11am 
Mona Vale Dunes                     2nd Saturday +3rd Thursday     8:30 - 11:30am 

Newport     
Bungan Beach                          4th Sunday                      9 - 12noon 
Crescent Reserve                    3rd Sunday                      9 - 12noon 
North Newport Beach              4th Saturday                    8:30 - 11:30am 
Porter Reserve                          2nd Saturday                  8 - 11am 

North Narrabeen     
Irrawong Reserve                     2nd Saturday                   2 - 5pm 

Palm Beach     
North Palm Beach Dunes      3rd Saturday                    9 - 12noon 

Scotland Island     
Catherine Park                          2nd Sunday                     10 - 12:30pm 
Elizabeth Park                           1st Saturday                      9 - 12noon 
Pathilda Reserve                      3rd Saturday                      9 - 12noon 

Warriewood     
Warriewood Wetlands             1st Sunday                         8:30 - 11:30am 

Whale Beach     
Norma Park                               1st Friday                            9 - 12noon 

Western Foreshores     
Coopers Point, Elvina Bay      2nd Sunday                        10 - 1pm 
Rocky Point, Elvina Bay           1st Monday                          9 - 12noon

Friends Of Narrabeen Lagoon Catchment Activities

Bush Regeneration - Narrabeen Lagoon Catchment  
This is a wonderful way to become connected to nature and contribute to the health of the environment.  Over the weeks and months you can see positive changes as you give native species a better chance to thrive.  Wildlife appreciate the improvement in their habitat.

Belrose area - Thursday mornings 
Belrose area - Weekend mornings by arrangement
Contact: Phone or text Conny Harris on 0432 643 295

Wheeler Creek - Wednesday mornings 9-11am
Contact: Phone or text Judith Bennett on 0402 974 105
Or email: Friends of Narrabeen Lagoon Catchment : email@narrabeenlagoon.org.au

Gardens and Environment Groups and Organisations in Pittwater


Ringtail Posses 2023

The world’s carbon emissions continue to rise. But 35 countries show progress in cutting carbon

Pep CanadellCSIROClemens SchwingshacklLudwig Maximilian University of MunichCorinne Le QuéréUniversity of East AngliaGlen PetersCenter for International Climate and Environment Research - OsloJudith HauckUniversität BremenJulia PongratzLudwig Maximilian University of MunichMike O'SullivanUniversity of ExeterPierre FriedlingsteinUniversity of Exeter, and Robbie AndrewCenter for International Climate and Environment Research - Oslo

Global fossil fuel emissions are projected to rise in 2025 to a new all-time high, with all sources – coal, gas, and oil – contributing to the increase.

At the same time, our new global snapshot of carbon dioxide emissions and carbon sinks shows at least 35 countries have a plan to decarbonise. Australia, Germany, New Zealand and many others have shown statistically significant declines in fossil carbon emissions during the past decade, while their economies have continued to grow. China’s emissions have also been been growing at a much slower pace than recent trends and might even be flat by year’s end.

As world leaders and delegates meet in Brazil for the United Nations’ global climate summit, COP30, many countries that have submitted new emissions commitments to 2035 have shown increased ambition.

But unless these efforts are scaled up substantially, current global temperature trends are projected to significantly exceed the Paris Agreement target that aims to keep warming well below 2°C.

figure showing 35 countries whose emissions are reducing
These 35 countries are now emitting less carbon dioxide even as their economies grow. Global Carbon Project 2025CC BY-NC-ND

Fossil fuel emissions up again in 2025

Together with colleagues from 102 research institutions worldwide, the Global Carbon Project today releases the Global Carbon Budget 2025. This is an annual stocktake of the sources and sinks of carbon dioxide worldwide.

We also publish the major scientific advances enabling us to pinpoint the global human and natural sources and sinks of carbon dioxide with higher confidence. Carbon sinks are natural or artificial systems such as forests which absorb more carbon dioxide from the atmosphere than they release.

Global CO₂ emissions from the use of fossil fuels continue to increase. They are set to rise by 1.1% in 2025, on top of a similar rise in 2024. All fossil fuels are contributing to the rise. Emissions from natural gas grew 1.3%, followed by oil (up 1.0%) and coal (up 0.8%). Altogether, fossil fuels produced 38.1 billion tonnes of CO₂ in 2025.

Not all the news is bad. Our research finds emissions from the top emitter, China (32% of global CO₂ emissions) will increase significantly more slowly below its growth over the past decade, with a modest 0.4% increase. Emissions from India (8% of global) are projected to increase by 1.4%, also below recent trends.

However, emissions from the United States (13% of global) and the European Union (6% of global) are expected to grow above recent trends. For the US, a projected growth of 1.9% is driven by a colder start to the year, increased liquefied natural gas (LNG) exports, increased coal use, and higher demand for electricity.

EU emissions are expected to grow 0.4%, linked to lower hydropower and wind output due to weather. This led to increased electricity generation from LNG. Uncertainties in currently available data also include the possibility of no growth or a small decline.

figure showing global carbon emissions 2025.
Fossil fuel emissions hit a new high in 2025, but the growth rate is slowing and there are encouraging signs from countries cutting emissions. Global Carbon Project 2025CC BY-NC-ND

Drop in land use emissions

In positive news, net carbon emissions from changes to land use such as deforestation, degradation and reforestation have declined over the past decade. They are expected to produce 4.1 billion tonnes of carbon dioxide in 2025 down from the annual average of 5 billion tonnes over the past decade. Permanent deforestation remains the largest source of emissions. This figure also takes into account the 2.2 billion tonnes of carbon soaked up by human-driven reforestation annually.

Three countries – Brazil, Indonesia and the Democratic Republic of the Congo – contribute 57% of global net land-use change CO₂ emissions.

When we combine the net emissions from land-use change and fossil fuels, we find total global human-caused emissions will reach 42.2 billion tonnes of carbon dioxide in 2025. This total has grown 0.3% annually over the past decade, compared with 1.9% in the previous one (2005–14).

Carbon sinks largely stagnant

Natural carbon sinks in the ocean and terrestrial ecosystems remove about half of all human-caused carbon emissions. But our new data suggests these sinks are not growing as we would expect.

The ocean carbon sink has been relatively stagnant since 2016, largely because of climate variability and impacts from ocean heatwaves.

The land CO₂ sink has been relatively stagnant since 2000, with a significant decline in 2024 due to warmer El Niño conditions on top of record global warming. Preliminary estimates for 2025 show a recovery of this sink to pre-El Niño levels.

Since 1960, the negative effects of climate change on the natural carbon sinks, particularly on the land sink, have suppressed a fraction of the full sink potential. This has left more CO₂ in the atmosphere, with an increase in the CO₂ concentration by an additional 8 parts per million. This year, atmospheric CO₂ levels are expected to reach just above 425 ppm.

Tracking global progress

Despite the continued global rise of carbon emissions, there are clear signs of progress towards lower-carbon energy and land use in our data.

There are now 35 countries that have reduced their fossil carbon emissions over the past decade, while still growing their economy. Many more, including China, are shifting to cleaner energy production. This has led to a significant slowdown of emissions growth.

Existing policies supporting national emissions cuts under the Paris Agreement are projected to lead to global warming of 2.8°C above preindustrial levels by the end of this century.

This is an improvement over the previous assessment of 3.1°C, although methodological changes also contributed to the lower warming projection. New emissions cut commitments to 2035, for those countries that have submitted them, show increased mitigation ambition.

This level of expected mitigation falls still far short of what is needed to meet the Paris Agreement goal of keeping warming well below 2°C.

At current levels of emissions, we calculate that the remaining global carbon budget – the carbon dioxide still able to be emitted before reaching specific global temperatures (averaged over multiple years) – will be used up in four years for 1.5°C (170 gigatonnes remaining), 12 years for 1.7°C (525 Gt) and 25 years for 2°C (1,055 Gt).

Falling short

Our improved and updated global carbon budget shows the relentless global increase of fossil fuel CO₂ emissions. But it also shows detectable and measurable progress towards decarbonisation in many countries.

The recovery of the natural CO₂ sinks is a positive finding. But large year-to-year variability shows the high sensitivity of these sinks to heat and drought.

Overall, this year’s carbon report card shows we have fallen short, again, of reaching a global peak in fossil fuel use. We are yet to begin the rapid decline in carbon emissions needed to stabilise the climate.The Conversation

Pep Canadell, Chief Research Scientist, CSIRO Environment; Executive Director, Global Carbon Project, CSIROClemens Schwingshackl, Senior Researcher in Climate Science, Ludwig Maximilian University of MunichCorinne Le Quéré, Royal Society Research Professor of Climate Change Science, University of East AngliaGlen Peters, Senior Researcher, Center for International Climate and Environment Research - OsloJudith Hauck, Helmholtz Young Investigator group leader and deputy head, Marine Biogeosciences section at the Alfred Wegener Institute, Universität BremenJulia Pongratz, Professor of Physical Geography and Land Use Systems, Department of Geography, Ludwig Maximilian University of MunichMike O'Sullivan, Lecturer in Mathematics and Statistics, University of ExeterPierre Friedlingstein, Chair, Mathematical Modelling of Climate, University of Exeter, and Robbie Andrew, Senior Researcher, Center for International Climate and Environment Research - Oslo

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

How Pacific nations plan to go from spending up to 25% of GDP on fossil fuels to running on 100% renewables

Respond GlobalCC BY-NC-ND
Wesley MorganUNSW Sydney and Scott HamiltonMonash University

Picture dusk falling somewhere in the Solomon Islands. A fisher’s skiff glides home using a whisper-quiet electric outboard motor. In the Cook Islands, a big battery steadies the island grid. In Papua New Guinea’s highlands, solar kits bring electric light to homes for the first time.

These aren’t prototypes – they’re already up and running across the Pacific. Put together, these stories of quiet change point to something bigger.

For decades, Pacific island countries have led the global fight on climate change. These nations are highly exposed to the damage from rising sea levels, acidifying oceans and bleached coral reefs. Pacific leaders helped secure the 2015 Paris Agreement and the global goal of holding warming to 1.5°C.

Now the Pacific is leading the way again. Island leaders have a bold plan to become the world’s first region powered entirely by renewables and energy storage.

The move isn’t symbolic. It’s extremely practical. Pacific nations spend an eye-watering percentage of their GDP (10–25%) buying fossil fuels to run power plants, generators and vehicles. Ending reliance on imports and becoming energy independent will bring major dividends. Despite widespread support, the Pacific’s clean energy transition has not yet taken off in earnest due to transport costs and gaps in financing, skills and regulation.

Leaders will formally release a renewable roadmap next week at the COP30 climate conference in Brazil. Pacific nations and Australia are bidding to host the next climate talks in 2026. Island leaders hope to leverage the global summit to attract investment in their own energy transition.

banana boat in harbour with two men.
Electric outboard motors, like this one in the Solomon Islands, make it possible for the banana boats common across the Pacific to run without fossil fuels. DFATCC BY-NC-ND

Slashing fossil fuel imports will save billions

Right now, Pacific countries spend A$9–14 billion a year importing diesel for generators and fuel for vehicles and boats.

Sharp falls in renewable costs mean solar and battery systems are now clearly cheaper than fossil fuels for electricity generation.

Even with the Pacific’s logistical challenges, installed costs for solar have fallen more than five-fold since 2010. The cost of grid-scale and home batteries is falling quickly.

Replacing diesel generation with solar and batteries would cost an estimated $3–4 billion. These costs would be quickly recouped, given annual savings would be around $610–840 million.

The biggest challenge will be financing for large-scale renewables, grid infrastructure and energy storage. Many outer islands can move ahead faster by replacing diesel generators with solar and batteries. A rapid shift to electric vehicles (EVs) and vessels is also possible. Government incentives have triggered rapid uptake of EVs and hybrids in Fiji. Electric outboard motors are also ready for prime time.

Cost savings would free up funds for essential infrastructure, health, education and climate resilience. Renewables represent a powerful development strategy for the Pacific.

man standing in front of electric taxi.
Electric vehicles are slowly appearing on Pacific roads, such as this electric taxi in Fiji. Leaf.ComCC BY-NC-ND

Global renewable uptake is key to survival for Pacific nations

Individual Pacific countries have set ambitious renewable energy targets in national commitments under the Paris Agreement. Fiji plans to be powered 100% by renewables by 2035, while Tuvalu is aiming to get there by 2030.

These national goals can contribute to a regional target for 100% renewable energy. Pacific leaders have agreed to establish a Pacific Energy Commissioner to coordinate the transition.

Pacific island countries are not major polluters, contributing just 0.02% of global emissions. Cutting the region’s emissions will do very little to limit warming.

The importance of this new plan is showing 100% renewables is now doable.

As Vanuatu climate and energy minister Ralph Regenvanu states:

if we can manage the rapid transition of our energy systems in the Pacific Islands, it can be a beacon for the rest of the globe. Our survival depends on it.

Holding warming to 1.5°C is critical for low-lying atoll nations. Climate resettlement is already under way, as Tuvalu residents enter ballots to move to Australia while Fijian villages are relocating to higher ground.

Two years ago, nearly 200 countries agreed to triple global renewable capacity and accelerate the transition away from fossil fuels. Reaching this goal is crucial to keep 1.5°C within reach. Pacific nations can show the way. But their survival isn’t in their hands – it depends on the world following suit.

grid battery installation in Pacific islands.
Plunging costs of battery storage mean running on 100% renewables is increasingly possible. Te Aponga Uira (Rarotonga Power Authority)CC BY-NC-ND

Next year’s climate talks could drive the change

For several years, Pacific nations and Australia have been bidding to host the 2026 COP31 climate summit. But Turkey has a rival bid. A final decision is expected next week.

As Palau President Surangel Whipps has said, hosting COP31 in the Pacific cannot just be about symbolism – it must demonstrate “tangible benefits” to Pacific peoples.

If the joint bid for COP31 gets up, Pacific leaders will be pressing for progress on their 100% renewable plan by seeking investors and technology partners.

The COP talks are more than climate negotiations – they’ve become the world’s biggest trade fair. Thousands of delegates will be looking to invest in renewable energy. More than 70% of investment in renewables in Australia comes from abroad and COP31 could attract finance for both Australia and the Pacific.

Palau will host regional leaders next year at the annual Pacific Islands Forum leaders’ meeting. Whipps, the incoming chair, will focus on building a regional renewable Pacific partnership and is planning an investment meeting next year to help attract international investment ahead of COP31.

Some investment is likely to come from Australia, both private and public. Australia is rapidly replacing coal-fired power with renewables and storage at home and is already supporting Pacific clean energy projects. But Pacific leaders have also called on Australia to “stop approving new gas and coal projects” and stop subsidising fossil fuel production.

The Pacific’s plan to run on clean power makes clear sense on financial, energy security and climate leadership grounds. The question now is – will it happen?The Conversation

Wesley Morgan, Research Associate, Institute for Climate Risk and Response, UNSW Sydney and Scott Hamilton, Adjunct Associate Professor in Engineering, Monash University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

We planted two woody meadows a decade ago to see what would thrive. Now the concept is popular across Australia.

Claire FarrellThe University of Melbourne and Rachael BathgateThe University of Melbourne

It sounds like a gardener’s holy grail: beautiful and practical plantings that can turn cities into green spaces with benefits for people and biodiversity.

Our Australia-first collaborative research has made this dream a reality. Woody meadows have transformed urban spaces in Australian cities by adding green beauty and colour in public spaces at a much lower cost than other approaches.

Ours is a collaborative research project that engages with urban land managers, designers and horticultural crews to research and trial woody meadows under real-world conditions. Their popularity reflects the huge demand to green our urban places in a cost-effective way.

After ten years of success, failure and constant experimentation, we can now share our insights into how woody meadows can be both beautiful and hardy.

What is a woody meadow?

A uniquely Australian concept, woody meadows are diverse, naturalistic plantings of native groundcover, shrubs and small trees. They are designed for maximum visual and ecological function, and are robust to heat and drought. A beautiful corridor for nature, they can cool cities and reduce stormwater runoff into waterways. They differ from naturalistic meadow-like plantings popular in Europe and America, which only contain flowering herbs and grasses.

Woody meadows mimic the structure of natural shrubland communities and include wattles, grevilleas, melaleucas, goodenias and correas for year-round flowering. They are planted densely into low-nutrient materials such as crushed scoria or sandstone (which exotic species don’t like). This promotes rapid canopy coverage and requires less weeding, fewer chemicals and lower maintenance costs.

Woody meadow plants are managed by coppicing – hard pruning to around 15 centimetres every two to four years. This maintains diversity and ensures dominant plant species don’t take over. It also mimics disturbances such as fire and storm damage and stimulates dense new growth and lots of flowers.

We have tested more than 300 Australian plant species and shown most species can resprout after coppicing. This means that plants can be tailored for different climates and site conditions without high risk of failure.

From little things…

Ten years ago, we planted two small plots of native plants in inner Melbourne. We wanted to find a novel and low-cost approach to urban greening.

From this single pilot project, the concept of woody meadows has grown exponentially. Our partners include transport agencies, water authorities, cemeteries, government agencies and councils. They have shared their successes and failures through a growing national Woody Meadow Network, established as part of this project.

There are now more than 30,000 square metres of woody meadows in 59 urban locations across southern Australia. These meadows are part of major infrastructure projects including Melbourne’s level-crossing removal project, Sydney’s metro rail project, and the East Subiaco redevelopment in Perth.

Australian cities are investing millions of dollars in urban green spaces. This has wide-ranging benefits for health and wellbeing, biodiversity, reducing pollution and tackling urban heating. But maintaining urban vegetation is expensive, leading to overly simple plantings that are dull and provide few benefits.

Living laboratories

The popularity of woody meadows reflects the huge demand for cost-effective ways to green urban areas.

Each meadow serves as a living laboratory, with data on plant performance and maintenance informing future designs. Historically, most public landscapes have been designed without considering maintenance, so involving horticultural crews and bringing their expertise into the design of woody meadows has been crucial to their success.

Installation costs for woody meadows are comparable to business-as-usual plantings of low-diversity, low-functioning monocultures such as massed plantings of strappy leaf plants such as Lomandra or Dianella species or shrubs. But they require 75% less maintenance over time. Their adaptable design has overcome barriers to planting in hostile urban sites and transport corridors.

Plant it yourself

If you are keen to plant a woody meadow of your own, we have condensed 15 years of research and testing into free Woody Meadow Guidelines outlining how to design, install and maintain them.

New woody meadow plantings can be registered on our website so we can continue to gather data on what works best.The Conversation

Claire Farrell, Associate Professor (Green Infrastructure) School of Agriculture, Food and Ecosystem Sciences, The University of Melbourne and Rachael Bathgate, Green Infrastructure Research Fellow, The University of Melbourne

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

You might think frogs never get enough water. Turns out, they can fare worse in floods than bushfires

Jodi RowleyCC BY-ND
Eli BieriAustralian MuseumUNSW Sydney and Jodi RowleyUNSW Sydney

Frogs need water. Almost all of the world’s 7,900 known frog species breed in fresh water. And when it rains, these amphibians erupt into a chorus of calls – croaks, trills, cheeps and bellows – to attract a mate.

So you would assume a flood represents a windfall for frogs, right? But our new research finds they can have too much of a good thing.

Climate change is fuelling extreme weather, so we examined the impact of bushfires and floods on Australian frogs. We were surprised to discover that, in some cases, floods may pose a greater threat to Australian frogs than fire. This challenges our assumptions about how climate change will affect frogs in the future.

In the winter of 2021, frogs across eastern Australia were mysteriously found dead in gardens, creeks and backyards. The Australian Museum got hundreds of concerned emails from members of the public. We were stumped at the cause of this mass die-off.

Floods, like the catastrophic flooding in NSW in 2021 and 2022, destroyed frog eggs and habitat. Jodi RowleyCC BY-ND

Clue to mass frog deaths

Frogs play a vital role in the natural world. They control insect populations and also act as food for countless other species. And frogs are an indicator for a healthy environment, so when they start dropping dead it’s very concerning.

Our team collected thousands of dead frog specimens to test them for disease, and worked with collaborators to look for pesticides and other chemicals that might be to blame. So far, we haven’t found the factor likely to be responsible. Now, four years later, we have another clue.

In our search for answers, we wondered about recent extreme weather events in eastern Australia. The Black Summer bushfires in 2019–20 burned 24 million hectares, with an estimated three billion animals killed or displaced.

These years of fire and drought were immediately followed by record-breaking La Niña-driven rainfall and floods in 2021 and 2022. In the wake of these extraordinary climatic events, we asked: how do bushfires and floods impact frogs? Intuition told us fires would be a bigger threat to animals with such an affinity for water, but this assumption hadn’t been tested.

A dead frog lies in water on its back, with pale skin.
A frog that tested positive to the deadly chytrid fungus. Floods could have helped spread this pathogen. Ken GriffithsCC BY-ND

Thousands of helpers

Studying the effects of extreme weather is notoriously difficult, due to the unpredictable nature of natural disasters. Scientists often lack the critical baseline data they need. Without time to plan for disasters, we frequently can’t mobilise quickly enough to capture the immediate after-effects of the event either, particularly across vast tracts of land.

However, tens of thousands of people across Australia use the Australian Museum’s free FrogID app to record calling frogs. So we had access to a database of call recordings from before and after the fires and floods in NSW. By examining relative frog species “richness” – the number of frog species calling at once in recordings – we could compare how frogs responded.

Contrary to what you might expect, the number of frog species remained stable in burnt areas after the fires. This is actually in line with previous research by our team that documented the impressive short-term persistence of many frog species after the black summer bushfires.

Although good news for frogs, the long-term consequences of fires remain unknown, particularly for rainforest frog species that are not well represented in the FrogID dataset. Ongoing monitoring will be needed to track this over time.

A researcher wearing a backpack holds up his phone near a waterhole to listen for frog calls.
Using the FrogID app to record frog calls at a burnt site in NSW. Jodi RowleyCC BY-ND

Too much water

The real surprise in our research was the impact of floods. It appears it is possible for frogs to have too much of a good thing when it comes to water. Frog species richness was significantly lower in flooded areas after the floods.

The most obvious responsible factor is floodwaters washing away frogs, including their eggs and tadpoles, and destroying sensitive frog breeding habitats. It’s also possible that floodwaters spread chemicals: a third of the dead frogs we tested after the mass frog deaths contained traces of pesticides.

The waterlogged habitats left in the wake of floods may have also created favourable conditions for the spread of the chytrid fungus. This pathogen is responsible for the devastating infectious disease chytridiomycosis. This affects the skin of amphibians, leading to symptoms like lethargy and excessive skin shedding. It causes mass mortalities and extinctions in populations worldwide.

A future of fires and floods

In a volatile Australian climate, we can expect more frequent and severe bushfires and floods.

This new research highlights the need for ongoing monitoring across Australia to track how frogs respond to increasingly extreme weather. With help from citizen scientists, we will be able to detect and respond to emerging threats whether they come in the form of fire, flood or fungus.

Most of Australia’s species have evolved alongside extreme weather. But the frequency and intensity of modern climate catastrophes are testing their resilience: they may not respond in the ways we expect.

In this rapidly changing world, gathering data on how our wildlife copes is essential. Citizen science projects like FrogID are vital in monitoring and managing Australia’s biodiversity into the future.The Conversation

Eli Bieri, PhD Student, Australian MuseumUNSW Sydney and Jodi Rowley, Curator, Amphibian & Reptile Conservation Biology, Australian Museum, UNSW Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

I discovered a new Australian native bee, but there are still hundreds we need to identify

Kit PrendergastUniversity of Southern Queensland

The female of the species has devil-like black horns, and a taste for extremely rare pollen. But until now, this Australian native bee has never been officially named or identified.

My discovery of Megachile (Hackeriapis) lucifer, underscores the lack of knowledge and investment in Australia’s unique native bees.

Whilst considerable funding and attention has been focused on the introduced European honey bee, Apis mellifera, there are still hundreds of native bees that are yet to be identified and named.

How was this bee found?

This fascinating new megachile (or leaf cutter) bee was first discovered while on a surveying trip in the Bremer Ranges in the goldfields region of Western Australia in 2019.

I was conducting surveys for pollinators – such as bees, other insects, flies and wasps – of a critically endangered plant called Bremer marianthus, or Marianthus aquilonaris, which is only known in this region.

Sadly, as is common for many threatened plant species, the pollinators for this straggly shrub with blue-tinged white flowers were completely unknown. One of the native bees collected on this visit immediately caught my attention because the female had large devil-like horns protruding from her clypeus – the broad plate on the front of a bee’s head.

When I investigated, it was clear this wasn’t a species that had been found before. Whilst some native bees have horns or prongs, none have the large and slightly curved horns of this one. Comparing it with museum specimens, along with DNA barcoding, confirmed this species was new to collectors and to science.

DNA barcoding also revealed a male native bee I had collected at the site was her partner, but he lacked horns. This is the opposite of the situation in much of the animal kingdom, where the males are more likely to be amoured.

Bringer of light

When you discover a new species, you have the honour of choosing a name. The first new species of native bee I “described” (or scientifically identified) in 2022, Leioproctus zephyr, is named after my dog, Zephyr. For this new species, the horns meant the name Lucifer was a perfect choice.

Lucifer is also Latin for “light bringer”, and I hope this new species brings to light the wonders of our native bees.

Australia has more than 2,000 species of native bees. They help keep our ecosystems healthy and play a crucial role in pollinating wildflowers.

We need to understand native bees

This new native bee, Megachile lucifer, is only one of an estimated 500 native bees that are not described. Far more attention has been given to the introduced European honey bee Apis mellifera. Whilst the honey bee is important for crop pollination, this species is not threatened, and can in fact harm our native bees.

The truth is honeybees compete with native animals for food and habitat, disrupt native pollination systems and pose a serious biosecurity threat to our honey and pollination industries.

Currently, there no requirement to survey for native bees in areas about to be mined, farmed or developed. Even if they are found, any species that has not been officially identified it has no conservation standing, which is one reason why taxonomic research is so important.

Protect the pollinators

Megachile lucifer was collected on a flowering mallee plant that attracted thousands of native bees and other insects. In subsequent years of surveying this site, the mallee was not flowering, Megachile lucifer was not seen, and far fewer insects were recorded.

With no monitoring of native bees, we also don’t know how their populations are faring in response to threatening processes, like climate change.

More interest and investment into the taxonomy, conservation and ecology of native bees, means we can protect both them and the rare and precious plants they pollinate.The Conversation

Kit Prendergast, Postdoctoral Researcher, Pollination Ecology, University of Southern Queensland

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Cane toads are hopping towards the Pilbara, but a water-free containment zone could stop them

Judy DunlopCurtin UniversityBen PhillipsCurtin University, and Tim DempsterDeakin University

It is early evening in Australia’s top end, and a hunter stalks its prey. Keenly alert, the northern quoll follows the sound of rustling in the leaf litter. It must be some kind of frog, the small carnivorous marsupial decides, and pounces. But the quoll is seized by an immediate pain in the mouth, and drops its prey. It’s already too late.

The rustling was not a frog, but a poisonous cane toad. The toad’s toxin has sprayed into the quoll’s mouth and within seconds the quoll is vomiting. Within minutes it is incapacitated and spasming as its heart fails. And 20 minutes later the quoll is dead.

This scene has played out countless times in the 90 years since invasive cane toads were released on the Queensland coast and hopped west to Australia’s tropical north. They were originally native to South America, and brought to Australia to control beetle pests in sugarcane. And they kill not only quolls and their kin, but other predators such as freshwater crocodilesgoannas, and snakes.

What do we have to lose?

The cane toad is one of Australia’s worst feral animal invaders. They have nearly completed their conquest of northern Australia and in the next couple of years they are expected to reach Broome on the west coast, and head south. Our work shows that without intervention, the destruction will continue, as toads invade Australia’s unique Pilbara region in the north of western Australia.

The Pilbara is an ancient rocky landscape, with some of the oldest geology in the world. Many species are found here and nowhere else. With abundant waterholes and rivers in stunning rocky gorges, the Pilbara would be perfect habitat for cane toads.

Our research outlines what will happen if toads arrive in this unique landscape. It finds that with no intervention, cane toads will likely invade a further 27 million hectares, including almost all of the Pilbara, and spread further south towards Shark Bay.

A blow to animals and culture

Cane toads arriving in the Pilbara would cause populations of about 25 species of reptiles and mammals to crash in numbers. These include ten species of goanna, nine small marsupial predators like the Kaluta and northern quoll, three snakes, two blue-tongue skinks and one bat. For endangered northern quolls and vulnerable ghost bats, the Pilbara is the last toad-free stronghold. Several endemic goannas, blue tongue skinks and marsupial predators will likely join the threatened species list.

Many of these species are culturally important to the Traditional Owners of Country for stories, songlines and bush tucker. Toad invasion of the Northern Territory, for example, led to lost bush tucker such as goanna, crocodile, blue-tongue skink. It also meant increased reliance on store-bought food, and a loss of skills and knowledge around hunting activities where Elders spent time with younger generations.

Overall, it’s a bleak prospect if toads spread into the Pilbara. The good news is that there is an opportunity to avoid this future.

A wicked problem

Many people have attempted to solve the cane toad problem, via cracking its genetic code, teaching native animals not to eat toads and even putting the creatures on the menu.

None of these methods have stopped the toad invasion across the tropical north of Australia. There has simply been too much permanent water in the landscape that toads use as habitat.

But the situation is not the same in Western Australia. South of Broome, toads will hit a natural “bottleneck” where the Great Sandy Desert meets the ocean, on Karajarri and Nyangumarta country. This narrow stretch of naturally dry country represents a once-in-a-lifetime opportunity to halt the toads’ progress further down the west coast.

Plumbing, not rocket science

Water is the toads’ Achilles heel. In the dry season, toads must sit in water every two to four days to stay alive. In the bottleneck between the Kimberley and the Pilbara, almost all permanent water sources are human made. And these create a connected watery tendril for invasion. Making these water sources inaccessible to toads by creating a “Toad Containment Zone” means toads cannot use these as stepping stones through this dry part of the country.

A collective of scientists, pastoralists and Traditional Owners has proposed to create this zone by toad-proofing cattle water sources (by upgrading ground-level water sources to tanks and troughs) in a 150 kilometre long by 50 kilometre wide stretch of country. This solution would create a “toad fire-break”. The containment zone covers three times the distance that toads travel each year, so every wet season toads will infiltrate the north of the zone but as the water dries up, they will perish in the dry season.

Bang for buck

Effective containment would prevent toads from accessing the water-abundant Pilbara and beyond, protecting 27 million hectares of Western Australia.

This is not a new idea – it’s been subject to 15 years of scientific rigour that shows preventing toads accessing water is the most effective way to stop them. It’s also one of the cheapest solutions: managing pest species after they have established is expensive and ineffective, and we are much better off preventing their spread.The Conversation

Judy Dunlop, Research Fellow in Molecular and Life Sciences, Curtin UniversityBen Phillips, WA Premier's Science Fellow, Curtin University, and Tim Dempster, Professor, Marine Biology and Aquaculture, Deakin University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

EV ‘charging deserts’ in regional Australia are slowing the shift to clean transport

Hussein DiaSwinburne University of Technology

If you live in a big city, finding a charger for your electric vehicle (EV) isn’t hard. But drive a few hours in any direction and the story changes.

For most regional Australians, the nearest public charger is still a detour, not a stop on the way. And for anyone planning a long road trip, the chargers along the route fade for hundreds of kilometres at a time.

A new interactive EV charging monitor I helped develop shows, for the first time, just how uneven the network really is. This map refreshes daily, pulling live information from the Open Charge Map database and plotting every public charger in the database across the nation.

When we overlay those chargers with population data, a clear pattern emerges: we’ve built a strong urban network, but a patchy national one.

Only about a third of Australia’s towns have a charger within 20 kilometres. Zoom in closer and the gap widens: more than two-thirds of towns have no charger within 5 kilometres.

Looks good on paper

Nationally, most Australians live close to a charger. By population, about 88% of people are within 5 kilometres of one, 93% within 10 kilometres, and 97% within 20 kilometres.

On paper, coverage looks good. But look at it from the town’s point of view, and the picture flips: most places still lack a charger, even if most people don’t.

It’s a subtle but important distinction. Around 90% of Australia’s urban centres have fewer than 10,000 residents. These are the small regional towns and rural communities that fill the spaces between cities. They account for a small share of the population but a large share of the country’s geography.

Nationwide, Australia now has around 1,250 public charging sites offering nearly 3,800 charge ports.

More than half of these are fast chargers (above 50 kilowatts). About a third are medium-speed chargers. The rest are slow chargers typically found at destinations or wall outlets.

That balance might look healthy. But most of the fast sites are concentrated in cities and along the eastern seaboard, leaving vast inland gaps.

Per capita access is even starker: across Australia there are only about one to two chargers for every 10,000 people.

On long regional routes, the gaps are impossible to miss. Between Melbourne and Darwin, for example, there are stretches of highway hundreds of kilometres long without a single fast charger.

These are the real “charging deserts” – areas where geography, cost and low traffic volumes still make investment difficult to justify.

And even when chargers exist in these areas, they can be slow, or offline.

Voluntary and inconsistent reporting

The EV charging monitor draws on open data, and that comes with a big caveat.

Reporting to the Open Charge Map is voluntary. Some operators update their sites frequently. Others don’t. Each charger’s “status” can tell us whether it’s listed as operational, partial, or down, but it doesn’t reveal uptime – how often a charger is available and working.

Internationally, some countries already require major EV charging networks to meet published reliability standards. In the United Kingdom, rapid public charging networks must maintain at least 99% uptime and provide transparency on performance.

In Australia, there’s no national requirement for public reporting of charger uptime. A 98% reliability target applies to chargers built with federal funding, but for the rest of the network, reporting remains voluntary and inconsistent. The next step is to make reliability a shared measure – not just a promise from individual companies, but a national benchmark drivers can trust.

How does Australia compare internationally?

Other countries have set clearer rules for how far drivers should be from a fast charger. Across Europe, new regulations require sites at least every 60 kilometres along major highways. The United States funds chargers every 50 miles (about 80 kilometres) on key corridors.

New Zealand’s public network aims for coverage roughly every 75 kilometres for more than 97% of state highways, and a public charger in most towns with more than 2,000 people.

Against those yardsticks, Australia’s patchy regional network still has long stretches where chargers are hundreds of kilometres apart.

The road ahead

The pattern suggests two separate challenges. First, keep expanding charger coverage in regional areas to make every major route practical for EV travel. Second, lift reliability and reporting standards so drivers can depend on the network once it’s there.

A national backbone is a logical start: a fast-charging site at least every 150 to 200 kilometres along priority corridors, later tightening to every 100 kilometres.

This work is already underway through state programs such as Queensland’s Electric Super Highway and New South Wales’ regional charging rollout. But there’s still no consistent national standard for uptime, open access, or data reporting.

Regional support will matter too. Many small towns won’t attract private investment until there’s a guaranteed level of demand. Co-funding through state or federal grants can bridge that gap, especially where the local economy depends on tourism.

A single fast charger in a country town can unlock a chain of benefits for local businesses as passers-by “fill up on the way”.

The next frontier isn’t just installing more chargers – it’s installing them where they’ll make the biggest difference to confidence and coverage. The Conversation

Hussein Dia, Professor of Transport Technology and Sustainability, Swinburne University of Technology

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Three hours of free power sounds great – but it could raise other costs and hamstring rooftop solar

moisseyev/Getty
Bruce MountainVictoria University

It was the news that rippled around the nation – and then the world: at least three hours of free grid-supplied electricity for Australian households, every day.

The new Solar Sharer program announced by Federal Minister for Energy Chris Bowen would require retailers to offer at least three hours of free power daily during the sunniest period to homes with smart meters. It would begin next year in New South Wales, south-east Queensland and South Australia.

On the surface, this seems like a win. Australia now has so much solar that wholesale power prices are often very cheap or even negative during the sunniest periods with abundant supply.

But there’s a problem. Wholesale supply is only part of the cost. Mandating free retail power during some hours will require cross-subsidy of these other costs. Under Bowen’s plan this will inevitably raise prices for other customers and it is likely to destroy the rooftop solar market. There’s no such thing as a free lunch.

What’s wrong with free power?

Minister Bowen’s plan borrows heavily from energy offers in the market now, which include three free hours of power.

Bowen’s policy will be delivered through the Default Market Offer, a unique regulated retail plan which retailers in Queensland, NSW and South Australia are obliged to offer. If you don’t choose a market offer, you will be placed on the default offer.

There’s nothing new about free electricity from the grid. Consumers can choose their electricity retailer in NSW, Victoria, South Australia and much of Queensland. In these states, it’s been possible for over a decade to find offers with free electricity at certain times. These deals typically offered free power for an hour a week, and usually on the weekend. Few customers chose them.

But in 2023, OVO Energy started offering a “three for free” deal with free power from 11am to 2pm daily. I was one of their first customers, and I calculated OVO would make a loss on me given I used the free power to charge my electric vehicle. Other retailers such as Globird and Red Energy have followed suit since AGL bought OVO’s Australian arm in 2024.

Power prices outside the free hours have roughly doubled since I took up OVO’s offer two years ago. But it’s still worthwhile for me as a way to charge my EV for nothing.

These offers make most sense for EV owners, as few customers can shift most of their consumption to the free period.

charging electric vehicle.
EV users are making most use of free hours of power at present. Chuttersnap/UnsplashCC BY-NC-ND

From market to regulation

Minister Bowen’s move might be seen as a form of mandatory expansion of these niche retail offers. But changing a niche to a mainstream offer will bring drastic change.

In the electricity market, retailers offering “three for free” deals recoup the costs of supplying “free” electricity by increasing prices charged in the “non-free” hours. These costs include the network use, renewable energy subsidies, generation costs and internal costs and margins which make up about 75% of the average bill.

To make his offer widely attractive, Bowen will pressure the Australian Energy Regulator to avoid significantly increasing power prices at other times in the default market offer. Otherwise, substantially higher prices outside the sunny period would discourage consumers and mean Solar Sharer would remain a niche product, just like existing three-for-free offers.

If retailers have to offer free power and keep their prices down at other hours, they will have to make up the difference in higher prices paid by all their other customers. Someone has to pay for the free lunch.

Bowen has form here, as he previously intervened in the regulator’s determination of default offer prices.

Hobbling rooftop solar?

Over the past 20 years, solar feed-in tariffs have fallen off a cliff as millions of Australians have added panels and solar system costs have collapsed.

This means the main reason to go solar is no longer exporting power to the grid, but rather to consume as much produced power as possible to avoid buying from the grid.

If Bowen’s policy comes into effect, it will hobble the market for the installation of rooftop solar. There’s little point installing solar if grid-supplied power is free at the times when most of the rooftop solar production occurs.

Will Australia’s four million existing solar homes be worse off? Not necessarily. Existing panels are a sunk cost, so households will likely continue using them as before.

But existing solar home owners may see this as a breach of trust, having spent thousands of dollars going solar to avoid pricey power from the grid – encouraged by ministers, including Bowen, to do this.

Will more Australians install household batteries to soak up free power? That’s unlikely. The government’s home battery subsidy only applies when paired with rooftop solar. If regulation undermines the economics of rooftop solar, battery-backed solar will be less attractive too.

Out of the blue

It’s not clear the government considered the wider effects of the policy before announcing it. Last week’s announcement took the industry by surprise. Australian Energy Council CEO Louisa Kinnear said retailers were “disappointed the Government didn’t consult with us ahead of time”.

The move is a sharp reversal of the retail pricing policies put in place when the energy market was created almost 30 years ago. These longstanding policies sought to ensure prices reflect costs, at least in regulated retail offers.

Australians love rooftop solar. It’s now the biggest source of clean electricity in Australia, growing even as fewer wind and solar farms proceed. The last time a politician tried to undermine rooftop solar was over a decade ago. Now we have a federal Labor minister who is an avowed fan of rooftop solar putting forward a policy which will effectively strangle it.

Bowen has backed himself into a corner. Making free electricity widely available will undercut the economics of rooftop solar and raise prices for other customers. Is this really what he intends?The Conversation

Bruce Mountain, Professor and Director, Victoria Energy Policy Centre, Victoria University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

What if the path to ending fossil fuels looked like the fight to end slavery?

Rob LawlorUniversity of Leeds

When Britain abolished slavery in its empire in 1833, it paid the equivalent of hundreds of billions today in compensation – not to the enslaved, but to the slave owners. It was an imperfect, morally uneasy compromise, but it helped achieve a historic transition that had seemed impossible.

Today, as the world struggles to phase out fossil fuels, many doubt such a transformation is still possible. Emissions keep rising, the Paris agreement isn’t properly enforced and powerful corporations continue to mislead the public and lobby against meaningful change.

Yet slavery was once seen as immovable. It was an institution that was accepted for thousands of years – far longer than fossil fuel-powered capitalism. Slavery was a significant source of wealth for many, and the rich and powerful opposed abolition. Yet it was abolished.

My colleague Nathan Wood and I recently published an academic paper on climate change and the lessons from the abolition of slavery. Based on our work, as a thought experiment, let us imagine a future where effective climate action unfolds the way slavery abolition once did. What might that look like?

Leadership and ‘persuasion’

Future historians might not point to a single moment of global unity, with all nations coming together to act as one. Rather, they’ll point to one nation – or a coalition – that took the lead. These early leaders might combine diplomacy, bribery and perhaps even the threat of military force or economic sanctions to “persuade” other countries to follow suit.

That’s how Britain pushed for the end of the slave trade: with a mix of idealism and hard power, with naval patrols and trade sanctions. A global fossil fuel phase out may unfold in a similarly non-ideal way.

Bottom-up pressure, top-down resistance

In this thought experiment, change will not start with governments. Rather, the demand for action will come from the bottom up. Activists will demand change and there will be huge public support but, at the same time, the rich and the powerful will continue to defend the status quo, lobbying against the introduction of stricter legislation.

The slavery abolition movement followed that pattern, with broad public support yet fierce opposition from those with most to lose. In Britain, slave owners were even compensated with £20 million (equivalent to “40% of state expenditure in 1834”) to secure their agreement to the loss of “their” property.

Something similar could happen in the climate fight. Perhaps fossil fuel companies will one day receive financial compensation to ease the transition away from fossil fuels – not because it is deserved, but rather as a pragmatic compromise.

The law as a tool for change

Legal action would also play a pivotal role. Governments and corporations will be (and, indeed, are already being) taken to court.

Abolitionists used the law in much the same way. A good example is a famous case in which enslaved Africans revolted and seized control of the ship La Amistad. The Africans were ultimately freed after reformers highlighted the contradiction between the idea of natural rights for all humankind in the US Declaration of Independence, and laws that allowed people to be private property.

As the historian David Brion Davis noted: “It was this contradiction that helped the reformers to pass laws for very gradual slave emancipation.” The Paris agreement, often dismissed as toothless, could gain real power through litigation in a similar way.

Why this thought experiment matters

Of course, this is not a real prediction. It is a thought experiment. Imagining that climate action will mirror the history of the abolition of slavery doesn’t guarantee that this is what will happen. But the comparison is valuable for several reasons.

It shows that historical precedent matters. Looking at what worked in the past can help us imagine what might work now. Massive moral change really has happened before, even despite entrenched interests working against it. As such, the example of the abolition of slavery offers hope.

It’s also realistic. Global cooperation would be ideal, but history suggests that change will be messier, potentially with some unpalatable compromise or confrontation.

The comparison poses some hard ethical questions. Is it ever justifiable to compensate fossil fuel companies? What forms of international pressure are morally acceptable?

The thought experiment can also sharpen our strategy. If this imagined future is unpalatable – if we’re ultimately not willing to send hundreds of billions to BP, Exxon and co – then it may motivate people to work for better solutions.

Perhaps most importantly, comparing slavery with climate change shows us that individual action still matters. You may feel powerless and want to know what you can do now. The history we have looked at suggests two things: support climate action publicly and, if you can afford it, provide financial support to groups like environmental law charity ClientEarth.

Abolishing slavery was messy and the strategy taken left many uneasy. Perhaps, when the time comes, significant action to mitigate climate change will involve similar controversies. But flawed solutions may be better than none.The Conversation


Rob Lawlor, Lecturer in Applied Ethics, University of Leeds

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Anti-Slavery Society Convention, 1840, by Benjamin Robert Haydon

Week Two November 2025 (November 3-9)

Her Name is Siale

And yes - ORRCA can officially confirm she is a true albino humpback whale!

On Wednesday, November 5th, ORRCA received footage of a potential white whale travelling north off the NSW South Coast. The ORCCA team mobilised, relocated her, and captured detailed drone imagery for identification. By sharing these images with @happywhale, the global whale identification database, and liaising with @whale_discoveries, the whale tourism operators who first documented her in Tonga, ORRCA were able to piece together her story and confirm her identity.

The Happywhale team quickly matched our drone footage with an existing record. Happywhale tracks individual whales worldwide using the unique patterns of their flukes. This international collaboration allows us to follow whales across entire ocean basins as they migrate, breed, and grow - a powerful example of citizen science in action.

This beautiful juvenile is a female calf born in Tonga in 2024. She is known locally as “Siale” (named after a fragrant white flower). She is one of two white whales born in 2024 Tonga whale season, both females according to Dave and Tris Sheen - one of which may have been spotted off the New Zealand coast in mid-October.

The extraordinary footage below of Siale and her mother was originally captured in Tonga last year by Dave and Tris Sheen through @whale_discoveries. These images confirm Siale’s true albinism, evidenced by her red eyes, unlike leucitic whales who may have no pigmentation but have dark eyes.

Images: Dave and Tris Sheen of @whale_discoveries. 

True albinism in humpback whales is extraordinarily rare, occurring in only about 1 in 40,000 births. The only other confirmed albino humpback on the Australian east coast is Migaloo, making this identification a truly historic moment.

Her appearance may clarify that Humpbacks do and can migrate different routes, and that calves stay north of Antarctica for their 1st year or more of life. Maybe she will turn up next season in her birth ground of Ha’apai.

A huge thank you to everyone who reported sightings, shared footage, and helped contribute to this remarkable identification. Community involvement and citizen science play a crucial role in marine conservation.

If you spot Siale on our coast, a special exclusion zone of 500m applies for vessels and personal watercraft. Please contact ORRCA on our 24/7 Hotline on (02) 9415 3333 if sighted.

As our migration season draws to a close, she’s a powerful reminder of the wonders just off our incredible coastline.

Birdwood Park Bushcare Group Narrabeen

The council has received an application from residents to volunteer to look after bushland at 199/201 Ocean street North Narrabeen.

The group will meet once a month for 2-3 hours at a time to be decided by the group. Activities will consist of weeding out invasive species and encouraging the regeneration of native plants. Support and supervision will be provided by the council.

If you have questions or are interested in joining the group please email the council on bushcare@northernbeaches.nsw.gov.au

Third annual review of the NSW biodiversity credits market

IPART is inviting people and businesses involved in the NSW biodiversity credits market to provide feedback on the performance of the market in 2024-25. 

IPART have released a Discussion Paper and are inviting people and businesses involved in the NSW biodiversity credits market to provide feedback on the performance of the market in 2024-25. Stakeholders can make submissions to the IPART Discussion Paper until 27 November 2025.

In 2024-25, transaction volumes in the biodiversity credits market were comparable to those from the prior financial year. A more diverse range of credit types were transferred between buyers and sellers. Development proponents relied less on the Biodiversity Conservation Fund than in the prior 2 years. However, the market overall remains highly concentrated, particularly on the buyer side. Credit purchases by the Biodiversity Conservation Fund (which will facilitate acquittal of the Fund’s liabilities) saw a material increase. However, an increasing number of the Fund’s acquittals are not on a like-for-like basis.

Tribunal member Jonathan Coppel said IPART has commenced the third year of its monitoring role of the biodiversity credits market. 

“The credits market plays an important role in the Biodiversity Offsets Scheme by allowing development proponents to purchase and retire credits from other landholders to meet biodiversity offset obligations of their developments,” Mr Coppel said.. 

“Our role is to review how the biodiversity credits market is performing within the broader Biodiversity Offsets Scheme, 

“This includes reviewing whether the market is working effectively to enable fair trading conditions for market participants, and to stimulate the generation of new offsetting activity.” 

Mr Coppel said that IPART’s third annual report will continue to investigate key areas identified in our first two monitoring reports and any other areas that are identified by stakeholders relevant to the market. 

“We have released a discussion paper highlighting current and emerging issues for the market and we want to hear from stakeholders on their recent experiences in the market,” he said. 

Interested parties can make a submission or provide quick feedback to the Discussion Paper via IPART’s website until 27 November 2025. Online consultation workshops will also be held in November. 

Stakeholders can sign up to receive updates on the review, or read more information, via IPART’s website.
Stakeholders can also share their views at one of IPART's 3 online consultation workshops in November. 
Workshop 1: For credit buyers (Tuesday 11 November, 12:30 - 1:30 PM)
Workshop 2: For third-parties (brokers, accredited assessors etc) (Thursday 13 November, 1:00 - 2:00 PM)
Workshop 3: For credit sellers (Tuesday 18 November, 10:00 - 11:00 AM)

Council's Open Coast & Lagoons Coastal Management Program (CMP's): Scoping Study Feedback invited until December 14

The council has commissioned  a Scoping Study as the first stage of its program towards the development of Coastal Management Programs (CMPs).


CMPs are used by local councils around NSW to establish coastal management goals and actions. Developed in consultation with the community and state government, a CMP creates a shared vision for management and provides the steps of how to get there through local input and costed actions.

The development of the CZMPs within NSW occurred under the former Act (Coastal Protection Act 1979). The current council has two certified CZMPs under the former Act - ‘Bilgola and Basin Beach’ and ‘Collaroy-Narrabeen-Fisherman's Beach’. 

In July 2016, weeks after the councils had been forcibly amalgamated and in response to the June 2016 storm, the NSW state government installed administrator Dick Persson outlined a Draft Coastal Erosion Policy for Collaroy that resulted in the December 2016 Coastal Zone Management Plan for Collaroy-Narrabeen Beach and Fishermans Beach being formalised under the same administration.

That Administrators Minute stated:

I am advised that the initial estimates for 1.1km of works from The Marquesas to 1096 Pittwater Road has been estimated at approximately $22 million. While Council will work with the State Government to meet the cost of directly protecting public assets in this area (approximately $5.5 million), I will also ask the State Government to join Council in providing up to 10% each towards the cost of private protection as a contribution subject to a positive cost benefit analysis for these public assets. Early estimates suggest this contribution could be approximately. This contribution has been estimated at approximately $3.3 million ($1.65 million from State and $1.65 million from Council) and is in recognition of the public asset protection that is provided by these private properties.
....
A recent report by the Sydney Coastal Council’s Group identified that to combat the impact of sea level rise in the Collaroy-Narrabeen embayment significant volumes of sand will be required as these impacts are felt. For example, it is predicted that some 1.3 million cubic metres of sand (approximately 4 times the amount removed during the June storms) will be required for the first 10 year nourishment effort, and around 420,000 cubic metres for each following 10 year campaign.

In 2009 dollars this will cost around $30 million for the first 10 year nourishment, and around $12 million for each following 10 year campaign. These costs are based on the assumption that sand nourishment will be undertaken across large areas of the NSW coast and the costs shared accordingly. 
....
Works on this scale are simply unaffordable for Northern Beaches Council on its own, and the responsibility for delivery of offshore sands must be shared with benefitting Councils and also with State and Federal Government. The State Government is obviously best placed to co-ordinate and manage such an undertaking, and I will write to the Premier to request that the State provides a long-term sand replenishment strategy for NSW that addresses the many issues I have raised, and amends the Offshore Minerals Act (1999) to enable effective medium and long term beach amenity to be preserved. 

As a result of the approved CZMP a 7.5m concrete seawall was installed at Collaroy, resulting in more rapid and greater erosion, and a slower beach recovery, and a now annual cost to ratepayers to move the sand funnelled into the Narrabeen Lagoon entrance to be shifted back to that part of Collaroy beach.

In September 2022 a further application for an extension of this wall towards North Narrabeen (DA2021/1612) between Clarke Street and Mactier was approved despite 93% of respondents objecting to the proposal. The cost of this section of works was listed as $ 2,047,433.00 of which 10% will be met by council and 10% by the state government - or 20% by taxpayers and ratepayers in real terms.

The beach has also been the site of “line in the sand protests” against vertical seawalls in 2002 and more recently on November 27, 2021

Although the transition from the CZMP to CMP occurred in 2016 with the introduction of the Coastal Management Act 2016 (see above report), the December 2016 Coastal Zone Management Plan for Collaroy-Narrabeen Beach and Fishermans Beach was progressed.

The council states these two existing CZMP’s have now expired and will be updated in the ‘Open Coast and Lagoons’ and ‘Collaroy-Narrabeen’ CMPs.

Now, 9 years later, the council is taking steps to become compliant.

The CMPs will also incorporate Estuary Management Plans that are currently in place for the four lagoons; Manly, Curl Curl, Dee Why and Narrabeen.

The NSW Government CMP manual prescribes a mandatory five-stage process to developing a CMP. Typically, each stage takes a year to complete, however the time it takes varies upon the baseline information, level of complexity, size and area, and community engagement that has previously been undertaken, the council states.

Local councils and public authorities are required to manage their coastal areas and activities in accordance with relevant state legislation, policies and plans.

The framework for managing the NSW coast includes:
  • Coastal Management Act 2016 (CM Act)
  • State Environmental Planning Policy (Resilience & Hazards) 2018 (R&H SEPP)
  • Coastal management programs (CMPs), prepared in accordance with the NSW coastal management manual.
The Open Coast and Lagoons CMP covers a large area (Palm Beach to Manly) and has a wide range of issues, the council states. As with all CMPs, it will require technical studies and community and stakeholder engagement, and is likely to take around 5 years to complete, the council states.

For the Collaroy-Narrabeen CMP, extensive technical studies and community engagement will occur with the council aiming to have a certified CMP in place by 2026.

The Hawkesbury-Nepean CMP (incorporating the Pittwater waterway and being led by Hornsby Council) and Outer Sydney Harbour CMP (incorporating North and Middle Harbor and being led by the Sydney Coastal Councils Group) are at Stages 3 (November 2024 for Pittwater estuary was last update) and Stages 2-4 for North and Middle Harbor. The work is expected to take approximately three years to complete for North and Middle Harbor which was due to commence in early to mid-2025.

The council is currently inviting feedback on its commissioned Scoping Study from Monday November 3 until Sunday December 14 2025. 

Previously:



Collaroy on January 4th 2022. Image: Ian Bird Photography.


Collaroy on January 4th 2022. Image: Ian Bird Photography.

Narrabeen Lagoon entrance near bridge: dredging works and kayakers, October 2025. Photos: Joe Mills

Labor's Pro-mining - Pro-Logging 'Environment Protection Reform Bill 2025' passed by house of representatives

On 30 October 2025, the Federal Government introduced seven bills to implement its reform of the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 (Cth). The lengthy documents, with the Second Reading debate commencing on Tuesday November 4, gave those not in the incumbent government a whole 4 days to go through the text of the bills.

Those bills are:

The government stated the Reform Bills are designed to implement the core recommendations of Professor Graeme Samuel AC's Independent Review of the EPBC Act – Final Report (Samuel Report). The Government stated they comprise three key pillars:
  1. stronger environmental protection and restoration;
  2. more efficient and robust project assessments and approvals; and
  3. greater accountability and transparency in decision-making
However, when the first approval by the Minister FOR the Environment, immediately after the incumbents were re-elected, was Woodside's North West Shelf extension, described by opponents as a 'climate bomb that will emit 4 billion tonnes of climate pollution', the tone of what to expect by yet another Australian Government was set.

This package of 7 Bills implements the second and now final stage of the Albanese Government’s response to the second independent statutory review of the EPBC Act (Samuel Review).

The Environment Protection Reform Bill 2025 amends the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 (EPBC Act) and 11 other Acts to implement reforms. These include national environmental standards, ‘unacceptable impacts’, ‘net gain’ and restoration charges in lieu of environmental offsets, reforms to the national interest exemption and a new ‘national interest proposal’, streamlining reforms to approvals and accreditation pathways, reforms of the nuclear actions trigger, improved compliance and enforcement powers, and increases in criminal penalties and civil penalties.

The National Environmental Protection Agency Bill 2025 establishes a statutory agency to be known as the National Environmental Protection Agency (NEPA). The Chief Executive Officer (CEO) is given functions and powers under 9 environmental laws. The Minister may also delegate additional functions and powers to the CEO under the EPBC Act. The Minister for the Environment will retain decision-making on environmental assessments and approvals.

The Environment Information Australia Bill 2025 establishes the SES position of Head of Environment Information Australia (EIA) within the department and sets out the Head’s functions.

The Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation (Restoration Charge Imposition) Bill 2025 establishes a framework to enable the imposition of restoration charges in lieu of a proponent establishing environmental offsets. The environmental offset system is widely criticised for being ineffective and allowing for significant environmental damage despite its intended purpose of compensation. Critics and inquiries have revealed a system with serious integrity issues, where offsets are often not properly implemented, enforced, or accounted for, leading to a net loss of biodiversity and a breakdown in accountability. There is evidence of a "culture of regulatory capture," where decisions are influenced by commercial interests rather than environmental needs, and concerns about potential conflicts of interest in the management of offset markets, according to the Australian Conservation Foundation.

The imposition of restoration charges, in the explanation of the bill is:
A restoration contribution charge would be imposed on an approval to take an action or class of actions granted under Part 9 or Part 10 of the EPBC Act where a condition of the approval requires the payment of a restoration contribution charge. An approval holder will be able to pay a restoration contribution charge to the Commonwealth to discharge their liability to compensate for the damage likely to be caused by the residual significant impacts of their proposed action that compensates for any such damage to a net gain.

A bioregional plan registration charge would be imposed on the registration of a priority action under a bioregional plan. A person who wishes to take a priority action that is covered by a bioregional plan will be required to pay a bioregional plan registration charge, unless the action is exempt from the requirement.

A national interest exemption charge would be imposed on the granting of a national interest exemption under section 158 of the EPBC Act in relation to an action. Similarly, a Part 13 exemption charge would be imposed on the granting of a Part 13 exemption under section 302A of the EPBC Act in relation to an action. The person to whom the exemption applies will be required to pay a national interest exemption charge or a Part 13 exemption charge (as relevant) unless the action exempt from the requirement.

The charges imposed under the Restoration Charge Imposition Bill would be credited to the new Restoration Contributions Special Account under the EPBC Act and will be able to be spent by the new Restoration Contributions Holder to deliver benefits for matters of national environmental significance. This includes delivering restoration actions to compensate for the damage likely to be caused by the significant impacts of approved actions and classes of actions, and priority actions under bioregional plans.

A separate Restoration Charge Imposition Bill was required because section 55 of the Constitution requires that taxation be dealt with in a separate Act to the EPBC Act. The Restoration Charge Imposition Bill would not set the amount of any of the charged imposed under the Bill. Instead, the regulations would set the amount of the relevant charges, either by prescribing a flat rate (bioregional plan registration charge, national interest exemption charge, or Part 13 exemption charge) or prescribing a method to work out the amount of the charge.

Essentially it is continuing the core premise of the now fast diminishing offsets capability in allowing miners, loggers and developers to be able to pay money to kill wildlife, destroy habitat and, as a result, what remains of the Australian environment.

Three additional Bills provide for regulations to prescribe general charges, customs charges and excise charges, as necessary for cost recovery purposes.

In the lead up to the introduction of the Bills, stakeholders have raised significant concerns about whether the proposed reforms will actually protect the environment or will reduce and/or remove ‘red and green tape’ for business.

The Bills have been referred to the Senate Standing Committee on Environment and Communications for inquiry and report by 24 March 2026.

All seven bills were passed on Thursday November 6 through the incumbents majority and without any of the amendments tabled by the crossbench being agreed to, and days after six more plant species were listed as critically endangered in NSW, due to the impacts of climate change and logging, and Australia recorded its 39th marsupial extinction, that of the Christmas Island Shrew.

Dr Scamps, MP for Mackellar: EPBC reforms in their current form will fail nature

On Tuesday November 4, 2025 the MP for Mackellar stated:
“I cannot in good conscience support these bills as there are so many loopholes, exemptions, omissions - and so much ministerial discretion - that there is no guarantee our nature will be protected. In fact, this bill may even weaken nature protections.”

“For 25 years our weak environment laws have not been fit for purpose, and the result has been devastating. We now have 19 ecosystems on the brink of collapse and Australia leads the world in mammal extinctions and sits alongside Brazil and Bolivia as a global deforestation hotspot.”

“I want urgent action to turn this around, but what’s on the table now has loopholes big enough to drive a giant heavy hauler through it. Whilst we do need greater certainty for business, we also need proper protections for nature, and these reforms catastrophically fail on the later.”

“Australian nature is too precious to settle for environmental reforms that don’t address the carnage of our native forests, animals, waterways, coastlines and landscapes.”

Dr. Scamps Key concerns:
  • A broad and poorly defined ‘national interest’ exemption
  • Native forest logging and land clearing exemptions remain
  • Weakening of the water trigger, leaving rivers at risk from big developments
  • No requirement to consider climate change impacts on nature
  • Excessive ministerial discretion
  • No independent appointment process for the new National Environmental Protection Agency
  • Devolution of decision making to the states and territories
The Greens stated on Wednesday November 5, 2025 they would oppose the government’s ''so-called environmental law reform bills'' in the House of Representatives when it was voted on this week.

Greens spokesperson for the environment Senator Sarah Hanson-Young stated:

“In its current form we cannot support this package and will be voting against it in the House of Representatives. It has been written for the mining and forestry lobby and does nothing to guarantee protection for our environment.

“These laws have been criticised by every major environment and climate group, but welcomed by the likes of BHP, Chevron and the BCA. This shows exactly who the laws are written for.

“It is now up to the Prime Minister to decide if he wants to again let mining and logging lobbyists and their political representatives like Roger Cook (current premier of Western Australia) run the show, or if he wants to protect nature, forests and our climate.”

As noted in last week's Issue an above, on October 30 2025, the Senate sent the Government's environment legislation to inquiry to report back in March next year, 'despite the Minister’s attempt to rush the pro-mining, pro-logging laws through the parliament' the Green stated then.

Greens spokesperson for the environment, Senator Sarah Hanson-Young, said:
“Labor’s laws fail to protect our forests and fail to protect our climate. Despite the Government spin, this package leaves nature for dead.

“The Albanese Government’s proposed environment bill will make things worse for nature and the climate. It will take environment protections backwards while fast tracking approvals for business.

“Big business and the mining companies have had their grubby fingers all over this package, there’s no wonder the Government wanted to rush the laws through without scrutiny.

“Instead, the Senate has today sent the Bills to an Inquiry, to ensure the laws are properly scrutinised and that the community is given a say.

“Now that we have seen the full bill, it’s clear the only thing being protected here is the profits of the mining companies and big business.

“These are meant to be environment protection laws, not big business approval laws.

“This bill is riddled with weasel words and carve-out clauses for big business. It makes approvals quicker and cheaper for the mining and big business lobby, and fails to provide proper protections for nature.

“The Greens have been clear from the start: we will not rubber stamp laws that fail to protect our native forests, wildlife and climate.

“We need laws that protect nature, not make way for big business to make big profits. The Greens cannot pass these so-called environment laws in their current state.”

Referred to Committee (30/10/2025): Environment and Communications Legislation Committee; Report due 24/03/2026.  
Accepting submissions - details here

On October 30 the Environmental Defenders Office (EDO) analysis found major gaps in the bills.

“This reform moment must be about fixing the failures of the past,” said EDO Managing Lawyer (Policy and Law Reform) Revel Pointon.

“There are positive elements — like stronger penalties, the introduction of National Environmental Standards, and restrictions on approving unacceptable impacts.

“But these Bills still leave major loopholes, wide discretion, and no requirement to assess or control greenhouse gas emissions or largescale deforestation — both significant threats to our environment and communities.

“Without stronger accountability, removal of exemptions allowing unsustainable impacts, and clear limits on discretion to ensure the laws can be upheld, these Bills may not deliver the environmental protections Australians expect and the environment desperately needs.

“One of the key findings of the Samuel Review was that too much ministerial discretion has led to poor outcomes and public distrust.

“Discretion remains a core problem in these Bills. New ministerial powers to make rulings and protection statements have been added to existing broad national interest exemptions. All of these powers are open to abuse in the wrong hands.

“We need to see the National Environment Standards before legislation is voted on to ensure that they meet Professor Samuel’s recommendations of clear, enforceable outcomes that will lead to environmental protection.

“These were the foundation of Professor Samuel’s package of recommendations.”

Ms Pointon said the government’s proposal will not ensure that major polluting projects are properly assessed for their climate impacts, contrary to international law and the recent opinion of the International Court of Justice.

“Requiring only partial disclosure of greenhouse gas emissions — and not assessing them — is not environmental protection. It’s a free pass for fossil fuel expansion,” she said.

“Claims that the Safeguard Mechanism is regulating emissions at the project approval stage are false.

“The mechanism only applies after projects are approved — it cannot prevent climate harm before it happens.

“The reforms keep in place damaging exemptions that allow large-scale deforestation and other destructive activities to continue unchecked.

“Outdated exemptions for activities like broadscale land clearing and native forest logging have no place in modern environmental law.

“The government promised stronger, fairer, more transparent nature laws.

“Parliament must now strengthen these Bills to make that promise real — and finally give Australia the modern environmental protections it needs.”

Independent MP's Dr. Scamps, for Mackellar, and Zali Steggall, for Warringah, along with other crossbench MP's, tabled amendments. The MP for Mackellar and MP for Warringah's amendments are outlined below.

Opposition leader Sussan Ley did not vote on any of the bills.

Address given Tuesday 4 November 2025 in the Australian Parliament on the Environment Protection Reform Bill 2025

Item: BILLS - Environment Protection Reform Bill 2025, National Environmental Protection Agency Bill 2025, Environment Information Australia Bill 2025, Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation (Customs Charges Imposition) Bill 2025, Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation (Excise Charges Imposition) Bill 2025, Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation (General Charges Imposition) Bill 2025, Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation (Restoration Charge Imposition) Bill 2025 - Second Reading

Dr SCAMPS (Mackellar) (Time - 18:59, November 4 2025):  
I rise to speak on the Environment Protection Reform Bill 2025. There is broad agreement that the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act, or EPBC Act, has utterly failed to protect our environment for the past 25 years. We now have 19 ecosystems on the brink of collapse, and we are a global deforestation hotspot, along with Bolivia and Brazil. I want to begin by saying, sadly, that I cannot support the environmental reforms in these bills in their current form, because, quite simply, they do not guarantee protection for our nature.

The EPBC Act is the one piece of national legislation that we have to protect our environment. It should be our nation's safeguard for the environment—the framework that ensures that our forests, rivers, oceans and wildlife are not irretrievably polluted and destroyed but protected for future generations. This package of reforms was intended to fix our national environment laws, but instead it risks entrenching the very weaknesses of the current EPBC Act that have allowed Australia's environment to decline so sharply.

It is well understood that business needs greater certainty when it comes to project approvals. For Australia to meet our climate goals and unlock the enormous potential of renewable energy, we need clear, consistent and trusted environment laws. But right now many projects, including renewable energy projects, are being delayed or bogged down in confusion. Communities, investors and industry are all calling for the same thing: an approval process that is efficient, transparent and fair. Businesses need clarity on how decisions are made and they need to know that if they put forward a strong, environmentally sound proposal they'll get a fast 'yes' and if a project isn't up to scratch they'll get a fast 'no', so they can move on and refine their plans—not waste money—and invest with confidence elsewhere. That's what a well-functioning system delivers: speed, certainty and integrity.

But this cannot come at the expense of nature. A healthy environment underpins a healthy economy. The two work hand in hand. So it is critical that this time around our nature protection laws do actually protect nature and that we don't see another 25 years of environmental neglect. Once ecosystems are destroyed, once species are extinct, no amount of economic activity or offsetting can bring them back.

The people of Mackellar understand deeply the need to protect nature. They want their children and grandchildren to have the same connection to the coast, the creeks and the wild beauty that we've been lucky enough to grow up with. That's why they've asked me, as their representative, time and time again, to push for strong reforms to our national environment laws and to stop the destruction of our unique ecosystems, plants and animals that has occurred relentlessly in this country over the past few decades. They want a system that protects our environment and provides predictable, efficient decision-making for business. This is entirely possible, but these reforms are not it.

I have a number of concerns about these reforms that I'll go through in detail. Let me turn to the first major concern: the new national interest exemption. Under this provision, the environment minister could approve a project even if it includes what are deemed to be unacceptable impacts to the environment, so long as the minister deems that it is in the national interest. That's an enormous power. It effectively lets the minister override the law and to do so without having to explain why. While the minister must generally publish a copy of the decision, together with the reasons, this accountability mechanism can itself be avoided when the minister believes it is in Australia's national interest to not provide these details.

Ken Henry has warned that the national interest test in these reforms is likely to incentivise significant lobbying from developers, as they are all absolutely convinced that their project is in the national interest. The legislation cites projects relating to defence, security and national emergencies as the types of projects that might attract the exemption, and the environment minister has confirmed it could be used for something like a rare earth mine or a gas project if that was what the minister of the day decided. But at the end of the day the minister only needs to be satisfied that the action is in Australia's national interest.

It doesn't take much imagination to think about how this could be exploited. In fact, earlier this year, then opposition leader Peter Dutton said he would use the existing national interest test to fast-track the North West Shelf gas extension—a project that the Australia Institute estimates would release around 90 million tonnes of emissions every year, equivalent to building 12 new coal-fired power stations. This isn't about whether you trust the current minister; it's about what a future government, perhaps one less committed to protecting our environment, could do with such sweeping discretion.

That brings me to the next serious flaw—the bills' overreliance on ministerial discretion throughout. The Samuel review found that the existing EPBC Act insufficiently constrains decision-maker discretion, leading to uncertainty and poor environmental outcomes. Yet these reforms expand and entrench ministerial discretion rather than curtail it. Key decisions and tests throughout the bills depend on whether the minister is 'satisfied' that something is the case or whether an action is 'not inconsistent with' national environment standards. That kind of subjective language weakens the law.

The new environmental standards, which are meant to be the centrepiece of this reform, are riddled with this type of language and subjectivity. For example, an approval must not be inconsistent with a standard but only if the minister is satisfied that's the case. The no-regression principle, which is meant to ensure standards don't go backwards, applies only to the satisfaction of the minister. The provision requiring approvals to pass the net-gain test, which is an important guardrail on the offset provisions, is subject to the satisfaction of the minister. There is also a high level of discretion available to the minister in providing for declarations or bilateral agreements to devolve powers to the states and territories, along with many other crucial checks and safeguards. Indeed, earlier this year, when there was a threat that the EPBC Act might actually be used to protect a species—the Maugean skate—the government stepped in and amended the bills. This is not the strong objective framework the Samuel review recommended.

Next is the carve-outs and blanket exemptions. For decades, exemptions in the EPBC Act have allowed destructive activities to continue without federal assessment or approval, even when they impact threatened species or critical habitats. The most glaring examples are the regional forestry agreements, which exempt native forest logging from EPBC Act oversight and the continuous-use, or prior-authorisation, exemptions relied upon by proponents of agricultural land-clearing.

Since the EPBC Act was introduced more than two decades ago, our environment has only declined further. Australia is now the only developed nation on the list of global deforestation hotspots. Our forests are being bulldozed at pace, pushing species like the koala, the greater glider and the grey-headed flying fox to the brink of extinction. While the government has said that the national standards will apply to forestry activities it's difficult to see how this will work in practice, given the proposed standards do not yet exist and given forestry activities are exempt from the act.

I simply do not accept that native forest logging should be exempt from our national environment laws on the basis that state laws can be relied upon instead. You need look no further than my home state of New South Wales to see why. In New South Wales, environmental requirements have been repeatedly breached by the Forestry Corporation of NSW. In a judgement in the New South Wales Land and Environment Court last year, Justice Rachel Pepper noted the Forestry Corporation's lengthy record of prior convictions for environmental offences, including polluting a forest waterway, inadequate threatened species surveys, unlawful harvesting of hollow-bearing trees and harvesting in koala and rainforest habitat exclusion zones. That's why I'll be moving amendments to these bills—to repeal the exemption for the regional forestry agreements and the continuous-use exemption.

Another concern is the devolution of federal powers to state and territory governments, particularly in relation to the water trigger. The bill empowers the minister to accredit state processes and enter into bilateral agreements so that states can assess and approve projects on behalf of the Commonwealth. While this could improve efficiency, it comes with an enormous risk. Of particular concern, the water trigger will be available for devolution despite being specifically excluded from bilateral approval agreements and regional plans in the current laws.

Next, I'm deeply concerned regarding the approach to offsetting. There is no requirement for developers to avoid or reduce damage before moving to offsets under the mitigation hierarchy, only that the minister must consider the hierarchy. This will likely entrench offsetting as the default option rather than the last resort. The net gain test is designed to ensure that actions cannot be approved unless impacts on protected matters are offset through actions that result in a net gain. However, concerningly, this can be satisfied through the payment of a restoration contribution charge to the restoration contributions holder. This allows for habitat-destroying developments to be deemed to have a net gain on a protected matter despite the impact being irreversible. The proponent can simply pay into the fund and thereby bypass the true net gain test, and there are no provisions requiring adequate accounting for delivery of the net gain.

The reform package also establishes a national environmental protection authority, NEPA, which is welcome in principle. But there is a glaring flaw. The government has chosen not to create a governing board, and there is no independent appointment process for the CEO. This is exactly the kind of political appointment risk I tried to address through my own 'ending jobs for mates' private member's bill, to ensure independent and transparent selection processes for key public roles. Without those safeguards, NEPA risks being just another arm of government rather than a truly independent watchdog.

We've seen state based environmental regulators marred with this type of controversy. In New South Wales, the EPA was recently accused of bearing a report on lead contamination in children's blood to placate mining companies. In the Northern Territory, the EPA chair was involved in decisions on a major gas leak scandal without disclosing his paid role with an industry lobbying firm. In Western Australia, the EPA was forced to withdraw its 2019 emissions offset guidelines after intense pressure from the gas industry and the state government. When regulators appear to be bending to political or industry pressure, whether that bending is real or perceived, public confidence evaporates. If we want to rebuild trust, this regulator must be genuinely independent, properly resourced and protected from political meddling.

Finally, we cannot talk about environmental protection in 2025 without talking about climate change. Yet these reforms studiously avoid it. Unsurprisingly, the government has again refused to include a climate trigger, a mechanism that would require assessment of a project's greenhouse gas emissions as part of environmental approvals. The International Court of Justice's recent advisory opinion confirmed that countries like Australia are bound by international law to assess and limit greenhouse gas emissions, including those from exported coal and gas. While the government argues that the safeguard mechanism already regulates emissions, this only applies after a project is operating. It doesn't stop new, high-polluting projects from being approved in the first place. In the last term alone, the government approved 27 new coal, oil and gas projects, with four new approvals this term. Their combined lifetime emissions are expected to exceed 6.5 billion tonnes of CO2.

A reformed EPBC Act that ignores climate is a reform that fails to meet the moment. This reform is an opportunity, a once-in-a-generation chance to fix our broken system, restore trust and put nature at the heart of decision-making, while providing a more efficient process for business and investment. As it stands, the bill does not do that. It risks repeating the very mistakes that the Samuel review warned us about—too much discretion, too little accountability and too many loopholes. I urge the government to work with the crossbench, to listen to the experts and to strengthen this legislation so it genuinely delivers for our environment, our economy and future generations.

Dr Scamps Amendments tabled November 6 2025 - Leave granted  

SHEET 1

(1) Clause 2, page 2 (at the end of the table), add:

9. Schedule 4

At the same time as the provisions covered by table item 2.
 

(2) Schedule 1, page 5 (before line 8), before item 2, insert:

1A Section 11

Omit "it is taken in accordance with Regional Forest Agreements or".

(3) Schedule 1, item 85, page 16 (after line 3), after subsection 33(1), insert:

(1A) However, the Minister must not make a declaration under subsection (1) in relation to forestry operations.

(4) Schedule 1, item 115, page 38 (line 28), at the end of section 37, add:

; and (f) the action is not a forestry operation.

(5) Schedule 1, page 38 (after line 28), after item 115, insert:

115A Divisions 4 and 6 of Part 4

Repeal the Divisions.

(6) Schedule 1, item 117, page 39 (after line 11), after subsection 46(1), insert:

(1A) However, a bilateral agreement must not make a declaration under subsection (1) in relation to forestry operations.

(7) Schedule 1, item 117, page 39 (after line 17), after subsection 46(2), insert:

(2A) However, the Minister must not accredit a management or authorisation framework in relation to forestry operations.

(8) Schedule 1, page 64 (after line 20), after item 157, insert:

157A After subsection 68(1)

Insert:

Note: See also section 68B if the proposal involves clearing native vegetation.

(9) Schedule 1, page 64 (after line 23), after item 158, insert:

158A Subsection 68A(5)

After "subsection 68(1) or (2)", insert ", or subsection 68B(2),".

158B After section 68A

Insert:

68B Clearing native vegetation in certain areas requires referral

(1) This section applies to a proposal to take any of the following actions:

(a) an action that includes clearing one or more areas of native vegetation that total 20 hectares or more;

(b) an action that, together with one or more other actions, includes clearing one or more areas of native vegetation that:

(i) total 20 hectares or more; and

(ii) are on the same property;

(c) an action, that together with one or more other actions over a period of up to 2 years, includes clearing one or more areas of native vegetation that:

(i) total 20 hectares or more; and

(ii) are on the same property or on adjoining properties.

Note 1: For the meaning of action, see section 523.

Note 2: For paragraphs (b) and (c), the actions need not all be carried out by the same person.

(2) A person proposing to take the action for an area of native vegetation must refer the proposal to the Minister for the Minister's decision under subsection 75(1), whether or not the action is a controlled action, if:

(a) a listed threatened species is known, or likely, to occur within the area; or

(b) a listed threatened species' habitat is known, or likely, to occur within the area; or

(c) a listed migratory species is known, or likely, to occur within the area; or

(d) a listed migratory species' habitat is known, or likely, to occur within the area; or

(e) a listed threatened ecological community is known, or likely, to occur within the area; or

(f) the area is wholly or partly within a Great Barrier Reef catchment area.

The referral must comply with subsection (3).

Civil penalty:

(a) for an individual-1,000 penalty units; or

(b) for a body corporate-10,000 penalty units.

(3) The referral complies with this subsection if the referral specifies each provision of Part 3 that the person reasonably considers is, or may be, a controlling provision for the action.

Note: A controlling provision for the action may be:

(a) if paragraph (2)(a), (b) or (e) applies for the action-section 18 or 18A; or

(b) if paragraph (2)(c) or (d) applies for the action-section 20 or 20A; or

(c) if paragraph (2)(f) applies for the action-section 24B or 24C.

(4) Nothing in this section limits the operation of any other provision of this Act or prevents clearing of native vegetation from being a controlled action under any other provision of this Act.

Note: Clearing native vegetation may be a controlled action (see section 67) even if subsection (2) does not apply. Similarly, a proposal to clear native vegetation may need to be referred to the Minister (see section 68) even if subsection (2) does not apply.

(10) Schedule 1, page 70 (after line 25), after item 169, insert:

169A After subsection 75(2B)

Insert:

(2C) In deciding whether a proposed action that includes clearing of native vegetation is a controlled action, the Minister must consider the cumulative impacts of native vegetation clearing on each relevant matter protected by a provision of Part 3 as impacts of the action.

(11) Schedule 1, page 84 (after line 25), after item 193, insert:

193A After subsection 87(3)

Insert:

(3B) In deciding which assessment approach must be used for a proposed action that includes clearing of native vegetation, the Minister must consider the cumulative impacts of native vegetation clearing on each relevant matter protected by a provision of Part 3 as impacts of the action.

(12) Schedule 1, page 98 (after line 20), after item 235, insert:

235A After paragraph 136(2)(fa)

Insert:

(fb) if the action includes clearing of native vegetation, the Minister must consider the cumulative impacts of native vegetation clearing on each relevant matter protected by a provision of Part 3 as impacts of the action; and

(13) Schedule 1, item 291, page 137 (line 9), omit "section 133.", substitute "section 133; and".

(14) Schedule 1, item 291, page 137 (after line 9), after paragraph 157A(1)(b), insert:

(c) the action is not a forestry operation.

(15) Schedule 1, item 292, page 142 (after line 18), after subsection 157H(2), insert:

(2A) However, the Minister must not grant an exemption in relation to forestry operations.

(16) Schedule 1, item 323, page 160 (after line 4), after subsection 177AA(3), insert:

(3A) A bioregional plan must not permit forestry operations.

(17) Schedule 1, item 604, page 361 (before line 10), before the definition of Commonwealth entity, insert:

clearing, of native vegetation, means one or more of the following:

(a) cutting down, felling, thinning, logging or removing native vegetation;

(b) killing, destroying, poisoning, ringbarking, uprooting or burning native vegetation;

(c) severing, topping or lopping branches, limbs, stems or trunks of native vegetation;

(d) substantially damaging or injuring native vegetation in any other way.

(18) Schedule 1, page 361 (after line 22), after item 605, insert:

605A Section 528 (definition of continuation )

Repeal the definition.

(19) Schedule 1, item 614, page 366 (after line 20), after the definition of national interest proposal in section 528, insert:

native vegetation means one or more native plants, including native plants that are:

(a) trees (including saplings, shrubs or scrubs); or

(b) understorey plants; or

(c) groundcovers; or

(d) found in a wetland; or

(e) lichens.

(20) Page 473 (after line 19), at the end of the Bill, add:

Schedule 4 — Repeal of the Regional Forest Agreements Act 2002

Regional Forest Agreements Act 2002

1 The whole of the Act

Repeal the Act.

SHEET 2

(1) Schedule 1, item 77, page 14 (lines 17 and 18), omit the item.

(2) Schedule 1, item 85, page 16 (line 13), omit "the Minister is satisfied that".

(3) Schedule 1, item 104, page 25 (lines 20 to 24), omit all the words from and including "(1) If" to and including "instrument", substitute:

(1) If, in relation to a declaration in force under section 33 a situation mentioned in subsection (2) exists or will arise, or any requirements prescribed by the regulations for the purposes of this subsection are met, the Minister must, by written instrument:

(4) Schedule 1, item 117, page 39 (line 22), omit "the Minister is satisfied that".

(5) Schedule 1, item 121, page 47 (line 1) to page 48 (line 3), omit section 48B.

(6) Schedule 1, item 237, page 99 (lines 5 and 6), omit "the Minister is satisfied that".

(7) Schedule 1, item 237, page 99 (lines 32 and 33), omit "the Minister is satisfied that".

(8) Schedule 1, item 237, page 100 (line 34) to page 101 (line 1), omit "the Minister is satisfied that".

(9) Schedule 1, item 571, page 315 (lines 16 to 21), omit subsection 514YD(2), substitute:

(2) A national environmental standard must:

(a) promote the objects of this Act; and

(b) not be inconsistent with Australia's obligations under the international agreements specified in subsection 520(3).

(10) Schedule 1, item 571, page 317 (lines 1 to 10), omit subsections 514YF(2) and (3), substitute:

(2) The variation or revocation of a national environmental standard must:

(a) promote the objects of this Act; and

(b) not be inconsistent with Australia's obligations under the international agreements specified in subsection 520(3).

(11) Schedule 1, item 571, page 317 (line 12) to page 318 (line 2), omit subsections 514YG(1) to (3), substitute:

(1) A variation or revocation of a national environmental standard:

(a) must not reduce protections of the environment; and

(b) must not reduce the likelihood that environmental data or information provided to the Minister, Secretary, Department or a Commonwealth agency under this Act or the regulations is appropriate, including as to quality, for the purposes for which it is provided; and

(c) must not reduce the likelihood that appropriate consultation or engagement (including with Indigenous persons) will occur under the Act; and

(d) must not reduce the likelihood that outcomes or objectives specified in the standard will be achieved; and

(e) meet the prescribed requirements (if any).

(12) Schedule 1, item 571, page 319 (lines 26 and 27), omit "a decision prescribed by the regulations for the purposes of this subsection", substitute "a relevant decision".

(13) Schedule 1, item 571, page 320 (line 1), omit "may", substitute "must".

These amendments address multiple issues. Firstly, they remove the sections of the bill that hand federal responsibility to the states regarding fossil fuel developments that affect water resources. In October of 2023, together with Senator Hanson-Young in the Senate, I introduced a bill to expand the existing water trigger in the EPBC Act to include unconventional gas projects, and later that year the government finally responded, expanding the water trigger to cover unconventional gas projects through the Nature Repair Bill. That was a massive win for our nature, for wildlife and for future generations, but now we are being taken backwards. 


Mackellar MP Dr. Scamps speaking on her amendments

The Environment Protection Reform Bill 2025 will give power back to the state and territory governments to make decisions about large coalmining and unconventional gas projects that affect groundwater reserves or waterways, rather than the federal government. Numerous experts and environmental organisations have warned that the states and territories are likely to favour developments which they profit from over the environment. Handing approval powers back to the state and territory governments, as this bill does, puts Australia's waterways, groundwater and agriculture at even greater risk from coal and gas fracking projects.

My amendments also address native forest logging and deforestation. First, they repeal the exemption for the regional forestry agreements in the EPBC Act; second, they repeal what is called the continuous use exemption; third, they insert a new provision that makes clear that, for any area over 20 hectares where threatened or migratory species may exist, actions must be referred for assessment under the national EPBC Act; and, fourth, they prohibit forestry operations from being allowed through bioregional plans and bilateral agreements and prohibit national interest exemptions from applying to forestry operations.

Australia is facing a deforestation crisis. We are the only developed nation on the global list of deforestation hotspots, and we hold the record for the highest number of mammal extinctions. It was very sad to hear that we have just clocked up our 39th extinction (Christmas Island Shrew: Oct. 2025). Despite the minister saying that the regional forestry agreements will be subject to the new environmental standards, there is no mechanism in this bill to achieve that. These amendments are urgent, and they are possible. We cannot delay, and our wildlife cannot wait.

Finally, these amendments strengthen decision-making in the proposed reforms by shifting subjective provisions and language towards an objective decision-making framework. The Samuel review found that a fundamental shortcoming of the current EPBC Act is that it does not provide sufficient constraints on discretion, resulting in uncertainty and poor environmental outcomes. With key decisions and tests throughout the bill dependent on whether the minister is satisfied something is the case or whether an action is not inconsistent with something, this bill risks entrenching the very weaknesses of the current EPBC Act that have allowed Australia's environment to decline so sharply and seriously.

With 19 ecosystems on the brink of collapse and an extinction and deforestation crisis in this country right now, the subjective language that pervades this bill simply does not provide a guarantee that, in another 25 years, the situation for Australia's nature will not be even worse. We cannot allow this to happen when we know full well the power and influence that industry lobbying can exert. We simply cannot leave it to an unknown future individual's discretion, the minister of the day's, to ensure our incredible nature is protected. I commend all these amendments to the House.

Consideration in Detail - Division - Amendments
Division: NOES 59 (50 majority) AYES 9 PAIRS 0

House of Representatives on 6/11/2025
Item: BILLS - National Environmental Protection Agency Bill 2025 - Consideration in Detail
Speaker : Scamps, Sophie MP
Amendments
If we are serious about reversing the destruction of our nature and providing certainty for business then we must ensure that the National Environment Protection Agency, NEPA, is trusted by business, the community and civil society. To achieve that, it must be a truly independent arbiter and built on a foundation of transparency. NEPA will not be truly independent if the CEO is appointed by the minister of the day and if there is no independently selected board.

Australians are watching the decline of our nature and wildlife with growing alarm and heartbreak. They expect their government to respond with credible action to reverse this decline. My amendments to the National Environmental Protection Agency Bill 2025 are simple and are in line with what the environmental community and integrity organisations have been calling for. My amendments create an independent board to sit above NEPA, as is common with many other organisations. This board would oversee the functions of NEPA and, importantly, select the CEO. The board's functions would include appointing the CEO, determining policies and long-term strategic plans for the CEO, advising the CEO, and assessing and reporting on the CEO's performance. The board would have up to seven members, each with substantial experience and knowledge and significant standing in an area relevant to NEPA's functions. At least one board member must be an Indigenous person.

Critically, the board would be appointed through a robust and independent selection process, a process that most people would expect to be in place for positions as important as these. The selection process would require public advertising of the board positions, assessment of applications against selection criteria, and an independent panel to conduct the interviews and shortlist three candidates for each position for the minister's final selection. The minister would also decide which board member is selected as chair.

If a perception arises that a CEO is appointed because of who they know or their political proclivities rather than what they bring to the role, public trust in the integrity of the institution will be undermined. These amendments are common sense, and I've spent years now in this place pointing out the need for a greater level of independence in major Commonwealth public appointments such as this. Having a truly independent national EPA will be a critical factor in whether we do actually turn around the decline of our nature over the next decade. Australians, business and environment groups deserve a NEPA—a National Environmental Protection Agency—they can trust, and that means it has to be established in such a way that it is truly independent. This requires both the board and the CEO to be independently appointed. I commend these amendments to the House.

Mr BURKE (MP for Watson —Minister for the Arts, Minister for Home Affairs, Minister for Cyber Security, Minister for Immigration and Citizenship and Leader of the House) (13:53): The government will not be supporting the amendments. The model that the government has decided to adopt for the National Environmental Protection Agency is that of a non-corporate Commonwealth entity. This provides an optimal model for independence for matters of compliance and enforcement while maintaining democratic accountability for approvals. This model involves standard statutory appointment processes for the CEO and is ultimately accountable to the minister. A board is not complementary to this model. Instead, the CEO of the EPA can appoint advisory groups to be able to assist them and provide advice on their functions.

Amendments Division: NOES 85 (77 majority) AYES 8 PAIRS 0

National Environmental Protection Agency Bill 2025 - Third Reading - Division
Division: AYES 84 (44 majority) NOES 40 PAIRS 0

Zali Steggall, OAM MP for Warringah, speaks on the Environment Protection Reform Bill 2025: Amendments

Address given Tuesday 4 November 2025 in the Australian Parliament on the Environment Protection Reform Bill 2025

Environment Protection Reform Bill 2025
National Environmental Protection Agency Bill 2025
Environment Information Australia Bill 2025
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation (Customs Charges Imposition) Bill 2025
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation (Excise Charges Imposition) Bill 2025
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation (General Charges Imposition) Bill 2025
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation (Restoration Charge Imposition) Bill 2025
CHAMBER: House of Representatives - Second Reading 

(Time - 21:44): At the outset I have to say how incredibly disappointed I am with the Labor government in the process they have followed, even just the contributions by Labor members in this debate with the greenwashing that is going on around this legislation. For the merit of those observing, this bill, the Environment Protection Reform Bill 2025, was provided in full on Thursday last week, and this is the explanatory memorandum that was provided on Thursday as well. I would challenge any backbenchers of government on whether they have actually read this legislation—some 1,500 pages. The question is: are we supposed to take the government on good faith that what is said to be in this legislation actually is in the legislation? There is no way, unless there have been months of consultations with backbenchers by the minister, members in this place have properly digested this legislation to be in a position to genuinely vote on its merits.

This is the biggest reform to Australia's environmental laws in 25 years. It's a major opportunity to better protect nature and the environment and ensure efficient and clear approvals for projects. We know that the current laws are broken. No-one is disputing that. Australia's rate of biodiversity loss has reached crisis point. The government's own recent State of the environment report found that at least 19 Australian ecosystems have shown signs of collapse or near collapse. These ecosystems span the entire Australian continent and include Antarctic and sub-Antarctic ecosystems. Of all Australian mammals, 21 per cent were listed as threatened under the EPBC Act. Of the 7.7 million hectares of land habitat cleared between 2017, 93 per cent was not referred by the Australian government for assessment under the EPBC Act. To suggest that this is going to change the biodiversity crisis that we have is ludicrous.

Australia is the only developed nation that is considered a deforestation hot spot, yet this is silent on the very problem. To suggest that the Albanese government, since its second term, approving 31 new fossil projects is not having an impact on our environmental and biodiversity crisis is ludicrous. When the North West Shelf Project was approved in this term of government, just after election, my community and I were outraged. You cannot talk about caring and protecting the environment or the climate and go ahead and approve projects like that. According to climate analytics, the emissions from the north-west shelf gas plant from now to 2070 will likely cause the loss of around 11,000 square kilometres of Arctic sea ice, yet this legislation does nothing to stop these kinds of projects. I've sat here and listened to members of the government talk about how this is going to help the climate crisis and this is going to help address biodiversity and environmental protection. Seriously? It's astounding that that is the level of integrity that has been put into this assessment. We know through the national climate risk assessment that the government released a few weeks ago that nature protection and climate action cannot be separated. It found Australia's unique ecosystems are under serious threat from climate change. By 2050, for example, up to 70 per cent of native plant species could face conditions outside their current climate range, and it found that ecosystems that performed critical functions, such as providing habitat and storing carbon, are at risk. Yet this legislation does nothing to address that.

Environment and climate are top concerns of Warringah and many, many voters around the nation. Our office has received so many messages from people from Warringah and across Australia who are concerned about the current state of our nature laws and the need to get on with protecting our environment and biodiversity, and improving these laws. This Albanese government was elected twice on a platform to reform environmental laws, yet it's clear that this bill is not delivering. Nature and our environment need a better system, and this bill is not the saviour that's required. It's been a long time coming. 

I was in this place when the Samuel review was first handed down, and we know that for too long it's been a political football. But, rather than genuinely create an open process with an exposure draft and consultation, the government has chosen a course of secrecy—the last-minute dumping of a massive bill, with no respect for this chamber, allowing only a curtailed debate with no proper consideration of this legislation and its effects. The Australian public deserves better. The Australian environment deserves better. Australian business deserves better—to properly understand how this legislation will in fact work.

There are good new concepts in this bill, but, unfortunately, we can't even properly give them the real consideration they deserve. A commitment to enforceable national environmental standards—I strongly agreed with and welcomed that recommendation from the Samuel review, and for too long they haven't been implemented. But the problem is there are still exemptions—and I will get to that—so that they are not universal. They are not, ultimately, a promise that they will protect the environment.

There is a definition of unacceptable impact for nationally protected matters, where environmental destruction cannot be offset and which therefore should not be touched. But there's always this provision that it can always be offset—can we pay to destruct first? There's an inclusion of a hierarchy of mitigation in the offset regime. Again, that always raises the question—can we always pay to offset the impacts and the destruction of the environment?

The inclusion of a net-gain test is welcome, but, again, there are exceptions to it. It would mean that any damage to nationally important environmental assets can't be offset by buying land with a similar habitat but can be offset by actually creating more. A net gain would be good, but this bill does not create an absolute certainty that you will get a net gain.

The creation of a federal EPA—I strongly support that because we don't currently have a watchdog, and I acknowledge there are stronger compliance powers and penalties in this legislation. But there is still, peppered through this legislation, ministerial discretion, and what we've seen is all too often ministerial discretion involves decisions that go towards approving environmental destruction, not protecting the environment.

We see there's a failure to address the compounding effect of multiple applications. This is intended to be addressed, I understand, by bioregional planning for development and conservation, which should identify clear yes and no zones, and it's being put to the House that this creates certainty for business and the environment. But, again, there are exemptions to that and there are ways in which the minister, through discretion, can actually get around those provisions.

With other members of the crossbench, in the limited time we've had, we've already identified so many weaknesses in this bill. Discretionary and subjective language is peppered all throughout the bill: an approval must not be inconsistent with national environmental standards—subject to the minister's satisfaction; there's a net-gain test, an important guardrail of offset principle—again, subject to the minister's satisfaction; and there are declarations or bilateral agreements.

The implementation of an offset fund through a pay-to-destroy model is incredibly concerning. It's been shown not to work in other jurisdictions, in state laws. Why are we replicating this again here? In briefings with the minister, there's been no satisfactory answer to say that the mistakes and the ways in which that offset fund has not worked in other examples would be any different in this situation. There's the divesting of ministerial approvals to state governments when we know we have state governments with incredibly poor records when it comes to approvals and environmental protections. I'm told the Premier of WA is in the parliament today. Jeez, I wonder why he is in this parliament—other than to make sure we do not have strong environmental protection laws that would get in the way of numerous gas approvals in WA!

We know that there is a national interest exemption that allows the minister to override any existing standards, unacceptable impacts or even an impact on matters of national significance. Again, there is no definition of natural interest in this legislation. It's identified in the explanatory memorandum—our nice little doorstop here—as potentially applying to defence matters, national emergencies or even compliance with international agreements. There is no certainty, and we are being asked to just take on good faith that somehow that discretion, those exemptions, will be okay. Ken Henry has warned that this could result in a conga line of developers seeking to exploit the exemptions. Concerns have been raised that the current government has shown a willingness to approve projects. We see that with the regular approval of fossil fuel projects.

A major issue that we continue to have is the land clearing on agricultural land, and that relies on the continuous use and prior exemption provisions of the EPBC Act. This isn't addressed in any way in this bill. In New South Wales, agriculture remains the biggest driver of land clearing, with 77 per cent of all clearing in 2024 due to agriculture. However, the absence of reform of this provision means that this land clearing will continue under this EPBC Act. Following this, a removal of the existing exemption for regional forestry agreements under the EPBC Act remains completely absent from this bill. So we talk about protecting the environment, but there is nothing about that exemption for regional forestry agreements. Again, I ask all the members of the government that have waxed lyrical about the benefits of this legislation: where is the removal of that existing exemption?

We cannot seriously talk about protecting the environment without talking about the impact on the environment from climate change. We know one of the biggest threats to biodiversity loss is the changing environment. The government adamantly tries to artificially separate climate from the environment when one is the biggest threat to the other. The environment and the climate cannot be treated separately. The government repeatedly relies on the safeguard mechanism as somehow addressing climate impacts, but that's fundamentally flawed because so many projects and impacts are not caught. We also know the current measurement of emissions is profoundly flawed. We know under the NGER Act review that there is so much work to be done.

Then, of course, the process around this legislation has been so deeply flawed that, under the current circumstance, it is simply impossible to support this legislation. I have no way of being satisfied that, on the balance of the explanatory memorandum and this legislation, I cannot in good faith say to the people of Warringah that this is good legislation that deserves support.

I note that the opposition and crossbench in the other place have voted for an inquiry into this legislation to report back by March 2026. So what is the rush in this place other than a complete disrespect and disregard for a due process and due scrutiny of this legislation? If it's as good as you say it is, let it be scrutinised. Let us actually properly consider it. Let not-for-profit groups and all interest groups properly analyse it. Respect for this chamber would be to allow proper consultation and proper analysis of this legislation.

There will be amendments, and who knows how much time we will be granted for the consideration in detail process. I'll be moving amendments to this legislation around cumulative impacts because we know that too often proponents break up components of projects to seek individual approval so that the sum of the environmental impact is not truly known. We know there have to be clear lines in the sand for unacceptable impact. There has to be a consideration of stranded assets. I'll move an amendment to propose that proponents should disclose greenhouse gas emissions to be in line with sustainability reporting requirements that this very government passed themselves previously and that such disclosure should be a matter for consideration by the minister because, if a proposal is going to lead to a stranded asset, it should not be granted approval. It cannot be offset by becoming a stranded asset.

We also need to see a review of an environmental protection order. There's currently power for the National Environmental Protection Agency to issue an environmental protection order which could result in a stop work order. The organisation should be able to appeal this decision, and there should be a natural justice and review framework. This would align with the New South Wales EPA's current review provisions.

Unfortunately for the people of Warringah, these environmental reforms seem to reflect a profound compromise due to the intensely political environment and past failures to progress reform. At its heart, there's a real disconnect about what we can achieve, so I urge the government to rethink its approach and respect this chamber.


Amendments moved November 6: Nature does not experience Climate and Environment Separately

The amendments seek to integrate the existing climate-related financial disclosure into project assessment and approval processes. I should note these are disclosures that have been legislated by the government. So this is something they have supported and advocated for in other contexts.

Fundamentally, we cannot have an environmental legislation that is separated from climate impacts of proponents. Inherently the two are interconnected. The Albanese government's insistence on claiming that climate impacts are not relevant to protecting the environment and biodiversity in our environment—that they are with dealt elsewhere through other legislation—is simply wrong and highlights that it is not serious about protecting the environment and arresting biodiversity loss.

Nature does not experience climate and environment separately, neither should our laws. Every decision on our land, water and biodiversity is also a decision about the impact on our climate, which is then also an impact on our environment. Financial regulators APRA, RBA and the Climate Change Authority have all warned of climate risks to the economy, such as stranded assets and rising insurance costs, yet environmental assessments under this bill proposed by the Albanese government ignore these realities.

My amendments would require proponents to include climate-related financial disclosures in their applications, something that businesses are already familiar with; and require decision-makers to ensure projects do not pose unacceptable climate-related transition or financial risks—that is, become stranded assets. This is a financial viability consideration, not a climate consideration.

Amendments (3) and (4) would embed duty of care into our environmental protection legislation. It would introduce a legislative duty of care to protect children and future generations from the impacts of climate change. This follows the case of Sharma v Minister for the Environment, where the court initially found the minister owed such a duty, though it was overturned on appeal due to the legislation. This amendment fixes the problem.

The proposal responds to public support for the reform, including the duty of care bill which attracted over 400 supportive submissions. The amendment clarifies that, under the EPBC Act, the minister must act with reasonable care not to cause harm for future generations when approving projects. Enshrines the principles that today's decisions must not endanger tomorrow's citizens.

Amendment (7) would ensure that cumulative environmental impacts are properly assessed under the EPBC Act. It seeks to prevent the project fragmentation that we see too often, where large developments are split to avoid scrutiny and proper assessment of their true impact. The amendment would ensure an evaluation where the combined projects collectively cause unacceptable harm—that is, habitat loss, water degradation. The change reflects recommendations from the Samuel review, which found the EPBC Act's project by project approach insufficient.

By including the requirement in primary legislation, it ensures it cannot be delayed or weakened later. The amendment aims to halt the incremental degradation of ecosystems and enable informed, transparent and responsible decision-making.

Amendment (6) would introduce and establish a clear right of appeal for any person subject to an environmental protection order. This is important for business. The amendment adequately balances efficiency with accountability and procedural fairness so that businesses and proponents can gain certainty and a fair process if they need to challenge a stop work order.


In summary, these amendments aim to embed climate accountability into financial environmental approvals, to establish a duty of care towards future generations, to strengthen environmental governance by considering cumulative impacts and to provide a fair appeals process for environmental protection orders. Collectively, they promote a sustainable, transparent and responsible framework for decisions-making that aligns economic development with Australian environmental and climate goals.

It's disappointing to see how little participation in this process members of government have engaged with. To all MPs, especially members of LEAN (Labor Environment Action Network) who go to their communities with claims of being here for climate and protecting the environment: I urge you to consider the amendments that are being debated today. They are all seeking to improve legislation that is inadequate and will fail in its stated purpose to protect the environment. It is essential that, in this place, we have an informed debate and we test this legislation. It is disappointing that the government is choosing to ignore so many people trying to improve this legislation, but I hope that in the other place improvements will be made.

Consideration in Detail - Division - Amendments
Division: NOES 59 (50 majority) AYES 9 PAIRS 0


CHAMBER: House of Representatives - Third Reading 
Division: AYES 88 (46 majority) NOES 42 PAIRS 0

Where’s nature positive? Australia must ensure environment reforms work to restore what’s been lost

Kai Wing Yiu/Getty
Emille BoulotUniversity of Tasmania and Jan McDonaldUniversity of Tasmania

For decades, conservation was focused on stemming how much nature was being lost. But a new era of nature positive environmental policy is taking hold worldwide, shifting from preventing further harm to restoring what’s been lost.

In 2022, almost 200 countries signed up to the goal of 30 by 30 – restoring 30% of lands and seas by 2030. Globally, the goal is to restore an area almost the size of India. Australia is working towards this international goal of increasing protection and restoring the highest priority areas under its Strategy for Nature. Over the last two centuries, Australia has already lost much biodiversity.

Laws should play a key role in protecting and restoring nature. But Australia’s national Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act is not currently fit for purpose. The 2020 Samuel Review concluded the existing laws do not “facilitate the maintenance or restoration of the environment”.

In 2022, the Australian government promised to reverse the decline of nature with new nature positive laws which would repair ecosystems and help species recover. Shortly afterwards, parliament created a national Nature Repair Market to provide incentives for land managers to restore degraded ecosystems.

After a failed attempt at reform last year, the federal government last week announced its long-awaited broader reform package. In introducing the bill, Environment Minister Murray Watt said the laws would enable “stronger environmental protection and restoration”. Will these reforms be a game changer for restoration? It’s not so clear.

dense Australian bushland and blue sky.
Protecting habitat isn’t enough – restoration will be essential to stop the decline of nature. Adam Campbell/FlickrCC BY-NC-ND

What would the proposed laws do for restoration?

Labor’s reform bills run to over 550 pages. This level of complexity means it’s hard to give a definitive answer on what the reforms would do for restoration.

At this stage, it appears that while the package contains long-awaited reforms, it falls short on ecosystem restoration.

The cornerstone of the reforms will be a new power for the Environment Minister to create National Environmental Standards, as called for in the Samuel Review. Once in place, they would work by requiring environment approvals not to be inconsistent with any standard.

These standards have been watered down somewhat. The Samuel Review recommended binding national standards which would outline clear requirements for protecting endangered species and other nationally significant matters. Under the current reforms, the minister is not obliged to make any standards and environment approvals need only be “not inconsistent” with them.

The reform package continues Australia’s reliance on environmental offsets – the practice of allowing developers to destroy habitat in one place by “compensating” for it by restoring habitat elsewhere.

The text of the draft bills suggests a developer must compensate for any long-lasting significant impact through offsets or paying a restoration contribution. The goal is to have a net gain for nature.

This sounds promising, but the concept of “net gain” is unclear and the focus on offsets still assumes the loss of nature somewhere.

A better option would be if developers were legally required to explore ways to avoid or mitigate environmental damage first before relying on offsets. While the minister must “consider” this hierarchy of options in making decisions, they’re not actually obliged to apply it.

Overall, this is disappointing. Rather than creating new incentives for restoration at a landscape scale, restoration work will instead be linked to the traditional legal model of approval for specific, environmentally degrading projects through the use of offsets and restoration elsewhere.

The new “restoration contributions” scheme is even more troubling. It would allow developers to contribute to an offset fund rather than undertake the work themselves. This would be a shortcut, allowing developers to pay for environmental destruction.

Offsets should only be used where habitat can genuinely be replaced. But as they stand, these reforms don’t require assessment of whether offsets are even feasible for a particular project. Biodiversity offsets have also been thoroughly criticised for their failure to prevent loss of nature, let alone generate nature positive outcomes.

The reforms would also allow biodiversity certificates issued under the Nature Repair Market to serve as offsets, despite the government ruling this out in 2023. Linking the nature repair market to offsets may divert investment away from some types of restoration projects. It diminishes the net gain from voluntary restoration when the results merely compensate for a loss elsewhere.

Planning across landscapes

To boost ecological restoration, the Samuel Review recommended better planning at the national and regional scale. Taking a zoomed-out view would help environmental planners connect habitat, safeguard climate refuges and protect critical habitat on a landscape scale.

These new reforms seem to be a step forward on this front. The minister, though, would retain a power to make bioregional plans at their discretion. If plans are made under the environment laws, they should specify zones for development and areas where restoration will be undertaken.

It’s heartening to see restoration included in these plans. The problem is, restoration is still tied to land-degrading activities such as mining or land clearing. That is, it’s done as a response to new damage caused to the environment, not to repair already degraded landscapes.

a view over a forested valley and pasture, signs of erosion.
Landscape-scale planning will be essential in arresting nature’s decline. Ant Le Breton/FlickrCC BY-NC-ND

Time for a new model

What’s missing from the proposed reforms is a positive agenda to address Australia’s deep historic losses of nature.

As the draft laws are debated in parliament, the best outcome would be if clear measures to actually restore nature at landscape-scale and to do it actively, rather than as a response to development damage.

An excellent example Australia could look to is the European Union’s Nature Restoration Law adopted last year. It sets ambitious targets to restore the EU’s heavily degraded ecosystems: 30% by 2030, 90% by 2050.

The targets would help restore biodiversity while combating climate change and boosting nature-based adaptation. Under the law, EU states must prepare their own national restoration plans. Prototype ecosystem restoration laws are also being developed by the international Society for Ecological Restoration.

After decades of decline and species loss, Australians deserve environment laws which genuinely protect and restore unique wildlife and ecosystems. The government’s proposed reforms have promise. But they don’t yet make restoration the national priority it must be.The Conversation

Emille Boulot, Lecturer of Law, University of Tasmania and Jan McDonald, Professor of Environmental Law, University of Tasmania

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

NSW Threatened Species Scientific Committee final determinations for October 2025: Six Species added to critically endangered List

The NSW Threatened Species Scientific Committee assesses which species are eligible for listing as threatened species.
Six plants have been listed as threatened with extinction species. All six will be listed as critically endangered species.

NSW Threatened Species Scientific Committee final determinations

1. Astrotricha sp. Howe Range (D.E.Albrecht 1054) Vic. Herbarium
Astrotricha sp. Howe Range (D.E.Albrecht 1054) Vic. Herbarium has been listed as a critically endangered species.

Astrotricha sp. Howe Range is known from 3 populations which span the New South Wales – Victorian border.

Astrotricha sp. Howe Range is restricted to one threat-based location based on the most serious plausible threat of high frequency fire. A single fire event could rapidly act across all populations of the species (should more than one population be found extant), which are separated by approximately 20 km of relatively contiguous habitat.

Of the three subpopulations of Astrotricha sp. Howe Range known historically, only one has been relocated after the 2019–2020 fire season, despite targeted surveys. It is possible that the northern subpopulation at Watergums Creek has been lost to timber harvesting and associated disturbance in the time since it was discovered, with the area extensively harvested in the years since its discovery (Tasker et al. 2024).

It is also plausible that the short fire free interval of between 1973 and 1981 (NSW DPE 2022), may be responsible for the loss of the
population. A fire return time of between 3–6 years is likely to cause rapid declines and intervals >10 years may also lead to declines in the species. The Mallacoota population has not been recorded since 1969 and may have also been lost in the intervening decades, although the location record is vague, and the species may possibly survive in the soil seed bank. The probable loss of at least one or possibly two subpopulations is inferred to represent a decline in the number of mature individuals, geographic distribution of the species (EOO and AOO), and number of populations. 

Based on the historical and current threats to the population of A. sp. Howe Range, particularly related to the probability of frequent return droughts and fires under climate change, it is also inferred to be undergoing continuing decline in area, extent and quality of habitat.

More information on the species can be found in the Committee’s reasons for final determination: Astrotricha sp. Howe Range.

Astrotricha sp. Howe Range (D.E.Albrecht 1054) Vic. Herbarium. Credit: M Fagg/Australian National Botanic Gardens 1997
Astrotricha sp. Howe Range (D.E.Albrecht 1054) Vic. Herbarium

2. Leptospermum petraeum Joy Thomps.

Leptospermum petraeum Joy Thomps. has been listed as a critically endangered species.

Leptospermum petraeum Joy Thomps. is restricted to Kanangra-Boyd National Park, in the Central Tablelands of New South Wales.

Leptospermum petraeum is restricted to Kanangra-Boyd National Park (NP), in the Central Tablelands of New South Wales (NSW). The population currently consists of three subpopulations, all within 5 km of each other (Tasker et al. 2024). Leptospermum petraeum may also occur within Wollemi NP, based on unconfirmed records (S. Clarke pers. comm. October 2022 in Commonwealth
DCCEEW 2024).

All subpopulations were burnt in the 2019–20 bushfires, and have the potential to all be adversely affected again by a similar future fire event.

High severity fire is likely to reduce the population size and health of Leptospermum petraeum through mortality of standing plants and their serotinous seed bank and seed banks due to heat death of vital tissues above ground and depletion of below ground starch reserves in standing plants (Keith 1996, Clarke et al. 2015). Furthermore, extreme and extended soil heating can compromise the reproductive capacity of the species by impairing the survival of regenerative organs located below ground (Whelan and Ayre 2022). Mortality rates may be high in populations of resprouting species after extreme severity fires (Nicholson et al. 2017). It is predicted that extreme severity fires will become more frequent in the region occupied by the species (Abram et al. 2021). Such fire regimes will negatively affect population persistence of L. petraeum by increasing mortality of established plants and reducing seed bank accumulation and seedling establishment. Given that no seedlings or resprouting individuals could be located at six of the nine
subpopulations surveyed after the 2019-2020 bushfires (Tasker et al. 2024), a continuing decline in extent of occurrence, area of occupancy, number of subpopulations, and number of mature individuals is inferred due to adverse fire regimes. Increasing and/or extreme fire events may exacerbate other threats, including increasing mortality post-fire (Twidwell et al. 2016; Pegg et al. 2020).

The projected increased duration and frequency of droughts (Ukkola et al. 2020) is also considered likely to reach the upper limits of drought tolerance for Leptospermum petraeum. In the years leading up to a fire event, drought depletes carbohydrate resources held within plant tissues and reduces reproductive output, adversely affecting the size of the seed bank available for post-fire recruitment, and carbohydrate reserves for resprouting (Nolan et al. 2020). If drought occurs postfire, it can adversely affect post-fire recruitment success by reducing seed germination and seedling survival, as well as slowing rates of growth and maturation, leading to interval squeeze (Enright et al. 2015).

More information on the species can be found in the Committee’s reasons for final determination: Leptospermum petraeum Joy Thomps.

Leptospermum petraeum. Credit: Alan Fairley/DCCEEW

3. Banksia paludosa subsp. astrolux A.S.George
Banksia paludosa subsp. astrolux A.S.George has been listed as a critically endangered species.

Banksia paludosa subsp. astrolux A.S.George is endemic to New South Wales, where it is restricted to a small area broadly northwest of Hilltop in the Sydney Basin Bioregion, Burragorang subregion (IBRA 2012). Most records are related to two main subpopulations in Nattai National Park (NP), around the Point Hill area and along Fire trails W11A and W11D. A third small subpopulation is known near the village of Balmoral in the Southern Highlands.

Banksia paludosa subsp. astrolux is known from one threat-defined location. The 2019–2020 bushfires demonstrated that all populations can be burnt in one fire event. Fire history records (NSW DPE 2022) show that the subspecies has been exposed to multiple overlapping fires in recent decades, and is thus at risk from frequent fire across its ranges. Throughout the range of Banksia paludosa subsp. astrolux, many adult plants had shed seeds from their canopy seed bank prior to the 2019–2020 bushfires, likely due to limited serotiny, or drought effects (T. Auld pers. obs. 2022). Any seeds released spontaneously over that time would have died before or during the 2019/2020 fires, as the subspecies does not form a persistent soil seed bank. 

Field surveys after the 2019–2020 bushfires showed seedling recruitment at most sites (although recruitment levels are unlikely to be sufficient to replace all adults that were killed by the fires at a number of sites) (Baird and Benson 2021; Auld 2022 unpubl. data). Other sites had significant recruitment failure that will result in major local population declines (Baird and Benson 2021; Auld 2022 unpubl. data). A large area near Point Hill was burnt in a prescribed fire in August 2015 and all of this area, except a very small part amongst an expanse of sandstone outcrops, was also burnt in 2019–2020 (T. Auld pers. obs. 2022). It is likely that any plants in areas that were burnt twice in the last four years are now lost because seedling recruits emerging after the first fire were killed in the second fire before reaching maturity. This is consistent with field inspections in 2021 and 2022 (Auld 2022 unpubl. data) which failed to find any plants in areas burnt in both 2015 and 2019/2020. 

More information on the species can be found in the Committee’s reasons for final determination: Banksia paludosa subsp. astrolux.

Banksia paludosa subsp. astrolux. Credit: Alan Fairley/DCCEEW

4. Boronia imlayensis Duretto
Boronia imlayensis Duretto has been listed as a critically endangered species.

Boronia imlayensis Duretto is known from one population in Mount Imlay National Park, near Eden in south-eastern New South Wales.
Continuing decline is inferred in the area, extent and quality of habitat and in the number of mature individuals of Boronia imlayensis due to the ongoing effects of Phytophthora cinnamomi and adverse fire regimes. Phytophthora cinnamomi was first detected at Balawan / Mount Imlay in 1999 and the diversity of understorey species in the habitat has since declined (McDougall and Liew 2020). There has been a recent increase in this pathogens’ activity with the wet seasons following the 2019/20 fires. Phytophthora cinnamomi has been found in the roots of symptomatic Boronia imlayensis plants (K. McDougall pers. comm. October 2022). The proportion of plants affected on recent visits to Balawan / Mount Imlay has been estimated at around 1% in areas where P. cinnamomi is known to occur (K. McDougall pers. comm. October 2022), though the pathogen may be further spread across the species’ habitat via bushwalkers as there is a track to the summit of Balawan / Mount Imlay that passes through the population of B. imlayensis. The pathogen affects plant vigour, survival, fecundity and the replenishment of the soil seed bank.

Changes to fire conditions and drought frequency under climate change are also inferred to contribute to continuing decline in the area, extent and quality of habitat available for Boronia imlayensis in the future. Changes to climate may expose B. imlayensis to “interval squeeze”, which is a narrowing of the favourable interval between fires, accelerating population decline (Enright et al. 2015). Severe fire weather is projected to increase across the NSW southeast and tablelands region by 2070 (AdaptNSW 2022). Boronia imlayensis is an obligate seeder, and sufficient time is needed between fires for seedlings to mature and replenish the soil seed bank. Intervals between past fires have been eight, 10 and 29 years (most recent). A minimum fire free period for other Boronia species has been suggested to range from 12-20 years (Chuter 2010). More frequent fires under future climate change scenarios are likely to prevent replenishment of the soil seed bank and lead to decline in population numbers. The species is particularly vulnerable to the impacts of fire while most plants are juvenile. Fire can also increase the susceptibility of B. imlayensis to pathogens including P. cinnamomi (Moore et al. 2014) by enhancing pathogen dispersal, increasing sporulation and increased physiological stresses during the seedling establishment phase (Commonwealth DAWE 2022). Boronia species are also particularly sensitive to out-of-season fires, which may increase under future climate change scenarios.

Climate change result in an increased likelihood of droughts which reduce the size of the soil seed bank and reduce seedling and adult survival. The species is likely to be susceptible to drought as the shallow coarse-textured soils on upper slopes in which B. imlayensis occurs retain little water following rain. Time spent in drought in the region where B. imlayensis occurs is projected, with medium
confidence, to increase over the course of the century (CSIRO 2022).

More information on the species can be found in the Committee’s reasons for final determination: Boronia imlayensis Duretto.

Boronia imlayensis. Credit: Gavin Phillips/DCCEEW

5. Leionema ceratogynum N.G.Walsh
Leionema ceratogynum N.G.Walsh has been listed as a critically endangered species.

Leionema ceratogynum N.G.Walsh is restricted to a small area in Wadbilliga National Park, south-east New South Wales.

Projected increases in fire frequency, severity and a change in seasonality are inferred to be causing continuing decline in the area, extent and quality of habitat of Leionema ceratogynum. If fire events (planned or unplanned) result in limited seedling recruitment or occur at a frequency that disrupts the accumulation of a seed bank, subpopulations are at high risk of decline and/or local extinction due to loss of mature adults, with subsequent post-fire recruitment unable to restore the seed bank prior to the next fire. In southeast NSW, projections indicate that average temperature and fire danger weather is likely to increase in the coming decades, together with changes in rainfall patterns (AdaptNSW 2022). There is very high confidence that temperatures are projected to substantially increase, with more hot days and medium confidence of declining rainfall in the cooler season (i.e., winter to spring) (BoM 2023). These factors could lead to changes in fire seasonality will also likely result in phenological mismatch between fire events, environmental cues and therefore the recovery response by L. ceratogynum.

Depending on the characteristics of any individual fire event, a mismatch in phenological processes could result in delayed, reduced or no post-fire seedling recruitment and impact the long-term viability of any given population.

Phytophthora cinnamomi causes plant disease in the region in which Leionema ceratogynum occurs, and has the potential to spread through the species’ habitat (OEH 2012). Other Leionema species are known to be susceptible to disease from P. cinnamomi (McDougall and Liew 2024), and should L. ceratogynum be susceptible, there is a risk that the pathogen may have a detrimental impact should it become more widespread in Wadbilliga National Park.

More information on the species can be found in the Committee’s reasons for final determination: Leionema ceratogynum.

Leionema ceratogynum. Credit: Jackie Miles

6. Eucalyptus aquatica (Blakely) L.A.S.Johnson & K.D.Hill
Eucalyptus aquatica (Blakely) L.A.S.Johnson & K.D.Hill has been listed as a critically endangered species.

Eucalyptus aquatica (Blakely) L.A.S.Johnson & K.D.Hill is endemic to the Southern Highlands region of New South Wales.

The potential for ecosystem collapse at the Penrose swamps is considerable, given the multiple, interacting stressors currently present and likely to increase over coming decades (Keith et al. 2023). The habitat of Eucalyptus aquatica is a groundwater-dependent Sphagnum peatland sensitive to changes to groundwater and regional climate, in particular the rate of evaporation relative to precipitation (Whinam and Chilcott 2002, Keith et al. 2014). There are increasing fire-related risks to the swamps and significant risks associated with severe substrate (peat) fires, noting that these are greatest in swamps that have altered hydrology. Groundwater drawdown and changes to surface water flows are therefore likely to have a major effect on the risk profile of the Penrose swamps and habitat of E. aquatica, and this may result from friable sandstone mining, plantation forestry, and potable water extraction that are current or likely future extractive land uses in the areas surrounding the Penrose swamps (S. Douglas pers. comm. June 2022 in Commonwealth DCCEEW 2024). Drying of E. aquatica habitat is also likely to create opportunities for the growth and spread of weeds (S. Douglas pers. comm. June 2022 in Commonwealth DCCEEW 2024), especially radiata pine. Penrose State Forest has been recognised as having one of the highest levels of radiata pine infestations in NSW (Williams and Wardle 2009), and the species is highly invasive across a range of susceptible habitat types and can have a significant effect on natural systems (White et al. 2022). The combined effects of climate change – increased frequency of extreme temperatures, droughts and fire danger weather, and changes in precipitation – altered hydrology associated with surface water and groundwater changes, and the increasing risk of severe peat fires, and weed competition are therefore inferred to be contributing to continuing decline in the area, extent, and quality of habitat for E. aquatica.

Eucalyptus aquatica (Blakely) L.A.S.Johnson & K.D.Hill is eligible to be listed as a Critically Endangered species as, in the opinion of the NSW Threatened Species Scientific Committee, it is facing an extremely high risk of extinction in Australia in the immediate future as determined in accordance with the following criteria as prescribed by the Biodiversity Conservation Regulation 2017.

More information on the species can be found in the Committee’s reasons for final determination: Eucalyptus aquatica.

Eucalyptus aquatica. Credit: Alan Fairley/DCCEEW

NSW National Parks and Wildlife Service releases second annual Threatened Species Framework report

November 3, 2025
NSW National Parks and Wildlife Service (NPWS) has released its 2023-24 Threatened Species Framework annual report, alongside a new interactive data trends webpage that displays the progress of 92 threatened species across the state’s national parks and reserves.

This is the second report published under the NPWS Threatened Species Framework for zero extinctions, following the inaugural report released on Threatened Species Day in 2024, which covered the 2021-22 and 2022-23 financial years.

The NSW NPWS states Key Highlights are:
  • 92 threatened species are featured in the 2023-24 data trends webpage, with 125 species now analysed since the Framework’s launch.
  • 35 species are showing stable or increasing trends, including the Malleefowl and Yellow-footed Rock-wallaby, due to targeted management actions.
  • 7 species are showing declining trends, such as the Canberra grassland earless dragon, which is now part of a captive breeding program to reverse this decline.
For some species, like the soft grevillea, more data is needed to determine population trends, NPWS states.

The Threatened species data trends webpage replaces the previous static status report and offers a dynamic, user-friendly way to explore how species are tracking within the park estate. This is also part of the NSW Government commitment to zero extinctions in NSW national parks.

Programs contributing to these outcomes include:
  • Assets of Intergenerational Significance
  • Feral predator-free areas
  • EcoHealth performance scorecards
  • Feral animal and weed control
  • New park acquisitions.
These efforts are supported by the NSW Government’s Saving our Species program, the NSW Koala Strategy, and partnerships with non-government conservation organisations.

The report and interactive data trends can be accessed via hyperlinks on this webpage: www.environment.nsw.gov.au/topics/parks-reserves-and-protected-areas/npws-conservation/zero-extinctions-threatened-species-framework

You can read the full annual report at Threatened Species Framework annual report 2023–24. (PDF: 4MB)

Trish Harrup, Executive Director, Conservation and Aboriginal Partnerships NSW National Parks and Wildlife Service (NPWS) stated:
"This report and new digital platform reflect the NPWS ongoing commitment to evidence-based conservation management.

“Our goal is zero extinctions in NSW national parks. This report and the new interactive webpage show the breadth of work being done and the progress we’re making to protect our most vulnerable plants and animals.”
Yellow-footed rock-wallaby (Petrogale xanthopus). Credit: Peter Sherratt/DPE

EPA cleans up banned skincare products containing microbeads

November 3, 2025
Beauty brands alleged to have supplied personal care products containing plastic microbeads have been ordered to stop, as the NSW Environment Protection Authority (EPA) ramps up enforcement of the state’s plastics bans, the EPA has stated.

Since April 2024, the EPA’s Plastics Compliance team has issued Compliance Notices to six businesses, forcing the withdrawal of nine different items from sale in NSW.  

The EPA is one of the few regulators in the world to take enforcement action against the use of plastic microbeads in personal care products. 

EPA CEO Tony Chappel said microbeads are tiny solid plastic particles, often used for exfoliation, that come at a significant environmental cost.

“Microbeads don’t belong in skincare or our waterways – they can threaten marine life and people’s health,” Mr Chappel said. 

“In several cases, the particles were made of bioplastics such as polylactic acid (PLA) and cellulose acetate. Although these ingredients aren’t derived from fossil fuels, they don’t readily break down in the environment and are still defined as plastic under the Plastic Reduction and Circular Economy Act 2021 (PRCE Act). 

“Once notified, companies acted quickly to remove the stock from shelves – some before the deadline set out in the notices.

“We have also worked with major retailers, including Chemist Warehouse and Priceline, to get affected products out of stores quickly.

“These actions show our legislation is working to protect the environment and hold suppliers accountable for what they sell.” 

The following products have been the subject of Compliance Notices issued under the PRCE Act: 
  • Aesthetics Skincare Pty Ltd – Aesthetics Bio Fermented Triple Action Scrub
  • Coles Group Ltd – KOi For Men Cleansing Face Scrub Oat & Desert Lime
  • Frostbland Pty Ltd – Alya Skin Pomegranate Exfoliator Facial Scrub and Exfoliating Sorbet
  • JMSR Australia Pty Ltd – Jan Marini Bioglycolic Resurfacing Body Scrub and Jan Marini Cranberry Orange Exfoliator
  • McPherson’s Consumer Products Pty Ltd – Dr LeWinn’s Essentials Gentle Exfoliant Weekly Facial Polishing Gel
  • Natio Pty Ltd – Natio Men’s Purifying Face Scrub and Natio Ageless Skin Renewal Exfoliator

Failing to comply with a Compliance Notice that includes a direction to stop supplying an item is a serious offence, carrying maximum penalties for wholesalers, manufacturers and distributors of up to $550,000, plus $55,000 for each additional day the offence continues. 

The EPA will continue to monitor and enforce the plastics bans, with more investigations currently underway.

Plastic microbeads were once common in cosmetics and personal care products to add texture, exfoliate or extend shelf life. NSW banned their use in rinse-off personal care products from 1 November 2022, as part of its commitment to phase out problematic and unnecessary plastics. 

Wastewater treatment systems can’t capture most microbeads, allowing them to contaminate rivers, creeks, lakes and oceans. Once released, they absorb pollutants and can enter the food chain. 

Microbeads are often made from plastics such as polyethylene (PE), polyurethane (PU), polypropylene (PP), polylactic acid (PLA), cellulose acetate, polymethyl methacrylate (PMMA) and acrylates copolymers. 

Products suspected of containing plastic microbeads can be reported here: https://reportplastic.epa.nsw.gov.au 

Solar recycling: new Sydney facility

October 28, 2025
A new solar panel recycling facility has officially opened its doors at Bankstown Airport today as part of the NSW Government’s ongoing commitment to increase recycling and ease pressure on landfills.

The new facility by PV Industries is expected to process up to 6,000 tonnes of solar panels per year, with each panel processed in under 90 seconds. This new facility will divert approximately 200,000 panels from landfill.

The leading Australian startup has developed two recycling technologies, the Deframer and Deglasser, which can recover up to 90% of solar panels by weight. 

NSW Environment Protection Authority (EPA) Chief Executive Tony Chappel said the business received $3.3 million from the EPA to help establish this commercial scale facility. 

“This new Bankstown facility is a game changer, with the capacity to take large amounts of solar panel waste and drive new end-markets for recovered glass and critical minerals,” Mr Chappel said.

“It’s estimated by 2035, solar panel waste in NSW could reach up to 63,000 tonnes per year, so facilities like this will be critical to managing this growing waste stream.”

Six drop off points have been established in NSW including in Bankstown, Dubbo, Maitland, Newcastle, Thornleigh and the Central Coast, building the collection network for end-of-life panels.

PV Industries co-founder James Petesic said the business was extremely grateful for the support of the NSW EPA, as well as industry and local government partners. 

“The NSW EPA had the foresight in 2019 to establish the Circular Solar grant program, the first of its kind in Australia, to futureproof NSW’s solar recycling capacity,” Mr Petesic said.

“It enabled us at PV Industries, a local Sydney start-up, to bring our Deframer and Deglasser to life and ensure we are ready for the pending wave of end-of-life solar panels.” 

Another solar panel recycling facility has been commissioned in Parkes by Australia's largest e-waste processing business, Sircel Ltd, and has started ramping up processing. The facility aims to process 160,000 solar panels or 3,500 tonnes per year. 

The NSW Government is also leading work to progress a national solar panel stewardship scheme. Working with other states and territories, the NSW Government will present preliminary options to the Energy and Climate Change Ministerial Council early next year. 

Debris balls investigation update

October 24, 2025
Sydney Water’s Malabar Wastewater Treatment System has been identified as the likely source of debris balls that washed up on NSW beaches between October 2024 and February 2025.

This development is based on evidence collected by Sydney Water under an EPA Preliminary Investigation Notice, which narrowed the origin of the debris to within the Malabar system. 

The EPA’s Independent Wastewater Expert Panel reviewed this evidence in September, and recommended Sydney Water undertake further investigations and actions to pinpoint potential sources of the debris within the Malabar System.

This work is underway and will inform Sydney Water’s short, medium, and long-term strategies to reduce the likelihood of a similar incident from recurring. This work is expected to be completed by the end of 2025. 

The NSW Environment Protection Authority (EPA) will continue to work closely with Sydney Water as they complete this work and will update the community when more information is available.

Plan to tackle NSW rubbish: first chapter released

October 2025
The NSW Government has unveiled the first part of its infrastructure plan to prevent a waste crisis in NSW. This plan also incorporates updated settings on Energy from Waste, following the recent review. 

This is the first time the NSW Government has produced a waste and circular infrastructure plan to ensure the state has the infrastructure it needs to support a growing population. This crucial future planning means bins will continue to be collected and we can drive more recycling.

Without action, Greater Sydney is on track to run out of space in landfill by 2030, the government states. Many regional landfills are also struggling. Despite the recent investments in recycling, including landmark food and organics recycling legislation passing earlier this year, waste generation is expected to outpace capacity within five years.

Following public consultation, the first chapter of the NSW Waste and Circular Infrastructure Plan has been released – charting a path forward to meet growing residual waste needs.

The Plan introduces:
  • streamlined planning processes to help approvals for new facilities (including recycling facilities) 
  • a waste infrastructure concierge to provide advice and planning support
  • a new independent Advisory Committee for strategic waste infrastructure 
  • updates to the energy from waste framework and refining where world’s best practice energy from waste facilities can be developed.  
The outcomes of the Energy from Waste review are included as part of this strategy, as energy from waste is an important part of waste infrastructure planning. Modern, latest technology thermal treatment is a better alternative to building new landfills. There are more than 2,000 operating in cities around the world.

Work has now commenced on future chapters of the Waste and Circular Infrastructure Plan, which will focus on regional and rural waste challenges and solutions, as well as reuse and recycling infrastructure, with community consultation to commence later this year.

To read Chapter 1 of the NSW Waste and Circular Infrastructure Plan, visit https://www.epa.nsw.gov.au/Your-environment/Waste/waste-and-circular-infrastructure-plan 


Minister for Environment, Penny Sharpe said:

“We are in a race against the clock to redesign how we deal with waste. If we haven’t got somewhere to put our rubbish in five years, those red bins can’t be collected.

“We will not allow this to happen – that is why we have designed our state’s first ever strategic plan to ensure NSW has the infrastructure it needs as we build a circular economy.

“We have to break down the barriers around waste infrastructure investment and planning, while continuing to protect our environment from harm.

“We have to do all the things at once – drive up recycling, drive down waste, better regulate dangerous products, increase reuse and repair, and ban those products that shouldn’t be used in the first place.”

Magpies in Spring

By WIRES

If you live in Australia, chances are you’re familiar with magpie swooping. This is a defensive behaviour, carried out almost entirely by male magpies, as they protect their eggs and chicks during the breeding season.

In reality, swooping is uncommon. Fewer than 10% of breeding males will swoop people, yet the behaviour feels widespread. Swooping usually occurs between August and October and stops once chicks have left the nest.

If you do encounter a protective parent, here are some tips to stay safe:

  • 🐦 Avoid the area where magpies are swooping and consider placing a temporary sign to warn others.
  • 🐦 Wear a hat or carry an open umbrella for protection.
  • 🐦 Cyclists should dismount and walk through.
  • 🐦 Travel in groups, as magpies usually only target individuals.
  • 🐦 Stay calm around magpies in trees – walk, don’t run.
  • 🐦 Avoid making direct eye contact with the birds.

If you are swooped, keep moving. You’re still in the bird’s territory, so it will continue until you leave the area. Remember, this behaviour is temporary and will end once the young have fledged.

If you find an injured or orphaned native animal, call WIRES on 1300 094 737 or report a rescue via our website:  https://hubs.la/Q03GCZmZ0

Sydney Wildlife (Sydney Metropolitan Wildlife Services) Needs People for the Rescue Line

We are calling on you to help save the rescue line because the current lack of operators is seriously worrying. Look at these faces! They need you! 

Every week we have around 15 shifts either not filled or with just one operator and the busy season is around the corner. This situation impacts on the operators, MOPs, vets and the animals, because the phone line is constantly busy. Already the baby possum season is ramping up with calls for urgent assistance for these vulnerable little ones.

We have an amazing team, but they can’t answer every call in Spring and Summer if they work on their own.  Please jump in and join us – you would be welcomed with open arms!  We offer lots of training and support and you can work from the office in the Lane Cove National Park or on your home computer.

If you are not able to help do you know someone (a friend or family member perhaps) who might be interested?

Please send us a message and we will get in touch. Please send our wonderful office admin Carolyn an email at sysneywildliferesxueline@gmail.com

2025-26 Seal Reveal underway

Photo: Seals caught on camera at Barrenjoey Headland during the Great Seal Reveal 2025. Montage: DCCEEW

The 2025 Great Seal Reveal is underway with the first seal surveys of the season taking place at known seal breeding and haul out sites - where seals temporarily leave the water to rest or breed.

The NSW Department of Climate Change, Energy, the Environment and Water (DCCEEW) is using the Seal Reveal, now in its second year, to better understand seal populations on the NSW coast.

Drone surveys and community sightings are used to track Australian (Arctocephalus pusillus doriferus) and New Zealand (Arctocephalus forsteri) fur seals.  Both Australian and New Zealand fur seals have been listed as vulnerable under the NSW Biodiversity Conservation Act 2016.

Survey sites
Scientific surveys to count seal numbers will take place at:
  • Martin Islet
  • Drum and Drumsticks
  • Brush Island
  • Steamers Head
  • Big Seal Rock
  • Cabbage Tree Island
  • Barrenjoey Headland
  • Barunguba (Montague) Island.
Seal Reveal data on seal numbers helps to inform critical marine conservation initiatives and enable better management of human–seal interactions.

Results from the population surveys will be released in early 2026.

Citizen science initiative: Haul-out, Call-out
The Haul-out, Call-out citizen science platform invites the community to support seal conservation efforts by reporting sightings along the NSW coastline.

Reports from the public help identify important haul-out sites so we can get a better understanding of seal behaviour and protect their preferred habitat.

The Great Seal Reveal is part of the Seabirds to Seascapes (S2S) program, a four-year initiative led by NSW DCCEEW and funded by the NSW Environmental Trust to protect, rehabilitate, and sustainably manage marine ecosystems in NSW.

NSW DCCEEW is a key partner in the delivery of the Marine Estate Management Strategy (MEMS), with the S2S program contributing to MEMS Initiative 5 to reduce threats to threatened and protected species.

Long-range forecast overview

Issued: 23 October 2025 by the BOM
The long-range forecast for November to January shows:
  • Above average rainfall is likely across parts of eastern Australia, with most of the remaining parts of the country showing roughly equal chances of above or below average rainfall.
  • Daytime temperatures are likely to be above average for most of Australia except in parts of eastern New South Wales.
  • Overnight temperatures are very likely to be above average across most of Australia.

Thomas Stephens Reserve, Church Point - boardwalk + seawall works commenced 

Council's Major Infrastructure Projects Team  has advised that as part of its Church Point Precinct Masterplan, it is building a new boardwalk in front of the Pasadena, a new jetty for ferry access, and upgrading the sandstone seawall.

''A temporary gangway will ensure the ferry service continues without disruption and access to The Waterfront Café & General Store, and Pasadena Sydney will remain open. The reserve will be closed while we undertake these important works.'' the CMIPT states

The improvements will be delivered in three carefully planned stages.

Stage 1 – Marine Works

  • Includes a new boardwalk outside the Pasadena Sydney and a new accessible gangway to the ferry pontoon.
  • Repairs and additions to the sandstone seawall along Thomas Stephens Reserve.
  • Thomas Stephens Reserve will be temporarily closed during these works.
  • Works to commence in September 2025 with the aim of being completed by Christmas.
  • A temporary alternate gangway to the ferry wharf will be installed ensuring access to the Ferry services at all times during the works.
  • Access to The Waterfront Cafe and General Store and Pasadena Sydney will be maintained throughout the works.

Stage 2 – Landscaping Works

  • Landscaping works will begin in early 2026 and will include permeable paving, tree retention, and improved public seating and bike facilities. Completing the landscaping will finalise the Masterplan.
  • Thomas Stephens Reserve will be temporarily closed during these works.

Stage 3 – McCarrs Creek Road Upgrade

  • Detailed design will be presented to the Local Transport Forum in September 2025 for consideration.
  • Construction will be staged and is expected to take place from early 2026.

Council's webpage states the first works will take place Monday - Friday between 7am and 5pm. We appreciate your patience as we deliver this important community upgrade.''

An overview of the council's plan and link to their project webpage is available in the September 2024 PON report; Church Point's Thomas Stephens Reserve Landscape works

Great Southern Bioblitz 2025

Get ready to explore, discover, and document the wild wonders of Greater Sydney


Whether you're in the bush, on the coast, or in your own backyard, your observations matter.

From blooming wildflowers to buzzing insects, the Southern Hemisphere is alive with biodiversity at this time of year — and we want YOU to help record it!

You’ll be Increasing biodiversity awareness through citizen science.

Upload your observations to iNaturalist between October 24–27. Help identify species until November 10. 

To contribute to the event, all you need to do is download the iNaturalist application to your handheld device or make an account on your computer and make an observation(s) between October 24th-27th.

After this date, you will have 14 days to upload and identify your observations (until 10th of November 2025).

Don't worry if you cant identify the organism. Just make sure you get some good clear photos or sounds.

To keep in touch with the GSB organisers and receive updates you can register as a participant https://bit.ly/GSBParticipants or subscribe on their website if you have not already.


622kg of Rubbish Collected from Local Beaches: Adopt your local beach program

Sadly, our beaches are not as pristine as we'd all like to think they are. 

Surfrider Foundation Northern Beaches' Adopt A beach ocean conservation program is highlighting that we need to clean up our act.

Surfrider Foundation Northern Beaches' states:
''The collective action by our amazing local community at their monthly beach clean events across 9 beach locations is assisting Surfrider Foundation NB in the compilation of quantitative data on the volume, type and often source of the marine pollution occurring at each location.

In just 6 sessions, clear indicators are already forming on the waste items and areas to target with dedicated litter prevention strategies.

Plastic pollution is an every body problem and the solution to fixing it lies within every one of us.
Together we can choose to refuse this fate on our Northern beaches and turn the tide on pollution. 
A cleaner coast together !''

Join us - 1st Sunday of the month, Adopt your local for a power beach clean or donate to help support our program here. https://www.surfrider.org.au/donate/

Next clean up - Sunday November 2 4 – 5 pm.

Event locations 
  • Avalon – Des Creagh Reserve (North Avalon Beach Lookout)
  • North Narrabeen – Corner Ocean St & Malcolm St (grass reserve next to North Narrabeen SLSC)
  • Collaroy– 1058 Pittwater Rd (beachfront next to The Beach Club Collaroy)
  • Dee Why Beach –  Corner Howard Ave & The Strand (beachfront grass reserve, opposite Blu Restaurant)
  • Curl Curl – Beachfront at North Curl Curl Surf Club. Shuttle bus also available from Harbord Diggers to transport participants to/from North Curl Curl beach. 
  • Freshwater Beach – Moore Rd Beach Reserve (opposite Pilu Restaurant)
  • Manly Beach – 11 South Steyne (grass reserve opposite Manly Grill)
  • Manly Cove – Beach at West Esplanade (opposite Fratelli Fresh)
  • Little Manly– 55 Stuart St Little Manly (Beachfront Grass Reserve)
… and more to follow!

Surfrider Foundation Northern Beaches

Get ready for FrogID Week - our eighth annual event

FrogID Week is back: 7–16 November 2025
Join the Australian Museum in their mission to better understand and conserve Australia’s frogs – and the health of our environment – through our eighth annual FrogID Week event.

Start planning where you might use the FrogID app to record frog calls – local waterways, parks, or even your backyard – anywhere you’ve heard frogs before or think they might be calling. You can even make submissions ahead of time to get familiar with how the app works.

The Australian Museum would love to receive your frog calls every night of FrogID Week, from as many locations as possible. Your recordings during FrogID Week help gather year-on-year data for scientists and land managers to track Australia's frog populations. Every call counts! 

How to record
Learn how to use the free FrogID app in our How-To guide. Record frog calls at your local pond, dam or creek – especially at dusk or after rain. You don’t need to identify the species calling and it’s fine to capture more than one frog. Every verified recording helps build Australia’s largest frog database, supporting conservation and environmental research.

This Tick Season: Freeze it - don't squeeze it

Notice of 1080 Poison Baiting

The NSW National Parks and Wildlife Service (NPWS) will be conducting a baiting program using manufactured baits, fresh baits and Canid Pest Ejectors (CPE’s/ejectors) containing 1080 poison (sodium fluoroacetate) for the control of foxes. The program is continuous and ongoing for the protection of threatened species.

This notification is for the period 1 August 2025 to 31 January 2026 at the following locations:

  • Garigal National Park
  • Lane Cove National Park (baits only, no ejectors are used in Lane Cove National Park)
  • Ku-ring-gai Chase National Park
  • Sydney Harbour National Park – North Head (including the Quarantine Station), Dobroyd Head, Chowder Head & Bradleys Head managed by the NPWS
  • The North Head Sanctuary managed by the Sydney Harbour Federation Trust
  • The Australian Institute of Police Management, North Head

DO NOT TOUCH BAITS OR EJECTORS

All baiting locations will be identifiable by signs.

Please be reminded that domestic pets are not permitted on NPWS Estate. Pets and working dogs may be affected (1080 is lethal to cats and dogs). Pets and working dogs must be restrained or muzzled in the vicinity and must not enter the baiting location. Penalties apply for non-compliance.

In the event of accidental poisoning seek immediate veterinary assistance.

For further information please call the local NPWS office on:

NPWS Sydney North (Middle Head) Area office: 9960 6266

NPWS Sydney North (Forestville) Area office: 9451 3479

NPWS North West Sydney (Lane Cove NP) Area office: 8448 0400

NPWS after-hours Duty officer service: 1300 056 294

Sydney Harbour Federation Trust: 8969 2128

Weed of the Week: Mother of Millions - please get it out of your garden

  

Mother of Millions (Bryophyllum daigremontianumPhoto by John Hosking.

Solar for apartment residents: Funding

Owners corporations can apply now for funding to install shared solar systems on your apartment building. The grants will cover 50% of the cost, which will add value to homes and help residents save on their electricity bills.

You can apply for the Solar for apartment residents grant to fund 50% of the cost of a shared solar photovoltaic (PV) system on eligible apartment buildings and other multi-unit dwellings in NSW. This will help residents, including renters, to reduce their energy bills and greenhouse gas emissions.

Less than 2% of apartment buildings in NSW currently have solar systems installed. As energy costs climb and the number of people living in apartments continue to increase, innovative solutions are needed to allow apartment owners and renters to benefit from solar energy.

A total of $25 million in grant funding is available, with up to $150,000 per project.

Financial support for this grant is from the Australian Government and the NSW Government.

Applications are open now and will close 5 pm 1 December 2025 or earlier if the funds are fully allocated.

Find out more and apply now at: www.energy.nsw.gov.au/households/rebates-grants-and-schemes/solar-apartment-residents 

Volunteers for Barrenjoey Lighthouse Tours needed

Details:

Johnson Brothers Mitre 10 Recycling Batteries: at Mona Vale + Avalon Beach

Over 18,600 tonnes of batteries are discarded to landfill in Australia each year, even though 95% of a battery can be recycled!

That’s why we are rolling out battery recycling units across our stores! Our battery recycling units accept household, button cell, laptop, and power tool batteries as well as mobile phones! 

How To Dispose Of Your Batteries Safely: 

  1. Collect Your Used Batteries: Gather all used batteries from your home. Our battery recycling units accept batteries from a wide range of products such as household, button cell, laptop, and power tool batteries.
  2. Tape Your Terminals: Tape the terminals of used batteries with clear sticky tape.
  3. Drop Them Off: Come and visit your nearest participating store to recycle your batteries for free (at Johnson Brothers Mitre 10 Mona Vale and Avalon Beach).
  4. Feel Good About Your Impact: By recycling your batteries, you're helping support a healthier planet by keeping hazardous material out of landfills and conserving resources.

Environmental Benefits

  • Reduces hazardous waste in landfill
  • Conserves natural resources by promoting the use of recycled materials
  • Keep toxic materials out of waterways 

Reporting Dogs Offleash - Dog Attacks to Council

If the attack happened outside local council hours, you may call your local police station. Police officers are also authorised officers under the Companion Animals Act 1998. Authorised officers have a wide range of powers to deal with owners of attacking dogs, including seizing dogs that have attacked.

You can report dog attacks, along with dogs offleash where they should not be, to the NBC anonymously and via your own name, to get a response, at: https://help.northernbeaches.nsw.gov.au/s/submit-request?topic=Pets_Animals

If the matter is urgent or dangerous call Council on 1300 434 434 (24 hours a day, 7 days a week).

If you find injured wildlife please contact:
  • Sydney Wildlife Rescue (24/7): 9413 4300 
  • WIRES: 1300 094 737

Plastic Bread Ties For Wheelchairs

The Berry Collective at 1691 Pittwater Rd, Mona Vale collects them for Oz Bread Tags for Wheelchairs, who recycle the plastic.

Berry Collective is the practice on the left side of the road as you head north, a few blocks before Mona Vale shops . They have parking. Enter the foyer and there's a small bin on a table where you drop your bread ties - very easy.

A full list of Aussie bread tags for wheelchairs is available at: HERE 


Stay Safe From Mosquitoes 

NSW Health is reminding people to protect themselves from mosquitoes when they are out and about.

NSW Health states Mosquitoes in NSW can carry viruses such as Japanese encephalitis (JE), Murray Valley encephalitis (MVE), Kunjin, Ross River and Barmah Forest. The viruses may cause serious diseases with symptoms ranging from tiredness, rash, headache and sore and swollen joints to rare but severe symptoms of seizures and loss of consciousness.

A free vaccine to protect against JE infection is available to those at highest risk in NSW and people can check their eligibility at NSW Health.

People are encouraged to take actions to prevent mosquito bites and reduce the risk of acquiring a mosquito-borne virus by:
  • Applying repellent to exposed skin. Use repellents that contain DEET, picaridin, or oil of lemon eucalyptus. Check the label for reapplication times.
  • Re-applying repellent regularly, particularly after swimming. Be sure to apply sunscreen first and then apply repellent.
  • Wearing light, loose-fitting long-sleeve shirts, long pants and covered footwear and socks.
  • Avoiding going outdoors during peak mosquito times, especially at dawn and dusk.
  • Using insecticide sprays, vapour dispensing units and mosquito coils to repel mosquitoes (mosquito coils should only be used outdoors in well-ventilated areas)
  • Covering windows and doors with insect screens and checking there are no gaps.
  • Removing items that may collect water such as old tyres and empty pots from around your home to reduce the places where mosquitoes can breed.
  • Using repellents that are safe for children. Most skin repellents are safe for use on children aged three months and older. Always check the label for instructions. Protecting infants aged less than three months by using an infant carrier draped with mosquito netting, secured along the edges.
  • While camping, use a tent that has fly screens to prevent mosquitoes entering or sleep under a mosquito net.
Remember, Spray Up – Cover Up – Screen Up to protect from mosquito bite. For more information go to NSW Health.

Mountain Bike Incidents On Public Land: Survey

This survey aims to document mountain bike related incidents on public land, available at: https://www.surveymonkey.com/r/K88PSNP

Sent in by Pittwater resident Academic for future report- study. 

Report fox sightings

Fox sightings, signs of fox activity, den locations and attacks on native or domestic animals can be reported into FoxScan. FoxScan is a free resource for residents, community groups, local Councils, and other land managers to record and report fox sightings and control activities. 

Our Council's Invasive species Team receives an alert when an entry is made into FoxScan.  The information in FoxScan will assist with planning fox control activities and to notify the community when and where foxes are active.



marine wildlife rescue group on the Central Coast

A new wildlife group was launched on the Central Coast on Saturday, December 10, 2022.

Marine Wildlife Rescue Central Coast (MWRCC) had its official launch at The Entrance Boat Shed at 10am.

The group comprises current and former members of ASTR, ORRCA, Sea Shepherd, Greenpeace, WIRES and Wildlife ARC, as well as vets, academics, and people from all walks of life.

Well known marine wildlife advocate and activist Cathy Gilmore is spearheading the organisation.

“We believe that it is time the Central Coast looked after its own marine wildlife, and not be under the control or directed by groups that aren’t based locally,” Gilmore said.

“We have the local knowledge and are set up to respond and help injured animals more quickly.

“This also means that donations and money fundraised will go directly into helping our local marine creatures, and not get tied up elsewhere in the state.”

The organisation plans to have rehabilitation facilities and rescue kits placed in strategic locations around the region.

MWRCC will also be in touch with Indigenous groups to learn the traditional importance of the local marine environment and its inhabitants.

“We want to work with these groups and share knowledge between us,” Gilmore said.

“This is an opportunity to help save and protect our local marine wildlife, so if you have passion and commitment, then you are more than welcome to join us.”

Marine Wildlife Rescue Central Coast has a Facebook page where you may contact members. Visit: https://www.facebook.com/profile.php?id=100076317431064


Watch out - shorebirds about

Pittwater is home to many resident and annually visiting birds. If you watch your step you won't harm any beach-nesting and estuary-nesting birds have started setting up home on our shores.

Did you know that Careel Bay and other spots throughout our area are part of the East Asian-Australasian Flyway Partnership (EAAFP)?

This flyway, and all of the stopping points along its way, are vital to ensure the survival of these Spring and Summer visitors. This is where they rest and feed on their journeys.  For example, did you know that the bar-tailed godwit flies for 239 hours for 8,108 miles from Alaska to Australia?

Not only that, Shorebirds such as endangered oystercatchers and little terns lay their eggs in shallow scraped-out nests in the sand, NSW National Parks and Wildlife Service (NPWS) Threatened Species officer Ms Katherine Howard has said.
Even our regular residents such as seagulls are currently nesting to bear young.

What can you do to help them?
Known nest sites may be indicated by fencing or signs. The whole community can help protect shorebirds by keeping out of nesting areas marked by signs or fences and only taking your dog to designated dog offleash area. 

Just remember WE are visitors to these areas. These birds LIVE there. This is their home.

Four simple steps to help keep beach-nesting birds safe:
1. Look out for bird nesting signs or fenced-off nesting areas on the beach, stay well clear of these areas and give the parent birds plenty of space.
2. Walk your dogs in designated dog-friendly areas only and always keep them on a leash over summer.
3. Stay out of nesting areas and follow all local rules.
4. Chicks are mobile and don't necessarily stay within fenced nesting areas. When you're near a nesting area, stick to the wet sand to avoid accidentally stepping on a chick.


Possums In Your Roof?: do the right thing

Possums in your roof? Please do the right thing 
On the weekend, one of our volunteers noticed a driver pull up, get out of their vehicle, open the boot, remove a trap and attempt to dump a possum on a bush track. Fortunately, our member intervened and saved the beautiful female brushtail and the baby in her pouch from certain death. 

It is illegal to relocate a trapped possum more than 150 metres from the point of capture and substantial penalties apply.  Urbanised possums are highly territorial and do not fare well in unfamiliar bushland. In fact, they may starve to death or be taken by predators.

While Sydney Wildlife Rescue does not provide a service to remove possums from your roof, we do offer this advice:

✅ Call us on (02) 9413 4300 and we will refer you to a reliable and trusted licenced contractor in the Sydney metropolitan area. For a small fee they will remove the possum, seal the entry to your roof and provide a suitable home for the possum - a box for a brushtail or drey for a ringtail.
✅ Do-it-yourself by following this advice from the Department of Planning and Environment: 

❌ Do not under any circumstances relocate a possum more than 150 metres from the capture site.
Thank you for caring and doing the right thing.



Sydney Wildlife photos

Aviaries + Possum Release Sites Needed

Pittwater Online News has interviewed Lynette Millett OAM (WIRES Northern Beaches Branch) needs more bird cages of all sizes for keeping the current huge amount of baby wildlife in care safe or 'homed' while they are healed/allowed to grow bigger to the point where they may be released back into their own home. 

If you have an aviary or large bird cage you are getting rid of or don't need anymore, please email via the link provided above. There is also a pressing need for release sites for brushtail possums - a species that is very territorial and where release into a site already lived in by one possum can result in serious problems and injury. 

If you have a decent backyard and can help out, Lyn and husband Dave can supply you with a simple drey for a nest and food for their first weeks of adjustment.

Bushcare in Pittwater: where + when

For further information or to confirm the meeting details for below groups, please contact Council's Bushcare Officer on 9970 1367 or visit Council's bushcare webpage to find out how you can get involved.

BUSHCARE SCHEDULES 
Where we work                      Which day                              What time 

Avalon     
Angophora Reserve             3rd Sunday                         8:30 - 11:30am 
Avalon Dunes                        1st Sunday                         8:30 - 11:30am 
Avalon Golf Course              2nd Wednesday                 3 - 5:30pm 
Careel Creek                         4th Saturday                      8:30 - 11:30am 
Toongari Reserve                 3rd Saturday                      9 - 12noon (8 - 11am in summer) 
Bangalley Headland            2nd Sunday                         9 to 12noon 
Catalpa Reserve              4th Sunday of the month        8.30 – 11.30
Palmgrove Park              1st Saturday of the month        9.00 – 12 

Bayview     
Winnererremy Bay                 4th Sunday                        9 to 12noon 

Bilgola     
North Bilgola Beach              3rd Monday                        9 - 12noon 
Algona Reserve                     1st Saturday                       9 - 12noon 
Plateau Park                          1st Friday                            8:30 - 11:30am 

Church Point     
Browns Bay Reserve             1st Tuesday                        9 - 12noon 
McCarrs Creek Reserve       Contact Bushcare Officer     To be confirmed 

Clareville     
Old Wharf Reserve                 3rd Saturday                      8 - 11am 

Elanora     
Kundibah Reserve                   4th Sunday                       8:30 - 11:30am 

Mona Vale     
Mona Vale Beach Basin          1st Saturday                    8 - 11am 
Mona Vale Dunes                     2nd Saturday +3rd Thursday     8:30 - 11:30am 

Newport     
Bungan Beach                          4th Sunday                      9 - 12noon 
Crescent Reserve                    3rd Sunday                      9 - 12noon 
North Newport Beach              4th Saturday                    8:30 - 11:30am 
Porter Reserve                          2nd Saturday                  8 - 11am 

North Narrabeen     
Irrawong Reserve                     2nd Saturday                   2 - 5pm 

Palm Beach     
North Palm Beach Dunes      3rd Saturday                    9 - 12noon 

Scotland Island     
Catherine Park                          2nd Sunday                     10 - 12:30pm 
Elizabeth Park                           1st Saturday                      9 - 12noon 
Pathilda Reserve                      3rd Saturday                      9 - 12noon 

Warriewood     
Warriewood Wetlands             1st Sunday                         8:30 - 11:30am 

Whale Beach     
Norma Park                               1st Friday                            9 - 12noon 

Western Foreshores     
Coopers Point, Elvina Bay      2nd Sunday                        10 - 1pm 
Rocky Point, Elvina Bay           1st Monday                          9 - 12noon

Friends Of Narrabeen Lagoon Catchment Activities

Bush Regeneration - Narrabeen Lagoon Catchment  
This is a wonderful way to become connected to nature and contribute to the health of the environment.  Over the weeks and months you can see positive changes as you give native species a better chance to thrive.  Wildlife appreciate the improvement in their habitat.

Belrose area - Thursday mornings 
Belrose area - Weekend mornings by arrangement
Contact: Phone or text Conny Harris on 0432 643 295

Wheeler Creek - Wednesday mornings 9-11am
Contact: Phone or text Judith Bennett on 0402 974 105
Or email: Friends of Narrabeen Lagoon Catchment : email@narrabeenlagoon.org.au

Gardens and Environment Groups and Organisations in Pittwater


Ringtail Posses 2023

Cabbage tree palm: a sweet-leafed Australian native that waits 150 years to bloom

Auscape / Contributor
Gregory MooreThe University of Melbourne

When you think of palms, you might be mentally transported to tropical islands and beaches. But palms are a diverse and interesting group of plants of roughly 180 genera and more than 2,000 species. Most, but not all, grow in the tropics.

Australia has at least 50 native palm species, and one of my favourites is the cabbage tree palm, Livistona australis.

This slender palm can reach 25m or more in height with a stem diameter of 25–35cm. It has an extensive range down the Australian east coast from southern Queensland reaching almost to Orbost in Victoria. It is Victoria’s only native palm.

Strength and beauty

The stem of the cabbage tree palm has a very intricate patterning formed by the old leaf bases, which give the stem its strength.

If the stem is damaged, the cabbage tree palm cannot grow over or heal the damage. So, take care not to harm its stem (or, for that matter, the stem of other palms).

The cabbage tree palm has fan-shaped leaves about 10–30cm long. These occur at the end of leaf stalks (called petioles) that can be 1.5–2m long. Its small (3mm) white flowers are borne on what’s called a panicle (a branching spike), which can be up to 1.5m long.

The fruits are red but turn black when ripe. It’s at this stage they are ready to plant, if you wish to propagate.

Young palms may have little prickles or a rough texture at the base of the leaves. This is a protective mechanism common to many palms – but the long spines on some can really hurt if you’re not careful.

Cabbage tree palms are moderately frost-sensitive, but once they get up to a few metres in height they are quite tough. They’re resilient, drought-tolerant and cope well with full sun.

The older leaves dry out and hang down from the crown and may stay like this for some years. If many accumulate, they can eventually fall. This can be dangerous, so many gardeners have them regularly pruned.

However, in natural sites they are important nesting and feeding sites for birds and small native mammals such as bandicoots. In urban gardens, they may house possums and rodents.

The dead leaves can burn fiercely in a bushfire, but as long as the crown of the stem is not too badly burnt, cabbage tree palms are moderately fire-resistant. New leaves are produced quite quickly as part of the general fire recovery, as seen around Mallacoota and in New South Wales after the 2019–20 fires.

A useful plant

Like other palm species, cabbage tree palms have a long history of human use.

Indigenous people used leaves for basket-weaving, fibres for twines, ropes and fishing lines and medicine.

Young leaves were reported to be quite sweet and were boiled and eaten: hence the name cabbage tree palm.

The fruits are edible, but have to be cooked as they are quite tough. Parts of the stem can also be eaten as the “heart of the palm”. The heart of the palm can also be found in other palm species, such as the coconut palm (Cocus nucifera) or palmetto (Sabal species); the most common heart of the palm species, however, is the cultivated peach palm (Bactris gasipeas).

The crown is the softest part, but consuming it kills the palm.

Like most tall growing palms, the stems are very fibrous, which can make them difficult to cut with a chainsaw; the chain tends to clog.

This fibrous structure makes the stems quite flexible in strong winds, when the palms bend with the wind rather than breaking.

Author Marcus Clarke wearing a cabbage tree hat in the 1800s.
Author Marcus Clarke wearing a cabbage tree hat in the 1800s. State Library of Victoria

The fibre from cabbage tree palms was used by early European settlers to make a protective sun hat called a cabbage tree hat.

Like many palms, the root systems of cabbage tree palms are shallow, fibrous and very dense, meaning the plants can be readily dug up and transplanted (provided you take a sufficiently large root mass).

This puts natural palm populations at risk if they are dug up and sold without proper regulation.

If you wish to remove a palm, it’s best to dig below the stem and cut the larger fibrous roots. There may be ten or more roots – often 20mm or less in diameter – that can be easily cut, but even one or two can securely anchor the palm.

Patience is a virtue

Like many plants that have an arborescent (meaning tree-like) growth form, Livistona australis takes its time.

Details are sparse, but there are estimates of palms being nearly 400 years old.

Trees operate over much longer time scales than humans do and so when growing cabbage tree palms, you might need to be patient.

The cabbage tree palm can take between 20 and 60 years to develop a proper stem.

If you are keen to see your cabbage tree palm flower, don’t hold your breath. It may take, according to some estimates150-170 years before a first flowering. If you can wait that long, it usually happens between August and October.The Conversation

Gregory Moore, Senior Research Associate, School of Agriculture, Food and Ecosystem Sciences, The University of Melbourne

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

View from The Hill: Nationals dump net zero – say Australia shouldn’t cut emissions faster than comparable countries

Michelle GrattanUniversity of Canberra

Once again, the Nationals have got out in front of the Liberals on a key issue, this time net zero, announcing on Sunday they were dumping their commitment to it.

This is not unexpected, but more than awkward for their Coalition partner. It makes it trickier for the Liberals to retain the target – which is politically important in city seats – albeit in some watered-down form. It raises the question: if the Liberals stick with net zero what does that mean for the Coalition relationship?

And it puts the Liberals under greater pressure to get a policy out quickly. The party will now speed up its release – it was already planning to do this before Christmas.

The early positioning follows the pattern of the Voice referendum, where the Nationals announced their opposition ahead of the Liberals. In climate and energy debates over the years, the Nationals have been earlier out and more stridently conservative than the Liberals.

The Nationals party room, after several hours of discussion on Sunday, agreed unanimously to a revised policy that says Australia should cut its emissions in line with the developed world, rather than moving faster in order to achieve net zero by 2050.

On Saturday, the party’s federal council called on the parliamentary party to drop the net zero commitment. The Nationals signed up to it in 2021 when Scott Morrison was prime minister and Barnaby Joyce was deputy prime minister and Nationals leader.

The council’s resolutions are not binding on the parliamentary party, but the timing of the council and the parliamentary party meeting was coordinated, given it was clear where the party was moving.

Nationals leader David Littleproud told a Sunday news conference, “We are not walking away from reducing emissions. We can peg ourselves to the rest of the world. If the world moves we move with them”.

He described this as an “agile” model, and was anxious to distance it from denying climate change.

Litteproud said Australia had cut emissions more than like countries. “OECD countries have been cutting their emissions by 1% per year. Australia has been cutting its emissions by about 2% per year – double the OECD rate.”

The Nationals policy would tie the reduction to the average of OECD countries (this would exclude China and India which are not full OECD members). Under this formula the Albanese government’s 2035 target of a 62% to 70% cut on 2005 levels would come down to a 30% to 40% cut.

“Our emissions cuts will be capped and calibrated, which is common sense,” Littleproud said.

“The responsibility will be shared and transparent,” he said.

He pointed to the “proven model” of the Emissions Reduction Fund, saying that in 2014–2023 it “facilitated real emission reductions that didn’t ruin the economy.

"We will incentivise lower emissions through a renewed Emissions Reduction Fund. This will be a small fraction of the $9 billion now being spent each year on net-zero subsidies, regulations, and administrative costs.

"Our approach will increase investment in cheaper electricity by broadening the Capacity Investment Scheme [which presently excludes coal and gas] to include all energy technologies and remove the moratorium on nuclear energy,” Littleproud said.

Senator Matt Canavan, one of those leading the work on the new policy, said that under the Albanese government’s plans Australia would be cutting its emissions at a rate three times more than the rest of the world.

Littleproud said he had informed Opposition Leader Sussan Ley of the Nationals’ position. After the Liberal Party reached its position the two parties would talk. He would not speculate on what the Liberals would do.

Liberals gave their views on net zero on Friday at a meeting organised by a Coalition backbench committee.

Within the Liberal Party there is a spectrum of views, with hardline conservatives wanting to ditch the net zero commitment, some moderates strongly believing in keeping the 2050 target firmly in place, and yet others seeking a compromise such as retaining the target as an aspiration.

Environment Minister Murray Watt said once again in the Coalition “we’re seeing the tail wagging the dog”.

“We’ve got the National Party, which didn’t even rate 4% of the vote in the last federal election, dictating terms to the Liberal Party who claim to be the majority party in a coalition,” Watt told the ABC.

He said it was a repeat of the nuclear issue “where the National Party went out first to drag the Liberal Party into supporting nuclear, only to be resoundingly rejected by the Australian people at the last election”.

The Greens’ Sarah Hanson-Young denounced the Nationals’ policy move – and sought to invoke it in relation to another issue, the government’s attempt to get a deal with the opposition or the Greens for its changes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act.

“The question I have for the Labor party now is how on earth can you work with such a ridiculous, out-of-touch party like the Coalition in order to pass your environment laws over the next few weeks, or indeed into next year?” Hanson-Young said.

Crossbencher Zali Steggall said the Nationals’ decision showed they were “captured by fossil fuel interests”.

Another independent, Allegra Spender, said the Liberals “are left with a choice – either be honest that the Nationals are once again setting the Coalition’s climate policy, whatever words the Libs come up with to dress up their own policy, or split with the Nationals altogether”.The Conversation

Michelle Grattan, Professorial Fellow, University of Canberra

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

New Zealand Update: The government’s dismantling of climate laws breaks years of cross-party agreement

Barry BartonUniversity of Waikato and Jennifer CampionUniversity of Waikato

Just as world leaders gather for this year’s COP30 climate summit in Brazil, the government’s announcement of its intention to significantly change New Zealand’s climate change law upends years of cross-party consensus.

All of the proposals pose serious problems, but the change to the zero-carbon provisions in the Climate Change Response Act 2002 runs counter to the underlying purpose of the act to provide accountability for climate change policy.

The government proposes to simplify emissions reduction plans, which are produced every five years to set out policies and strategies to decarbonise every sector of the economy.

It also wants to remove the Climate Change Commission’s role in providing independent advice on emissions reduction plans, and allow more frequent revisions of these plans without public consultation. The changes would also adjust timelines for emissions budgets and reports, and relax deadlines for the government’s response.

In earlier research, we explored why climate change is an especially difficult policy issue. One of the chief reasons is that it is a long-term problem that needs action now.

Political systems are not good at addressing long-term problems. As public policy expert Jonathan Boston has demonstrated, democracies suffer from a short-term focus and find it hard to ask voters for commitments to fix a problem that will unfold over decades.

Consequently, countries have often announced targets for emissions reductions for dates that are decades away, and then walked off.

The classic New Zealand example is when Tim Groser, who was minister for climate change between 2010 and 2015, consulted the public about what New Zealand’s Paris Agreement target should be, but declared that domestic policies to achieve the target were a separate matter for some other time.

There is a tendency for governments to make grand statements on targets without awkward detail about what we have to do to reach them – or to do as little as possible so as not to upset voters.

But we know that won’t work. New Zealand went through a long period of that kind of climate policy making, and it shouldn’t go back.

Why we have climate law and a commission

The solution we settled on for emission targets and policy in 2019 was the Climate Change Response (Zero Carbon) Amendment Act. The act’s core elements are targets, budgets, plans and independent advice.

The long-term emissions targets for 2050 (net zero for long-lived greenhouse gases and a recently weakened target for shorter-lived methane) are supported by five-yearly emissions budgets, which show what has to be done in each period to stay on track for the target.

These budgets break down the distant target into a series of closer, smaller and more manageable ones. Then, for each budget period, there is a plan that sets out the policy actions in different sectors that, taken together, should produce a viable path to the necessary emissions reductions.

The Climate Change Commission is part of this policy system to provide transparency and independent judgement.

It formulates advice on targets, budgets and plans (and on a number of other matters), and that advice is made public. The government may or may not follow the commission’s advice, but usually must respond, again publicly.

The commission’s independence gives it a role different from that of the minister’s department. It is more able to take a long-term perspective, and it can ensure that politically difficult aspects of climate policy are not downplayed.

The act’s zero-carbon provisions, and especially the commission, help ensure climate policy is formulated in ways that are open, well-informed, systematic, effective and equitable. Consultation during the policy process helps build a broad base of support.

Good processes make better policy

Zero-carbon laws have been said to have a quasi-constitutional character. They are like the Public Finance Act or the Electoral Act in providing the rules and structure within which New Zealand makes decisions.

The fundamental premise is that good processes, laws and institutions will produce better politics and better policy. The zero-carbon procedures make it harder to do climate policy badly, and easier to do it well.

We should not stop the commission from giving advice on emissions reduction plans, and we do not want it to be reduced to being a mere technical system monitor. Nor should the plans be narrowed in scope, or made subject to the summary process of amendment the government intends, which avoids robust scrutiny.

Public consultation on budgets and emissions reduction plans should not be discarded, and timeframes for ministerial responses should not be relaxed. We need the commission as a source of independent advice to provide transparency about our policy options.

There may well be opportunities for streamlining the statutory procedures. But this must not weaken the system that gives essential structure to the way we tackle the difficulties of climate change.

The law should only be changed after wide consultation and the building of substantial multi-party support in parliament. That is how the zero-carbon law was enacted in the first place.The Conversation

Barry Barton, Professor of Law, University of Waikato and Jennifer Campion, Senior Lecturer in Law, University of Waikato

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

A deadly European hornet has reached NZ – we can all help stop its spread

An Asian hornet (right) hunting honeybees as they emerge from the hive. Jean-Bernard Nadeau/Science Photo LibraryCC BY-NC-ND
Phil LesterTe Herenga Waka — Victoria University of Wellington

The discovery of yellow-legged hornet nests in Auckland is frightening.

There have been five confirmed detections to date. Two of these were small nests, more than a kilometer apart, which suggests there are likely more in the region.

Why should we worry? This hornet is a serious concern for all New Zealanders. Yellow-legged hornets are aggressive predators and can become highly abundant. They threaten people’s health, biodiversity and especially honey bees.

The yellow-legged hornet (Vespa velutina) was accidentally introduced into France in 2004. It then spread rapidly, at around 100 kilometres per year, and was established across France by 2017.

A hornet nest (in France) hanging off a tree branch
This nest is in France, where hornets are now established. Michiel Vaartjes/AlamyCC BY-ND

The hornet is now well established in Spain, Portugal, Germany and other European countries. It was first detected in the UK in 2016, and its predicted range extends as far north as Scotland. Their success in Europe suggests they could thrive across much of New Zealand.

In some European areas, densities of up to 13 nests per square kilometre have been recorded, with mature nests housing several thousands of workers. Some even reach up to 13,000 individuals.

Risk to people and pollinators

People can die from hornet stings. Yellow-legged hornets will aggressively defend their nests and have been known to attack people even from hundreds of metres away.

In parts of Europe, they are now considered one of the most common causes of anaphylaxis, with multiple stings potentially leading to multi-organ failure. There have also been reports of eye injuries, particularly when well-meaning people attempt to destroy nests. Hornets can spray venom into eyes through the visors of beekeeping suits.

Their diet includes a significant proportion of honey bees. One European study found that 40% of their prey were honey bees, 30% flies and the remainder included other wasps and pollinators. In some high-pressure regions of Europe, beekeepers have reported losses of up to 80% of their hives once yellow-legged hornets became established.

More typical hive losses cluster around 30%. European beekeepers have resorted to desperate control measures – some even stand outside their hives with badminton rackets, swatting the hornets as they hover near the hive entrance.

When preying on honey bees, hornets hover outside hive entrances, waiting for tired bees to return from their foraging trips. The hornet snatches the bee mid-flight, kills it, and carries its body back to its nest as food. If bees sense the hornets, they may stop foraging altogether, staying inside the hive – a behaviour known as “foraging paralysis”.

A yellow-legged hornet
Yellow-legged hornets feeds on bees and other insects. Bonzami Emmanuelle/AlamyCC BY-NC-ND

The yellow-legged hornet poses a serious threat to both native and introduced pollinators, and to pollination itself.

Beekeepers in the UK are intensely worried, with reports of record numbers of nests this year, with infestations as far north as Yorkshire. One nest can consume around 11 kilograms of insects in a single season.

Quick action is key to eradication

New Zealand is uniquely vulnerable to wasp and hornet invasions. Unlike the UK and Europe, our biodiversity did not evolve alongside social hornets or wasps. Our native insects have no co-evolved or natural defences.

Add to that our warm, temperate climate, and it’s no surprise we already have some of the world’s highest wasp nest densities and hold the world record for the largest individual wasp nest, at 3.7 metres long. Hornets would likely become widespread and highly damaging if they established here.

If there is any chance of eradication, we must pursue it now.

Invasive hornets and social wasps are hard to eradicate, but it has been done before. In the United States, a programme to eliminate the giant Asian hornet (Vespa mandariniaappears to have succeeded.

Closer to home, German wasps were successfully eradicated from the Chatham Islands. And Spain at least temporarily celebrated the eradication of the yellow-legged hornet from the island of Mallorca – although populations have since been rediscovered.

The key to success in any eradication programme is acting early, while populations are still small and localised.

Citizen science has played a vital role in early detection and eradication efforts for many invasive species, including these hornets. We have to find the hornet nests to destroy them and it is crucial to do so early in the year, before new queens and males are produced in autumn.

Public trapping and reporting of sightings have already proved invaluable overseas. We need people engaged and watching for these hornets now. Traps have been designed specifically for yellow-legged hornets in Europe, and the Ministry of Primary Industries would be wise to implement them here.

But homemade traps made from plastic drink bottles, cut in half with the top inverted, can work, too. The hornets are attracted to a range of foods in spring, including protein such as fish or meat, and even beer.

If any country can catch this hornet early, it’s New Zealand. Our tradition of public vigilance and commitment to protecting our unique biodiversity would be of major benefit now.


You can report any suspected sightings either online at report.mpi.govt.nz or by calling the exotic pest and disease hotline on 0800 809 966.The Conversation


Phil Lester, Professor of Ecology and Entomology, Te Herenga Waka — Victoria University of Wellington

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Geopolitics, backsliding and progress: here’s what to expect at this year’s COP30 global climate talks

The Amazonian city of Belém, Brazil. Ricardo Lima/Getty
Jacqueline PeelThe University of Melbourne

Along with delegates from all over the world, I’ll be heading to the United Nations COP30 climate summit in the Brazilian Amazon city of Belém. Like many others, I’m unsure what to expect.

This year, the summit faces perhaps the greatest headwinds of any in recent history. In the United States, the Trump administration has slashed climate science, cancelled renewable projects, expanded fossil fuel extraction and left the Paris Agreement (again). Trump’s efforts to hamstring climate action have made for extreme geopolitical turbulence, overshadowing the world’s main forum for coordinating climate action – even as the problem worsens.

Last year, average global warming climbed above 1.5°C for the first time. Costly climate-fuelled disasters are multiplying, with severe heatwaves, fires and flooding affecting most continents this year.

Climate talks are never easy. Every nation wants input and many interests clash. Petrostates and big fossil fuel exporters want to keep extraction going, while Pacific states despairingly watch the seas rise. But in the absence of a global government to direct climate policy, these imperfect talks remain the best option for coordinating commitment to meaningful action.

Here’s what to keep an eye on this year.

A smaller-than-usual COP?

persistent criticism of the annual climate summits is that they have become too big and unwieldy – more a trade show and playground for fossil fuel lobbyists than an effective forum for multilateral diplomacy and action on climate change. One solution is to deliberately make these talks smaller.

The Belém conference may end up having a smaller number of delegates, though not by design so much as logistical headaches.

Brazilian President Luiz Inácio Lula da Silva backed the decision to invite the world to the Amazon to display how vital the massive rainforest is as a carbon sink. But Belém’s remote location on the northeast coast, limited infrastructure and shortage of hotels have seen prices soar, putting the conference out of reach for smaller nations, including some of the most vulnerable. These constraints could undermine the inclusive “Mutirão” (collective effort on climate change) sought by organisers.

person dressed as a folklore figure at the Brazil climate talks with large ship in background.
Many delegates will sleep on ships at the Belem climate talks. Pictured is Curupira, a figure from Brazilian folklore and the COP30 mascot. Gabriel Della Giustina/COP30CC BY-NC-ND

Show me the money

Climate finance is a perennial issue at COP meetings. These funding pledges by rich countries are intended to help poorer countries reduce emissions, adapt to climate change or recover from climate disasters. Poorer countries have long called for more funding, given rich countries have done vastly more damage to the climate.

At COP29 in Baku, Azerbaijan last year, a new climate finance goal was set for US$300 billion (~A$460 billion) to be raised annually by developed countries by 2035, with the goal of reaching $US1.3 trillion (~A$2 trillion) in funding from both government and private sources over the same period.

To deliver the second goal, negotiators laid out a “Baku to Belém” roadmap. The details are due to be finalised at COP30. But with the US walking away from climate action and the European Union wavering, many eyes will be on China and whether it will step into the climate leadership vacuum left by developed countries. The EU has only just reached agreement on a 2040 emissions reduction target and an “indicative” cut for 2035.

Climate finance will be the priority for many countries, as worsening disasters such as Hurricane Melissa in Jamaica and Typhoon Kalmaegi in the Philippines once again demonstrate the enormous human and financial cost of climate change.

The latest UN assessment indicates the need for this funding is outpacing flows by 12–14 times. In Belém, poorer countries will be hoping to land agreement on greater finance and support for adaptation. Work on a global set of indicators to track progress on adaptation – including finance – will be key.

Brazilian organisers hope to rally countries around another flagship funding initiative set to launch at COP30. The Tropical Forests Forever Facility would compensate countries for preserving tropical forests, with 20% of funds directed to Indigenous peoples and local communities who protect tropical forest on their lands. If it gets up, this fund could offer a breakthrough in tackling deforestation by flipping the economics in favour of conservation and protecting a huge store of carbon.

2035 climate pledges

Belém was supposed to be a celebration of ambitious new emissions pledges which would keep alive the Paris Agreement goal of holding warming to 1.5°C. Nations were originally due to submit their 2035 pledges (formally known as Nationally Determined Contributions) by February, with an extension given to September after 95 per cent of countries missed the deadline.

When pledges finally arrived in September, they were broadly underwhelming. Only half the world’s emissions were covered by a 2035 pledge, meaning the remaining emissions gap could be very significant. Australia is pledging cuts of 62–70% from 2005 emissions levels.

That’s not to say there’s no progress. A new UN report suggests countries are bending the curve downward on emissions but at a far slower pace than is needed.

How negotiators handle this emissions gap will be a litmus test for whether countries are taking their Paris Agreement obligations seriously.

Rise of the courts

Even as some countries back away from climate action, courts are increasingly stepping into the breach. This year, the International Court of Justice issued a rousing Advisory Opinion on states’ climate obligations under international law, including that national targets have to make an adequate contribution to meeting the Paris Agreement’s temperature goal. The court warned failing to take “appropriate action” to safeguard the climate system from fossil fuel emissions – including from projects carried out by private corporations – may be “an internationally wrongful act”. That is, they could attract international liability.

It will be interesting to see how this ruling affects negotiating positions at COP30 over the fossil fuel phase-out. At COP28 in 2023, nations promised to begin “transitioning away from fossil fuels in energy systems”. If countries fail to progress the phase-out, accountability could instead be delivered via the courts. A new judgement in France found the net zero targets of oil and gas majors amount to greenwashing, while lawsuits aimed at making big carbon polluters liable for climate damage caused by their emissions are in the pipeline.

An Australia/Pacific COP?

A big question to be resolved is whether Australia’s long-running bid to host next year’s COP in Adelaide will get up. The bid to jointly host COP31 with Pacific nations has strong international support, but the rival bidder, Turkey, has not withdrawn.

If consensus is not reached at COP30, the host city would default back to Bonn in Germany, where the UN climate secretariat is based.

Outcome unknown

As climate change worsens, these sprawling, intense meetings may not seem like a solution. But despite headwinds and backsliding, they are essential. The world has made progress on climate change since 2015, due in large part to the Paris Agreement. What’s needed now on its tenth anniversary is a reinfusion of vigour to get the job done.The Conversation

Jacqueline Peel, Professor of Law, The University of Melbourne

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

As global climate action threatens to stall, can Australia step up at COP30 in Brazil?

Naomi Rahim/Getty
Wesley MorganUNSW Sydney and Ben NewellUNSW Sydney

Ten years on from the landmark Paris Agreement, countries have taken big strides in limiting emissions and the clean energy transition is accelerating rapidly. But geopolitical headwinds are growing and the damage bill for climate pollution is rising. Climate action hangs in the balance.

Next week, these issues will come to a head as negotiators gather in Brazil for COP30, the 30th annual global climate talks. This year’s talks could be pivotal, as all countries were due to set more ambitious targets to cut emissions. Will the world double down on the clean energy transition – or will momentum stall and fossil fuel interests win out?

Australia has a larger role than its size and clout might suggest. After two decades as one of the world’s worst climate laggards, the new national emissions target compares favourably with much of the developed world. Australia is also bidding to host the next COP talks with Pacific nations.

Prime Minister Anthony Albanese has attracted some criticism over his decision not to attend the summit. But Climate and Energy Minister Chris Bowen will be there, alongside dozens of negotiators and experts from Australia and the Pacific.

The outcome is uncertain. But for the first time in years, Australia will be a leader in working towards a consensus on a managed transition away from fossil fuels.

What’s at stake at COP30?

The world’s climate talks are returning to their birthplace. The UN Climate Convention was signed in Rio de Janeiro in 1992 before talks began three years later. This year, the 30th Conference of Parties will be held in the Amazonian city of Belém.

For COP30 to succeed, it must firm up global commitment to the Paris Agreement. That may seem hard, given the United States is once again walking away from climate action.

But there is good news. The Paris Agreement is working, slowly but surely. Countries agreed to set emissions targets and increase their ambition every five years. These targets are bending the curve of emissions and limiting warming.

Before Paris, the world was on track for a catastrophic outcome: 4°C degrees of warming this century. The first wave of global emissions targets brought this closer to 3°C. In 2021, upgraded targets brought projections down to 2.1–2.8°C. Tallying up the new round of national targets suggests it may be possible to limit warming to 1.9°C. That assumes, of course, all targets are met in full. The new United Nations emissions gap report suggests 2.3–2.5°C is more likely.

The bad news is the Paris Agreement is not working fast enough. The longer we take to bring global emissions to net zero, the more heating we bake in. Every fraction of a degree intensifies damage to ecosystems and human communities. We are seeing these worsening impacts now at 1.2°C of warming. Almost every corner of the world is already reeling from intensifying heat, storms, floods, droughts and fires.

What can Australia do?

Australia’s delegation will arrive in Belém with a much stronger target: cutting emissions 62–70% by 2035 (from 2005 levels).

This isn’t aligned with the science – a cut of at least 75% is needed to align with the Paris goal of limiting warming to 1.5°C. But it’s an improvement.

Australia’s 2030 target was one of the weakest among wealthy nations. But only a handful of nations now have a more ambitious 2035 target.

That’s not all. Australia’s rapid shift to renewable energy is one of the fastest in the world. One in three Australian homes now has rooftop solar. Grid operators are at the forefront of soaking up more and more clean power. The federal government plans to have the main grid running on over 80% renewable power within five years. These successes offer an encouraging story.

Our turn next?

If the COP31 bid succeeds, it would mean Adelaide would host Australia’s largest ever diplomatic meeting. Success would help cement Australia’s place in the Pacific at a time of increasing geostrategic competition.

In 2022, the Australian government announced its bid to host the COP talks with the Pacific. Since then, Bowen has effectively been auditioning to head the talks, taking on key roles at the annual climate talks. At last year’s talks in Azerbaijan, he co-chaired negotiations for a new global finance goal.

The bid has broad support. But Turkey has refused to withdraw a rival bid. The standoff is expected to be resolved in the second week of talks in Belém.

If Australia secures hosting rights, leaders will have a positive story to tell about the renewables shift. But hosting would also draw attention to Australia’s huge gas and coal exports. Long one of the largest coal exporters, Australia’s gas production has doubled since the 2015 Paris Agreement. The emissions of these exports are three times larger than the entire domestic economy.

Until recently, these exported emissions were considered a customer responsibility. But in July, the world’s highest court found countries are legally responsible for climate damages caused by fossil fuel production and consumption, noting countries approving new fossil fuel projects may be committing “internationally wrongful acts”.

This finding is likely to ripple through these talks. Two years ago, nations at COP28 in Dubai agreed to “transition away from fossil fuels” in their energy systems. Bowen hailed the announcement:

if we are to keep 1.5°C alive, fossil fuels have no ongoing role to play in our energy systems – and I speak as the climate and energy minister of one of the world’s largest fossil fuel exporters.

Bowen and the Australian delegation will have to bring this level of clarity to Brazil amid backsliding by other major fossil fuel exporters such as the United States.

If COP31 comes to Adelaide, Bowen will need to go further. No one has yet given a sunset date for Australia’s fossil fuel industry. Working alongside Pacific nations, Australia can build a global legacy: beginning the managed phase out of fossil fuel production.The Conversation

Wesley Morgan, Research Associate, Institute for Climate Risk and Response, UNSW Sydney and Ben Newell, Professor of Cognitive Psychology and Director of the Institute for Climate Risk and Response, UNSW Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

New UN report a stark reminder of Labor's weak commitments on emissions targets: Greens

The Australian Greens say the UN’s new Emissions Gap Report released Tuesday November 4 is a stark reminder that both major parties are failing to listen to science and meet the ambition required to avoid climate catastrophe.

The report states that the world will fail to limit the rise in global temperatures to 1.5 °C, with a likely breach in the next decade. The report’s evidence supports calls for more ambitious emissions reduction targets.

The Greens Assistant Climate and Energy Spokesperson Senator Steph Hodgins-May stated:

“The new Emissions Gap Report from the UN is another indictment on Labor’s climate inaction.

“Time and time again, we see science sounding the alarm for world leaders to take emissions reduction seriously, only for them to slam the door shut.

“Labor ignores the deadly findings of their own Climate Risk Assessment. Will they ignore the United Nations and take findings from the international community as a suggestion?

"Our country could be a renewable energy leader, but instead, both major parties are in a race to the bottom to appease the likes of Woodside and Santos.

“Meanwhile, the PM is happy to tie our political fate to the US, fuelling the military conquests of a climate denialist with critical minerals and powering one of the world’s largest polluters in the process.

“Labor needs to take science seriously and commit to the required emission targets that will secure a safe future for people and planet.

The sixteenth edition of the Emissions Gap Report finds that global warming projections over this century, based on full implementation of Nationally Determined Contributions (NDCs), are now 2.3-2.5°C, while those based on current policies are 2.8°C. This compares to 2.6-2.8°C and 3.1°C in last year’s report. 

However, methodological updates account for 0.1°C of the improvement, and the upcoming withdrawal of the US from the Paris Agreement will cancel another 0.1°C, meaning that the new NDCs themselves have barely moved the needle. Nations remain far from meeting the Paris Agreement goal to limit warming to well-below 2°C, while pursuing efforts to stay below 1.5°C.   

Reductions to annual emissions of 35 per cent and 55 per cent, compared with 2019 levels, are needed in 2035 to align with the Paris Agreement 2°C and 1.5°C pathways, respectively. Given the size of the cuts needed, the short time available to deliver them and a challenging political climate, a higher exceedance of 1.5°C will happen, very likely within the next decade.  

The report finds that this overshoot must be limited through faster and bigger reductions in greenhouse gas emissions to minimize climate risks and damages and keep returning to 1.5°C by 2100 within the realms of possibility – although doing so will be extremely challenging. Every fraction of a degree avoided means lower losses for people and ecosystems, lower costs, and less reliance on uncertain carbon dioxide removal techniques to return to 1.5°C by 2100. 

Since the adoption of the Paris Agreement ten years ago, temperature predictions have fallen from 3-3.5°C. The required low-carbon technologies to deliver big emission cuts are available. Wind and solar energy development is booming, lowering deployment costs. This means the international community can accelerate climate action, should they choose to do so. However, delivering faster cuts requires would require navigating a challenging geopolitical environment, delivering a massive increase in support to developing countries, and redesigning the international financial architecture. 

Luxury tourism is a risky strategy for African economies – new study of Botswana, Mauritius, Rwanda

Mauritius led the luxury tourism trend in Africa with all-inclusive resorts. Heritage Awali/yourgolftravel.comCC BY-NC-ND
Pritish BehuriaUniversity of Manchester

How successful is luxury tourism in Africa? What happens if it fails to produce higher tourism revenues: can it be reversed? And does it depend on what kind of government is in place?

Pritish Behuria is a scholar of the political economy of development who has conducted a study in Botswana, Mauritius and Rwanda to find answers to questions like this. We asked him about his findings.


What is luxury tourism and how prevalent is it in Africa?

Luxury tourism aims to attract high-spending tourists to stay at premium resorts and lodges or visit exclusive attractions. It’s a strategy that’s being adopted widely by governments around the world and also in African countries.

It’s been promoted by multilateral agencies like the World Bank and the United Nations, as well as environmental and conservation organisations.

The logic underlying luxury tourism is that if fewer, high-spending tourists visit, this will result in less environmental impact. It’s often labelled as a “high-value, low-impact” approach.

However, studies have shown that luxury tourism does not lead to reduced environmental impact. Luxury tourists are more likely to use private jets. Private jets are more carbon intense than economy class travel. Supporters of luxury tourism also ignore that it reinforces economic inequalities, commercialises nature and restricts land access for indigenous populations.

In some ways, of course, the motives of African countries seem understandable. They remain starved of much-needed foreign exchange in the face of rising trade deficits. The allure of luxury tourism seems almost impossible to resist.

How did you go about your study?

I have been studying the political economy of Rwanda for nearly 15 years. The government there made tourism a central part of its national vision.

Over the years, many government officials and tourism stakeholders highlighted the challenges of luxury tourism strategies. Even so, there remains a single-mindedness to prioritise luxury tourism.

I found that, in Rwanda, luxury tourism resulted in a reliance on foreign-owned hotels and foreign travel agents, exposing potential leakages in tourism revenues. Crucially, tourism was not creating enough employment. There was also a skills lag in the sector. Employees were not being trained quickly enough to meet the surge of investments in hotels.

So I decided to investigate the effects of luxury tourism in other African countries. I wanted to know who benefits and how it is being reversed in countries that are turning away from it.

I interviewed government officials, hotel owners and other private sector representatives, aviation officials, consultants and journalists in all three countries. Added to this was a thorough review of economic data, industry reports and grey literature (including newspaper articles).

What are your take-aways from Mauritius?

Mauritius was the first of the three countries to explicitly adopt a luxury tourism strategy. In the late 1970s and early 1980s the government began to encourage European visitors to the island’s “sun-sand-sea” attractions. Large domestic business houses became lead investors, building luxury hotels and buying coastal land.

Over the years, tourism has provided significant revenues for the Mauritian economy. By 2019, the economy was earning over US$2 billion from the sector (before dropping during the COVID pandemic).

However, tourism has also been symbolic of the inequality that has characterised Mauritius’ growth. The all-inclusive resort model – where luxury hotels take care of all of a visitor’s food and travel needs themselves – has meant that the money being spent by tourists doesn’t always enter the local economy. A large share of profits remains outside the country or with large hotels.

After the pandemic, the Mauritian government took steps to loosen its focus on luxury tourism. It opened its air space to attract a broader range of tourists and re-started direct flights to Asia. There’s growing agreement within government that the opening up of tourism will go some way towards sustaining revenues and employment in the sector. Especially as some other key sectors (like offshore finance) may face an uncertain future.

And from Botswana?

Botswana followed Mauritius by formally adopting a luxury tourism strategy in 1990. Its focus was on its wilderness areas (the Okavango Delta) and wildlife safari lodges. For decades, there were criticisms from scholars about the inequalities in the sector.

Most lodges and hotels were foreign owned. Most travel agencies that booked all-inclusive trips operated outside Botswana. There were very few domestic linkages. Very little domestic agricultural or industrial production was used within the sector.

An aerial photo of a vast land of water and rocky. Small boats cross the water.
Guides take tourists across Botswana’s Okavango delta in boats. Diego Delso/Wikimedia CommonsCC BY-SA

However, I found that the direction of tourism policies had also become increasingly political. Certain politicians were aligned with conservation organisations and foreign investors in prioritising luxury tourism. Former president Ian Khama, for example, banned trophy hunting on ethical grounds in 2014. He pushed photographic tourism, where travellers visit destinations mainly to take photos. But critics allege he and his allies benefited from the push for photographic tourism.

Photographic tourism is closely linked with the problematic promotion of “unspoilt” wilderness areas that conform to foreign ideas about the “myth of wild Africa”.

President Mokgweetsi Masisi reversed the hunting ban once he took power. He argued it had adverse effects on rural communities and increased human-wildlife conflict. He believed that regulated hunting could be a tool for better wildlife management and could produce more benefits for communities.

Since the latter 2010s, Botswana’s government has loosened the emphasis on luxury tourism and tried to diversify tourism offerings. It has relaxed visa regulations for Asian countries, for example, to allow a wider range of tourists to visit more easily.

What about Rwanda?

Of the three cases, Rwanda was the most recent to adopt a luxury tourism strategy. However, it has remained the most committed to this strategy. Rwanda’s model is centred on mountain gorilla trekking and premium wildlife experiences. It’s augmented by Rwanda’s attempt to become a hub for business and sports tourism through high-profile conferences and events.

A statue in a breen-leafed area of a male, female, and baby gorilla.
Gorillas are a key attraction for luxury tourists in Rwanda. Gatete Pacifique/Wikimedia CommonsCC BY-SA

Rwanda invited global hotel brands (like the Hyatt and Marriott) to build hotels and invested heavily in the country’s “nation brand” through sponsoring sports teams. The “luxury” element is managed through maintaining a high price to visit the country’s main tourist attraction: mountain gorillas. Rwanda is one of the few countries where mountain gorillas live.

After the pandemic, the government lowered prices to visit mountain gorillas but has also regularly stated its commitment to luxury tourism.

What did you learn by comparing the three?

I wanted to know why some countries reverse luxury tourism strategies once they fail while others don’t.

It is quite clear that luxury tourism strategies will always have disadvantages. As this study shows, luxury tourism repeatedly benefits only very few actors (often foreign investors or foreign-owned entities) and does not create sufficient employment or provide wider benefits for domestic populations. My research shows that the political pressure faced by democratic governments (like Botswana and Mauritius) forced them to loosen their luxury tourism strategies. This was not the case in more authoritarian Rwanda.

Rwanda’s position goes against a lot of recent literature on African political economy, which argues that parties with a stronger hold on power would be able to deliver better development outcomes.

While that may be case in some sectors, the findings of this study suggest that weaker political parties may actually be more responsive to changing policies that are creating inequality than countries with stronger political parties in power.The Conversation

Pritish Behuria, Reader in Politics, Governance and Development, Global Development Institute, University of Manchester

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Ukraine’s massive nature project is helping veterans and land recover

A pelican in the Dalamtian delta, where a massive rewilding project is taking place. Neil Aldridge/Rewilding Ukraine.
Natasha LindstaedtUniversity of Essex and James CantonUniversity of Essex

Ukrainians have always felt closely tied to their land, often expressing this through literature and folktales. But these connections have grown even stronger since the country was invaded by Russia in 2022.

Forests, rivers and meadows in Ukraine are considered sacred spaces and important to resilience. As Ukrainians have dealt with the constant stress of war, nature has been a place to reconnect.

Ukraine has also been at the forefront of large-scale nature restoration in Europe in recent years. The country is planning two new national parks: Budzhak Steppes National Natural Park (in the Odessa region in the south) and the Great Carpathians National Park (in the south-west). And a project called Rewilding Ukraine has begun restoring some 13,500 hectares of wetlands and steppe (unforested grasslands) – that’s almost twice as big an area as Manhattan in the US.

This is serious rewilding. Compare this scale to that to one of the best known examples of rewilding in England, for instance – the Knepp Castle estate in west Sussex which involves some 3,500 acres (1416 hectares).

Rewilding these areas of Ukraine has involved the release of over 240 animals of different species, including kulan (wild donkeys), steppe marmots, eagle owls, fallow deer and even hamsters which are native to the region and the building of two breeding platforms for Dalmatian pelicans.

Interventions such as the removal of 200 meters of man-made dams surrounding Ermakiv Island are allowing beavers to thrive and the natural ecosystem to rebalance. There are benefits for the local human populations too, as flooding in villages and towns is reduced.

Help for veterans

The impact of this massive rewilding project is not only being felt in the landscapes of the Danube delta and adjacent Tarutino steppe in south-west Ukraine where vital efforts are being made to preserve this endangered habitat.

An initiative known as Nature for Veterans was launched in 2025 with the aim of helping soldiers and their families find emotional restoration from the horrors of war by immersing them in these newly revitalised areas of south-west Ukraine, far from the frontline.

A boat filled with people in a wild part of Ukraine.
Veterans visiting Ermakov Island. Emmanuel Rondeau/Rewilding Ukraine

Many who avoided death in the conflict find themselves severely affected with post traumatic stress disorder (PTSD), and their loved ones have suffered in their own ways. The value of nature-based therapy for war veterans, particularly those with PTSD, has been understood for many years, since first world war survivors with “shell shock” were commonly prescribed time outdoors.

This has particular relevance to Ukraine today as figures from its ministry of health, suggest that some 1.8 million soldiers and veterans may need psychological support.



Wars and climate change are inextricably linked. Climate change can increase the likelihood of violent conflict by intensifying resource scarcity and displacement, while conflict itself accelerates environmental damage. This article is part of a series, War on Climate, which explores the relationship between climate issues and global conflicts.


Environmental damage

Of course, the war in Ukraine has not only generated a large number of casualties (totalling 400,000), but has also caused enormous destruction to its ecological landscape. Thousands of hectares have been burned, rivers have been polluted by shelling and biodiversity has been interrupted by artillery noise and displacement.

What’s more, as much as 30% of Ukraine has been contaminated by landmines. In total, environmental damage has exceeded US$127 billion (£96 billion).

To some extent, due to the contamination of land, the war has also made it more difficult for Ukrainians to connect with nature. And evidence suggests this disruption has affected their mental health, something that is backed up by research showing people’s relationship with their local environment affects their wellbeing.

For societies facing the constant stress of war and threats to the country’s territorial integrity, landscape and environment, the chance to connect with nature offers important benefits.

In the face of this type of stress, Ukrainians have found ways to restore their lost connections with nature either by rebuilding gardens, adapting to new landscapes and/or finding different ways of sustaining their traditions.

Rewilding is offering renewal and recovery for both Ukraine’s people and its environment.


Don’t have time to read about climate change as much as you’d like?
Get a weekly roundup in your inbox instead. Every Wednesday, The Conversation’s environment editor writes Imagine, a short email that goes a little deeper into just one climate issue. Join the 45,000+ readers who’ve subscribed so far.The Conversation


Natasha Lindstaedt, Professor in the Department of Government, University of Essex and James Canton, Lecturer in Literature, University of Essex

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

How the plastics industry shifted responsibility for recycling onto you, the consumer

Jonathan BakerUniversity of Adelaide

Australia’s recycling system has been lurching from one crisis to another for decades. Soft-plastic schemes are collapsingkerbside contamination is on the rise, and states are still struggling to coordinate a coherent national approach.

But the deeper problem isn’t technical. It’s historical — and moral.

For 70 years, the packaging industry has led advertising and lobbying campaigns that trained us to see waste as an individual failing and a municipal responsibility, rather than a design flaw in the market system itself.

How the recycling myth began in the United States

In the early 1950s, Vermont briefly banned disposable bottles after dairy farmers complained broken glass was killing livestock.

Alarmed, beverage and packaging companies mobilised. They founded Keep America Beautiful, a seemingly civic-minded nonprofit organisation that soon became one of the most influential environmental groups of its era.

In a 1961 ad, Susan Spotless helps her father to Keep America Beautiful.

The organisation’s famous “litterbug” ads made the problem look simple. People were to blame for pollution. Picking up rubbish became a moral duty. The structural drivers of waste — packaging design, supply chains, and corporate incentives — were hidden from view.

As our new research shows, this kind of early market shaping used moral storytelling to influence how the public understood responsibility for waste — redirecting regulatory attention away from packaging and beverage producers.

The same companies later extended their strategy: lobbying for recycling logos on non-recyclable plastics while fighting container-deposit laws. Recycling became the perfect decoy: a feel-good solution that preserved the disposable packaging economy.

Australia imported the same publicity campaign

The message didn’t take long to cross the Pacific. In 1966, Keep South Australia Beautiful was established with support from a glass manufacturer and a brewery — mirroring the American founding coalition of packaging and beverage firms. Its early focus on litter education and civic pride soon grew into a national movement.

By 1974, Keep Australia Beautiful was running television campaigns with slogans such as “Dopes Rubbish Australia” and the notorious “This little pig” ads in the 1980s. The national “Tidy Towns” awards, sponsored by the Keep Australia Beautiful group, follow a similar script.

The “Dopes Rubbish Australia” ad campaign from 1973.

The formula was reminiscent of mid-century Americana: shame the public, celebrate personal responsibility, and leave production systems untouched.

How the system was rigged

In the US, industry influence didn’t stop at ad campaigns. Behind the scenes, packaging and beverage companies lobbied governments to make recycling collection and processing a municipal duty. That shifted the costs of their own waste onto municipalities and taxpayers.

Worse, internal industry research showed they knew large-scale plastics recycling was neither technically feasible nor economically viable.

Those findings were quietly buried while the public was urged to rinse and sort non-recyclable materials that were destined for landfill anyway.

Half a century later, the same pattern endures. Most government messaging still focuses on what citizens should do — rinse the yoghurt tub, check the recycling label, avoid contamination — while disposable packaging is produced faster than any municipal system can process it.

Globally, only about 9% of plastics ever made have been recycled.

In Australia, recycling rates for flexible plastics remain near zero. Virgin-plastic production, driven by cheap fossil-fuel feedstocks, still outpaces recycled material by more than 15 to one.

In short, the system works perfectly — not for the environment, but for the packaging and beverage companies that designed it.

Learning from history

Individual behaviour matters, but it is no substitute for structural accountability. Three policy shifts would make a genuine difference.

1. Deposit-return schemes should be expanded and harmonised nationwide. Evidence from Europe shows these programs routinely recover over 90% of containers, compared with less than 60% for kerbside recycling.

2. Stronger regulation is needed. These “extended producer responsibility laws” would mandate that producers and retailers fund collection and processing infrastructure, rather than leaving costs to local councils and ratepayers.

3. Production of virgin plastics needs to be regulated to make recycled materials competitive. Without capping output of new plastic, recycling markets will always be flooded with cheaper raw material. That makes it impossible to create a circular economy.

The story of recycling is not one of public apathy but of institutional design. It’s a story of how industries used moral narratives to deflect responsibility.

From “litterbugs” to “recycling heroes,” the same asymmetric pattern endures. Citizens do the work, municipalities pay for it, and corporations keep the profits. To fix the system, we must first rewrite that story.The Conversation

Jonathan Baker, Senior lecturer in Strategy, University of Adelaide

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Wildlife recovery means more than just survival of a species

What counts as success in species recovery? U.S. Forest Service via AP
Benjamin LarueUniversity of MontanaJonathan FarrUniversity of Montana, and Mark HebblewhiteUniversity of Montana

For decades, wildlife conservation policy has aimed to protect endangered species until there are enough individual animals alive that the species won’t go extinct. Then the policymakers declare victory.

That principle is enshrined in laws such as the U.S. Endangered Species Act and Canada’s Species at Risk Act. It shapes how governments manage wildlife and their habitat, how politicians weigh trade-offs between species protection and human development goals, and how the public understands conservation.

But often, those minimalist population numbers – enough to avoid extinction – aren’t enough to restore ecosystems or cultural connections between people and those animals.

There’s another way of thinking about species recovery: emphasizing not just avoiding extinction but instead enabling species to truly thrive. A shift from conserving minimum populations to restoring thriving populations involves recovering the species’ ecological role, including large parts of its geographic range and genetic diversity, as well as its relationships with people.

The difference between recovering thriving populations instead of traditional minimalist approaches becomes clear when looking at three iconic North American species: gray wolves, grizzly bears and bison.

A group of wolves gather in a snow-covered clearing.
The return of wolves to Yellowstone National Park was touted as a massive success – but was its goal too limited? National Park Service via AP

Gray wolves: More than a number

After decades of federal protection, gray wolves were taken off the list of species protected by the Endangered Species Act in parts of the U.S. in January 2021.

The Trump administration is considering removing federal protections for gray wolves nationwide.

But in the wake of the regional protection removal, states such as Montana and Idaho expanded hunting and trapping seasons for wolves, and some organizations added bounties for killing them.

Officials justified their actions by pointing to the fact that gray wolves had surpassed a minimum population threshold for species survival, and saying that intensive predator control would not jeopardize the species’ long-term viability.

The states’ current population goals would reduce wolf populations to about one-third of current numbers: from 1,235 to 500 in Idaho and from 1,134 to 450 in Montana.

For contrast, there are 3,300 wolves in Italy. That country has an area about 80% of the size of Montana and is home to less prey, less open land and more than 50 times as many people, all of which significantly raise the potential for human-wolf conflict.

So far in Idaho and Montana, gray wolf numbers have stopped increasing and may still satisfy requirements under federal laws protecting the species. But the wolf population there is not robust and thriving – it’s just surviving.

Wolves remain absent from large areas that provide suitable habitat for them. Reducing wolf numbers further, as the states want to do, would limit their ability to reoccupy these areas, where they could restore ecosystems by helping to manage often overabundant prey populations and also inspire millions of people with their wildness.

Grizzly bears: Viable yet vulnerable

Grizzly bear populations in the Greater Yellowstone and northern Continental Divide ecosystems have exceeded the federal recovery targets set decades ago under the Endangered Species Act to prevent the bears’ extinction.

In July 2025, a U.S. House of Representatives committee agreed to remove the species’ protection under the law, which would allow states to permit people to hunt the bears for the first time in decades. But it was overhunting that, in part, drove them to near extinction in the first place.

Government agencies often say that hunting and trapping reduce human conflicts with bears. But scientific and public opinion on that point is far from a consensus. There are effective, nonlethal methods for keeping bears away from humans, such as public education, electric fencing, bear-resistant garbage containers and removal of roadkill and dead livestock.

Once numbering more than 50,000 across at least 18 states in the 48 contiguous United States, grizzlies now number just over 2,000 and occupy less than 5% of their original habitat area. They can be found in only four states.

Current grizzly populations are also not interconnected, despite the availability of suitable habitat for them. That risks genetic isolation of subpopulations, which decreases genetic diversity and their prospects for adaptation and survival. Disconnection of populations also reduces their ability to disperse seedsimprove soil health and prey on other species. Grizzly bears are also an umbrella species, meaning they share habitat with a disproportionate number of other species, so recovering grizzlies benefits the entire food web.

One day, hunting might offer a new way for humans to reconnect with thriving grizzlies. But right now, with populations isolated and vulnerable, opening a hunting season would risk cutting off their chance to thrive in large, unoccupied ranges.

A group of very large animals stand in a grassy area surrounded by tree trunks.
Bison are common in Yellowstone National Park – but not nearly as common as they once were. Jon G. Fuller/VWPics/Universal Images Group via Getty Images

Bison: The illusion of return

Perhaps no species better captures the failure of existing recovery models to move beyond survival toward thriving populations than the bison. Tens of millions of them used to roam North America, shaping grassland ecosystems and playing significant material, spiritual and communal roles in Indigenous cultures.

Hunting for bison hides and tongues reduced their numbers to fewer than 1,000 at the cusp of the 20th century. Today, most bison live on ranches in small, fenced herds. Only 31,000 bison in North America are managed for conservation, and most are in isolated pockets of habitat at the fringe of their historic range. Even in Yellowstone National Park, which supports thousands of bison and provides a glimpse into how bison historically shaped North American ecosystems, the animals are barred from expanding to other parts of their historic range due to concerns about disease transfer to domestic livestock.

Thinking about the bison’s recovery in different terms does not mean tens of millions of them need to be stampeding across the continent. But it could mean large, free-ranging, genetically diverse herds that are integrated into a variety of ecosystems, where they also have a role in cultural revitalization.

A thriving view of species recovery is central to Indigenous-led initiatives, such as those guided by the 2014 Buffalo Treaty, which has been signed by more than 40 Indigenous nations. The treaty helped drive bison reintroduction to Banff National Park in Canada and is currently inspiring the recovery of free-roaming bison on Indigenous reservations across the U.S. and Canada, including the Blackfeet Reservation in Montana and Wind River Reservation in Wyoming.

A broader vision of recovery

Shifting away from the long-standing goal of a minimum viable population would require changes to how recovery targets are set, how success is measured, and how decisions are made when populations reach those minimum thresholds.

While national laws in the U.S. and Canada provide valuable starting points, focusing on species not just surviving but thriving would involve more ambitious goals, longer timelines and stronger human-wildlife coexistence measures. It would also require shifting public expectations away from the idea that recovery ends when minimal legal obligations are met.

Doing so could help combat climate change by restoring the role of large, wild animals in nutrient cycling, as well as reverse ecosystem degradation and help people of all backgrounds reconnect with nature.

As wildlife biologists, we aim to provide the best available science and recommendations to inform the conservation of North America’s wildlife. Yet under the current management paradigm, where recovery often equates to mere survival, we are compelled to ask whether this is enough. Should wildlife conservation aim merely to prevent extinction or to foster populations that thrive? How each and every one of us answers this question will shape not only the future of wolves, grizzly bears and bison, but also the legacy of wildlife recovery across North America.The Conversation

Benjamin Larue, Faculty Affiliate in Wildlife Biology, University of MontanaJonathan Farr, Ph.D. Student in Wildlife Biology, University of Montana, and Mark Hebblewhite, Professor of Ungulate Habitat Ecology, University of Montana

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

From nail bars to firefighting foams: how chemicals are deemed safe enough or too harmful

Maksym93/Shutterstock.com
Mark LorchUniversity of Hull

If you’ve sat in a nail salon recently, you may well have encountered TPO or trimethylbenzoyl diphenylphosphine oxide to give it its full chemical name. You won’t have seen the name on the bottle. But if you’ve had your gelled fingers under a blue-violet lamp, TPO could well have been part of the process.

TPO is what chemists call a photoinitiator – basically, a chemical that reacts when it’s hit with UV light. When your nails go under the lamp, TPO breaks apart and helps link tiny liquid molecules together, turning the polish into that solid, shiny, long-lasting gel layer.

It’s smart chemistry, and it’s one reason gel manicures last so much longer than normal nail polish. But recently, the EU banned TPO because research suggests it might increase the risk of cancer and could be harmful to the reproductive system.

Meanwhile, alternatives such as benzophenone and other common photoinitiators come with concerns of their own.

Benzophenone, for instance, is listed as a possible endocrine disruptor, meaning it may interfere with hormones. Another common substitute for TPO, called TPO-L is harmful to aquatic life and may cause skin allergies. None of this is hidden. The European Chemicals Agency maintains a public database where anyone can look up chemicals and find their hazard classifications and environmental data.

The point is not that nail varnish is dangerous. It is that even everyday products involve chemistry that is more complex than we might assume and that decisions about what is “safe enough” involve weighing risks, benefits and available alternatives.

The same pattern has played out recently with two much wider-reaching chemicals: Pfas, so-called “forever chemicals”, and glyphosate, a herbicide used in agriculture.

Recently, the European Commission announced new restrictions on Pfas in firefighting foam. It did this because Pfas don’t break down in the environment and can build up in living things over time, which can be harmful. Meanwhile, the use of glyphosate has been under review, with the EU approving its continued use and the UK due to make a decision in the next year or so.

None of these decisions happen instantly or automatically. Here is how chemical safety is regulated.

Firefighter using foam to put out a blaze.
Europe recently introduced restrictions on forever chemicals in firefighting foam. ChiccoDodiFC/Shutterstock.com

What Reach does

Pharmaceuticals are tightly controlled globally, but chemicals aren’t always regulated as strictly. However, in the EU and UK, chemicals are managed under a system called Reach that is often described as one of the most comprehensive chemical regulations in the world.

The basic difference in how we treat medicines versus chemicals comes down to how we think about risk. Chemicals are expected to be safe when used properly. Medicines, on the other hand, are allowed to have some risks if the benefits outweigh the risks.

That’s why harsh cancer treatments, which can have serious side-effects, are still considered acceptable – because they can save lives. And it’s also why very dangerous chemicals can still be made and used, as long as there are strong safety measures in place.

Under Reach, companies must register their chemicals and provide detailed information on a chemical’s properties, hazards and safe handling. The principle here is: “no data, no market”.

Regulators then evaluate that information – and can request more if needed. Such substances may then be authorised, meaning they can only be used if companies can demonstrate that risks are controlled or that societal benefits outweigh them while safer options are developed.

If a substance poses an unacceptable risk that cannot otherwise be managed, regulators can restrict or ban specific uses of chemicals. Later if evidence emerges that suggests a chemical can cause cancer, harm reproduction, persist in the environment, accumulate in living things, or otherwise be hazardous, it might be added to a list of “substances of very high concern”.

Reach is a strict, step-by-step system that requires companies to prove their chemicals can be used safely. But in reality, we often only learn the full effects of a chemical over time, once it is being used outside the lab and in everyday life. That’s why decisions about chemicals such as TPO, Pfas and glyphosate can change slowly and sometimes take many years to fully settle.

Safe and sustainable by design

As a result of cases such as these, many feel that despite Reach being one of the most comprehensive chemical regulations in the world, it isn’t enough. This has led to a philosophy known as safe and sustainable by design, where, instead of making a chemical and then proving it is safe, a material is designed with safety and disposal or recycling in mind.

In this area, artificial intelligence may well prove to have a major role. AI is increasingly being used to predict toxicity of chemicals and so allow them to be flagged before they are manufactured.

Chemistry has built the modern world, given us durable coatings on the ends of our fingers, high-yield crops, non-stick pans, waterproof jackets and thousands of other unnoticed conveniences. It has also given us chemicals that travel too far, last too long and accumulate where they were never intended.

The challenge is not to stop using chemistry. It is to use it wisely. Whether we are talking about manicures, farmland, or emergency foam, the principle should be the same: use chemistry that does the job, without leaving a legacy. The more we can predict that, the fewer surprises we’ll find later.The Conversation

Mark Lorch, Professor of Science Communication and Chemistry, University of Hull

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Environmental defenders are being killed for protecting our future – the law needs to catch up

Damien ShortSchool of Advanced Study, University of London

Three environmental defenders – people who take action against the exploitation of natural resources – are murdered or disappeared somewhere in the world every week. The latest report by Global Witness, an NGO that investigates environmental and human rights abuses, has recorded more than 2,250 such cases since 2012.

The vast majority of the 146 land and environmental defenders killed in 2024, according to the report, were murdered in Latin America. Many were opposing large-scale mining, logging or agribusiness projects.

Colombia recorded the highest number of deaths, with 48 defenders killed across the country. But Guatemala proved the most dangerous country per capita, with 20 killings that year. Indigenous people and small-scale farmers in Latin America are particularly exposed. Their lives and livelihoods place them in direct conflict with extractive and criminal interests.

Afro-descendant communities there face the same elevated risk. Many, including Brazil’s Quilombola communities, hold collective ancestral territories and have safeguarded forests and rivers for generations. This custodianship makes them targets.

Women accounted for approximately 10% of victims in 2024, with cases concentrated in Mexico. And multiple attacks killed entire families, including children, suggesting systematic intimidation rather than isolated violence.


Wars and climate change are inextricably linked. Climate change can increase the likelihood of violent conflict by intensifying resource scarcity and displacement, while conflict itself accelerates environmental damage. This article is part of a series, War on climate, which explores the relationship between climate issues and global conflicts.


In a conflict-affected context, or a situation where information is tightly controlled, killings and disappearances are hard to document. Families and witnesses also often stay silent for fear of reprisals. Impunity compounds the problem.

The Global Witness report notes that in Colombia, where environmental defenders have been at risk for decades, only 5% of killings since 2002 have resulted in convictions. Without justice, deterrence is absent, and cycles of violence continue.

Violence against environmental defenders also persists because it works. Removing a community leader, for example, can disrupt resistance for months or years. For corporations, defending against a lawsuit that arises due to violence against environmental defenders costs less than losing a mining concession. And for governments dependent on resource revenues, silencing critics preserves foreign investment.

According to the Global Witness report, nearly one-third of the murders in 2024 were linked to criminal networks. State security forces were directly implicated in others. This dual threat of criminal violence and official complicity is enabled in part by a shrinking ability for people to participate freely in public life.

Civicus, an alliance of civil society organisations that works to strengthen citizen action and civil rights globally, rates more than half of the countries where defenders were killed as “repressed” or “closed”. This means the authorities actively restrict freedoms of association, assembly and expression.

Violence is predictable in such environments. Defenders face not only physical attacks but also criminalisation, harassment and strategic lawsuits designed to exhaust resources and silence dissent. Ecuador demonstrates how quickly this repression can escalate.

In September 2025, the government charged people protesting fuel subsidy cuts and mining expansion with terrorism and froze the bank accounts of dozens of environmental activists without warning. Efraín Fueres, an Indigenous land defender, was shot and killed by security forces during the protests.

The Ecuadorian government is also moving to rewrite the country’s constitution, the world’s only charter recognising nature’s intrinsic rights, ostensibly to combat drug trafficking. But defenders say the real aim is to eliminate legal barriers to extractive industries.

Regional protection

Regional protection mechanisms do exist. But they remain incomplete. The Escazú agreement, a binding treaty signed in 2018 covering Latin America and the Caribbean, requires that states guarantee public access to environmental information, ensure meaningful participation in decisions and actively protect defenders.

Eighteen of the region’s 33 states have ratified the agreement. In April 2024, parties also adopted an action plan that includes free legal aid for defenders, legal training and monitoring through to 2030.

Whether Escazú can reduce killings depends on implementation. Brazil and Guatemala, both high-risk countries where defenders face lethal threats, have not ratified the treaty. Without participation from the deadliest jurisdictions, regional frameworks offer limited protection.

Protection mechanisms frequently fail, not because they are poorly designed but because they operate within systems that structurally favour extractive industries. Police assigned to protect defenders may be drawn from the same units that secure mining sites or suppress protests.

Prosecutors tasked with investigating attacks often depend on governments whose economic prospects rely on the very projects defenders oppose. Judges hearing cases against corporations, for example, may face political pressure when ruling against major investors. Around half of judges in Latin America are political appointees.

Mining and logging companies also fund local employment, infrastructure and sometimes entire regional economies. This creates dependencies that make meaningful accountability nearly impossible. Even well-intentioned protection schemes cannot compensate for the fact that defending land often means obstructing projects that generate revenue for underfunded state institutions.

There is also a critical legal gap at the international level. When severe environmental destruction occurs during peacetime, existing law struggles to hold individuals accountable.

The International Court of Justice addresses state responsibility but cannot prosecute individuals. And while the International Criminal Court prosecutes genocide, crimes against humanity, war crimes and aggression, environmental harm outside armed conflict falls beyond its reach.

A growing coalition led by Vanuatu, Fiji and Samoa is urging recognition of ecocide as a fifth international crime under the Rome Statute. The proposed definition, developed by an independent expert panel in 2021, would criminalise “unlawful or wanton acts committed with knowledge of a substantial likelihood of severe and either widespread or long-term damage to the environment”.

This would create personal criminal liability for individuals in positions of authority whose decisions lead to mass environmental harm. The theory is that when individual decision-makers face prosecution risk, projects relying on violence and intimidation become personally dangerous to authorise.

Ecocide law would not replace existing regulation or regional treaties but would serve as a backstop when harm reaches catastrophic scale. For defenders, the promise is accountability that reaches beyond hired security to the individuals who profit from or politically enable destruction.

People will always stand up for the places that sustain them. If environmental defenders can operate without fear, everyone benefits. Protecting environmental defenders is not idealism, it is the most pragmatic investment a civilisation can make.The Conversation

Damien Short, Co-Director Human Rights Consortium, Institute of Commonwealth Studies, School of Advanced Study, University of London

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Criminal psychologists are profiling a different kind of killer – environmental offenders

Julia ShawUCL

After years of trying to understand the minds of people who hurt others, I have recently turned my attention as a criminal psychologist from violent crimes to the less well-known world of green crime.

While researching for my new book, Green Crime: Inside the Minds of the People Destroying the Planet and How to Stop Them, I wanted to understand those who pose a threat to us on a much larger scale, at times even an existential level. Why do people choose to destroy the Earth and what can we do to stop them?

When I tell people that I am interested in environmental crimes, they often query two things. First, some ask whether I’m talking about environmental activists. No, people who take to the streets to raise awareness for the planet, even those who commit crimes like vandalising a building, are committing crimes for the environment, not against it. It is a problem that so many people think of the protesters who want to protect the planet before they think of those destroying it.

Second, people often conflate environmental crime and environmental harm. In other contexts, we understand that not all harms are crimes. For example, we know the difference between an aggressive argument and murder. Both are harmful, but only one is a crime. The same goes for environmental issues. There are many things that a company or person can legally do that are harmful to the Earth but are not crimes. Often it is only the most serious forms of environmental harm that are criminalised.

An environmental crime is when someone breaks a law related to destroying or contaminating our earth, air or water, or killing off biodiversity like trees and animals. These green crimes include acts like burning down a protected nature reserve, poaching an endangered species, or releasing toxic untreated water into rivers and lakes that makes people sick.

Alberto Ayala, executive director at the Sacramento Metropolitan Air Quality Management District, exposed what is alleged to be one of the biggest corporate fraud and environmental crime cases of all time: the dieselgate scandal in 2015 when diesel cars were found to be emitting far more toxic air pollution on the roads than when they passed regulatory tests.

When I interviewed him, Ayala made it clear to me that we need people to check that companies aren’t poisoning our air, or selling us things that make us sick or that might explode. Industry has repeatedly proven that it isn’t always going to have our, or the planet’s, best interests in mind. Regulators make sure there are guardrails.

It’s also not just companies we need to pay attention to. A lot of large-scale environmental crime is committed by organised crime syndicates. Some are armed and murder people in the process of committing environmental crimes.

Undercover agents, like those working with the Environmental Investigation Agency (a charity based in London and New York), infiltrate these organised crime networks. Agents gain the criminals’ trust, catch them on hidden cameras, and give evidence bundles to local police or Interpol so they can further investigate and press charges. Environmental lawyers then make sure those charges are turned into convictions.

Once these environmental criminals are caught, there are researchers who help shed light on their mindsets and motivations. Examples include Vidette Bester, who studies illegal miners, and Ted Leggett, who has led research for the UN’s report into world wildlife crime.

Six pillars

By synthesising research like theirs with wider work from the social sciences, I have developed a psychological profile of environmental criminals. I call it the six pillars model. The profile helps to show that their motivations are more nuanced, and at times relatable, than it first appears.

People commit green crimes because they feel it is easier to do something illegal than to do it legally (ease), because they feel they will get away with it (impunity), and because they take more than they need – and take it away from others (greed). Environmental criminals also convince themselves that what they are doing isn’t that bad (rationalisation) and that everyone else is doing it too (conformity). Feeling like there is no other option, either because the person is destitute or because they feel incredibly pressured at work, is also an important factor (desperation).

By understanding these factors we can hopefully recognise the moments when we are at risk of becoming environmental criminals ourselves, or of making other harmful decisions. In the fight for nature, it remains important to reduce our environmental footprint by choosing more plant-based meals, avoiding unnecessary flying, buying vintage rather than new, and insulating our homes.

I do all of these things because I know that not only do they help reduce the harm to nature I personally contribute to, but also because I want to normalise these behaviours in my own social circle. That being said, I also know that me doing these things won’t make nearly as much difference as catching environmental criminals.

We need to include green crime in conversations about how to save our planet. And we need to better acknowledge, and celebrate, the people who are holding environmental criminals accountable.

This article features reference to a book that has been included for editorial reasons, and may contain links to bookshop.org. If you click on the link and go on to buy something from bookshop.org, The Conversation UK may earn a commission.The Conversation


Julia Shaw, Research Associate, Criminal Psychology, UCL

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Why are so few environmental criminals on Interpol’s ‘most wanted’ list?

Diogo VeríssimoUniversity of Oxford and Sally SinclairUniversity of Kent

Environmental crime is big business, often listed among the world’s top five criminal activities, just behind counterfeiting and drug crime. So it would be reasonable to think it is a big priority for global law enforcement.

But our new research suggests this is not the case. For each country using a global list to track down wanted individuals, less than 2% of the crimes they were wanted for were environmental, on average.

Interpol’s red notices are one of the few ways to understand international law enforcement priorities. When nations submit a red notice, these alert Interpol’s 196 member nations of the details of a wanted person, including physical characteristics and a description of the crime.

Once approved, Interpol publishes this on its list of red notices, and requests that law enforcement agencies including police forces assist in locating the named person – then provisionally arrest them pending extradition or other legal action.

Red notices do help. Recently, Simon Leviev, an alleged fraudster dubbed the “Tinder Swindler”, was arrested after a red notice was issued for allegations of defrauding multiple women he met on the dating app of large sums of money. The notice flagged him as a wanted person when making an international border crossing, promoting cross-border cooperation between police and border forces. He was arrested at the Georgian border for crimes committed predominantly in Norway.

Our research examined how frequently this is used to combat environmental crime, compared with other crimes such as fraud or murder. By analysing red notices, we wanted to know if environmental crime is a global priority.

Our results showed that this tool is rarely used for environmental offences. Of more than 4,400 active Interpol red notices when we did the study in December 2023, just 21 were categorised as environmental crimes. That’s less than 0.5% of the total.

figure by Sally Sinclair, based on Interpol Red List data
Figure by Sally Sinclair, based on Interpol red list data. CC BY

If you’re thinking maybe this tool only works for high-profile individuals, that isn’t the case. Earlier this year, Interpol coordinated a global operation involving 138 countries and regions to arrest 365 suspects and seize 20,000 endangered animals.

And in 2023, Tanzania requested the publication of two red notices which led to cooperation between Tanzania, Thailand and Egypt to track down a wanted individual for tortoise trafficking. The publication of the red notice flagged their wanted status as they crossed an international border, leading to their arrest.

Red notices can evidently be a useful tool in the fight against growing environmental crime.

Why this matters

Environmental crime is vast, including illegal logging, mining, waste trafficking, and the poaching and smuggling of wildlife. Together, these activities generate billions of dollars each year, often ranking just behind the global trade in drugs and arms.

They drive deforestation, pollution and biodiversity loss, while fuelling corruption and violence as they converge with other violent, organised crimes. They can be incredibly harmful not just to the environment but people too.

There is a growing recognition of the impact of pollution on people’s health, for example. Without tackling this crime, growing global commitments to protecting biodiversity, such as through the 30x30 target – where nations commit to protecting and conserving a minimum of 30% of land and sea for biodiversity by 2030 – risk becoming symbolic.

The near-absence of environmental criminals from Interpol’s red notice list matters because it reflects how low environmental enforcement still ranks in global policing priorities. As long as these crimes are treated as less important, they will continue to thrive in the shadows, with enormous social and ecological costs.

Strengthening cooperation between national police forces through means such as Interpol red notices could make a big difference, especially in the face of cuts to international development funding, which may leave some enforcement agencies under-resourced.

Environmental crime isn’t a niche issue, it’s a threat to global security, public health, and issues such as pollution and water quality that the public depend on. If governments truly consider it a crisis, why aren’t more of its perpetrators on the world’s most-wanted list?

The problem may not simply be that governments don’t care. Environmental crime often crosses borders and legal systems. It’s not always clear who is responsible, or even which laws apply.

A crime such as illegal fishing or waste dumping may affect multiple countries, making prosecution difficult. Some nations still treat environmental offences as minor, while others lack the capacity to investigate the crime enough to find out who is responsible.

It is important to understand why nations aren’t using Interpol’s red list more effectively to prosecute environmental crime. Finding out if it’s lack of will, resourcing, or understanding of how to prosecute the perpetrators could be key to tackling environmental crime more effectively.The Conversation

Diogo Veríssimo, Research Fellow in Conservation Marketing, University of Oxford and Sally Sinclair, PhD candidate at Durrell Institute of Conservation and Ecology, University of Kent

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

The alleged British links to mass deforestation and displacement in a conflict few have even heard of

Samira Homerang SaundersQueen Mary University of London and David WhyteQueen Mary University of London

UK banks, energy giants and arms exporters are at the heart of one of the world’s least-known human rights and environmental crises, our research has revealed.

West Papua – the Indonesian-administered western half of the island also known as New Guinea – hosts much of the world’s third-largest rainforest after the Amazon and Congo basins.

Very few people outside of this region know about the decades of disappearances, torture and mass evictions of people from their land or of the independence struggle led by indigenous people. Even fewer know that the UK government and British companies are remain deeply entangled in the industries driving this destruction.

Our new audit documents, for the first time, how the UK supplies arms and jungle warfare training to Indonesia, while major British corporations – from BP to Unilever – and financial institutions profit from mining, palm oil, gas or logging in the territory, in spite of strong opposition from many people who live there. (BP did not respond to a request for comment; Unilever did not respond on record).

satellite image of island
New Guinea is north of Australia and is mostly covered in rainforest. Hundreds of thousands of people have been killed since Indonesia took over the western half of the island in the 1960s. zelvan / shutterstock

These investments continue a legacy that began with Britain’s brief colonial presence in the 18th century and today links UK companies to an area that has seen mass deforestation, widespread displacement and allegations of torture and extrajudicial killing.

The environmental cost

West Papua has vast deposits of gold, copper and other metals, and major reserves of liquid petroleum gas. The region is home to the Grasberg mine, the world’s largest gold mine and second-largest copper mine.

A 2022 report by local activists estimated that, each day, around 300,000 tonnes of toxic mining waste are dumped into the Ajkwa river system. Fish stocks have been devastated and contaminated mining waste has piled up in and around the river, making it no longer navigable using traditional boats.

Our audit also documents how gold extracted from Grasberg is sold through the London Bullion Market Association and how the London Metal Exchange brands and sells copper from the Grasberg mine. (The LBMA has previously pointed to its responsible sourcing standards, while the LME has previously said it “takes its regulatory obligations seriously, and has appropriate measures in place to comply with such obligations, including in respect of [potentially criminal waste disposal]”).

Palm oil is another key driver of deforestation, and West Papua is the site of a rapid expansion of industrial agriculture which includes the world’s largest deforestation project. Our audit identifies 14 major British investors in West Papuan palm oil plantations, including HSBC. (HSBC did not respond to a request for comment). British firm Unilever sources palm oil from two mills in the region. (Unilever did not respond on the record).

British energy giant BP operates the Tangguh liquefied natural gas facility in West Papua. The project sits in the middle of one of the world’s largest contiguous mangrove forests and occupies 3,200 hectares of land, most of which is designated a “green zone” with extra environmental protections. Our audit estimates the project will ultimately release 1.5 billion tonnes of carbon by the time it is all processed and burned – equivalent to the EU’s entire emissions reductions between 2015 and 2030.

Since production began, BP has faced criticism over alleged ties with Indonesian security, particularly in the forced relocation of ten villages which severed local people from their ancestral fishing grounds (BP did not respond to a request for comment on each of these matters).

A legacy of colonialism – and the cold war

Britain’s role in West Papua began in 1793, when a British naval expedition briefly claimed the territory as “New Albion”. Within a few years the British were gone, and New Guinea soon became a Dutch colony.

But UK interest resurfaced during the cold war, when the west wanted to ensure that West Papua and its huge mineral resources were kept within the US sphere of influence. Through a UN-backed vote called the “Act of Free Choice” – widely criticised as a sham referendum and commonly referred to as the “Act of No Choice” – West Papua was incorporated into Indonesia rather than gaining independence.

This paved the way for the current model of industrial development, in which foreign-backed projects extract enormous wealth while local people miss out or are displaced.

In 2022, the UN’s refugee agency estimated that between 60,000 and 100,000 Papuans had been displaced in the previous four years. Today, the number may be even higher. Human rights defenders we have worked with in the region estimate there are more than 100,000 displaced.

This mass displacement is a direct consequence of large-scale industrial projects led or underpinned by foreign investors. Allegations of systemic torture, state killings and forced evictions continue, while UK companies and investors profit from the industries driving the crisis.

Until the people of West Papua – rather than foreign investors – are given control over their own resources, there is little prospect of an end to repression, mass displacement and poverty.The Conversation

Samira Homerang Saunders, Researcher, Centre for Climate Crime and Climate Justice, Queen Mary University of London and David Whyte, Professor of Climate Justice, Queen Mary University of London

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Artificial developments weaken coastal resilience – here’s how mapping them can help

Reclamation at Colombo Port, Sri Lanka. Google Earth
Dhritiraj SenguptaUniversity of Southampton

The coastlines I trace resemble logos and luxury icons: palms, crescents, pixelated grids, surreal ornaments etched into shallow seas. The cartography is striking. The environmental consequences are very concerning.

There is an urgent need to evaluate the negative effects and risks associated with these artificial structures around the world, especially as climate change makes sea-level rise more extreme.

For ten years, I have been tracking changing coastlines and trying to map the spread of artificial coastal developments. But this is difficult for two reasons.

First, it’s tricky to define what counts as reclamation and what doesn’t. Does a polder (a piece of low-lying land reclaimed from the sea) belong in the same category as a luxury island? Do sea walls belong in the same category as “dredge-and-fill peninsulas” (land created by digging sand from a seabed or river banks that is used to fill an area of water).

Second, at a global scale, constantly updating maps with rapidly changing unnatural boundary designs is a never-ending task, which involves extracting data from satellite images.

The geometry of reclaimed sites and artificial shorelines can seem bizarre – ranging from the leafed fronds of Ocean Flower Island in Hainan, China, to perfect crescents in Durrat Al Bahrain in the Persian Gulf, and straight-edged lattices in Lagos, Nigeria. In most cases, they are designed to look appealing without much consideration of ocean health or storm resilience.

aerial shot of horseshoe shaped coastal islands in sea
Durrat Al Bahrain island in the Persian Gulf. PaPicasso/Shutterstock

Sharp angles interrupt longshore drift. Features such as headlands, jetties or bends in the coastline block or redirect the flow of sand moved by waves. This causes sand to build up in some areas while leaving other beaches with less sand, leading to erosion.

With artificial coastlines, these effects are amplified – a particular problem in places without the financial means to manage their beaches.

Grid-like canals slice tidal flats into disjointed basins. On maps, the lines are neat – but in reality, they produce messy hydrodynamics and fragmented ecosystems.

Such misplaced “neatness” can have far-reaching consequences. Reclamation destroys mangroves, muddy tidal flats and seagrass meadows – ecosystems which act both as valuable stores of atmospheric carbon and fish nurseries.

Dredging also stirs up sediment which clouds the water downstream, making it harder for coral reefs to survive. This compounds climate stress, acting as a threat multiplier. Most of the artificial coastlines aren’t as resilient to extreme weather as they could be.

Human-made coastal changes disturb natural water flow, often leading to poor water quality, floods and erosion. Coastal communities can lose their fishing grounds and safe landing beaches. Without protective natural ecosystems acting as a buffer against extreme weather, often the poorest coastal communities bear the greatest impacts from coastal erosion and sea-level rise.

There’s also a carbon cost to this type of coastal development. Dredgers, quarrying, cement and machinery all stack up emissions. Add in the lost carbon storage from destroyed wetlands, and reclamation becomes a climate double blow.

How maps become bridges to action

Maps reveal where, when and how much development is occurring. They can become bridges to action if this research into shoreline change is combined with biodiversity surveys (to assess marine life), hydrodynamic modelling (changes to currents) and social impact assessments (how coastal communities are affected).

In my view, environmental impact assessments should look beyond short-term, single-project effects, and consider how multiple projects collectively affect ecosystems over time. Construction approvals should depend not only on each project’s immediate footprint, but on how it will perform across its entire lifetime – for example, how much flood risk it creates and how much carbon it emits or saves.

Using a mix of tools to engage diverse groups – including local communities, policymakers, scientists and educators – can strengthen understanding and action on coastal change. Examples include holding workshops on the interpretation of satellite-derived data and visualisations, creating interactive StoryMaps (digital storybooks using maps, pictures and text to explain a topic), as well as community-driven mapping.

Many coastal and fishing communities located around reclamation sites – who previously had direct access to the coast – are now calling to halt further reclamation. By documenting lost ecosystems, tracing flood pathways and highlighting human stories behind coastal change, we can better understand how vulnerable coastal communities are to land reclamation.

close up shot of sandy reclaimed islands and turquoise sea
Dubai’s The World is a series of manufactured sandy island developments. Felix Lipov/Shutterstock

Some damage is irreversible. Natural coastlines are not just scenic – they are self-maintaining, shock-absorbing, carbon-storing infrastructure. A moratorium on new reclamation throughout the world is needed – and a pivot to restoration by rebuilding lost mangroves, protecting tidal creeks and removing “hard edges” where possible.

Mapping alone will not stop coastal development. But it can catalyse coalitions, inform policy, expose hidden costs and redirect finance. It can turn a line on a screen into a line in the sand.

I began my research by trying to define reclamation precisely enough to classify it. But it has revealed a more urgent task: to defend what remains of the natural coastline, and restore what we still can.

The coastline is not a canvas for our extravagant signatures. When protected, it is nature’s living margin which sustains us.The Conversation

Dhritiraj Sengupta, Visiting Researcher, University of Southampton

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

‘You can’t eat electricity’: how rural solar farms became the latest battlefront in Britain’s culture war

Alex HeffronLancaster University and Tom Carter-BrookesKeele University

Sean Matthews, the Reform UK leader of Lincolnshire County Council, has said he’ll “lie down in front of bulldozers” to stop Britain’s largest solar farm being built in the county. He’s taking sides in a new rural culture war that pits green energy against the countryside’s traditional image of food and farming.

Reform’s opposition to renewables isn’t surprising. Fossil fuel interests have provided around 92% of the party’s funding according to research by DeSmog (when contacted by DeSmog, Reform did not comment on that finding). But solar farms have become a way for the party to mask these interests by presenting itself as a defender of farms, fields and “common sense” against what Matthews called the “nonsense” of net zero.

Meanwhile, the protest group Farmers to Action has urged supporters to “keep the land growing, not glowing”. Its leader, Justin Rogers, has called climate change “one of the biggest scams that has ever been told”, and the group now operates in lockstep with the Together Declaration, a rightwing campaign group with an explicit anti-net zero agenda.

Yet a recent protest organised by these groups in Liverpool, at the Labour party conference, suggests there is limited enthusiasm in the farming community for these culture wars. While most of the speakers were farmers, very few working farmers showed up. (One of us, Tom, who has been to around 15 of these protests, was there in person and estimates about 50 out of around 300 people present were farmers.)

Those mobilising the culture wars are trying to turn localised rural resentments against solar panels into a wedge issue, and in the process win over rural voters to Reform as the party of anti-net zero. If Reform wins the election, it will seek to impede necessary renewable energy projects.

However, this conflicts with the majority of farmer sentiment, which shows they are concerned by climate change. So, while Reform UK is positioning itself as anti-climate, is the party, despite the rhetoric, actually anti-farmer?

‘You can’t eat electricity’

Research by the Energy and Climate Intelligence Unit (ECIU) found 80% of UK farmers are “concerned about the impact of climate change on their ability to make a living”, while 87% have experienced reduced productivity due to heatwaves, floods or other climate change-induced extreme weather.

For farmers, productivity isn’t just about profit – it’s a central pillar of what sociologists have called the “good farmer” identity. This is the idea that being a successful food producer is central to how many farmers see themselves and their role.

Since the second world war, agricultural innovations have largely been aimed at producing more food, as a way to improve domestic food security.

Now, in essence, they are being asked to shift their identity to embrace energy production along with food production. But planting fields with solar panels clashes with the productivity aspect of what it means to be a good farmer. The truism that “you can’t eat electricity”, as Farmers to Action put it, is trying to speak to this sentiment.

The accusation is that taking land out of production threatens food security. In fact, only around 0.5% of UK farmland needs to be converted to solar to achieve the government’s target figure.

At the same time, as the research by ECIU has found, the very productivity of farming is being threatened by climate change. This presents an apparent tension.

Without urgent climate action, British farms will continue to bear the costs and consequences. Environmentalists and climate activists might wish to take advantage of this tension between what farmers need and what Reform is offering. While Nigel Farage, Richard Tice and co shake their fists at the sun, farmers suffer in the heat.

Corporate profits or community interest?

Many objections to large solar farms are driven by a sense of fairness. For example, a tenant farming family in Yorkshire is about to lose 110 acres of their best arable land – half their farm – to solar panels, without any compensation. This will have a devastating impact on their business – where they have lived and farmed for many decades.

For the landowner, the switch will probably be very lucrative, with energy companies reportedly offering rents as high as £1,000 per acre per year, on long-term contracts.

In this scenario, the landowner wins and the tenant loses, which goes against the principle of a just transition, the idea that those affected by the shift to net zero should not lose out. This is despite the prime minister, Keir Starmer, making a pre-election pledge that tenant farmers would be protected.

Effective green policy must ensure that green transitions benefit those doing the work or opposition will grow. Perhaps if the profits were recouped by local communities, not far-off corporations and large absentee landowners, nimbyism wouldn’t fester so easily.

There are fairer ways to deploy renewables, via initiatives which involve and benefit local communities. An example of this is Cwm Arian Renewable Energy, near to where one of us, Alex, lives. It has used the income from wind energy to support the local community in various ways, such as offering good employment, putting on community events and teaching land skills.

Farmers, like the rest of society, are paying the price of high energy costs. Recent research has shown that wind energy alone has reduced British energy costs by at least £104 billion. Making clear that renewable energy developments can help with lowering energy bills could go some way to overcoming opposition.

Ultimately, farmers still want to farm and produce food. At the same time, agriculture must fit into broader green transitions. The challenge is to take on board the voices and concerns of farmers and see them as part of the transition – not treat them as obstacles to it. If not, there are plentiful voices on the right who are eager to offer them an alternative.


Don’t have time to read about climate change as much as you’d like?
Get a weekly roundup in your inbox instead. Every Wednesday, The Conversation’s environment editor writes Imagine, a short email that goes a little deeper into just one climate issue. Join the 45,000+ readers who’ve subscribed so far.The Conversation


Alex Heffron, PhD Candidate in Geography, Lancaster University and Tom Carter-Brookes, Leverhulme Doctoral Scholar, Sustainable Rural Futures, Keele University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Ancient Greeks and Romans knew harming the environment could change the climate

Universal History Archive / Contributor/Getty
Konstantine PanegyresThe University of Western Australia

Humans have known about, thought about and worried about climate change for millennia.

Since at least the fourth century BC, the ancient Greeks and Romans recognised that the climate changes over time and that human activity can cause it.

They worried deeply about the impact it would have on us as individuals, and on broader society.

The earliest mention of climate change?

Greek writer Theophrastus of Eresus (who lived roughly from 372 BCE to 282 BCE) was a student of Aristotle. He is sometimes credited with the earliest reference to climate change.

In his treatise On Winds, Theophrastus notes people in Crete recognised their climate had changed over the centuries:

[they say] that now the winters are longer and more snow falls, presenting as proof the fact that the mountains once had been inhabited and bore crops, both grain and fruit-tree, the land having been planted and cultivated.

For there are vast plains among the Idaean mountains and among others, none of which are farmed now because they do not bear (crops).

But once, as was said, they were in fact settled, for which reason indeed the island was full of people, as heavy rains occurred at that time, whereas much snow and wintery weather did not occur.

It’s unclear how accurate Theophrastus’ account of Crete’s climate might be or what time period is meant by the word “once”.

Modern scientific studies suggest that from 8000 BCE to 600 BCE Crete experienced various alternations of climate, for example from humid and warm to dry and warm to cold and humid, while in the time when Theophrastus was writing the climate is meant to have been relatively warm and dry.

Theophrastus’ observation shows people handed down information about climate change from generation to generation.

Ancient awareness of the role of humans in climate change

In ancient Greek and Roman times, some were even aware that human actions could contribute to changes in climate.

The Roman aristocrat Pliny the Elder (23/24-79 CE) wrote a work titled Natural History, in which he gave examples of human induced climate change.

In one passage, Pliny noted that

in the district of Larisa in Thessaly the emptying of a lake has lowered the temperature of the district.

According to Pliny, because of this change of climate:

olives which used to grow there before have disappeared, also the vines have begun to be nipped (by frost), which did not occur before.

Pliny noted this kind of change caused by human activity had happened elsewhere in Greece:

The city of Aenos, since the river Maritza was brought near to it, has experienced an increase of warmth and the district round Philippi altered its climate when its land under cultivation was drained.

Ancient awareness of long-term climate changes

Ancient Greeks and Romans understood the climate is not static over time.

The Roman writer Columella (active around 50 CE) noted in his work On Agriculture that climate change had been mentioned by earlier writers:

For I have found that many authorities […] were convinced that with the long passing of the ages, weather and climate undergo a change.

Columella refers to the Roman writer Saserna (who was active in the early first century BCE). Saserna had observed how:

Regions which formerly, because of the unremitting severity of winter, could not safeguard any shoot of the vine or the olive planted in them, now that the earlier coldness has abated and the weather is becoming more clement, produce olive harvests and the vintages of Bacchus (wine) in the greatest abundance.

Saserna did not, however, attribute these long-term climactic changes to human activity. He suggested they were caused by the position of the Earth in relation to the Sun and the other planets, writing that:

The position of the heavens has changed.

Ancient responses to climate change

Greek and Roman writers sometimes complained about the destruction being done to the environment.

Roman writer Pliny the Elder said that:

We taint the rivers and the elements of nature, and the air itself, which is the main support of life, we turn into a medium for the destruction of life.

However, most ancient authors tended not to link environmental damage or pollution with climate change as much as we do today. The exception is when they talk about the draining of lakes or diversions of rivers, which worried many.

A statue of Nerva near the Colosseum under the snow.
Some ancient leaders, such as Roman emperor Nerva, took action to clean up the environment. Universal Images Group/Getty

Ancient authors did, however, see protection of the environment as a serious concern. Their view was making the environment unhealthy would make people unhealthy, too.

For example, the physician Galen (129-216 CE) said that in his time the Tiber River in Rome was so polluted that it was not safe to eat fish caught there. Nonetheless, many people ate the fish, got sick, and died. The main pollution sources were sewage and rubbish.

Some ancient leaders took action to clean up the environment.

For instance, the Roman emperor Nerva (who ruled 96-98 CE) undertook construction works that caused the appearance of the city to be “clean and altered” and made the air “purer”, according to the Roman writer Frontinus.

What the modern world can learn

Ancient Greek and Roman writings reveal ancient concerns about our negative impact on the environment.

They show that places once rich and fertile later became desolate and barren.

Although the Greeks and Romans linked environmental harm with climate change to a more limited extent than we do today, they nevertheless knew harming the environment could change the climate.

This, they understood, can ultimately bring harm to ourselves personally and to our societies as a whole.The Conversation

Konstantine Panegyres, Lecturer in Classics and Ancient History, The University of Western Australia

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Week One November 2025 (October 27 - November 2)

Envirolink Event: Talking Nature

Northern Beaches Envirolink advise of their upcoming event at the Tramshed, Narrabeen. on Wednesday 5 November.

Time: 5:30pm | Venue: Lakeview Hall, Tramshed Arts and Community Centre, 1395A Pittwater Rd, Narrabeen 
We welcome you to an event focusing on the local environmental challenges as well as an update on the Lizard Rock Rezoning/ Development application.
  • 5.30pm: Light Supper & non alcoholic drinks, mix, mingle and connect
  • 5:50pm: Welcome to Country by Neil Evers
  • 6:00pm: Sonja Elwood will be speaking on “Priority Weed Management to protect Biodiversity on Sydney's Northern Beaches”. Sonja is the Senior Invasive Species Officer at Northern Beaches Council. She has impressive knowledge about wildlife, biodiversity, threatened species and ecological communities. She is regularly engaging herself with the local community about wildlife issues and by participating and contributing to the 'Weeds Roundtable'.
  • 6:45pm: Phil Colman will be talking about ‘The east coast current’. Phil is a marine biologist, formerly of the Australian Museum, he is the expert when it comes to explaining the very rich and bio-diverse life of the intertidal zone and the currents that surround the Northern Beaches. A limited number of Phil's recently published book " Exploring tidal waters on Australia's temperate coast" will be available
  • 7:10pm: Clr Kristyn Glanville, will be providing an update on ‘Lizard Rock’. Kristyn is a solicitor practising in environment and planning law, with experience advising the public and private sector on a range of issues including planning and development, compliance and enforcement, environmental licensing, biodiversity, and contamination.
  • 7:20 -8:00pm: Brainstorming with more food and drinks
RSVP via text appreciated but not essential. (Conny 0432643295)

Proposed Wildlife Trade Operation: Commercial Harvest and Export of Wallabies from Tasmania

Have your say: Closes 7 November 2025
The Department of Climate Change, Energy, the Environment and Water has received an application for the approval of a Wildlife Trade Operation (WTO) under Part 13A, section 303FN of the EPBC Act. The application is for the wild harvest and commercial export of Wallaby from Tasmania.

If approved, the proposed WTO will remain in place for up to 3 years from the day after the date of its declaration.
The WTO states it 'allows for the export of product from up to 200,000 wallabies annually. This is less than 40% of the long-term average take of wallaby for crop protection purposes in Tasmania'.

The proposal ' Proposed Wildlife Trade Operation: Commercial Harvest and Export of Wallaby from Tasmania [PDF 614KB]' states further that;

Reported 'take' of wallaby under Permit (2019-2024)
Year   Number of Property Protection Permits Current    Reported take
2019                 2 827                                                          921 962
2020                 3 127                                                          876 494
2021                 2 945                                                          882 852
2022                 2 728                                                          678 840
2023                 2 737                                                          528 378
2024                 3 118                                                          497,926*
*Preliminary figures only as take returns for reporting period are not complete, (Source: Unpublished Data, NRE Tasmania).

The Proposal document states further that:
''Since 2004, the take of wallaby in Tasmania for crop protection purposes has averaged over 500,000 annually (Unpublished Data, NRE Tasmania). This level of take has had no impact on wallaby populations (Figures 1 & 2 for Tasmanian Pademelon and Bennett's Wallaby) and has been shown to be sustainable in all management regions at this level. '

'Wallaby are harvested and processed in Tasmania for human consumption and pet food under the control of the Primary Produce Safety Act 2011 and the Nature Conservation Act 2002. Meat processing premises and harvesters are registered and licensed by the Food Safety Branch (FSB) and Game Services Tasmania (GST) respectively of the Department of Natural Resources and Environment (NRE).

Wallaby are listed as Partly Protected wildlife under Schedule 8 of the Nature Conservation (Wildlife) Regulations 2021 of the Nature Conservation Act 2002. As such, they can only be taken for commercial purposes by licensed hunters and only from properties which have been issued property protection permits for wallaby by NRE.

Region of Harvest
Wallabies are wholly protected on land reserved as State Reserve, National Park or other conservation reserves under the National Parks and Reserves Management Act 2002.

Approximately 49% of the land area of Tasmania is contained in State Reserve, National Park or other conservation reserves and much of this area is suitable wallaby habitat. The distribution of reserves covers all regions of Tasmania, and consequently a broad range of habitat types. In addition, much of the population outside of formal reserves is indirectly protected from culling because of land use restrictions, proximity to residential property and urban/suburban areas, difficult terrain, dense bush or lack of access for hunters.
Under this management plan, the taking of wallaby that can be utilised commercially may be undertaken only on or adjacent to land used for primary production, namely land used to produce crops (including plantation timber) and/or pasture. '


The call for public comments is open until 7 November 2025, 11:59pm AEDT.

To assist in considering comments, the Department of Climate Change, Energy, the Environment and Water encourages you to provide comments under the following headings:
  • management and methodology
  • monitoring procedures
  • ecological sustainability of the operation
  • animal welfare
  • other.

Mail:

The Director
Wildlife Trade Assessments Section
Department of Climate Change, Energy,
the Environment and Water
GPO Box 3090
Canberra ACT 2601



A lorry load of 3000 Koala skins obtained by a party of men in the Clermont district ( Queensland ) in thirty days. 1930's. More in;  Australia: Place Of The Culling Fields

Introduction of Environment Protection Reform Bill 2025

October 30 2025: Statement by Senator the Hon Murray Watt, Minister for the Environment and Water
The Australian Parliament must make a choice - support reform that will protect our treasured natural environment and drive productivity, or keep the broken, outdated laws we have which are failing business, the environment and our community.

It is five years to the day since Professor Graeme Samuel AC delivered his independent review of the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 (EPBC Act) to then-environment minister Sussan Ley.

Today we have introduced the Environment Protection Reform Bill 2025 to the House of Representatives.

Environmental law reform is long overdue, and we have the best opportunity right now to pass a modern, balanced set of laws in the spirit of the Samuel Review that are firmly in the national interest.

The legislation we have introduced to the House of Representatives today has been informed by extensive consultation with key environmental, industry, First Nations and community stakeholders as well as the Coalition, the Greens and independent parliamentarians.

What has resulted is a targeted and balanced package of reforms to the EPBC Act centering on three key pillars:
  1. Stronger environmental protection and restoration
  2. More efficient and robust project approvals
  3. Greater accountability and transparency in environmental decision making
Minister for the Environment and Water, the Hon. Murray Watt said:

“Today we’ve introduced a package of reforms that delivers stronger environmental protections, faster project approvals and more transparency.

“I have consulted widely with stakeholders, holding 100 meetings, forums and roundtables since coming into this role five months ago.

“This is not a zero-sum game - we can and are delivering legislation that is better for the environment, and better for business.

“Every day we delay the passing of these laws we see the environment suffer and we see business and the community suffer.

“It’s now up to the Parliament to decide whether or not to support these important reforms, or team up to keep the broken laws we have now, which aren’t protecting the environment and are stifling business and investment.”

Additional information:

Stronger environmental protection and restoration
  • A new Ministerial power to make National Environmental Standards.
  • Providing a clear definition of unacceptable impacts to deliver greater protection for the environment and more certainty to industry.
  • A new robust offsets regime including new net gain and the establishment of a Restoration Contributions Holder.
  • Higher penalties for intentional and severe breaches of environmental law.
More efficient and robust project approvals
  • Removing duplication in the approvals and assessment systems through new and updated bilateral agreements with states and territories.
  • A new Streamlined Assessment Pathway to significantly reduce the assessment timeframe for proponents who provide sufficient information upfront.
  • Regional planning to streamline development in areas with lower environmental impacts, while avoiding development impacts in areas with higher ecological value.
  • Improving consistency in environmental decision making.
Greater accountability and transparency in environmental decision making
  • Establishing Australia’s first national, independent environmental protection agency.
  • The National EPA will be an independent watchdog with stronger new powers including the ability to issue ‘stop-work’ orders and to audit approval holders to ensure they are compliant.
  • The Minister for the Environment will retain decision-making on environmental assessments and approvals.
  • Requiring the disclosure of emissions and details of how they will be managed in line with the Government’s climate policies like the Safeguard Mechanism.
  • Establishing a statutory Head of Environment Information Australia to oversee better environmental data and reporting.
Referred to Committee (30/10/2025): Environment and Communications Legislation Committee; Report due 24/03/2026

Accepting submissions - details here

Labor’s big business approval laws leave nature for dead: Greens - referred to committee for 2026 report - submissions from public open

October 30, 2025
The Senate has today sent the Government's controversial environment legislation to inquiry to report back in March next year, despite the Minister’s attempt to rush the pro-mining, pro-logging laws through the parliament.

Greens spokesperson for the environment, Senator Sarah Hanson-Young, said:

“Labor’s laws fail to protect our forests and fail to protect our climate. Despite the Government spin, this package leaves nature for dead.

“The Albanese Government’s proposed environment bill will make things worse for nature and the climate. It will take environment protections backwards while fast tracking approvals for business.

“Big business and the mining companies have had their grubby fingers all over this package, there’s no wonder the Government wanted to rush the laws through without scrutiny.

“Instead, the Senate has today sent the Bills to an Inquiry, to ensure the laws are properly scrutinised and that the community is given a say.

“Now that we have seen the full bill, it’s clear the only thing being protected here is the profits of the mining companies and big business.

“These are meant to be environment protection laws, not big business approval laws.

“This bill is riddled with weasel words and carve-out clauses for big business. It makes approvals quicker and cheaper for the mining and big business lobby, and fails to provide proper protections for nature.

“The Greens have been clear from the start: we will not rubber stamp laws that fail to protect our native forests, wildlife and climate.

“We need laws that protect nature, not make way for big business to make big profits. The Greens cannot pass these so-called environment laws in their current state.”

Referred to Committee (30/10/2025): Environment and Communications Legislation Committee; Report due 24/03/2026

Accepting submissions - details here

Labor’s environmental law overhaul: a little progress and a lot of compromise

Andrew Merry/Getty
Justine Bell-JamesThe University of Queensland

The 25-year-old Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act has been repeatedly criticised for failing to stem Australia’s biodiversity decline. These national laws are meant to protect threatened species and scrutinise some developments over the damage done to ecosystems.

But they haven’t worked. Species have kept going extinct, land clearing in Queensland and the Northern Territory has continued at high levels, and threatened species have declined every year since 2000.

The act’s flaws were laid bare in the 2020 Samuel Review. Lead author Graeme Samuel and his technical panel also laid out a reform blueprint.

Labor promised to overhaul these laws in its first term, using this blueprint as a guide, but ran into intractable political challenges.

Today, the government has tried again, tabling a reform package in parliament that includes bills to reform environmental protection and establish a national environmental protection agency.

Environment Minister Murray Watt has pitched the reforms as a win for both the environment and for business, which would benefit from faster approvals. It remains to be seen whether the legislation will get the support it needs to pass into law.

Could these draft laws really stop the steady decline of Australia’s unique species? My assessment is that some good features are included, but signs of compromise are everywhere.

Ministerial discretion wound back, no national standards yet

A key criticism of the existing laws is the almost unfettered discretion given to the environment minister of the day. A project found likely to cause significant environmental harm by the environment department can still be given a green light by the minister.

The Samuel Review recommended this discretion be tightened up by developing National Environmental Standards to help promote the survival of threatened species.

The minister’s decision would need to be consistent with these standards unless, as the review states, there was a “rare exception, justified in the public interest”.

On these grounds, the draft laws aren’t enough. The reforms would let the minister make standards, but not require them to be developed. The standards would be statutory instruments rather than laws, and are under development, according to the government.

This is a glaring absence, given the standards were described by Samuel as the “centrepiece” of his reform proposal.

If standards are created, they will have some effect on decisions. Under the new bill, the minister must not approve an action unless satisfied the approval is “not inconsistent” with them. The same requirement would apply to a state government if a decision is delegated to them.

This seems promising. But the use of the term “satisfied” means the minister still retains more discretion than Samuel intended. Much also depends on the standards themselves.

More positively, the bill addresses the question of unacceptable impacts. For instance, if a developer wants to build a new suburb on grasslands that represent one of the last remaining tracts of habitat for a critically endangered species, this could be considered an unacceptable impact.

Under the bill, the minister must not approve a development unless satisfied it will not have unacceptable impacts. Again, the word “satisfied” makes it a subjective assessment, but the inclusion of unacceptable impacts is an improvement over the current law.

This amendment is already shaping up to be unpopular with the mining lobby, so it’s yet to be seen if it becomes law. Mining company pushback was influential in killing Labor’s reform efforts in its first term.

Finally, all of these slight improvements in discretion can be overridden if the minister deems it to be in the “national interest”, a phrase not defined in the act.

Offsets still too prominent

The existing laws have long been criticised for their overreliance on biodiversity offsets, where a development doing damage to habitat can offset this by buying or restoring equivalent habitat elsewhere.

In his review, Samuel noted offsets had become the default option, rather than a last resort. It’s far better if damage can be avoided in the first place.

Unfortunately, offsets are still front and centre. The reform bill doesn’t require project developers to explore avoiding or reducing damage before moving to offsets under the so-called mitigation hierarchy. The minister must ‘consider’ the hierarchy, but is not obliged to apply it.

The bill tabled today also introduces “restoration contributions”. These essentially allow applicants to pay money into a offset fund rather than doing it themselves. A New South Wales scheme like this has attracted controversy as the fund has amassed money that can’t be spent as there’s no suitable replacement habitat. Without proper safeguards, these contributions are likely to become a payment for doing harm.

Offsets should only be used where habitat is actually replaceable. Despite this, the reform bill doesn’t require consideration of whether offsets are feasible for a project. The minister can’t apply offsets to unacceptable impacts, but again, this is a matter of discretion.

A new national EPA with few teeth

Today’s amendments provide for the creation of a new National Environmental Protection Agency. This seems like an improvement, as there’s no federal watchdog at present.

But at this stage, its proposed powers would extend only to compliance and enforcement, not environmental approvals as originally proposed last year. Giving an independent body power to approve or refuse projects proved highly unpopular with the mining lobby. The amendments do include some strengthened compliance and enforcement powers to be administered by the EPA.

Who will sign off?

The reforms allow the federal minister to delegate environmental decision making to the relevant state or territory government. This greatly concerns environmental groups, as it would avoid the existing extra layer of federal oversight of controversial proposals.

To delegate, the minister must be satisfied the state process is not inconsistent with any national environmental standard, and meets other requirements. The minister must also be sure any actions will be approved in accordance with the planned federal standards and that they will not have unacceptable impacts.

The reforms also allow for planning at a regional scale. This allows governments to zoom out to the landscape scale and zone areas for development and conservation. If done well, regional planning can be a good way to provide certainty for developers, while stemming the trend of habitat being carved up into smaller, disconnected islands. The devil will be in the detail – any new regional plans will need to be scrutinised carefully.

What about climate change?

Environment groups and the Greens have repeatedly called for the reforms to contain a “climate trigger”. This has been roundly rejected by two independent reviews of the act and by government.

A climate trigger would mean proposed projects would have their impact on the climate thoroughly assessed, which would increase scrutiny of coal and gas projects.

As anticipated, the amendments provide only a small concession to climate change considerations. Project developers will be required to provide an estimate of their direct emissions, but the minister doesn’t have to consider these. There’s no mention of the very large Scope 3 emissions caused by the burning of Australian coal or gas overseas.

Some progress amid many compromises

These environmental reforms are unsurprisingly a product of significant compromise due to the intensely political environment and past failures to progress reform. Even so, they face a rocky path to become law.

While the proposed reforms fail to fix some of the most problematic parts of the current laws, creating a federal EPA and legislating unacceptable impacts could lead to some improvement for the environment if other weak spots are addressed.The Conversation

Justine Bell-James, Professor, TC Beirne School of Law, The University of Queensland

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

View from The Hill: pressure on embattled Ley to do a deal on EPBC reform

Michelle GrattanUniversity of Canberra

Sussan Ley will survive “the killing season”, as commentators dub the fag end of the political year. But she’s in bad shape.

In an Essential poll published this week, Ley polled just 13% when people were asked who, from a list, would be best to lead the Liberal Party.

On 10% each were Andrew Hastie and Jacinta Nampijinpa Price, with Angus Taylor on only 7%. Tim Wilson (who defeated teal Zoe Daniel to return to parliament) was on 3%, behind teal MP Allegra Spender at 4%. A whopping 42% weren’t sure about anyone.

Ley’s poor judgement and the unwillingness of some colleagues to support her publicly were highlighted again this week, when she called for Anthony Albanese to apologise for wearing a T-shirt celebrating the band Joy Division, as he exited his plane after his trip to the United States.

Joy Division was the name given to brothels in Nazi concentration camps where women were forced into sexual slavery. The shirt had been highlighted on “Sky After Dark” (where Ley has critics she may hope to placate) the night before she took up the matter.

But, as with her call last week for Kevin Rudd to lose his ambassadorship after the incident with Donald Trump, some of Ley’s Coalition colleagues obviously disagreed when they faced the inevitable questions over her latest foray. Once again, the embattled Ley had overreached.

If she is not to go into Christmas in even worse shape than she’s in now, Ley has to meet two immediate challenges. She must have the opposition settle its position on net zero. And she needs it to reach an agreement with the government on proposed changes to the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation (EPBC) act.

Net zero is by far the more fraught of these two challenges, and the internal fractures in the Coalition are dangerous and deep.

The Nationals’ federal council meets this weekend and is set to pass a motion condemning net zero. The Nationals parliamentary Party is moving to an early decision.

More generally, Coalition parliamentarians are in the middle of intense discussions about the way forward, with an opportunity on Friday for all-comers to state their views at a special meeting called by the Coalition’s policy committee for the Australian economy. Some Nationals have complained they can’t attend because of commitments around the federal council.

Former Prime Minister Scott Morrison, who did the net zero deal with the Nationals in 2021, is now endorsing a reteat. He posted on social media Wednesday,

“It’s common sense to ensure our policy settings are right and practical for the world as it is, not as it was or what you would like to pretend it is. That’s where you find the national interest. Net Zero at any cost on any rigid timetable is not policy, it’s just ideology.”

Despite Dan Tehan, who is leading a review of the Opposition’s energy policy, suggesting time is needed to get it right, it would be a disaster for the Liberals, and the Coalition as a whole, not to have clarity about their position by Christmas.

For his part Environment Minister Murray Watt wants to have a settlement on his proposed changes to the EPBC act by year’s end.

Watt is making it clear he will do a deal with whichever of the opposition or the Greens Party is willing to come closer to what the government wants.

Both have issues with the bill, which the government is introducing on Thursday.

Watt’s plan is to have the bill pass the House of Representatives next week. His aim is then for a short Senate inquiry and, assuming a deal, to pass the bill through the Senate in the final sitting week, which is at the end of November.

The pressure is on Ley to do the deal. Business also has problems with some features of the bill, but wants an agreement reached because the present approvals process for projects seriously hampers development. But business wants the deal done between the “parties of government” – that is, with the Coalition rather than the Greens.

That would give the outcome more certainty into the future – a key consideration for business – as well as being more acceptable in terms of detail than whatever a deal with the Greens would entail.

Business Council of Australia chief executive Bran Black told Sky News on Wednesday,

“It is so important that it’s the two parties of government that ultimately make the call and support a position if it is to go ahead. And that is so that you get that longevity in terms of outcomes, you get that balance that comes of knowing that you’ve got those parties of government engaged”.

So far, before the horse-trading has begun in earnest, there have been more than a dozen meetings between Watt and the opposition, Greens and other crossbenchers. Watt is encouraged by his discussions with shadow environment minister Angie Bell and the Greens Sarah Hanson-Young

The government says that approvals times have blown out by 70 weeks in the 25 years since the present laws were introduced. It estimates its proposed reforms to facilitate developments, ranging from housing projects to wind farms, could inject up to $7 billion into the economy.

When she was environment minister Ley commissioned the report from Graeme Samuel, on which the proposed changes are based. She will be marked down by the business community if she can’t now help get these changes (belatedly) done.The Conversation

Michelle Grattan, Professorial Fellow, University of Canberra

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Stormy weather: here’s what went wrong with the Bureau of Meteorology’s website redesign

Nico Soro/Getty
Steve TurtonCQUniversity Australia

Every day, almost 2 million Australians visit the Bureau of Meteorology website for weather information. The data gathered and processed by the government agency’s radars, weather stations and supercomputers are converted into short and medium-term forecasts essential for farmers, rural residents, professional and recreational fishers, pilots, emergency services and more. Farmers make decisions on whether to plant crops based on forecasts, while emergency services may boost response capacity ahead of wild weather.

Unfortunately, a controversial website redesign has brought this essential service under scrutiny. Last Wednesday, the bureau’s website switched to a fresh, modern look as part of a $A4 million program – the first major update since 2013. The former website – which is still accessible – had served Australia well, but was looking dated. Bureau staff, government agencies and key user groups had been calling for improvements for some time.

The problem was, the new website was less accessible. Vital data was hard to find or had changed format as the summer storm season loomed. On social media, the backlash was sudden and severe. Angry callers filled the bureau’s feedback lines. Media articles began appearing. Anger boiled over after severe storms hit Brisbane and Melbourne on Monday.

Many website users felt the bureau’s new design did not show its real severity. Queensland Premier David Crisafulli claimed the timing of the launch placed lives at risk.

Bureau management initially defended the updated site. But the federal government has now asked the bureau to fix the issues. Environment Minister Murray Watt said it was “clear that the new BOM website is not meeting many users’ expectations”.

So what went wrong? And are the criticisms warranted?

Major changes, poorly timed

When a public service makes major changes, regular users have to understand the changes and be able to access what they need.

Here, the bureau erred. Launching a major update at the start of the spring storm season and during a record-breaking heatwave was not ideal. Better public communication and walk-throughs could have helped make these changes easier.

bureau of meteorology website screenshot.
Many users report finding it harder to access the data they want on the new Bureau of Meteorology website. Australian Bureau of Meteorology

But the problems ran deeper than timing, as the criticism from farmersemergency services and even some professional meteorologists indicates.

All point to significant problems with the website’s usability and navigation, radar functionality and accuracy and wider design and launch issues.

Radar problems

The updated rain radar functionality has come in for particular criticism. On the previous website, users could see the path a storm or weather front had taken and see the time it was likely to arrive. This function was especially useful for emergency services. But this was removed. Other users have noted a lag time for the new radar – a storm could arrive before the bureau website suggested it would.

The new radar site also changed the colour scale used to show the severity of a storm. This revision meant users could underestimate storm severity.

The old Bureau site rain radar used dbz (radar reflectivity units). But the new one has switched to a new unit, mm/h (rainfall rate in millimetres). It’s still possible to switch back to the more familiar dbz, but for many users, it won’t be clear how to do this.

rain radar images, a storm passing over brisbane.
On Monday, a severe storm hit Brisbane. The radar images on the new version of the Bureau website (right) gave the impression the weather system was less severe than on the old version of the site (left). Author provided/Bureau of Meteorology

As the bureau moves to fix these issues, it would make sense to make the old and new colour scales the same, as independent meteorologists have suggested. That is, the black colour showing highest intensity rainfall using the old dbz units should be tied to the highest rate for the mm/h units.

That’s not all. Farmers and fishers have been frustrated by the disappearance of the Doppler wind function. On the old site, this function was a vital way to track the intensity of winds associated with supercell storms, cold fronts and tropical cyclones.

In hilly regions such as the area between Cooktown and Townsville, local weather radars are essential as a way to give residents and farmers a better way to see rainfall. But in the new update, some areas appear to have been completely wiped from the radar view. Places such as Cape Tribulation – one of the wettest locations in Australia – can no longer access this crucial information.

It’s essential Australians have a reliable and understandable source of weather information before summer begins. This summer, Australia is likely to experience a La Niña event, which tend to bring cooler, rainier conditions as well as a higher risk of more tropical cyclones in Australian longitudes and a more active monsoon season across the tropics. Both of these will increase the risk of flooding across Australia’s north and east.

To their credit, the bureau’s management have requested constructive feedback on the new website. Giving clear feedback on what works and what doesn’t will be useful in fixing these issues and restoring confidence in Australia’s weather information.

In the interim, users can still access the old version of the website.The Conversation

Steve Turton, Adjunct Professor of Environmental Geography, CQUniversity Australia

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Magpies in Spring

By WIRES

If you live in Australia, chances are you’re familiar with magpie swooping. This is a defensive behaviour, carried out almost entirely by male magpies, as they protect their eggs and chicks during the breeding season.

In reality, swooping is uncommon. Fewer than 10% of breeding males will swoop people, yet the behaviour feels widespread. Swooping usually occurs between August and October and stops once chicks have left the nest.

If you do encounter a protective parent, here are some tips to stay safe:

  • 🐦 Avoid the area where magpies are swooping and consider placing a temporary sign to warn others.
  • 🐦 Wear a hat or carry an open umbrella for protection.
  • 🐦 Cyclists should dismount and walk through.
  • 🐦 Travel in groups, as magpies usually only target individuals.
  • 🐦 Stay calm around magpies in trees – walk, don’t run.
  • 🐦 Avoid making direct eye contact with the birds.

If you are swooped, keep moving. You’re still in the bird’s territory, so it will continue until you leave the area. Remember, this behaviour is temporary and will end once the young have fledged.

If you find an injured or orphaned native animal, call WIRES on 1300 094 737 or report a rescue via our website:  https://hubs.la/Q03GCZmZ0

Sydney Wildlife (Sydney Metropolitan Wildlife Services) Needs People for the Rescue Line

We are calling on you to help save the rescue line because the current lack of operators is seriously worrying. Look at these faces! They need you! 

Every week we have around 15 shifts either not filled or with just one operator and the busy season is around the corner. This situation impacts on the operators, MOPs, vets and the animals, because the phone line is constantly busy. Already the baby possum season is ramping up with calls for urgent assistance for these vulnerable little ones.

We have an amazing team, but they can’t answer every call in Spring and Summer if they work on their own.  Please jump in and join us – you would be welcomed with open arms!  We offer lots of training and support and you can work from the office in the Lane Cove National Park or on your home computer.

If you are not able to help do you know someone (a friend or family member perhaps) who might be interested?

Please send us a message and we will get in touch. Please send our wonderful office admin Carolyn an email at sysneywildliferesxueline@gmail.com

2025-26 Seal Reveal underway

Photo: Seals caught on camera at Barrenjoey Headland during the Great Seal Reveal 2025. Montage: DCCEEW

The 2025 Great Seal Reveal is underway with the first seal surveys of the season taking place at known seal breeding and haul out sites - where seals temporarily leave the water to rest or breed.

The NSW Department of Climate Change, Energy, the Environment and Water (DCCEEW) is using the Seal Reveal, now in its second year, to better understand seal populations on the NSW coast.

Drone surveys and community sightings are used to track Australian (Arctocephalus pusillus doriferus) and New Zealand (Arctocephalus forsteri) fur seals.  Both Australian and New Zealand fur seals have been listed as vulnerable under the NSW Biodiversity Conservation Act 2016.

Survey sites
Scientific surveys to count seal numbers will take place at:
  • Martin Islet
  • Drum and Drumsticks
  • Brush Island
  • Steamers Head
  • Big Seal Rock
  • Cabbage Tree Island
  • Barrenjoey Headland
  • Barunguba (Montague) Island.
Seal Reveal data on seal numbers helps to inform critical marine conservation initiatives and enable better management of human–seal interactions.

Results from the population surveys will be released in early 2026.

Citizen science initiative: Haul-out, Call-out
The Haul-out, Call-out citizen science platform invites the community to support seal conservation efforts by reporting sightings along the NSW coastline.

Reports from the public help identify important haul-out sites so we can get a better understanding of seal behaviour and protect their preferred habitat.

The Great Seal Reveal is part of the Seabirds to Seascapes (S2S) program, a four-year initiative led by NSW DCCEEW and funded by the NSW Environmental Trust to protect, rehabilitate, and sustainably manage marine ecosystems in NSW.

NSW DCCEEW is a key partner in the delivery of the Marine Estate Management Strategy (MEMS), with the S2S program contributing to MEMS Initiative 5 to reduce threats to threatened and protected species.

Long-range forecast overview

Issued: 23 October 2025 by the BOM
The long-range forecast for November to January shows:
  • Above average rainfall is likely across parts of eastern Australia, with most of the remaining parts of the country showing roughly equal chances of above or below average rainfall.
  • Daytime temperatures are likely to be above average for most of Australia except in parts of eastern New South Wales.
  • Overnight temperatures are very likely to be above average across most of Australia.

Thomas Stephens Reserve, Church Point - boardwalk + seawall works commenced 

Council's Major Infrastructure Projects Team  has advised that as part of its Church Point Precinct Masterplan, it is building a new boardwalk in front of the Pasadena, a new jetty for ferry access, and upgrading the sandstone seawall.

''A temporary gangway will ensure the ferry service continues without disruption and access to The Waterfront Café & General Store, and Pasadena Sydney will remain open. The reserve will be closed while we undertake these important works.'' the CMIPT states

The improvements will be delivered in three carefully planned stages.

Stage 1 – Marine Works

  • Includes a new boardwalk outside the Pasadena Sydney and a new accessible gangway to the ferry pontoon.
  • Repairs and additions to the sandstone seawall along Thomas Stephens Reserve.
  • Thomas Stephens Reserve will be temporarily closed during these works.
  • Works to commence in September 2025 with the aim of being completed by Christmas.
  • A temporary alternate gangway to the ferry wharf will be installed ensuring access to the Ferry services at all times during the works.
  • Access to The Waterfront Cafe and General Store and Pasadena Sydney will be maintained throughout the works.

Stage 2 – Landscaping Works

  • Landscaping works will begin in early 2026 and will include permeable paving, tree retention, and improved public seating and bike facilities. Completing the landscaping will finalise the Masterplan.
  • Thomas Stephens Reserve will be temporarily closed during these works.

Stage 3 – McCarrs Creek Road Upgrade

  • Detailed design will be presented to the Local Transport Forum in September 2025 for consideration.
  • Construction will be staged and is expected to take place from early 2026.

Council's webpage states the first works will take place Monday - Friday between 7am and 5pm. We appreciate your patience as we deliver this important community upgrade.''

An overview of the council's plan and link to their project webpage is available in the September 2024 PON report; Church Point's Thomas Stephens Reserve Landscape works

Great Southern Bioblitz 2025

Get ready to explore, discover, and document the wild wonders of Greater Sydney


Whether you're in the bush, on the coast, or in your own backyard, your observations matter.

From blooming wildflowers to buzzing insects, the Southern Hemisphere is alive with biodiversity at this time of year — and we want YOU to help record it!

You’ll be Increasing biodiversity awareness through citizen science.

Upload your observations to iNaturalist between October 24–27. Help identify species until November 10. 

To contribute to the event, all you need to do is download the iNaturalist application to your handheld device or make an account on your computer and make an observation(s) between October 24th-27th.

After this date, you will have 14 days to upload and identify your observations (until 10th of November 2025).

Don't worry if you cant identify the organism. Just make sure you get some good clear photos or sounds.

To keep in touch with the GSB organisers and receive updates you can register as a participant https://bit.ly/GSBParticipants or subscribe on their website if you have not already.


622kg of Rubbish Collected from Local Beaches: Adopt your local beach program

Sadly, our beaches are not as pristine as we'd all like to think they are. 

Surfrider Foundation Northern Beaches' Adopt A beach ocean conservation program is highlighting that we need to clean up our act.

Surfrider Foundation Northern Beaches' states:
''The collective action by our amazing local community at their monthly beach clean events across 9 beach locations is assisting Surfrider Foundation NB in the compilation of quantitative data on the volume, type and often source of the marine pollution occurring at each location.

In just 6 sessions, clear indicators are already forming on the waste items and areas to target with dedicated litter prevention strategies.

Plastic pollution is an every body problem and the solution to fixing it lies within every one of us.
Together we can choose to refuse this fate on our Northern beaches and turn the tide on pollution. 
A cleaner coast together !''

Join us - 1st Sunday of the month, Adopt your local for a power beach clean or donate to help support our program here. https://www.surfrider.org.au/donate/

Next clean up - Sunday November 2 4 – 5 pm.

Event locations 
  • Avalon – Des Creagh Reserve (North Avalon Beach Lookout)
  • North Narrabeen – Corner Ocean St & Malcolm St (grass reserve next to North Narrabeen SLSC)
  • Collaroy– 1058 Pittwater Rd (beachfront next to The Beach Club Collaroy)
  • Dee Why Beach –  Corner Howard Ave & The Strand (beachfront grass reserve, opposite Blu Restaurant)
  • Curl Curl – Beachfront at North Curl Curl Surf Club. Shuttle bus also available from Harbord Diggers to transport participants to/from North Curl Curl beach. 
  • Freshwater Beach – Moore Rd Beach Reserve (opposite Pilu Restaurant)
  • Manly Beach – 11 South Steyne (grass reserve opposite Manly Grill)
  • Manly Cove – Beach at West Esplanade (opposite Fratelli Fresh)
  • Little Manly– 55 Stuart St Little Manly (Beachfront Grass Reserve)
… and more to follow!

Surfrider Foundation Northern Beaches

Get ready for FrogID Week - our eighth annual event

FrogID Week is back: 7–16 November 2025
Join the Australian Museum in their mission to better understand and conserve Australia’s frogs – and the health of our environment – through our eighth annual FrogID Week event.

Start planning where you might use the FrogID app to record frog calls – local waterways, parks, or even your backyard – anywhere you’ve heard frogs before or think they might be calling. You can even make submissions ahead of time to get familiar with how the app works.

The Australian Museum would love to receive your frog calls every night of FrogID Week, from as many locations as possible. Your recordings during FrogID Week help gather year-on-year data for scientists and land managers to track Australia's frog populations. Every call counts! 

How to record
Learn how to use the free FrogID app in our How-To guide. Record frog calls at your local pond, dam or creek – especially at dusk or after rain. You don’t need to identify the species calling and it’s fine to capture more than one frog. Every verified recording helps build Australia’s largest frog database, supporting conservation and environmental research.

This Tick Season: Freeze it - don't squeeze it

Notice of 1080 Poison Baiting

The NSW National Parks and Wildlife Service (NPWS) will be conducting a baiting program using manufactured baits, fresh baits and Canid Pest Ejectors (CPE’s/ejectors) containing 1080 poison (sodium fluoroacetate) for the control of foxes. The program is continuous and ongoing for the protection of threatened species.

This notification is for the period 1 August 2025 to 31 January 2026 at the following locations:

  • Garigal National Park
  • Lane Cove National Park (baits only, no ejectors are used in Lane Cove National Park)
  • Ku-ring-gai Chase National Park
  • Sydney Harbour National Park – North Head (including the Quarantine Station), Dobroyd Head, Chowder Head & Bradleys Head managed by the NPWS
  • The North Head Sanctuary managed by the Sydney Harbour Federation Trust
  • The Australian Institute of Police Management, North Head

DO NOT TOUCH BAITS OR EJECTORS

All baiting locations will be identifiable by signs.

Please be reminded that domestic pets are not permitted on NPWS Estate. Pets and working dogs may be affected (1080 is lethal to cats and dogs). Pets and working dogs must be restrained or muzzled in the vicinity and must not enter the baiting location. Penalties apply for non-compliance.

In the event of accidental poisoning seek immediate veterinary assistance.

For further information please call the local NPWS office on:

NPWS Sydney North (Middle Head) Area office: 9960 6266

NPWS Sydney North (Forestville) Area office: 9451 3479

NPWS North West Sydney (Lane Cove NP) Area office: 8448 0400

NPWS after-hours Duty officer service: 1300 056 294

Sydney Harbour Federation Trust: 8969 2128

Weed of the Week: Mother of Millions - please get it out of your garden

  

Mother of Millions (Bryophyllum daigremontianumPhoto by John Hosking.

Solar for apartment residents: Funding

Owners corporations can apply now for funding to install shared solar systems on your apartment building. The grants will cover 50% of the cost, which will add value to homes and help residents save on their electricity bills.

You can apply for the Solar for apartment residents grant to fund 50% of the cost of a shared solar photovoltaic (PV) system on eligible apartment buildings and other multi-unit dwellings in NSW. This will help residents, including renters, to reduce their energy bills and greenhouse gas emissions.

Less than 2% of apartment buildings in NSW currently have solar systems installed. As energy costs climb and the number of people living in apartments continue to increase, innovative solutions are needed to allow apartment owners and renters to benefit from solar energy.

A total of $25 million in grant funding is available, with up to $150,000 per project.

Financial support for this grant is from the Australian Government and the NSW Government.

Applications are open now and will close 5 pm 1 December 2025 or earlier if the funds are fully allocated.

Find out more and apply now at: www.energy.nsw.gov.au/households/rebates-grants-and-schemes/solar-apartment-residents 

Volunteers for Barrenjoey Lighthouse Tours needed

Details:

Johnson Brothers Mitre 10 Recycling Batteries: at Mona Vale + Avalon Beach

Over 18,600 tonnes of batteries are discarded to landfill in Australia each year, even though 95% of a battery can be recycled!

That’s why we are rolling out battery recycling units across our stores! Our battery recycling units accept household, button cell, laptop, and power tool batteries as well as mobile phones! 

How To Dispose Of Your Batteries Safely: 

  1. Collect Your Used Batteries: Gather all used batteries from your home. Our battery recycling units accept batteries from a wide range of products such as household, button cell, laptop, and power tool batteries.
  2. Tape Your Terminals: Tape the terminals of used batteries with clear sticky tape.
  3. Drop Them Off: Come and visit your nearest participating store to recycle your batteries for free (at Johnson Brothers Mitre 10 Mona Vale and Avalon Beach).
  4. Feel Good About Your Impact: By recycling your batteries, you're helping support a healthier planet by keeping hazardous material out of landfills and conserving resources.

Environmental Benefits

  • Reduces hazardous waste in landfill
  • Conserves natural resources by promoting the use of recycled materials
  • Keep toxic materials out of waterways 

Reporting Dogs Offleash - Dog Attacks to Council

If the attack happened outside local council hours, you may call your local police station. Police officers are also authorised officers under the Companion Animals Act 1998. Authorised officers have a wide range of powers to deal with owners of attacking dogs, including seizing dogs that have attacked.

You can report dog attacks, along with dogs offleash where they should not be, to the NBC anonymously and via your own name, to get a response, at: https://help.northernbeaches.nsw.gov.au/s/submit-request?topic=Pets_Animals

If the matter is urgent or dangerous call Council on 1300 434 434 (24 hours a day, 7 days a week).

If you find injured wildlife please contact:
  • Sydney Wildlife Rescue (24/7): 9413 4300 
  • WIRES: 1300 094 737

Plastic Bread Ties For Wheelchairs

The Berry Collective at 1691 Pittwater Rd, Mona Vale collects them for Oz Bread Tags for Wheelchairs, who recycle the plastic.

Berry Collective is the practice on the left side of the road as you head north, a few blocks before Mona Vale shops . They have parking. Enter the foyer and there's a small bin on a table where you drop your bread ties - very easy.

A full list of Aussie bread tags for wheelchairs is available at: HERE 


Stay Safe From Mosquitoes 

NSW Health is reminding people to protect themselves from mosquitoes when they are out and about.

NSW Health states Mosquitoes in NSW can carry viruses such as Japanese encephalitis (JE), Murray Valley encephalitis (MVE), Kunjin, Ross River and Barmah Forest. The viruses may cause serious diseases with symptoms ranging from tiredness, rash, headache and sore and swollen joints to rare but severe symptoms of seizures and loss of consciousness.

A free vaccine to protect against JE infection is available to those at highest risk in NSW and people can check their eligibility at NSW Health.

People are encouraged to take actions to prevent mosquito bites and reduce the risk of acquiring a mosquito-borne virus by:
  • Applying repellent to exposed skin. Use repellents that contain DEET, picaridin, or oil of lemon eucalyptus. Check the label for reapplication times.
  • Re-applying repellent regularly, particularly after swimming. Be sure to apply sunscreen first and then apply repellent.
  • Wearing light, loose-fitting long-sleeve shirts, long pants and covered footwear and socks.
  • Avoiding going outdoors during peak mosquito times, especially at dawn and dusk.
  • Using insecticide sprays, vapour dispensing units and mosquito coils to repel mosquitoes (mosquito coils should only be used outdoors in well-ventilated areas)
  • Covering windows and doors with insect screens and checking there are no gaps.
  • Removing items that may collect water such as old tyres and empty pots from around your home to reduce the places where mosquitoes can breed.
  • Using repellents that are safe for children. Most skin repellents are safe for use on children aged three months and older. Always check the label for instructions. Protecting infants aged less than three months by using an infant carrier draped with mosquito netting, secured along the edges.
  • While camping, use a tent that has fly screens to prevent mosquitoes entering or sleep under a mosquito net.
Remember, Spray Up – Cover Up – Screen Up to protect from mosquito bite. For more information go to NSW Health.

Mountain Bike Incidents On Public Land: Survey

This survey aims to document mountain bike related incidents on public land, available at: https://www.surveymonkey.com/r/K88PSNP

Sent in by Pittwater resident Academic for future report- study. 

Report fox sightings

Fox sightings, signs of fox activity, den locations and attacks on native or domestic animals can be reported into FoxScan. FoxScan is a free resource for residents, community groups, local Councils, and other land managers to record and report fox sightings and control activities. 

Our Council's Invasive species Team receives an alert when an entry is made into FoxScan.  The information in FoxScan will assist with planning fox control activities and to notify the community when and where foxes are active.



marine wildlife rescue group on the Central Coast

A new wildlife group was launched on the Central Coast on Saturday, December 10, 2022.

Marine Wildlife Rescue Central Coast (MWRCC) had its official launch at The Entrance Boat Shed at 10am.

The group comprises current and former members of ASTR, ORRCA, Sea Shepherd, Greenpeace, WIRES and Wildlife ARC, as well as vets, academics, and people from all walks of life.

Well known marine wildlife advocate and activist Cathy Gilmore is spearheading the organisation.

“We believe that it is time the Central Coast looked after its own marine wildlife, and not be under the control or directed by groups that aren’t based locally,” Gilmore said.

“We have the local knowledge and are set up to respond and help injured animals more quickly.

“This also means that donations and money fundraised will go directly into helping our local marine creatures, and not get tied up elsewhere in the state.”

The organisation plans to have rehabilitation facilities and rescue kits placed in strategic locations around the region.

MWRCC will also be in touch with Indigenous groups to learn the traditional importance of the local marine environment and its inhabitants.

“We want to work with these groups and share knowledge between us,” Gilmore said.

“This is an opportunity to help save and protect our local marine wildlife, so if you have passion and commitment, then you are more than welcome to join us.”

Marine Wildlife Rescue Central Coast has a Facebook page where you may contact members. Visit: https://www.facebook.com/profile.php?id=100076317431064


Watch out - shorebirds about

Pittwater is home to many resident and annually visiting birds. If you watch your step you won't harm any beach-nesting and estuary-nesting birds have started setting up home on our shores.

Did you know that Careel Bay and other spots throughout our area are part of the East Asian-Australasian Flyway Partnership (EAAFP)?

This flyway, and all of the stopping points along its way, are vital to ensure the survival of these Spring and Summer visitors. This is where they rest and feed on their journeys.  For example, did you know that the bar-tailed godwit flies for 239 hours for 8,108 miles from Alaska to Australia?

Not only that, Shorebirds such as endangered oystercatchers and little terns lay their eggs in shallow scraped-out nests in the sand, NSW National Parks and Wildlife Service (NPWS) Threatened Species officer Ms Katherine Howard has said.
Even our regular residents such as seagulls are currently nesting to bear young.

What can you do to help them?
Known nest sites may be indicated by fencing or signs. The whole community can help protect shorebirds by keeping out of nesting areas marked by signs or fences and only taking your dog to designated dog offleash area. 

Just remember WE are visitors to these areas. These birds LIVE there. This is their home.

Four simple steps to help keep beach-nesting birds safe:
1. Look out for bird nesting signs or fenced-off nesting areas on the beach, stay well clear of these areas and give the parent birds plenty of space.
2. Walk your dogs in designated dog-friendly areas only and always keep them on a leash over summer.
3. Stay out of nesting areas and follow all local rules.
4. Chicks are mobile and don't necessarily stay within fenced nesting areas. When you're near a nesting area, stick to the wet sand to avoid accidentally stepping on a chick.


Possums In Your Roof?: do the right thing

Possums in your roof? Please do the right thing 
On the weekend, one of our volunteers noticed a driver pull up, get out of their vehicle, open the boot, remove a trap and attempt to dump a possum on a bush track. Fortunately, our member intervened and saved the beautiful female brushtail and the baby in her pouch from certain death. 

It is illegal to relocate a trapped possum more than 150 metres from the point of capture and substantial penalties apply.  Urbanised possums are highly territorial and do not fare well in unfamiliar bushland. In fact, they may starve to death or be taken by predators.

While Sydney Wildlife Rescue does not provide a service to remove possums from your roof, we do offer this advice:

✅ Call us on (02) 9413 4300 and we will refer you to a reliable and trusted licenced contractor in the Sydney metropolitan area. For a small fee they will remove the possum, seal the entry to your roof and provide a suitable home for the possum - a box for a brushtail or drey for a ringtail.
✅ Do-it-yourself by following this advice from the Department of Planning and Environment: 

❌ Do not under any circumstances relocate a possum more than 150 metres from the capture site.
Thank you for caring and doing the right thing.



Sydney Wildlife photos

Aviaries + Possum Release Sites Needed

Pittwater Online News has interviewed Lynette Millett OAM (WIRES Northern Beaches Branch) needs more bird cages of all sizes for keeping the current huge amount of baby wildlife in care safe or 'homed' while they are healed/allowed to grow bigger to the point where they may be released back into their own home. 

If you have an aviary or large bird cage you are getting rid of or don't need anymore, please email via the link provided above. There is also a pressing need for release sites for brushtail possums - a species that is very territorial and where release into a site already lived in by one possum can result in serious problems and injury. 

If you have a decent backyard and can help out, Lyn and husband Dave can supply you with a simple drey for a nest and food for their first weeks of adjustment.

Bushcare in Pittwater: where + when

For further information or to confirm the meeting details for below groups, please contact Council's Bushcare Officer on 9970 1367 or visit Council's bushcare webpage to find out how you can get involved.

BUSHCARE SCHEDULES 
Where we work                      Which day                              What time 

Avalon     
Angophora Reserve             3rd Sunday                         8:30 - 11:30am 
Avalon Dunes                        1st Sunday                         8:30 - 11:30am 
Avalon Golf Course              2nd Wednesday                 3 - 5:30pm 
Careel Creek                         4th Saturday                      8:30 - 11:30am 
Toongari Reserve                 3rd Saturday                      9 - 12noon (8 - 11am in summer) 
Bangalley Headland            2nd Sunday                         9 to 12noon 
Catalpa Reserve              4th Sunday of the month        8.30 – 11.30
Palmgrove Park              1st Saturday of the month        9.00 – 12 

Bayview     
Winnererremy Bay                 4th Sunday                        9 to 12noon 

Bilgola     
North Bilgola Beach              3rd Monday                        9 - 12noon 
Algona Reserve                     1st Saturday                       9 - 12noon 
Plateau Park                          1st Friday                            8:30 - 11:30am 

Church Point     
Browns Bay Reserve             1st Tuesday                        9 - 12noon 
McCarrs Creek Reserve       Contact Bushcare Officer     To be confirmed 

Clareville     
Old Wharf Reserve                 3rd Saturday                      8 - 11am 

Elanora     
Kundibah Reserve                   4th Sunday                       8:30 - 11:30am 

Mona Vale     
Mona Vale Beach Basin          1st Saturday                    8 - 11am 
Mona Vale Dunes                     2nd Saturday +3rd Thursday     8:30 - 11:30am 

Newport     
Bungan Beach                          4th Sunday                      9 - 12noon 
Crescent Reserve                    3rd Sunday                      9 - 12noon 
North Newport Beach              4th Saturday                    8:30 - 11:30am 
Porter Reserve                          2nd Saturday                  8 - 11am 

North Narrabeen     
Irrawong Reserve                     2nd Saturday                   2 - 5pm 

Palm Beach     
North Palm Beach Dunes      3rd Saturday                    9 - 12noon 

Scotland Island     
Catherine Park                          2nd Sunday                     10 - 12:30pm 
Elizabeth Park                           1st Saturday                      9 - 12noon 
Pathilda Reserve                      3rd Saturday                      9 - 12noon 

Warriewood     
Warriewood Wetlands             1st Sunday                         8:30 - 11:30am 

Whale Beach     
Norma Park                               1st Friday                            9 - 12noon 

Western Foreshores     
Coopers Point, Elvina Bay      2nd Sunday                        10 - 1pm 
Rocky Point, Elvina Bay           1st Monday                          9 - 12noon

Friends Of Narrabeen Lagoon Catchment Activities

Bush Regeneration - Narrabeen Lagoon Catchment  
This is a wonderful way to become connected to nature and contribute to the health of the environment.  Over the weeks and months you can see positive changes as you give native species a better chance to thrive.  Wildlife appreciate the improvement in their habitat.

Belrose area - Thursday mornings 
Belrose area - Weekend mornings by arrangement
Contact: Phone or text Conny Harris on 0432 643 295

Wheeler Creek - Wednesday mornings 9-11am
Contact: Phone or text Judith Bennett on 0402 974 105
Or email: Friends of Narrabeen Lagoon Catchment : email@narrabeenlagoon.org.au

Gardens and Environment Groups and Organisations in Pittwater


Ringtail Posses 2023

In 2024, the climate crisis worsened in all ways. But we can still limit warming with bold action

abstractaerialart/Getty
Thomas NewsomeUniversity of Sydney and William RippleOregon State University

Climate change has been on the world’s radar for decades. Predictions made by scientists at oil giant Exxon in the early 1980s are proving accurate. The damage done by a hotter, more chaotic world is worsening and getting more expensive.

Even so, many countries around the world are failing to meet their emissions targets, with major gaps found even this week between the commitments and actions needed to hold global warming to 1.5°C.

This has put Earth on a dangerous path, as our new report on the state of the climate reveals.

Earth’s vital signs ailing

Last year was the hottest on record. It was also likely the hottest in at least 125,000 years.

Every year, we track 34 of the planet’s vital signs. In 2024, 22 of these indicators were at record levels. Carbon dioxide levels in the atmosphere and ocean heat both hit new highs, as did losses of trees to fire. Meat consumption kept rising and fossil fuels consumption reached new heights.

Graphs that show the increase in climate emissions, fire and energy consumption.
Examples of vital signs, including carbon dioxide emissions, global tree cover loss to fire and energy consumption from different sources. State of the Climate 2025

The consequences of climate inaction are ever more clear. In 2024, the world’s coral reefs suffered the most widespread bleaching ever recorded, affecting roughly 84% of the world’s coral reef area between January 2023 and May 2025.

Greenland and Antarctic ice mass fell to record lows. Deadly and costly disasters surged, including the flooding in Texas which killed at least 135 people while the Los Angeles wildfires have cost more than A$380 billion. Since 2000, global climate-linked disasters have now caused more than $27 trillion in damages.

The flooded Guadalupe River near Kerrville, Texas, in July 2025. OregonStateUniversity/flickrCC BY-NC

Stories and statistics like this are sadly not new. Many other reports and warnings have been published before we started this annual snapshot in 2020. Therefore, our report this year focuses on three high-impact types of climate action, across energy, nature and food.

Energy

Combined solar and wind consumption set a new record in 2024 but is still 31 times lower than fossil fuel (oil, coal, gas) energy consumption. This is despite the fact renewables are now the cheapest choice for new energy almost everywhere. One reason for this are the ongoing subsidies for fossil fuels.

By 2050, solar and wind energy could supply nearly 70% of global electricity. But this transition requires restricting the influence of the fossil fuel industry and a full phase out of fossil fuel production and use, not the expansion we continue to see globally.

As a result of surging fossil fuel consumption, energy-related emissions rose 1.3% in 2024 and reached an all-time high of 40.8 gigatons (Gt) of carbon dioxide equivalent. In 2024, the greatest fossil fuel greenhouse gas emitters were China (30.7% of total), the United States (12.5%), India (8.0%), the European Union (6.1%), and Russia (5.5%). Together, they accounted for 62.8% of global emissions.

Sadly, much of the rise in fossil fuel electricity generation may be due to hotter temperatures and heat waves.

Although there are concerns over the environmental impacts of renewables, the greater threat to our biodiversity is climate change and biodiversity conservation and mitigation measures can be part of project planning.

Nature

Protecting and restoring ecosystems on land and in the ocean remains one of the most powerful ways to support climate change, and support biodiversity and human well-being.

Protecting and restoring ecosystems such as forests, wetlands, mangroves and peatlands could remove or avoid around 10 Gt of carbon dioxide emissions per year by 2050, which is equivalent to roughly 25% of current annual emissions.

But we must also stop destroying what we have. Global tree cover loss was almost 30 million hectares in 2024, the second highest area on record and a 4.7% increase over 2023. Tropical primary forest losses were particularly large in 2024, with fire-related losses reaching a record high of 3.2 million hectares, up from just 690 thousand hectares in 2023, a 370% increase.

Food

Approximately 30% of food is lost or wasted globally. Reducing food waste could greatly reduce greenhouse gas emissions since it accounts for roughly 8–10% of global emissions. Policies supporting plant-rich diets could also help slow climate change, while offering many benefits related to human health, food security, and biodiversity.

The technical mitigation potential associated with switching away from eating meat may be in the order of 0.7–8.0 gigatonnes of carbon dioxide equivalent per year by 2050. This is in part because methane emissions from cows, sheep and other ruminant livestock account for roughly half of all agricultural greenhouse gas emissions. Per capita meat consumption hit all-time highs in 2024, and we currently add 500,000 more ruminants per week.

A pile of discarded vegetables at the bottom of a skip bin.
Discarded vegetable waste in Luxembourg. Foerster/wikimediaCC BY-NC

Creating global change

In our report, we note that social tipping points can trigger climate action. These refer to moments when a small, committed minority triggers a rapid and large-scale shift in social norms, beliefs, or behaviours. Research shows sustained, nonviolent movements and protests involving just a small proportion of a population (about 3.5%) can help trigger transformative change.

A climate protest of people carrying signs
Many people underestimate how much support there is globally for climate action. WikimediaCC BY-NC

Many people underestimate just how much support there is globally for climate action, with most people believing they are in a minority. This arguably fosters disengagement and isolation. But it also suggests that as awareness grows and people see their values reflected in others, the conditions for social tipping points may be strengthened.

Reaching this positive tipping point will require more than facts and policy. It will take connection, courage, and collective resolve. Climate mitigation strategies are available, cost effective and urgently needed, and we can still limit warming if we act boldly and quickly, but the window is closing.The Conversation

Thomas Newsome, Associate Professor in Global Ecology, University of Sydney and William Ripple, Distinguished Professor and Director, Trophic Cascades Program, Oregon State University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Darwin residents are worried about toxic chemicals and gas leaks. We need laws to protect clean air

Melissa HaswellQueensland University of TechnologyBranka MiljevicQueensland University of Technology, and Lidia MorawskaQueensland University of Technology

The federal government is considering enforcement action against oil and gas company Inpex after it admitted serious reporting errors that significantly underestimated hazardous emissions released from its liquefied natural gas (LNG) plant on Darwin Harbour over many years.

The LNG plant is 3 kilometres from residential suburbs and 10km from Darwin city. It is required to report emissions to the National Pollutant Inventory.

Inpex has now released corrections for 2023–24 that more than double the previous estimates of emissions of volatile organic compounds (VOCs) released into the air in Darwin, from 1,619 to 3,562 tonnes. The reason for the errors has not been disclosed.

The originally reported levels of very toxic compounds benzene and toluene were just 4–5 tonnes in 2023–24. However, corrected estimates were 136 and 112 times higher, respectively, with emissions exceeding 500 tonnes of both chemicals.

Currently there is no legal limit on the amount of VOCs that Inpex is allowed to emit. These new figures raise questions about the potential harms, given serious toxicity of benzene and toluene, the large amounts released into the atmosphere over several years, the closeness to population centres and the lack of detail in current sampling. As a cancer-causing chemical, there is no known safe threshold for benzene exposures.

When the news broke, NT Chief Minister Lia Finocchiaro responded with public statements of faith in Inpex and the NT Environment Protection Authority. She said the incident illustrated the reliability of industry self-reporting. Inpex said the revised levels raised no health concerns for Darwin.

As a group of leading scientists aware of the complexities involved in measuring these chemicals and their health impacts, we strongly disagree. We view the potential health implications to be significant – they require an urgent, comprehensive and independent investigation.

Given the size of this correction, it’s imperative that corrections across all years are made public immediately. Corrected levels of benzene and toluene for 2021–22 could be particularly high, as Inpex has already reported emitting 11,000 tonnes of volatile organic compounds to the National Pollutant Inventory. That is nearly seven times more than the amount now reported for 2023-24.

Higher volatile organic compound emissions in 2024/25

In the wake of this scrutiny, Inpex has also released corrected data for 2024–25. Compared with 2023–24, Inpex further increased its emissions of total volatile organic compounds by 21%, with a 31-fold increase in xylene emissions and continuing high emissions of benzene and toluene.

This is despite revelations in 2024 that Inpex had emitted many times more volatile organic compounds than the 500 tonnes predicted in their draft Environmental Impact Statement to the NT government in 2008.

This led to detailed questioning of the chairs of Inpex and the NT Environment Protection Authority by senators David Pocock and Sarah Hanson-Young at the Senate Inquiry into federal support to the Middle Arm Industrial Precinct in Darwin in 2024.

In addition, documents provided by Inpex to the inquiry also revealed the facility’s two anti-pollution devices had been out of operation for extended periods of time since 2019. These devices, called acid-gas incinerators, destroy volatile chemicals such as benzene, toluene and hazardous sulphur-containing compounds before they are released. There were no legal consequences for these breakdowns and resulting elevated VOC emissions.

Alarmingly, the Middle Arm Inquiry Report ignored these discussions. Labor and Liberal senators gave full support for a third LNG facility to be built in Darwin with little mention of the extensive health concerns raised in submissions and additional papers.

Why are these emissions so concerning?

Many studies have linked exposure to the toxic family of chemicals known as BTEX (benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene and xylenes) to multiple health issues. Short exposures can cause symptoms such as headaches, respiratory symptoms and asthma attacks. Longer exposures can cause neurological damage, pre-term births and impaired liver, kidney, lung, reproductive and immune function.

The World Health Organization classifies benzene as a carcinogen, most strongly associated with leukaemia and other blood cancers.

While most research to date has examined risks associated with BTEX chemicals in workplaces and indoor settings, many recent studies have demonstrated that at least some of these risks extend to outdoor exposures.

Last month, an extensive multi-country study demonstrated a consistent link between benzene, toluene and xylene levels in outdoor air and the risk of death.

Besides these direct risks, BTEX chemicals react readily once in the atmosphere to form ground-level ozone, especially in warm, tropical environments such as Darwin.

A man stands against a barricade fishing, with the sunrise behind him.
Darwin residents are concerned about reports of chemical emissions. Mark Kolbe/Getty Images

We need clean air

Darwin residents are understandably concerned about the levels of highly toxic chemicals emitted by Inpex LNG so close to homes and urban areas of Darwin.

Days before these revelations, the NT EPA reported one of Inpex’s two LNG processing units had released 36,000 litres of hot oil across the plant and into stormwater drains.

These pollution issues follow the ABC investigation of a significant gas leak at the nearby Santos LNG facility, which had not been made public for nearly 20 years.

The federal Department of Climate Change, Energy and the Environment is now reviewing these incidents and considering enforcement action.

Inpex senior vice president Bill Townsend told the ABC workers had been told there was “no cause for health concern”, citing air quality monitoring – both on-site and in the Darwin region – which he said had “consistently” shown emissions were within government limits.

This week, hotly debated new national environment protection laws are expected to enter Parliament. Strong environmental laws aren’t just for wildlife – they are vital in protecting human health too. Improved evidence-based federal laws such as a Clean Air Act would go a long way to protecting Australia’s health and wellbeing.The Conversation

Melissa Haswell, Professor of Health, Safety and Environment, School of Public Health and Social Work, Queensland University of TechnologyBranka Miljevic, Associate Professor, Earth and Atmospheric Science, Queensland University of Technology, and Lidia Morawska, Professor, Science and Engineering Faculty; Director, International Laboratory for Air Quality and Health (WHO CC for Air Quality and Health); Director - Australia, Australia – China Centre for Air Quality Science and Management (ACC-AQSM), Queensland University of Technology

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Fast approval for Western Downs battery as Nationals dump Net Zero

On October 29 2025 Senator the Hon Murray Watt, Minister for the Environment and Water, announced the Government has approved a new battery energy storage system (BESS) located near Chinchilla, in the electorate of Nationals’ leader David Littleproud, in just 19 days thanks to considered site selection.

The 400MW storage project will power up to 101,500 households for 4 hours at peak demand. It will be located adjacent to the Edenvale Solar Park and be connected to the existing Orana substation via an underground transmission line.

On Saturday November 1 the Nationals Party's Federal Council in Canberra voted to remove support for net zero from its federal platform. The shift was widely regarded as a formality given that every state branch of the party had already passed similar motions.

Nationals leader David Littleproud said on Saturday a special party room meeting would be held tomorrow to consider the party's climate and energy policy.

"We've been on a long considered process around understanding the implications of energy and climate policy in this country," he said.

"And whether there are better ways, fairer ways, cheaper ways for Australians to be able to contribute globally, but to make sure that Australia remains strong."

The motion called on the parliamentary party to "abandon" support for achieving net zero emissions but retains support for "emissions reductions", which it says should be balanced with "growing and protecting key industries such as the mining, agriculture and manufacturing sectors".

Meanwhile, the project for his electorate will support energy grid stability and reduce curtailment and energy wastage from nearby solar farms and renewable projects by capturing excess energy generation, the incumbents state.

The facility will be constructed on previously cleared land, with clearing of a small amount of remnant vegetation expected to have a minimal impact on the local environment.

The project will create 150 jobs during construction and a further 5 jobs once in operation.

Minister for the Environment and Water, Murray Watt said the project shows fast environmental approvals are possible with considered site planning.

“The project site is good for the environment and for Australia’s energy transition,” Minister Watt said.

“Construction of the Belah BESS can go ahead with minimal environmental impact.

“While David Littleproud and his Coalition colleagues continue to debate whether climate change is real, their own communities are getting on with the transition to cheaper, cleaner energy.

“Renewable energy projects like this, which support the delivery of clean, green and affordable power, can and do coexist with Australia’s incredible natural environment.”

Spiders inspired biologists to create artificial webs to capture airborne DNA for biodiversity monitoring

Getty Images
Angela (Ang) McGaughranUniversity of Waikato and Manpreet K DhamiBioeconomy Science Institute

The global crisis of diminishing biological diversity is challenging our current ability to monitor changes in ecosystems.

Environmental DNA, or eDNA, has become a popular method. It involves taking a sample from the environment and extracting the DNA to document the species that are (or were recently) present.

Just like matching barcodes to an item’s price at the supermarket, eDNA data are matched to a corresponding identification record in a reference database.

But most eDNA sampling takes place in water, passing litres of liquid through a filter that retains DNA fragments for analysis. This method works very well for freshwater and marine species, but less so on land.

Enter airborne DNA, or airDNA, an emerging method not yet optimised for widespread commercial applications but with great promise for capturing signals of land-based biodiversity.

Researchers have been exploring the question of whether natural spiderwebs could be used to collect DNA, but our research takes this a step further.

A composite image of (left) a coat hanger with Halloween spiderweb decorations and (right) a natural spiderweb with two cicada skins.
Artificial spiderwebs are as good as natural spiderwebs at capturing DNA from the air. Authors providedCC BY-ND

Inspired by a bit of Halloween decoration, we designed artificial spiderwebs to see if they are as good as the real thing in capturing airborne DNA. Our data show artificial spiderwebs performed similarly to real spiderwebs in detecting land-dwelling species.

History of DNA capture

eDNA has been used to monitor changes in biodiversity, detect new species and evaluate the success of restoration or eradication projects. It is easy to use, cheap and non-invasive, and is now being deployed by citizen scientists, community groups and mana whenua.

But species living mostly on land – mammals, birds, bats, reptiles, insects – are less well detected by this method.

One of the first studies to showcase the potential of methods to analyse airborne DNA vacuumed air at a zoological park in Huntingdonshire (United Kingdom). It picked up DNA from 17 of the resident land species, including black and white lemurs, howler monkeys, sloths and tigers, as well as their food items and other mammals and birds.

This stimulated further research, including into the use of cheaper, passive methods of airDNA collection that rely on the settling of air onto inert biofilters. A recent study explored whether natural spiderwebs might provide a new way to capture traces of vertebrate DNA from the environment.

This work sparked excitement among researchers, who immediately saw the potential of spiderwebs to provide aerosol DNA alongside DNA derived from the spiders themselves and their recent prey.

We shared the general excitement of our colleagues but couldn’t help but wonder about the potential negative impacts of this methods’ widespread use on spiders. Spiders are already on the receiving end of bad press, but they have important roles in the ecosystem as nature’s pest and disease control agents. They eat about 800 million tonnes of insects annually across the globe.

Using natural webs is also less robust, as their size and shape, and how long and where they are deployed, are left to chance.

How do artificial webs perform?

In comparison to water eDNA methods, both types of spiderwebs in our research revealed a distinct signature of terrestrial communities. But they were also good biofilters for capturing fungi, possibly by trapping floating fungal spores.

The ecosystem picture drawn from both types of webs compared to water eDNA also shows these methods are likely complementary, capturing a more complete catalogue of species in both terrestrial and aquatic ecosystems.

This is great news: artificial spiderwebs are easy and cheap to construct and provide better control over location, frequency and duration of DNA collection – all at a reduced cost to nature.

Where to from here? Further refinements are on the way. Outstanding questions include how many artificial spiderwebs we need to sufficiently capture biodiversity, whether these webs will perform better or worse in windy or wet conditions, and whether other materials besides Halloween decorations could provide an even better artificial web.

As we continue to explore such questions, perhaps nature’s weavers will provide further inspiration that helps us fashion even better biomechanic solutions for measuring biodiversity.The Conversation

Angela (Ang) McGaughran, Senior Lecturer in Population Genomics, University of Waikato and Manpreet K Dhami, Senior Researcher in Molecular Ecology, Bioeconomy Science Institute

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Dam disasters of the 1920s made reservoirs safer – now the climate crisis is increasing risk again

Jamie WoodwardUniversity of ManchesterJeff WarburtonDurham University, and Stephen ToothAberystwyth University

One hundred years ago, a catastrophic flood carrying enormous boulders swept through part of Dolgarrog village, north Wales, destroying several homes, a bridge and the local chapel. Ten adults and six children lost their lives. The tragedy was widely reported and King George V sent a message of condolence.

This was not a natural flood. It was caused by the failure of two dams impounding the Eigiau and Coedty reservoirs on the Carneddau plateau, high above Dolgarrog, following a wet October. Overtopped by inflow from the Eigiau breach, the Coedty dam failed catastrophically, unleashing a flood of some 1.7 million cubic metres. There was no time to warn the village.

The Dolgarrog disaster followed a reservoir failure at Skelmorlie, Scotland, in April 1925. Both brought attention to poor dam construction and inadequate maintenance practices, and led directly to the Reservoirs (Safety Provisions) Act of 1930.

The act sought to ensure the structural safety of large reservoirs by introducing legal requirements for regular inspection and certification by qualified engineers. It was the first attempt in the UK to regulate the design, construction, and maintenance of reservoirs through statutory safety measures.

Since Dolgarrog, the UK has had an excellent reservoir safety record. But in late July 2019, the evacuation of more than 1,500 residents from Whaley Bridge downstream of Toddbrook reservoir in Derbyshire, England, was ordered. Toddbrook had received a month’s rain in just two days.

Swollen inflows overtopped the dam’s emergency spillway, undermining its concrete slabs. A large cavity appeared on the spillway, exposing the dam’s core, raising fears of a breach.

Chinook helicopter dropped 400 tonnes of aggregate on the Toddbrook spillway to reinforce the damaged section, while fire services used high-capacity pumps to lower the water level and reduce pressure on the dam. After several days, engineers declared the Toddbrook dam stable enough to lift the evacuation order.

The Toddbrook incident was one of the most serious near failures of a dam in recent UK history. It showed how extreme rainfall events can threaten dam safety and communities living downstream. Gavin Tomlinson, the fire incident commander, said: “We were in a situation where we had five times as much water going in than we could take out. We absolutely thought it could fail. It was a very, very tense night.”

Following this scare, in April 2021, the UK government commissioned an independent review into reservoir safety. A ministerial direction was issued to owners of all large, raised reservoirs, making the formulation of emergency flood plans a legal requirement to ensure that they are prepared for an eventuality that could result in an uncontrolled release of water.

The threat from climate change

As geomorphologists who work on river processes and landforms, we are researching the landscape-changing effects of such dam breach floods, but also how topography can amplify the hazard to communities.

As the Dolgarrog disaster showed so graphically, reservoirs that drain into steep and narrow upland valleys present a particular hazard, especially where flows increase in speed and pick up destructive boulders. All aspects of the landscape setting should be part of flood emergency planning.

While the Toddbrook reservoir was compliant with existing legislation and had been recently inspected, it suffered “unforeseen and potentially critical damage that could have led to a catastrophe.” Questions were raised by local residents about how well it had been maintained. Repairs were nearing completion in late 2025.

Most reservoirs in upland Britain were constructed in the 19th century under hydrological conditions that no longer hold. Embankment dams and older masonry dams can be especially vulnerable to erosion, seepage, slope instability or overtopping.

The most common cause of dam failures is overtopping where the spillway cannot cope with floodwaters. Reservoir safety may also be challenged by rapid or sustained water level lowering during droughts. As pore pressures change, and soils dry out and crack, embankment stability can be compromised.

Climate change is increasing both storm and drought intensity in many parts of the UK posing a threat to reservoir safety. Climate models tell us that intense rainstorms that cause flash flooding will be five times more likely by 2080. Steep upland catchments in hard impermeable rocks are especially vulnerable to flash flooding, and this is where much of the UK’s water storage infrastructure is located.

The Dolgarrog disaster was the last time anyone was killed in the UK by a dam failure. But if intense storms and prolonged droughts are the new normal for our climate, the risk to ageing upland water storage infrastructure will likely increase.


Don’t have time to read about climate change as much as you’d like?
Get a weekly roundup in your inbox instead. Every Wednesday, The Conversation’s environment editor writes Imagine, a short email that goes a little deeper into just one climate issue. Join the 45,000+ readers who’ve subscribed so far.The Conversation


Jamie Woodward, Professor of Physical Geography, University of ManchesterJeff Warburton, Professor in the Department of Geography, Durham University, and Stephen Tooth, Professor of Physical Geography, Aberystwyth University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Houses on Machno Terrace were badly damaged or obliterated by boulder-strewn floodwaters in the Dolgarrog dam disaster of 1925. Conwy County Archive

The largest boulders in the Dolgarrog disaster were hewn from the bed and banks of the Afon Porth Llwyd by the force of the flood. Smith Archive/Alamy

Plastic packaging could be a greater sin than food waste

Miljan Zivkovic/Shutterstock
James CroninLancaster UniversityAlexandros SkandalisLancaster University, and Charlotte HadleyLancaster University

Food waste has long been reviled as an immoral, largely preventable feature of our consumer society.

An estimated 4.7 million tonnes of edible food is thrown away by households each year in the UK, according to the Waste and Resources Action Programme, an environmental charity that runs the Love Food Hate Waste campaign. This wastage seems especially wrong at a time when escalating food prices have driven many British households to become reliant on food banks.

Meanwhile, the single-use plastic packaging used to reduce food wastage poses a more insidious problem. Once discarded, the single-use plastics that cushion, seal, protect and extend the shelf life of our groceries can linger in landfills, beneath the ground, in rivers and on the seabed for centuries.

This mounting plastic waste could disrupt ecosystems, negatively effect food security through declining animal health and cause health issues in people. If binning good-to-eat food has historically been reviled as consumers’ great moral failing, their over-reliance on single-use plastic food packaging could be a longer-lasting sin.

UK households throw away approximately 90 billion pieces of plastic packaging a year. In 2024, the UK achieved a recycling rate of approximately 51%-53.7% for plastic packaging waste.

The rest was incinerated, land-filled, or shipped abroad, typically to countries with weaker waste management systems. There it is buried, burned or haphazardly stored with the risk of leaking into rivers and seas.

Traces of plastic have been detected everywhere from Arctic ice to the hottest deserts, from the bellies of seabirds to human blood, lungs and placentas. Unlike food waste, the damage of plastic waste is cumulative, slowly imparting a toxic legacy throughout ecosystems for future generations.

The scale of the single-use plastics problem is not to diminish the problem of food waste. Throwing out a pack of mackerel fillets or a tub of smashed avocado from the fridge is not only disrespectful to the third of UK children under five living in food insecure homes. It disregards the huge amount of carbon emissions needed to produce, preserve, transport, retail and store those items from producer to consumer.

An estimated 16 million tonnes of carbon dioxide is produced from UK households’ wasted consumable food and drink. But damaging as it is, food waste has an end point: it decomposes, breaks down, then returns to the soil.

In contrast, plastic packaging persists indefinitely, slowly fragmenting into smaller parts and disintegrating into stubborn chemical constituents that stick around. Each plastic bottle, crisp packet and meat tray that ends up in the natural environment represents a long-term alteration of the material world.

Food waste decays, plastic stays

Why then does binning plastic packaging rarely invite as fervent a reaction as scraping a plate of uneaten dinner into the bin? Our research suggests that part of the answer lies in how each act of wastage is morally framed.

Food is very visible, desirable and morally loaded – it is something held dear in most religions and communities. Several faiths explicitly denounce the wasting of food as sinful or wrong. Secular British history too is replete with memories of food shortages, rationing, rising prices and austerity periods which have led to strong moral attitudes against food waste.

According to the anti-poverty charity Trussell Trust’s research, approximately 14 million people in the UK faced hunger in the past year leading up to September 2025.

food waste in brown bin bag, white background
Binning good-to-eat food is usually considered morally unacceptable. 5PH/Shutterstock

By comparison, plastic is more abstract. Plastic food packaging is hidden in plain sight, often serving as a “passenger” rather than a driver of our consumption. After we remove the food, we toss plastic packaging into the trash – ideally the recycling bin – without a further thought.

Where food is deep-seated in moral and even sacred meanings around nourishing the body, sharing and caring, identity and celebration, plastic is devoid of such values. Throwing food away can feel like an affront to the communities we identify with, but binning plastic does not carry the same stigma. We do not view ourselves as “wasting” plastic, we merely “dispose” of it.

Among the members of 27 households we interviewed, many expressed their frustration about good-to-eat food ending up in bins or landfills. Most cited the usefulness of plastic packaging in keeping food fresh and helping to reduce waste.

For them, the consequences of binning plastics are dispersed and delayed. No great cautionary tale from our collective memory exists to warn us of the complex, longer-term challenges that will follow.

To overcome the challenges of tomorrow, we must reassess the hierarchy of things that we, as consumers, feel guilty about. Food waste certainly matters, but so too does plastic packaging. The problem is that plastics have not been a part of our moral economy for very long.

Plastics arrived as a modern convenience, not as a moral appendage to our sense of identity or community like food has been for millennia. There are no ancient and collective traumas tied to plastics’ wanton consumption, abuse or scarcity, no prayers of gratitude for plastic packaging, and no great piety or moral proverbs condemning its thoughtless disposal.

Our existing moral frameworks are coloured with images of hunger, famine, bread lines and emaciated bodies that provide us with the imagination to condemn the wasting of food.

But we require new stories and perspectives to position plastic waste as an evil that will outlive us, haunt our waterways, crowd the stomachs of wildlife, leach into our food systems, and poison our bodies long after our shopping habits have changed.


Don’t have time to read about climate change as much as you’d like?
Get a weekly roundup in your inbox instead. Every Wednesday, The Conversation’s environment editor writes Imagine, a short email that goes a little deeper into just one climate issue. Join the 45,000+ readers who’ve subscribed so far.The Conversation


James Cronin, Professor in Marketing and Consumer Culture Studies, Lancaster UniversityAlexandros Skandalis, Professor in Marketing and Consumer Culture, Lancaster University, and Charlotte Hadley, Research Fellow, Lancaster Medical School, Lancaster University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Engineering crops to photosynthesise better just got one step closer to reality

Hans Henning Wenk / Getty Images
Taylor SzyszkaUniversity of SydneyDavin Saviro WijayaAustralian National University, and Yu Heng LauUniversity of Sydney

As Earth’s population grows, we will need more food. According to one estimate, we may need to nearly double our crop yields in the next century to keep up.

At the same time, climate change and wild weather events are making it harder than ever to grow food. We are faced with a complex problem, but one thing is certain: we will need to grow better, more productive crops.

Crops have already gone through aeons of evolution and millennia of human selection, so improving their growth even further isn’t easy. That’s where synthetic biology comes in: using engineering principles to build better biological systems.

In a new study published today in Nature Communications, we present a step towards more productive crops: a simple, tiny box made of proteins that can help plants use nitrogen and water more efficiently.

An important but inefficient enzyme

At school, you probably learned about photosynthesis: the solar-powered process where plants take carbon dioxide (CO₂) from the air and convert it to sugars that they use for energy. They use this energy to grow (and for crops, this means providing food for us).

An enzyme called Rubisco is a crucial player in photosynthesis. It is responsible for the first step of using CO₂ to make sugars.

Flowchart of carbon dioxide and oxygen being fixed to a Rubisco model affecting crop growth
When Rubisco reacts with carbon dioxide it helps plants make sugar for growth and energy, but when it reacts with oxygen it has a negative effect. Davin Saviro Wijaya/ANU

Rubisco just might be the most important enzyme on Earth. However, it acts slowly and sometimes reacts with oxygen instead of CO₂, wasting valuable resources. These shortcomings mean Rubisco is a significant bottleneck to plant growth.

To compensate, so-called C3 crops (a group which includes wheat, rice, canola and many others) mass-produce Rubisco to help with photosynthesis. This comes at a huge cost, wasting energy, water and nitrogen.

Learning from algae

On the other hand, cyanobacteria (also called blue-green algae) have taken a more elegant approach. They have evolved a “carbon-concentrating mechanism”, increasing the amount of CO₂ surrounding Rubisco to keep it on task.

As part of this system, they house Rubisco in specialised compartments called carboxysomes. This creates an ideal space where the enzyme can function more efficiently – a bit like a microscopic office with no distractions.

If C3 crops had a similar system, it could increase crop yields by up to 60%. Scientists have been trying to engineer such a system into these crops for many years, but it’s complicated.

A simpler container

The carboxysome compartment alone consists of many different proteins which must all cooperate in a precise manner. A simpler compartment that does the same job would be easier to work with.

As synthetic biologists, we often repurpose biological parts to play new roles.

In this case, we looked at encapsulins: these are nanoscale cellular storage boxes typically found in bacteria or archaea. They have one great feature for our purposes, which is that they are simple and easy to make – built from many copies of just a single protein stuck together.

Black and white image showing small circular blobs against a scale bar marked '200 nm'.
A transmission electron microscope image showing encapsulin compartments. Alex Loustau/USYD

We are engineering encapsulins to make something like a carboxysome that is compatible with C3 crops.

Getting Rubisco to work harder

Our first step was packaging active Rubisco inside an encapsulin compartment. We immediately noticed the timing was critical.

If we tried to produce both Rubisco and encapsulin at the same time, the Rubisco we packaged wasn’t active. However, if we produced the Rubisco first and the encapsulin second, the packaged Rubisco was active.

With the timing sorted, we managed to create encapsulin protein cages that could function with three different types of Rubisco.

Cartoon rendering of four Rubisco molecules within an encapsulin cage in front of office desks.
Illustration of Rubisco molecules packaged into an encapsulin – like a nanoscopic office. Davin Saviro Wijaya/ANU

There is still a way to go before we have supercharged crops – but our path is clear. We will incorporate other parts of the carboxysome and carbon-concentrating mechanism to build an ideal workspace for Rubisco, and engineer that into crop plants.The Conversation

Taylor Szyszka, Postdoctoral Research Associate in Synthetic Biology, University of SydneyDavin Saviro Wijaya, PhD Candidate, Research School of Biology, Australian National University, and Yu Heng Lau, Associate Professor in Chemical Biology, University of Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Rare reptiles are moving up mountains as the world warms. They can’t keep doing it forever

Mountain Dragon (Rankinia diemensis). reiner/iNaturalistCC BY-NC-SA
Jane MelvilleMuseums Victoria Research Institute and Till RammMuseums Victoria Research Institute

In pockets of highlands across Australia’s east lives a shy and secretive lizard. It’s usually reddish grey in colour, with two pale strips running the length of its spiky back. Growing to a maximum of 20 centimetres, it could easily fit in the palm of an adult’s hand.

But although the mountain dragon (Rankinia diemensis) is small, it can teach us big lessons about the influence of climate change on Australian biodiversity, as our new research, published today in Current Biology, demonstrates.

Tracking change over geological timescales

The predictions about how climate change will impact native species aren’t good. But it is challenging to truly understand how future climate changes will impact how species are distributed. That’s largely because climate change happens at a scale and time frame that is difficult for researchers to directly observe and measure.

This is where the emerging field of conservation paleobiology comes in.

It uses the fossil record to understand how animals and other living organisms responded to past environmental changes over geological timescales – that is, thousands to millions of years.

Conservation paleobiology can also help overcome another challenge: distinguishing the impacts of human-induced environmental threats such as climate change, habitat destruction, introduced disease, pollution or invasive species from “natural” variations in climate.

All of these factors may be acting at the same time and may equally lead to species declines.

From cold and dry to warm and humid

The Quaternary – from roughly 2.5 million years ago until today – is a particularly promising period to study.

During this period the climate in Australia changed drastically and repeatedly from cold and dry glacial periods to warm and more humid interglacial periods. These changes shaped where today’s species are found. They also offer an opportunity to measure influences of climate change in the absence of human impacts.

By studying fossils, often preserved as isolated pieces of bone, it’s possible to find out how species react to these natural climatic changes during the Quaternary. These results then allow predictions of their reactions to the human-induced climate change we experience right now.

Our new research links this historical period with the present by combining analyses of fossils with genetic data from museum specimens. We used a technique called microCT imaging to study fossils. We then combined this information with genomic data to see if current populations of mountain dragons were still healthy.

A 3D rendering of a mountain dragon cranium and a fossil jaw.
A 3D rendering of a mountain dragon fossil skull and jaw. Till Ramm/Museums Victoria

A shrinking population

The mountain dragon is now found in Victoria, New South Wales and Tasmania, where it is the only native dragon lizard. An isolated population in the Grampians National Park in western Victoria is currently listed as critically endangered.

We found the range of mountain dragons was much larger roughly 20,000 years ago, during the peak of the last cold and dry glacial period. Isolated upper jaw bones found at two different fossil sites revealed these reptiles were once present in two locations where they’re are absent today: Kangaroo Island and Naracoorte in South Australia.

Our genetic results also revealed the populations of mountain dragons that still exist today are largely disconnected from each other, increasing their vulnerability.

Some populations in lower altitudes are genetically less diverse. This is an indicator of threatened or declining populations.

This species was also more widely distributed at lower altitudes 20,000 years ago compared to today. This suggests it has slowly been pushed up the mountains by changing climate.

This situation is alarming, because under rapid global warming, the species will at some point have nowhere to escape.

A brown and white lizard sunning itself next to a lake.
The blotched bluetongue (Tiliqua nigrolutea) was present Kangaroo Island roughly 20,000 years ago. conner_margetts/iNaturalistCC BY-NC-SA

A hotspot of endangered reptiles

Mountain dragons don’t seem to be the only species reacting to climate change in this way.

Comparisons with other reptiles living in the same areas indicate the pattern we see in mountain dragons may also cause other reptile species to decline. For example, the blotched blue tongue lizard (Tiliqua nigrolutea) was also found on Kangaroo Island 20,000 years ago.

Other species such the she-oak skink (Cyclodomorphus praealtus), the Blue Mountains water skink (Eulamprus leuraensis) and White’s skink (Liopholis whitii) show similarities in terms of their genetic diversity and population connectivity. They also likely had larger ranges when the climate was more favourable.

Reptiles can’t actively regulate their body temperatures. This makes them less able to adjust to changing temperatures. Previous research shows the temperate southeastern Australian ecosystem, including the southern Alps, is a hotspot of endangered reptiles within Australia.

Now our research on mountain dragons suggests climate change is a likely cause for the high number of threatened reptiles in this area. It also highlights the urgent need for updated conservation strategies that take into account where Australia’s unique native species may move to as the planet continues to warm.The Conversation

Jane Melville, Senior Curator, Terrestrial Vertebrates, Museums Victoria Research Institute and Till Ramm, Research Associate, Sciences Department, Museums Victoria Research Institute

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Fish stocks off icy Heard Island bounced back when illegal fishing stopped and sustainable fishing continued

Joel WilliamsUniversity of Tasmania and Nicole HillUniversity of Tasmania

In the middle of the Southern Indian Ocean lies a vast underwater volcanic ridge known as the Kerguelen Plateau. At its centre sits Australia’s most remote territory: Heard Island and McDonald Islands. These icy outposts about 4,100km southwest of Perth are home to Australia’s only active volcanoes.

These isolated islands are a biodiversity hotspot. Seals and penguins abound on rocky beaches. Underwater, seabed fish species have evolved antifreeze-like compounds in their blood to cope with near-freezing temperatures.

Isolation doesn’t mean protection. The discovery of many dead elephant seal pups on Heard Island suggests highly pathogenic avian influenza may have arrived. For years, the rich fisheries around these islands were targeted by illegal fishers hunting for the sought-after Patagonian toothfish.

There is good news. Our new research has found increasing numbers of fish species and wider distributions around Heard and McDonald Islands. While it’s difficult to pinpoint the exact drivers of these increases, we believe it’s a combination of factors: the removal of illegal fishing, changes in fishing practices to reduce bycatch, a long-established marine reserve, and possibly climate-driven increases in ocean productivity.

Fish communities rebounding

The undulating terrain and nutrient-rich waters washing up from 4,000m deep onto the Kergeluen Plateau have helped make this area a hotspot for fish species.

Before Australia established an exclusion zone around the islands, the region was heavily targeted by international trawlers likely causing significant damage to many forms of life on the seafloor.

In the 1990s, illegal fishers using longlines targeted these waters for the high-value toothfish and large catches of species such as marbled rockcod. By the early 2000s, illegal, unreported and unregulated fishing was stamped out due to joint surveillance efforts by Australian and French authorities. France controls the Kergeluen Islands 450km away. The waters are now monitored by satellite.

Historically, authorised fishers also relied on trawling to catch toothfish. In 2003, the fishing industry began shifting to longline methods for catching toothfish which has likely benefited seafloor habitats, bycatch species and fish communities. Today, trawling efforts in the region are much reduced outside a small fishery for mackerel icefish.

The toothfish is sought after by top restaurants around the world and the area has a well-managed and lucrative toothfish and mackerel icefish fishery considered sustainable. Only 2,120 tonnes can be taken a year under catch limits set by the Australian Fisheries Management Authority.

A no-take marine reserve was declared over some of the waters around Heard and McDonald Islands in 2002 and expanded in 2014. This is also likely to have contributed to the increase in fish communities. In January 2025, the Australian government significantly expanded the size of the reserve, including no-take, habitat protection and national park zones. This should further boost protection.

The region’s remoteness, harsh conditions and ocean depth make it very difficult to study how fishing and climate change affect fish communities.

The data we used in our research comes from a long-term monitoring program conducted by fishers and managed by the Australian government. Every year since the late 1990s, a fishing vessel undertakes a number of short trawls at different depths. The presence and abundance of different species is recorded.

We used contemporary statistical approaches to model the entire dataset, examining how all seabed fish species respond to factors such as water temperature, depth, climate and marine reserve status.

Our analysis of data from 2003–16 found that despite a warming ocean, bottom-dwelling fish numbers have broadly increased. This includes species more likely to be caught as bycatch in fishing nets, such as Eaton’s skate, grey rockcod and deep-water grenadier species. Strikingly, the number of species in a single sample more than doubled over a 13 year-time period.

What’s next?

This area is a climate change hotspot. Major ocean currents such as the Polar Front are changing and water temperatures are rising. These changes are boosting production of phytoplankton, the microscopic floating plants that underpin food webs. We don’t know yet if this is another reason fish distributions are changing, and we don’t know what rising water temperatures will mean for polar-adapted fish species.

This year, the Australian research vessel RSV Nuyina will visit the Heard and McDonald Islands twice for research such as surveying marine ecosystems to inform fisheries management. For researchers, the next step will be to build broader collaboration with French researchers, fishers and fishery managers to better track changes to ecosystems across the entire Kerguelen Plateau.

We can’t definitively say these species have fully recovered, as we don’t know the distribution and abundance of these species before human pressure began. But overall, our research is good news. It suggests fish species under pressure can recover strongly and that management methods are working.The Conversation

Joel Williams, Research Associate in Marine Ecology, University of Tasmania and Nicole Hill, Research Fellow in Marine Ecology, University of Tasmania

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

NZ’s first marine reserve is turning 50 – the lessons from its recovery are invaluable

Paul CaigerCC BY-SA
Conrad PilditchUniversity of Auckland, Waipapa Taumata Rau and Simon Francis ThrushUniversity of Auckland, Waipapa Taumata Rau

New Zealand’s first legislated marine reserve, established 50 years ago around Te Hāwere-a-Maki/Goat Island north of Auckland, was also among the very first in the world.

During the decades since then, marine scientists have been monitoring changes and tracking significant transformations in the ecosystem – from bare rocky reefs to thriving kelp forests.

Officially known as the Cape Rodney-Okakari Point Marine Reserve, the 556 hectares of protected waters and seabed became New Zealand’s first no-take zone in 1975.

Back then, very little grew on the shallow rocky reefs. It took almost three decades for kelp forests to reestablish following the slow recovery of crayfish and snapper stocks.

These predators play an essential role in keeping marine reef ecosystems healthy because they eat kina (sea urchins) which otherwise increase in numbers and mow down kelp forests.

Once crayfish and snapper were able to mature and grow, the kelp forests returned. Their recovery in turn provided a nursery for juvenile fish and many species came back.

We now see parrotfish, black angelfish, blue maomao, red moki, silver drummers, leatherjackets, octopus and several species of stingrays. Bottlenose dolphins and orca pass through occasionally.

A striped fish swimming in the Goat Island marine reserve.
Red moki are among the fish now seen in the marine reserve. Paul CaigerCC BY-SA

The reserve features a far higher density of fish and other marine life than outside its boundaries. But despite the protection, fish are not as plentiful within the reserve now as they were in the late 1970s.

The ongoing changes within the protected area are helping us to understand the impact of commercial and recreational fishing.

Pressures from fisheries

In 1964, a decade before the marine reserve was established, the Leigh marine laboratory opened on the cliffs above it. Its first director, Bill Ballantine, was concerned that fish stocks were dwindling and marine ecosystems declining in the Hauraki Gulf and became a key force in pushing for the marine reserve to be set up.

But since 1975, Auckland’s population has exploded and recreational and commercial fishing pressures outside the marine reserve have increased markedly.

While crayfish numbers and sizes began to recover when the marine reserve was established, they have dropped again over the past ten years. And fish stocks in the reserve remain far below the levels that would have been present before commercial fishing began to intensify rapidly in the area during the 1950s.

We think this is because the reserve is too small and continues to be affected by the rise in commercial and recreational fishing in the Hauraki Gulf.

Large snapper and crayfish sometimes move out of the reserve and are caught. The outside areas aren’t replenishing the reserve because they are heavily fished.

An image taken half underwater, showing a research vessel on the surface and a diver below, exploring a rocky reef
Reef surveys are part of the ongoing research in the marine reserve. Paul CaigerCC BY-SA

Recent research shows people can speed up kelp restoration in some places by removing kina, but large snapper and crayfish are still needed to maintain the balance long-term.

Another key discovery has been that the reserve’s many mature snapper produce about ten times more juvenile snapper than in unprotected areas of the same size.

About 11% of young snapper found up to 40 kilometres away from the reserve are offspring of snapper that live in the reserve. This “spillover effect” means the reserve is actually enhancing fisheries in the Hauraki Gulf.

Safeguarding the ocean

The Hauraki Gulf Tīkapa Moana Marine Protection Act, which comes into force this month, makes the Goat Island marine reserve about four times larger, extending the offshore boundary from 800 metres to three kilometres and significantly increasing the diversity of habitats protected.

The marine reserve has demonstrated the value of safeguarding patches of sea, but it has also shown that reserves need to be larger to better protect key species such as crayfish and snapper from fishing pressures.

It is also important to protect different types of habitat, in particular the soft-sediment seafloor ecosystems that comprise the bulk of the Hauraki Gulf. These ecosystems are high in biodiversity, support important fisheries, sequester carbon and process nutrients that maintain productivity. But they are vulnerable to seafloor disturbance.

An eagle ray resting on a sandy patch
An eagle ray rests on a sandy patch among the reef. These habitats now get more protection. Tegan Evans/Gemma CunningtonCC BY-SA

As the impacts of climate change worsen, the historical records and understanding we have drawn from this marine reserve now act as an important baseline.

We know that restoring kelp forests in the reserve and elsewhere has made the area more resilient to climate change, while also contributing to carbon sequestration.

A diver exploring barren rocky reefs with kina
Unprotected areas outside the marine reserve are dominated by kina barrens because of a lack of predators such as snapper and caryfish. Paul CaigerCC BY-SA

If kelp forests were restored in the Hauraki Gulf Marine Park, the plants would be worth about NZ$7.9 million in carbon credits, if they were valued in the same way as land-based forests.

About 350,000 people visit the reserve annually, mostly to snorkel, dive or take a glass-bottom boat trip to explore the abundance of life beneath the waves. A lot more places could look like this marine reserve if we managed our oceans better.The Conversation

Conrad Pilditch, Professor of Marine Sciences, University of Auckland, Waipapa Taumata Rau and Simon Francis Thrush, Professor of Marine Science, University of Auckland, Waipapa Taumata Rau

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Climate change is a crisis of intergenerational justice. It’s not too late to make it right

Philippa CollinWestern Sydney UniversityJudith BessantRMIT University, and Rob WattsRMIT University

Climate change is the biggest issue of our time. 2024 marked both the hottest year on record and the highest levels of carbon dioxide (CO2) emissions in the past two million years.

Global warming increases the frequency and severity of extreme weather events, bushfires, floods and droughts. These are already affecting young people, who will experience the challenges for more of their lives than older people.

It will also adversely affect those not yet born, creating a crisis of intergenerational justice.

Caught in the changing climate

In 2025, children and young people comprise a third of Australia’s population.

Given their early stage of physiological and cognitive development, children are more vulnerable to climate disasters such as crop failures, river floods and drought.

They are also less able to protect themselves from the associated trauma than most older people.

Under current emissions trajectories, United Nations research warns every child in Australia could be subject to more than four heatwaves a year. It’s estimated more than two million Australian children could be living in areas where heatwaves will last longer than four days.

recent report found more than one million children and young people in Australia experience a climate disaster or extreme weather event in an “average year”.

Those in remote areas, from lower socioeconomic backgrounds and Indigenous children are more likely to be negatively effected. That’s equivalent to one in six children, and numbers are rising.

Anxiety, frustration and fear

The impact of climate change on young people’s health and wellbeing is also significant. Globally, young people bear the greatest psychological burden associated with the impacts of climate change.

Feelings such as frustration, fear and anxiety related to climate change are compounded by the experience of extreme weather events and associated health impacts.


Intergenerational inequality is the term on the lips of policymakers in Canberra and beyond. In this four-part series, we’ve asked leading experts what’s making younger generations worse off and how policy could help fix it.


For young people who live through climate-related disasters, they may experience challenges with education, displacement, housing insecurity and financial difficulties.

All these come on top of other issues. These include increased socioeconomic inequality, rising child poverty, mounting education debt, precarious employment, and lack of access to affordable housing.

This means this generation of young people is likely to be worse off economically than their parents.

Not walking the walk

Some key policy figures understand how climate change is turbo-charging intergenerational unfairness.

Former treasury secretary Ken Henry described the situation as an “intergenerational tragedy”, referring to the ways Australian policymakers are failing to address the changing climate, among other crucial issues.

Even Treasurer Jim Chalmers acknowledged “intergenerational fairness is one of the defining principles of our country”.

Yet, the current responses to the Climate Risk Assessment Report suggest it’s not the highest priority.

Climate change was barely mentioned in the May 2025 federal election. The major parties largely avoided the subject.

It was also concerning that the first major decision of the newly reelected Albanese government was approving an extension to Woodside’s North West Shelf gas project off Western Australia until 2070.

This leaves a legacy to young people of an additional 87 million tonnes of carbon dioxide equivalent every year for many years to come.

Raising young voices

Australia’s children and young people are not stupid. Many worked out early that they could not trust governments.

Since 2018, young people have mobilised hundreds of thousands of other children in protests calling for climate action.

Youth-led organisations in Australia, such as the Australian Youth Climate Coalition, have long led campaigns and strategies to address climate change. They are joined by an increasing range of older allies, from Parents for Climate to the Knitting Nannas to the Country Women’s Association.

Domestically, many young people have turned to strategic climate litigation and collaboration with members of parliament on legislative change. They argue governments have a legal duty of care to prevent the harms of climate change.

Thwarted attempts

Beyond accelerating implementation of the National Adaptation Plan, other legislative innovations will help.

In 2023, young people worked with independent Senator David Pocock to draft legislation addressing these concerns.

This bill required governments to consider the health and wellbeing of children and future generations when deciding on projects that could exacerbate climate change.

It was sent to the Senate Environment and Communications Legislation Committee. While all but one of 403 public submissions to the committee supported the bill, in June 2024 the Labor and Coalition members agreed to reject it. They argued it was difficult to quantify notions such as “wellbeing” or “material risk”.

Adding insult to injury, both major parties claimed Australia already had more than adequate environmental laws in place to protect children.

Turning around the Titanic

The Australian parliament may have another opportunity to embed a legislative duty to protect children and secure intergenerational justice. Independent MP Sophie Scamps introduced the Wellbeing of Future Generations Bill in February 2025. As legislation brought before the parliament lapses once an election is called, Scamps is planning to reintroduce the bill in this sitting term.

The bill would introduce a legislative framework to embed the wellbeing of future generations into decision making processes. It would also establish a positive duty and create an independent commissioner for future generations to advocate for Australia’s long-term interests and sustainable practice.

While this bill does not include penalties for breaches of the duty, if passed, it would force the government of the day to consider the rights and interests of current and future generations.

It’s based on similar legislation in Waleswhich has worked successfully for a decade.

If nothing else, the Welsh experiment suggests we can take entirely practical steps to promote intergenerational justice, reduce the negative impacts of climate change on young people right now and avert a climate catastrophe threatening our children who are yet to be born.

It may feel like turning around the Titanic, but it must be done.The Conversation

Philippa Collin, Professor of Political Sociology, Institute for Culture and Society, Western Sydney UniversityJudith Bessant, Distinguished Professor in School of Global, Urban and Social Studies, RMIT University, and Rob Watts, Professor of Social Policy, RMIT University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

New discovery reveals chimpanzees in Uganda use flying insects to tend their wounds

Kayla KolffOsnabrück University

Animals respond to injury in many ways. So far, evidence for animals tending wounds with biologically active materials is rare. Yet, a recent study of an orangutan treating a wound with a medicinal plant provides a promising lead.

Chimpanzees, for example, are known to lick their wounds and sometimes press leaves onto them, but these behaviours are still only partly understood. We still do not know how often these actions occur, whether they are deliberate, or how inventive chimpanzees can be when responding to wounds.

Recent field observations in Uganda, east Africa, are now revealing intriguing insights into how these animals cope with wounds.

As a primatologist, I am fascinated by the cognitive and social lives of chimpanzees, and by what sickness-related behaviours can reveal about the evolutionary origins of care and empathy in people. Chimpanzees are among our closest living relatives, and we can learn so much about ourselves through understanding them.

In our research based in Kibale National Park, Uganda, chimpanzees have been seen applying insects to their own open wounds on five occasions, and in one case to another individual.

Behaviours like insect application show that chimpanzees are not passive when wounded. They experiment with their environment, sometimes alone and occasionally with others. While we should not jump too quickly to call this “medicine”, it does show that they are capable of responding to wounds in inventive and sometimes cooperative ways.

Each new insight adds reveals more about chimpanzees, offering glimpses into the shared evolutionary roots of our own responses to injury and caregiving instincts.

First catch your insect

We saw the insect applications by chance while observing and recording their behaviour in the forest, but paid special attention to chimpanzees with open wounds.

Insect application by subadult Damien.

In all observed cases, the sequence of actions seemed deliberate. A chimpanzee caught an unidentified flying insect, immobilised it between lips or fingers, and pressed it directly onto an open wound. The same insect was sometimes reapplied several times, occasionally after being held briefly in the mouth, before being discarded. Other chimpanzees occasionally watched the process closely, seemingly with curiosity.

Most often the behaviour was directed at the chimpanzee’s own open wound. However, in one rare instance, an adolescent female applied an insect to her brother’s wound. A study on the same community has shown that chimpanzees also dab the wounds of unrelated members with leaves, prompting the question of whether insect application of these chimpanzees, too, might extend beyond family members. Acts of care, whether directed towards family or others, can reveal the early foundations of empathy and cooperation.

The observed sequence closely resembles the insect applications seen in Central chimpanzees in Gabon, Africa. The similarity suggests that insect application may represent a more widespread behaviour performed by chimpanzee than previously recognised.

The finding from Kibale National Park broadens our view of how chimpanzees respond to wounds. Rather than leaving wounds unattended, they sometimes act in ways that appear deliberate and targeted.

Chimpanzee first aid?

The obvious question is what function this behaviour might serve. We know that chimpanzees deliberately use plants in ways that can improve their health: swallowing rough leaves that help expel intestinal parasites or chewing bitter shoots with possible anti-parasitic effects.

Insects, however, are a different matter. Pressing insects onto wounds has not yet been shown to speed up healing or reduce infection. Many insects do produce antimicrobial or anti-inflammatory substances, so the possibility is there, but scientific testing is still needed.

For now, what we can say is that the behaviour appears to be targeted, patterned and deliberate. The single case of an insect being applied to another individual is especially intriguing. Chimpanzees are highly social animals, but active helping is relatively rare. Alongside well-known behaviours such as groomingfood sharing, and support in fights, applying an insect to a sibling’s wound hints at another form of care, one that goes beyond maintaining relationships to possibly improving the other’s physical condition.

Big questions

This behaviour leaves us with some big questions. If insect application proves medicative, it could explain why chimpanzees do it. This in turn raises the question of how the behaviour arises in the first place: do chimpanzees learn it by observing others, or does it emerge more spontaneously? From there arises the question of selectivity – are they choosing particular flying insects, and if so, do others in the group learn to select the same ones?

In human traditional medicine (entomotherapy), flying insects such as honeybees and blowflies are valued for their antimicrobial or anti-inflammatory effects. Whether the insects applied by chimpanzees provide similar benefits is still to be investigated.

Finally, if chimpanzees are indeed applying insects with medicinal value and sometimes placing them on the wounds of others, this could represent active helping and even prosocial behaviour. (The term is used to describe behaviours that benefit others rather than the individual performing them.)

Watching chimpanzees in Kibale National Park immobilise a flying insect and gently press it onto an open wound reminds us how much there is still to learn about their abilities. It also adds to the growing evidence that the roots of care and healing behaviours extend much further back in evolutionary time.

If insect applications prove to be medicinal, this adds to the importance of safeguarding chimpanzees and their habitats. In turn, these habitats protect the insects that can contribute to chimpanzee well-being.The Conversation

Kayla Kolff, Postdoctoral researcher, Osnabrück University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Coal plants emitted more pollution during the last government shutdown, while regulators were furloughed

Coal-fired power plants emit both smoke and steam. Paul Souders/Stone via Getty Images
Ruohao ZhangPenn StateHuan LiNorth Carolina A&T State University, and Neha KhannaBinghamton University, State University of New York

When the U.S. government shut down in late 2018, it furloughed nearly 600 Environmental Protection Agency pollution inspectors for more than a month. Those workers had to stop their work of monitoring and inspecting industrial sites for pollution, and stopped enforcing environmental-protection laws, including the Clean Air Act.

My colleagues and I analyzed six years’ worth of air quality levels, emissions measurements, power production data and weather reports for more than 200 coal-fired power plants around the country. We found that the coal plants’ operators appeared to take advantage of the lapse in enforcement of environmental regulations.

As soon as the shutdown began, coal-fired power plants started producing about 15% to 20% more particle pollution. And as soon as the government reopened and inspections resumed, pollution levels dropped.

Particulate matter is dangerous

The longest federal government shutdown in U.S. history up until that time began on Dec. 22, 2018, and lasted until Jan. 25, 2019. During that period, about 95% of EPA employees were furloughed, including nearly all the agency’s pollution inspectors, who keep track of whether industrial sites like coal-fired power plants follow rules meant to limit air pollution.

Among those rules are strict limits on a type of pollution called particulate matter, which is sometimes called PM2.5 and PM10. These microscopic particles are smaller than the width of a human hair. When inhaled, they can travel deep into the lungs and even get into the bloodstream. Even short-term exposure to particulates increases the risk of asthma, heart disease and premature death.

An illustration shows a human hair and a grain of beach sand to compare with the size of particulate matter.
Particulate matter pollution is much smaller than a human hair or even a fine grain of sand. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency

To determine whether coal-fired power plants continued to obey the rules even when environmental inspectors were furloughed and not watching, we examined data on emissions of more than 200 coal-fired power plants across the country. We looked at satellite data from NASA that provides a reliable indicator of particulate pollution in the atmosphere. We also looked at the amounts of several types of chemicals recorded directly from smokestacks and sent to the EPA.

We looked at each plant’s daily emissions before, during and after the 2018-2019 shutdown, and compared them with the plants’ emissions on the same calendar days in the five previous years, when EPA inspectors were not furloughed.

Pollution rose and fell with the shutdown

We found that as soon as the EPA furlough began in 2018, particulate emissions within 1.8 miles (3 kilometers) around the coal-fired power plants rose, according to the NASA data.

The data indicated that, on average, particulate matter during the 2018 and 2019 shutdown was 15% to 20% higher than it had been during the same period in the preceding five years.

And once the EPA inspectors returned to work, the plants’ average particulate pollution dropped back to its pre-shutdown level.

We also found that two other common air pollutants from coal-fired power plants, sulfur dioxide and nitrogen oxides, did not increase during the furlough period. Those gases, unlike particulate matter, are continuously monitored by sensors inside coal plants’ smokestacks, even when the federal government is not operating. Particulate emissions, however, are not continuously monitored: Enforcement of those emissions standards relies on the manual collection of samples from monitors and on-site inspections, both of which halted during the shutdown.

The pattern was clear: When the EPA stopped watching, coal plants increased pollution. And once inspections resumed, emissions dropped back to normal.

Considering various explanations

To confirm that the increase in particulate pollution during the shutdown was due to the lack of inspections and not because of some other factors such as weather fluctuations, we tested a range of alternative explanations and found that they did not fit the data we had collected.

For example, weather records showed that windhumidity and temperature at and around the coal plants during the shutdown were all within the same ranges as they had been over the previous five years. So the increased particulate pollution during the shutdown was not due to different weather conditions.

Electricity demand – how much power the plants were generating – was also typical, and did not increase significantly during the shutdown. That means the coal plants weren’t polluting more just because they were being asked to produce more electricity.

Our analysis also revealed that the coal plants didn’t shift which particular boilers were operating to less efficient ones that would have produced more particulates. So the increase in pollution during the shutdown wasn’t due to just using different equipment to generate electricity.

The emissions data we collected also included carbon dioxide emissions, which gave us insight into what the coal plants were burning. With similar weather conditions and amounts of electricity generated, different types of coal emit different amounts of carbon dioxide. So if we had found carbon dioxide emissions changed, it could have signaled that the plants had changed to burning another type of coal, which could emit more particulate matter – but we did not. This showed us that the increase in particulate emissions was not from changing the specific types of coal being burned to generate electricity.

All of these tests helped us determine that the spike in particulate matter pollution was unique to the 2018–2019 EPA furlough.

Spewing particulate matter

All of this analysis led us to one final question: Was it, in fact, possible for coal-fired power plants to quickly increase – and then decrease – the amount of particulate matter they emit? The answer is yes. Emissions-control technology does indeed allow that to happen.

Power plants control their particulate emissions with a device called an electrostatic precipitator, which uses static electricity to collect particles from smoke and exhaust before it exits the smokestack. Those devices use electricity to run, which costs money, even for a power plant. Turning them off when the plants are being monitored risks incurring heavy fines. But when oversight disappeared, the power plants could save money by turning those devices off or reducing their operation, with less risk of being caught and fined.

Our findings indicate that air pollution regulations are only as effective as their enforcement, which had already been decreasing before the 2018 shutdown. Between 2007 and 2018, EPA’s enforcement staff declined by more than 20%, and the number of inspections dropped by one-third.

Since the new administration took office in January 2025, EPA staffing has been reduced significantly. We found that without strong and continuous monitoring and enforcement, environmental laws risk becoming hollow promises.The Conversation

Ruohao Zhang, Assistant Professor of Agricultural Economics, Penn StateHuan Li, Assistant Professor of Economics, North Carolina A&T State University, and Neha Khanna, Professor of Economics, Binghamton University, State University of New York

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

2 iconic coral species are now functionally extinct off Florida, study finds – we witnessed the reef’s bleaching and devastation

Healthy staghorn coral were crucial builders of Florida’s coral reef. Today, few survive there. Maya Gomez
Carly D. KenkelUSC Dornsife College of Letters, Arts and SciencesJenna DilworthUSC Dornsife College of Letters, Arts and Sciences, and Maya GomezUSC Dornsife College of Letters, Arts and Sciences

In early June 2023, the coral reefs in the lower Florida Keys and the Dry Tortugas were stunning. We were in diving gear, checking up on hundreds of corals we had transplanted as part of our experiments. The corals’ classic orange-brown colors showed they were thriving.

Just three weeks later, we got a call – a marine heat wave was building, and water temperatures on the reef were dangerously high. Our transplanted corals were bleaching under the heat stress, turning bone white. Some were already dead.

Two photos show staghorn coral before after bleaching of a few weeks. The live coral is a mustard color. The bleached corals are a ghostly bone white.
Staghorn corals in a lower Florida Keys transplant experiment that were healthy in June 2023 had bleached white in July. Erich Bartels, Joe Kuehl/Mote Marine Laboratory

That was the start of a global mass bleaching event. As ocean temperatures rose, rescuers scrambled to relocate surviving corals to land-based tanks, but the heat wave, extending over 2023 and 2024, was lethal.

In a study published Oct. 23, 2025, in the journal Science, we and colleagues from NOAA, the Shedd Aquarium and other institutions found that two of Florida’s most important and iconic reef-building coral species had become functionally extinct across Florida’s coral reef, meaning too few of them remain to serve their previous ecological role.

No chance to recover

In summer 2023, the average sea-surface temperature across Florida’s reef was above 87 degrees Fahrenheit (31 degrees Celsius) for weeks. We found that the accumulated heat stress on the corals was 2.2 to 4 times higher than it had ever been since modern satellite sea-surface temperature recordings began in the 1980s, a time when those two species – branching staghorn and elkhorn corals – were the dominant reef-builders in the region.

A map showing Florida Keys sea surface temperature more than 7 degrees Fahrenheit (4 degree Celsius) warmer than average
A sea-surface temperature map from mid-July 2023 shows the extraordinary heat around the Florida Keys. NOAA Coral Reef Watch

The temperatures were so high in the middle and lower Florida Keys that some corals died within days from acute heat shock.

Everywhere on the reef, corals were bleaching. That occurs when temperatures rise high enough that the coral expels its symbiotic algae, turning stark white. The corals rely on these algae for food, a solar-powered energy supply that allows them to build their massive calcium carbonate skeletons, which we know as coral reefs.

How coral bleaching occurs. Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority

These reefs are valuable. They help protect coastal areas during storms, provide safety for young fish and provide habitat for thousands of species. They generate millions of dollars in tourism revenue in places like the Florida Keys. However, the symbiotic relationship between the coral animal and the algae that supports these incredible ecosystems can be disrupted when temperatures rise about 2 to 3 degrees Fahrenheit (1 to 2 degrees Celsius) above the normal summer maximum.

By the end of summer 2023, only three of the 200 corals we had transplanted in the Lower Keys to study how corals grow survived.

In the Dry Tortugas, corals’ bone-white skeletons were already being grown over by seaweed. That’s a warning sign of a potential phase shift, where reefs change from coral-dominated to macroalgae-dominated systems.

Time lapse of a coral branch bleaching under heat stress over a month. Each tiny polyp is one appendage of the coral animal. The structure turns white as the corals lose their symbiotic algae. Reefscapers Maldives

Our colleagues observed similar patterns across the Florida Keys: Acroporid corals – staghorn and elkhorn – suffered staggering levels of bleaching and death.

Of the more than 50,000 acroporid corals surveyed across nearly 400 individual reefs before and after the heat wave, 97.8% to 100% ultimately died. Those farther north and offshore in cooler water fared somewhat better.

But this pattern of bleaching extended to the rest of the Caribbean and the world, leading NOAA to declare 2023-2024 the fourth global bleaching event. This type of mass bleaching, in which stress and mortality occur almost simultaneously across locations around the world, points to a common environmental driver.

Ghost-white coral branches among darker ones with fish swimming above.
A bleached and dead staghorn coral thicket in the Dry Tortugas, already being overgrown by seaweed in September 2023. The corals had been healthy a few months earlier. Maya Gomez

In the summer of 2023, that environmental driver was clearly soaring water temperatures caused by climate change.

Becoming functionally extinct

Even before the 2023 marine heat wave, staghorn and elkhorn numbers had been dwindling, with punctuated declines accelerated by a diverse array of stressors – hurricane damage, loss of supporting herbivore species, disease and repeated bleaching.

The 2023-2024 event was effectively the final nail in the coffin: The data from our new study shows that these species are now functionally extinct on Florida’s coral reef.

Caribbean acroporids have not entirely disappeared in Florida, but those left are not enough to fulfill their ecological role. When populations become too small, they lose their capacity to rebound – in conservation biology this is known as the “extinction vortex.” With so few individuals, it becomes harder to find a mate, and even when one is found, it’s more likely to be a relative, which has negative genetic consequences.

Golden colored corals shaped like an elk's antlers
Live elkhorn coral, Acropora palmata, off Florida before the marine heat wave. NOAA Fisheries
A side view of bleached-white elkhorn coral
A bleached colony of elkhorn coral in Dry Tortugas National Park off Florida on Sept. 11, 2023. Shedd Aquarium/Ross Cunning

For an ecosystem-builder like coral, many individuals are required to build an effective reef. Even if the remaining corals were the healthiest and most thermally tolerant of the bunch – they did survive, after all – there are simply not enough of them left to recover on their own.

Can the corals be saved?

Florida’s acroporids have joined the ranks of the California condor – they cannot recover without help. But unlike the condor, there are still pockets of healthy corals scattered throughout their broader range that could be used to help restore areas with localized extinctions.

The surviving corals in Florida could be bred with other Caribbean populations to boost their numbers and increase genetic diversity, an approach known as assisted gene flow.

A diver with a camera and a box around a small coral branch.
Maya Gomez, one of the authors of this article and the study, takes photos of transplanted corals off Florida. Jenna Dilworth

Advancements in microfragmentation, a way to speed up coral propagation by cutting them into smaller pieces, and cryopreservation, which involves deep-freezing coral sperm to preserve their genetic diversity, have made it possible to mass produce, archive and exchange genetic diversity at a scale that would not have been possible just 10 years ago.

Restoration isn’t easy, though. From a policy perspective, coordinating international exchange of endangered species is complex. There is still disagreement about the capacity to scale up reef restoration to recover entire ecosystems. And the question remains: Even if we could succeed in restoring these reefs, would we be planting corals just in time for the next heat wave to knock them down again?

This is a real risk, because ocean temperatures are rising. There is broad consensus that the world must curb the carbon emissions contributing to increased ocean temperatures for restoration to succeed.

Climate change poses an existential threat to coral reefs, but these advancements, in concert with effective and timely action to curb greenhouse gas emissions, could give them a fighting chance.The Conversation

Carly D. Kenkel, Associate Professor of Biological Sciences, USC Dornsife College of Letters, Arts and SciencesJenna Dilworth, Ph.D. Candidate in Marine Sciences, USC Dornsife College of Letters, Arts and Sciences, and Maya Gomez, Ph.D. Student in Marine Sciences, USC Dornsife College of Letters, Arts and Sciences

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Thai villagers have moved four times to escape rising sea levels – life on the climate-change frontline

Danny Marks and a researcher walking along a small wooden pathway to the village. Danny Marks
Danny MarksDublin City University

The village of Khun Samut Chin, 50km southwest of Bangkok, Thailand, is a small, rustic fishing village similar to thousands scattered across Asia – except that it is slowly being swallowed by the sea.

Much of the country’s coastline faces severe erosion, with around 830km eroding each year at rates exceeding one metre. But in this village, the situation is far worse. Erosion occurs at three to five metres annually, the land subsides by one to two centimetres each year, and since the 1990s, around 4,000 rai (6.4km²) has already been lost to the sea.

All that remains of the original site is a Buddhist temple, now standing alone on a small patch of land that juts out into the sea so much so that locals call it “the floating temple”.

The severe erosion is partially due to climate change, but has been compounded by other human-driven factors. Upstream dams, built to provide flood control and irrigation to farmers, have reduced sediment flows in the Chao Phraya River delta, where the village is located.

Excessive groundwater extraction by nearby industries has increased land subsidence. Meanwhile, the construction of artificial ponds for commercially farming shrimp has led to widespread clearing of mangrove forests that once served as a buffer against erosion.

An image showing a line of concrete and bamboo dykes.
A wall of small concrete and bamboo dykes put in place as part of an attempt to stop coastal erosion. Danny Marks

People move away

My new research has found that villagers have been forced to move away from the sea four times, losing both land and livelihoods in the process. The government has not provided compensation for damaged homes or financial assistance to help them relocate.

Many younger villagers, wearying of constant displacement and finding it increasingly difficult to find fish as sediment makes the sea shallower, have left for jobs in Bangkok on construction sites, in factories and other workplaces. Those who remain are mostly older villagers. Today, the local school has only four pupils, making it the smallest in Thailand.

Khun Samut Chin lies at the forefront of climate change. An estimated 410 million people, 59% in tropical Asia, could face inundation by sea level rise by 2100. Without concerted efforts to change our emission levels, many more coastal communities around the world will face similar struggles in the years to come.

In theory, formal adaptation plans are government-led strategies designed to help communities cope with climate change. The theories assume that the state will decide when, where and how people should move, build protective structures like seawalls, and provide funding to affected communities.

In practice, however, as seen in Khun Samut Chin and many other places across Asia, low-income and relatively powerless coastal communities are often left to abandon their homes through forced displacement or try to stay put, with little or no government support, even when they ask for help.

Not giving up

Wisanu, the villager leader, says that Thai politicians have prioritised urban and industrial centres because they hold more voters and economic power. A government official told me that high land costs and limited budgets make relocation unfeasible. Instead, the state has erected bamboo walls as a temporary fix which have slowed down, but not stopped, the erosion.

Villagers are frustrated that the government has yet to implement any large-scale projects and that they are repeatedly asked to take part in consultations and surveys without any tangible results. Nor has the government provided much support to offset reduced incomes from fishing or improved transportation linkages, which remain sparse.

Coastal erosion in Thailand.

In response, the villagers have taken matters into their own hands. They have initiated a homestay programme. About 10 households, including the leader’s, host tourists who pay 600–700 Baht (£13-£16) per night, with 50 Baht going to a community fund for erosion mitigation efforts, such as purchasing or repairing bamboo dykes.

They market the programme through Facebook and other social media platforms as a place where visitors can experience life at the frontline of climate change, visit the temple, and help by replanting mangroves and buying food from the villagers. Wisanu, whose household manages five homestays, told me that the programme “enables us not to get rich but lets us walk”.

The villagers also believe that the programme helps raise awareness of their plight. They have also lobbied the local government to keep the school open and reconstruct a storm-damaged health centre.

This village offers a glimpse into what many others will likely face in the future. It shows that “managed retreat” is often not managed at all, or at least not by the state. Global frameworks like the Paris agreement and Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reports assume that governments have the capacity and political will to plan and fund coastal adaptation efforts.

Khun Samut Chin, however, shows how far reality can diverge from these assumptions: the sea encroaches, the state is absent, and villagers are left to mostly fend for themselves.

Yet they refuse to give up. They continue to stay, host tourists, replant mangroves, repair bamboo dykes and resist the demise of their village. They fight not only against erosion but also political neglect. If governments and global institutions fail to help them, this community will be washed away not by the water alone, but also by our inaction.The Conversation

Danny Marks, Assistant Professor in Environmental Policy and Politics, Dublin City University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Should you pour coffee down the drain? An environmental scientist explains

Gorgev/Shutterstock
Kevin CollinsThe Open University

A woman was recently fined £150 by a council for pouring coffee down a drain before getting on a bus. The fine has now been rescinded by Richmond council in London, but the incident has prompted many discussions about whether coffee discarded like this could cause environmental damage.

About 98 million cups of coffee are consumed every day in the UK and 2 billion per day worldwide. All that liquid has to go somewhere, whether you are at home, at work or running for a bus. While the welcome hit of caffeine is a morning ritual for many, it can be an unwelcome hit for the environment when disposed of.

An individual cup is insignificant, but 98 million daily dregs poured down the drain would create a much bigger problem for our rivers and watercourses, because we are adding to the caffeine levels already present in sewage from households.

Much of the UK has a combined sewage system where a single pipe carries both rainwater from streets and wastewater from households to sewage treatment works. The more caffeine that goes in to these pipes, the more that could evade the treatment and reach rivers.

Cups of coffee contain hundreds of chemical compounds. As well as caffeine (assuming you are not drinking decaf), many will include milk and sugar while some also contain cocoa, spices and other ingredients.

Of these, caffeine has the most impact, environmentally speaking. It does not break down quickly or easily, and is considered an emerging contaminant (scientists have only recently started testing for caffeine levels and it is not always monitored). But even back in 2003, caffeine was found to be polluting Swiss lakes and rivers.

However, don’t think this means it’s fine to pour decaf coffee down the drain. All coffee lowers the pH of water, and coffee also contains organic compounds which rob aquatic systems of oxygen as they decompose.

The nutrients in coffee also encourage algae growth and may lead to additional oxygen depletion in rivers and lakes, which can stress and potentially reduce the lifespan of marine plants and animals.

Why is caffeine such a problem?

Wastewater treatment plants vary in their ability and capacity to treat and remove caffeine – ranging from 60-100% depending on treatment types, plant design, season, temperature and other elements. This means even treated water can contain caffeine when it is returned to rivers and seas.

Heavy rains add to the problem if the capacity of sewage pipes is exceeded. When this happens, untreated wastewater is designed to divert directly into rivers and water courses to prevent sewage flooding of homes, businesses and treatment plants.
Whether from a street drain or toilets, some of the caffeine that we have consumed will eventually make its way into our rivers and aquatic environments.

This is a problem in the UK and in every part of the world, including in Antarctica. One study of 258 rivers in 104 countries found caffeine in over 50% of sites sampled.

Recent studies show that caffeine has an impact on the metabolism, growth and mobility of some freshwater algae, plants and aquatic fly larvae, potentially leading to their death. Caffeine can affect marine and plant life even in small amounts.

What should and shouldn’t you put in a drain?

Street drains are part of our water system. Don’t put anything into a drain that you don’t want to see ending up in a river, lake, on a beach or in the sea.

This means no coffee or coffee grounds, food-based liquids, oils, paint or hot fats, detergents, bleaches, liquids from building work and so on. All these should be disposed of via the appropriate household bins or waste collection centres. Leave the street drains to do their single, simple job: collecting rainwater not wastewater.

And unfortunately, because of the combined sewage system in the UK, there is not much difference between disposing of liquids down your sink or into the street drain. So, what’s good for your street drain is also good for your kitchen sink and good for the environment. If nothing else, be pragmatic: coffee grounds can easily block your kitchen sink.

Coffee grounds could be added to compost.

So, what should you do with your coffee?

If you are constantly throwing away coffee water, perhaps try making less coffee. At home, you can dilute coffee water for use as a plant tonic. Coffee liquid and grounds can also be disposed of on gardens or any plant beds in small amounts with care.

While coffee grounds could add to the organic content of the soil, regularly adding grounds to the same patch of earth can cause a build up of caffeine and solids, which will be harmful to plants and soil function.

Otherwise, the best place for waste coffee is a compost heap or food waste recycling. If you don’t have access to these options, then put liquids or grounds into a container and put them in your bin.

A recent UK government inquiry concluded that improving the poor status of our rivers and coasts requires major reform, policy changes and investment. But we, as individuals, are also part of how the water system works. We can help it by keeping coffee out of drains, out of our rivers and out of our environment.The Conversation

Kevin Collins, Senior Lecturer, Environment & Systems, The Open University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Just 1% of coastal waters could power a third of the world’s electricity – but can we do it in time?

Aleh CherpCentral European UniversityJessica JewellChalmers University of Technology, and Tsimafei KazlouUniversity of Bergen

Just 1% of the world’s coastal waters could, in theory, generate enough offshore wind and solar power to provide a third of the world’s electricity by 2050. That’s the promise highlighted in a new study by a team of scientists in Singapore and China, who systematically mapped the global potential of renewables at sea.

But turning that potential into reality is another story. Scaling up offshore renewables fast enough to seriously dent global emissions faces formidable technical, economic and political hurdles.

To reach global climate targets, the world’s electricity systems must be fully decarbonised within a couple of decades if not sooner. Wind and solar power have grown at record-breaking rates, yet further expansion on land is increasingly constrained by a scarcity of good sites and conflicts over land use.

Moving renewables offshore is therefore tempting. The sea is vast, windy and sunny, with few residents around to object. The team behind the new study identified coastal areas with enough wind or sunlight, and water shallower than 200 metres, that are relatively ice-free and within 200 kilometres of population centres.

They estimate that using just 1% of these areas could generate over 6,000 terawatt hours (TWh) of offshore wind power and 14,000TWh of offshore solar power each year. Together that’s roughly one-third of the electricity the world is expected to use in 2050, while avoiding 9 billion tonnes of CO₂ annually.

That sounds impressive as 1% of suitable ocean seems small. Many European countries, such as Denmark, Germany, Belgium and the UK, already allocate between 7% and 16% of their coastal waters for offshore wind farms. Yet what matters for climate mitigation is not only how much low-carbon energy could eventually be produced, but how fast that could happen.

At present, offshore wind generates less than 200TWh per year, less than 1% of global electricity. By 2030, that might rise to around 900TWh. Hitting 6,000TWh by 2050 would require annual installations – each year, for two decades – to be about seven times larger than they were last year.

Offshore solar requires an even steeper climb. The technology is still experimental, producing only negligible amounts of electricity today.

Even if 15TWh a year (an equivalent of some 15GW capacity) can be generated by 2030, to reach the estimated potential of 14,000TWh by 2050 would require sustained annual growth of over 40% for two decades. Such a rate that has never been achieved for any energy technology, not even during the recent record-breaking growth of land solar.

Achieving techno-economic viability

Around 90% of existing offshore wind capacity is located in the shallow, sheltered waters of northwestern Europe and China, where most turbines are directly fixed to the seabed. Yet most of the untapped potential lies in deeper waters, where fixed foundations are impossible.

That means turning to floating turbines, a technology that currently accounts for just 0.3% of global offshore wind capacity. Floating wind power faces serious engineering challenges, from mooring and anchoring, to undersea cabling and maintenance in rougher seas.

It currently costs far more than fixed-bottom systems, and will need substantial subsidies for at least the next decade. Only if early projects prove successful and drive down costs could floating wind become commercially viable.

Solar panels on water
Floating solar on a reservoir in Indonesia. Algi Febri Sugita / shutterstock

Offshore solar is even further behind. The International Energy Agency rates its technology readiness at only level three to five on an 11-point scale — barely beyond prototype stage. The new study refers to research saying offshore solar could become commercially viable in the Netherlands only around 2040-2050, by which time the world’s power system should already be largely decarbonised.

Overcoming growth barriers

Even when low-carbon technologies become commercially competitive, their growth rarely continues exponentially. Our own research shows manufacturing bottlenecks, logistics and grid integration eventually slow expansion. And these challenges are likely to be even tougher for offshore projects.

Social opposition and the need for permits can also slow progress. Moving wind and solar offshore avoids some land-use conflicts, but it does not eliminate them. Coastal space close to populated areas is already crowded with shipping, fishing, leisure and military activities.

In Europe, approval and construction of offshore wind farms can a decade or more. Permits are not guaranteed: Sweden recently rejected 13 proposed wind farms in the Baltic Sea due to national security concerns.

What is realistic?

Offshore renewables will undoubtedly play an important role in the global energy transition. Offshore wind, in particular, could become a major contributor by mid-century if its growth follows the same trajectory as onshore wind has since the early 2000s.

However, that would require floating turbines to quickly become competitive, and for political commitment to be secured in the Americas, Australia, Russia and other areas with lots of growth potential.

Offshore wind (green) is tracking the growth rate of onshore wind (orange):

graph
Timelines are shifted by 15 years, so that the year 2000 for onshore maps onto year 2015 for offshore. Aleh Cherp (Data: IEA, Wen et al)

Offshore solar, by contrast, would need to achieve viability and then grow at an unprecedented rate to reach the potential outlined in the new study. It may be promising for niche uses, but is unlikely to deliver large-scale climate benefits before 2050.

Its real contribution may come later in the century, when we will still need to expand low-carbon energy for industries, transport and heating once the initial decarbonisation of power generation is complete.

For now, the world’s best bet remains to accelerate onshore wind and solar power as well as proven offshore wind technologies, while preparing offshore solar and floating wind power options for the longer run.The Conversation

Aleh Cherp, Professor, Department of Environmental Sciences and Policy, Central European UniversityJessica Jewell, Professor in Technology and Society, Chalmers University of Technology, and Tsimafei Kazlou, PhD Candidate, Center for Climate and Energy Transformations, University of Bergen

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Wind power has saved UK consumers over £100 billion since 2010 – new study

Lois GoBe/Shutterstock
Colm O'SheaUCL and Mark MaslinUCL

Renewable energy is often pitched as cheaper to produce than fossil fuel energy. To quantify whether this is true, we have been studying the financial impact of expanding wind energy in the UK. Our results are surprising.

From 2010 to 2023, wind power delivered a benefit of £147.5 billion — £14.2 billion from lower electricity prices and £133.3 billion from reduced natural gas prices. If we offset the £43.2 billion in wind energy subsidies, UK consumers saved £104.3 billion compared with what their energy bills would have been without investment in wind generation.

UK wind energy production has transformed over the past 15 years. In 2010, more than 75% of electricity was generated from fossil fuels. By 2025, coal has ceased and wind is the largest source of power at 30% – more than natural gas at 26%.

This massive expansion of UK offshore wind is partly due to UK government subsidies. The Contracts for Difference scheme provides a guaranteed price for electricity generated, so when the price drops below this level, electricity producers still get the same amount of money.

The expansion is also partly due to how well UK conditions suit offshore wind. The North Sea provides both ample winds and relatively shallow waters that make installation more accessible.

The positive contribution of wind power to reducing the UK’s carbon footprint is well known. According to Christopher Vogel, a professor of engineering who specialises in offshore renewables at the University of Oxford, wind turbines in the UK recoup the energy used in their manufacture, transport and installation within 12-to-24 months, and they can generate electricity for 20-to-25 years. The financial benefits of wind power have largely been overlooked though, until now.

Our study explores the economics of wind in the energy system. We take a long-term modelling approach and consider what would happen if the UK had continued to invest in gas instead of wind generation. In this scenario, the result is a significant increased demand for gas and therefore higher prices. Unlike previous short-term modelling studies, this approach highlights the longer-term financial benefit that wind has delivered to the UK consumer.

wind turbines at sea, sunset sky
The authors’ new study quantifies the financial benefit of wind v fossil fuels to consumers. Igor Hotinsky/Shutterstock

Central to this study is the assumption that without the additional wind energy, the UK would have needed new gas capacity. This alternative scenario of gas rather than wind generation in Europe implies an annual, ongoing increase in UK demand for gas larger than the reduction in Russian pipeline gas that caused the energy crisis of 2022.

Given the significant increase in the cost of natural gas, we calculate the UK would have paid an extra £133.3 billion for energy between 2010 and 2023.

There was also a direct financial benefit from wind generation in lower electricity prices – about £14.2 billion. This combined saving is far larger than the total wind subsidies in that period of £43.2 billion, amounting to a net benefit to UK consumers of £104.3 billion.

Wind power is a public good

Wind generators reduce market prices, creating value for others while limiting their own profitability. This is the mirror image of industries with negative environmental consequences, such as tobacco and sugar, where the industry does not pay for the increased associated healthcare costs.

This means that the profitability of wind generators is a flawed measure of the financial value of the sector to the UK. The payments via the UK government are not subsidies creating an industry with excess profits, or one creating a financial drain. They are investments facilitating cheaper energy for UK consumers.

Wind power should be viewed as a public good — like roads or schools — where government support leads to national gains. The current funding model makes electricity users bear the cost while gas users benefit. This huge subsidy to gas consumers raises fairness concerns.

Wind investment has significantly lowered fossil fuel prices, underscoring the need for a strategic, equitable energy policy that aligns with long-term national interests. Reframing UK government support as a high-return national investment rather than a subsidy would be more accurate and effective.

Sustainability, security and affordability do not need to be in conflict. Wind energy is essential for energy security and climate goals – plus it makes over £100 billion of financial sense.


Don’t have time to read about climate change as much as you’d like?
Get a weekly roundup in your inbox instead. Every Wednesday, The Conversation’s environment editor writes Imagine, a short email that goes a little deeper into just one climate issue. Join the 45,000+ readers who’ve subscribed so far.The Conversation


Colm O'Shea, Researcher, Renewable Energy, Geography Department, UCL and Mark Maslin, UCL Professor of Earth System Science and UNU Lead for Climate, Health and Security, UCL

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Solar storms have influenced our history – an environmental historian explains how they could also threaten our future

Coronal mass ejections from the Sun can cause geomagnetic storms that may damage technology on Earth. NASA/GSFC/SDO
Dagomar DegrootGeorgetown University

In May 2024, part of the Sun exploded.

The Sun is an immense ball of superheated gas called plasma. Because the plasma is conductive, magnetic fields loop out of the solar surface. Since different parts of the surface rotate at different speeds, the fields get tangled. Eventually, like rubber bands pulled too tight, they can snap – and that is what they did last year.

These titanic plasma explosions, also known as solar flares, each unleashed the energy of a million hydrogen bombs. Parts of the Sun’s magnetic field also broke free as magnetic bubbles loaded with billions of tons of plasma.

These bubbles, called coronal mass ejections, or CMEs, crashed through space at around 6,000 times the speed of a commercial jetliner. After a few days, they smashed one after another into the magnetic field that envelops Earth. The plasma in each CME surged toward us, creating brilliant auroras and powerful electrical currents that rippled through Earth’s crust.

A coronal mass ejection erupting from the Sun.

You might not have noticed. Just like the opposite poles of fridge magnets have to align for them to snap together, the poles of the magnetic field of Earth and the incoming CMEs have to line up just right for the plasma in the CMEs to reach Earth. This time they didn’t, so most of the plasma sailed off into deep space.

Humans have not always been so lucky. I’m an environmental historian and author of the new book “Ripples on the Cosmic Ocean: An Environmental History of Our Place in the Solar System.”

While writing the book, I learned that a series of technological breakthroughs – from telegraphs to satellites – have left modern societies increasingly vulnerable to the influence of solar storms, meaning flares and CMEs.

Since the 19th century, these storms have repeatedly upended life on Earth. Today, there are hints that they threaten the very survival of civilization as we know it.

The telegraph: A first warning

On the morning of Sept. 1, 1859, two young astronomers, Richard Carrington and Richard Hodgson, became the first humans to see a solar flare. To their astonishment, it was so powerful that, for two minutes, it far outshone the rest of the Sun.

About 18 hours later, brilliant, blood-red auroras flickered across the night sky as far south as the equator, while newly built telegraph lines shorted out across Europe and the Americas.

The Carrington Event, as it was later called, revealed that the Sun’s environment could violently change. It also suggested that emerging technologies, such as the electrical telegraph, were beginning to link modern life to the extraordinary violence of the Sun’s most explosive changes.

For more than a century, these connections amounted to little more than inconveniences, like occasional telegraph outages, partly because no solar storm rivaled the power of the Carrington Event. But another part of the reason was that the world’s economies and militaries were only gradually coming to rely more and more on technologies that turned out to be profoundly vulnerable to the Sun’s changes.

A brush with Armageddon

Then came May 1967.

Soviet and American warships collided in the Sea of Japan, American troops crossed into North Vietnam and the Middle East teetered on the brink of the Six-Day War.

It was only a frightening combination of new technologies that kept the United States and Soviet Union from all-out war; nuclear missiles could now destroy a country within minutes, but radar could detect their approach in time for retaliation. A direct attack on either superpower would be suicidal.

Several buildings on an icy plain, with green lights in the sky above.
An aurora – an event created by a solar storm – over Pituffik Space Base, formerly Thule Air Base, in Greenland in 2017. In 1967, nuclear-armed bombers prepared to take off from this base. Air Force Space Command

Suddenly, on May 23, a series of violent solar flares blasted the Earth with powerful radio waves, knocking out American radar stations in Alaska, Greenland and England.

Forecasters had warned officers at the North American Air Defense Command, or NORAD, to expect a solar storm. But the scale of the radar blackout convinced Air Force officers that the Soviets were responsible. It was exactly the sort of thing the USSR would do before launching a nuclear attack.

American bombers, loaded with nuclear weapons, prepared to retaliate. The solar storm had so scrambled their wireless communications that it might have been impossible to call them back once they took off. In the nick of time, forecasters used observations of the Sun to convince NORAD officers that a solar storm had jammed their radar. We may be alive today because they succeeded.

Blackouts, transformers and collapse

With that brush with nuclear war, solar storms had become a source of existential risk, meaning a potential threat to humanity’s existence. Yet the magnitude of that risk only came into focus in March 1989, when 11 powerful flares preceded the arrival of back-to-back coronal mass ejections.

For more than two decades, North American utility companies had constructed a sprawling transmission system that relayed electricity from power plants to consumers. In 1989, this system turned out to be vulnerable to the currents that coronal mass ejections channeled through Earth’s crust.

Several large pieces of metal machinery lined up in an underground facility.
An engineer performs tests on a substation transformer. Ptrump16/Wikimedia CommonsCC BY-SA

In Quebec, crystalline bedrock under the city does not easily conduct electricity. Rather than flow through the rock, currents instead surged into the world’s biggest hydroelectric transmission system. It collapsed, leaving millions without power in subzero weather.

Repairs revealed something disturbing: The currents had damaged multiple transformers, which are enormous customized devices that transfer electricity between circuits.

Transformers can take many months to replace. Had the 1989 storm been as powerful as the Carrington Event, hundreds of transformers might have been destroyed. It could have taken years to restore electricity across North America.

Solar storms: An existential risk

But was the Carrington Event really the worst storm that the Sun can unleash?

Scientists assumed that it was until, in 2012, a team of Japanese scientists found evidence of an extraordinary burst of high-energy particles in the growth rings of trees dated to the eighth century CE. The leading explanation for them: huge solar storms dwarfing the Carrington Event. Scientists now estimate that these “Miyake Events” happen once every few centuries.

Astronomers have also discovered that, every century, Sun-like stars can explode in super flares up to 10,000 times more powerful than the strongest solar flares ever observed. Because the Sun is older and rotates more slowly than many of these stars, its super flares may be much rarer, occurring perhaps once every 3,000 years.

Nevertheless, the implications are alarming. Powerful solar storms once influenced humanity only by creating brilliant auroras. Today, civilization depends on electrical networks that allow commodities, information and people to move across our world, from sewer systems to satellite constellations.

What would happen if these systems suddenly collapsed on a continental scale for months, even years? Would millions die? And could a single solar storm bring that about?

Researchers are working on answering these questions. For now, one thing is certain: to protect these networks, scientists must monitor the Sun in real time. That way, operators can reduce or reroute the electricity flowing through grids when a CME approaches. A little preparation may prevent a collapse.

Fortunately, satellites and telescopes on Earth today keep the Sun under constant observation. Yet in the United States, recent efforts to reduce NASA’s science budget have cast doubt on plans to replace aging Sun-monitoring satellites. Even the Daniel K. Inouye Solar Telescope, the world’s premier solar observatory, may soon shut down.

These potential cuts are a reminder of our tendency to discount existential risks – until it’s too late.The Conversation

Dagomar Degroot, Associate Professor of Environmental History, Georgetown University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Pittwater Reserves: histories + Notes + Pictorial Walks

A History Of The Campaign For Preservation Of The Warriewood Escarpment by David Palmer OAM and Angus Gordon OAM
A Saturday Morning Stroll around Bongin Bongin - Mona Vale's Basin, Mona Vale Beach October 2024 by Kevin Murray
A Stroll Along The Centre Track At Ku-Ring-Gai Chase National Park: June 2024 - by Kevin Murray
A Stroll Around Manly Dam: Spring 2023 by Kevin Murray and Joe Mills
A Stroll Through Warriewood Wetlands by Joe Mills February 2023
A Walk Around The Cromer Side Of Narrabeen Lake by Joe Mills
A Walk on the Duffy's Wharf Track October 2024 by Kevin Murray and Joe Mills
America Bay Track Walk - photos by Joe Mills
An Aquatic June: North Narrabeen - Turimetta - Collaroy photos by Joe Mills 
Angophora Reserve  Angophora Reserve Flowers Grand Old Tree Of Angophora Reserve Falls Back To The Earth - History page
Annie Wyatt Reserve - A  Pictorial
Annie Wyatt Reserve, Palm Beach: Pittwater Fields of Dreams II - The Tree Lovers League 
Aquatic Reflections seen this week (May 2023): Narrabeen + Turimetta by Joe Mills 
Avalon Beach Reserve- Bequeathed By John Therry  
Avalon Beach This Week: A Place Of A Bursting Main, Flooding Drains + Falling Boulders Council Announces Intention To Progress One LEP For Whole LGA + Transport Oriented Development Begins
Avalon's Village Green: Avalon Park Becomes Dunbar Park - Some History + Toongari Reserve and Catalpa Reserve
Bairne Walking Track Ku-Ring-Gai Chase NP by Kevin Murray
Bangalley Headland  Bangalley Mid Winter
Bangalley Headland Walk: Spring 2023 by Kevin Murray and Joe Mills
Banksias of Pittwater
Barrenjoey Boathouse In Governor Phillip Park  Part Of Our Community For 75 Years: Photos From The Collection Of Russell Walton, Son Of Victor Walton
Barrenjoey Headland: Spring flowers 
Barrenjoey Headland after fire
Bayview Baths
Bayview Pollution runoff persists: Resident states raw sewerage is being washed into the estuary
Bayview Public Wharf and Baths: Some History
Bayview Public Wharf Gone; Bayview Public Baths still not netted - Salt Pan Public Wharf Going
Bayview's new walkway, current state of the Bayview public Wharf & Baths + Maybanke Cove
Bayview Sea Scouts Hall: Some History
Bayview Wetlands
Beeby Park
Bilgola Beach
Bilgola Plateau Parks For The People: Gifted By A. J. Small, N. A. K. Wallis + The Green Pathways To Keep People Connected To The Trees, Birds, Bees - For Children To Play 
Botham Beach by Barbara Davies
Brown's Bay Public Wharf, on McCarrs Creek, Church Point: Some History
Bungan Beach Bush Care
Careel Bay Saltmarsh plants 
Careel Bay Birds  
Careel Bay Clean Up day
Careel Bay Marina Environs November 2024 - Spring Celebrations
Careel Bay Playing Fields History and Current
Careel Bay Steamer Wharf + Boatshed: some history 
Careel Creek 
Careel Creek - If you rebuild it they will come
Central Trail: Ku-ring-Gai Chase National Park, Spring 2025 by Kevin Murray
Centre trail in Ku-ring-gai Chase National Park
Chiltern Track- Ingleside by Marita Macrae
Clareville Beach
Clareville/Long Beach Reserve + some History
Clareville Public Wharf: 1885 to 1935 - Some History 
Coastal Stability Series: Cabbage Tree Bay To Barrenjoey To Observation Point by John Illingsworth, Pittwater Pathways, and Dr. Peter Mitchell OAM
Community Concerned Over the Increase of Plastic Products Being Used by the Northern Beaches Council for Installations in Pittwater's Environment
Cowan Track by Kevin Murray
Crown Reserves Improvement Fund Allocations 2021
Crown Reserves Improvement Fund 2022-23: $378,072 Allocated To Council For Weed Control - Governor Phillip Park Gets a Grant This Time: full details of all 11 sites
Crown Reserves Improvement Fund Allocations 2023-2024
Crown Reserves Grants 2025 Announced: Local focus on Weeds + Repairs to Long Reef Boardwalk + some pictures of council's recent works at Hitchcock Park - Careel Bay playing fields - CRIF 2025
Curl Curl To Freshwater Walk: October 2021 by Kevin Murray and Joe Mills
Currawong and Palm Beach Views - Winter 2018
Currawong-Mackerel-The Basin A Stroll In Early November 2021 - photos by Selena Griffith
Currawong State Park Currawong Beach +  Currawong Creek
Deep Creek To Warriewood Walk photos by Joe Mills
Drone Gives A New View On Coastal Stability; Bungan: Bungan Headland To Newport Beach + Bilgola: North Newport Beach To Avalon + Bangalley: Avalon Headland To Palm Beach
Duck Holes: McCarrs Creek by Joe Mills
Dunbar Park - Some History + Toongari Reserve and Catalpa Reserve
Dundundra Falls Reserve: August 2020 photos by Selena Griffith - Listed in 1935
Elsie Track, Scotland Island
Elvina Track in Late Winter 2019 by Penny Gleen
Elvina Bay Walking Track: Spring 2020 photos by Joe Mills 
Elvina Bay-Lovett Bay Loop Spring 2020 by Kevin Murray and Joe Mills
Fern Creek - Ingleside Escarpment To Warriewood Walk + Some History photos by Joe Mills
Great Koala National Park Announced: Historic Win for Wildlife, Biodiversity, Community
Hordern Park, Palm Beach: Some History + 2024 Photos of park from top to beach
Iluka Park, Woorak Park, Pittwater Park, Sand Point Reserve, Snapperman Beach Reserve - Palm Beach: Some History
Ingleside
Ingleside Wildflowers August 2013
Irrawong Falls Walk May 2025 by Joe Mills
Irrawong - Ingleside Escarpment Trail Walk Spring 2020 photos by Joe Mills
Irrawong - Mullet Creek Restoration
Katandra Bushland Sanctuary - Ingleside
Killing of Ruskin Rowe Heritage Listed Tree 'authoritarian'
Long Reef Sunrise Headland Walk by Joe Mills
Lucinda Park, Palm Beach: Some History + 2022 Pictures
McCarrs Creek
McCarrs Creek Public Jetty, Brown's Bay Public Jetty, Rostrevor Reserve, Cargo Wharf, Church Point Public Wharf: a few pictures from the Site Investigations for Pittwater Public Wharves History series 2025
McCarr's Creek to Church Point to Bayview Waterfront Path
McKay Reserve
Milton Family Property History - Palm Beach By William (Bill) James Goddard II with photos courtesy of the Milton Family   - Snapperman to Sandy Point, Pittwater
Mona Vale Beach - A Stroll Along, Spring 2021 by Kevin Murray
Mona Vale Headland, Basin and Beach Restoration
Mona Vale Woolworths Front Entrance Gets Garden Upgrade: A Few Notes On The Site's History 
Mother Brushtail Killed On Barrenjoey Road: Baby Cried All Night - Powerful Owl Struck At Same Time At Careel Bay During Owlet Fledgling Season: calls for mitigation measures - The List of what you can do for those who ask 'What You I Do' as requested
Mount Murray Anderson Walking Track by Kevin Murray and Joe Mills
Mullet Creek
Muogamarra Nature Reserve in Cowan celebrates 90 years: a few insights into The Vision of John Duncan Tipper, Founder 
Muogamarra by Dr Peter Mitchell OAM and John Illingsworth
Narrabeen Creek
Narrabeen Lagoon Catchment: Past Notes Present Photos by Margaret Woods
Narrabeen Lagoon Entrance Clearing Works: September To October 2023  pictures by Joe Mills
Narrabeen Lagoon State Park
Narrabeen Lagoon State Park Expansion
Narrabeen Rockshelf Aquatic Reserve
Nerang Track, Terrey Hills by Bea Pierce
Newport Bushlink - the Crown of the Hill Linked Reserves
Newport Community Garden - Woolcott Reserve
Newport to Bilgola Bushlink 'From The Crown To The Sea' Paths:  Founded In 1956 - A Tip and Quarry Becomes Green Space For People and Wildlife 
Northern Beaches Council recommends allowing dogs offleash on Mona Vale Beach
Out and About July 2020 - Storm swell
Out & About: July 2024 - Barrenjoey To Paradise Beach To Bayview To Narrabeen + Middle Creek - by John Illingsworth, Adriaan van der Wallen, Joe Mills, Suzanne Daly, Jacqui Marlowe and AJG
Palm Beach Headland Becomes Australia’s First Urban Night Sky Place: Barrenjoey High School Alumni Marnie Ogg's Hard Work
Palm Beach Public Wharf: Some History 
Paradise Beach Baths renewal Complete - Taylor's Point Public Wharf Rebuild Underway
Realises Long-Held Dream For Everyone
Paradise Beach Wharf + Taylor's Wharf renewal projects: October 2024 pictorial update - update pics of Paradise Wharf and Pool renewal, pre-renewal Taylors Point wharf + a few others of Pittwater on a Spring Saturday afternoon
Pictures From The Past: Views Of Early Narrabeen Bridges - 1860 To 1966
Pittwater Beach Reserves Have Been Dedicated For Public Use Since 1887 - No 1.: Avalon Beach Reserve- Bequeathed By John Therry 
Pittwater Reserves: The Green Ways; Bungan Beach and Bungan Head Reserves:  A Headland Garden 
Pittwater Reserves, The Green Ways: Clareville Wharf and Taylor's Point Jetty
Pittwater Reserves: The Green Ways; Hordern, Wilshire Parks, McKay Reserve: From Beach to Estuary 
Pittwater Reserves - The Green Ways: Mona Vale's Village Greens a Map of the Historic Crown Lands Ethos Realised in The Village, Kitchener and Beeby Parks 
Pittwater Reserves: The Green Ways Bilgola Beach - The Cabbage Tree Gardens and Camping Grounds - Includes Bilgola - The Story Of A Politician, A Pilot and An Epicure by Tony Dawson and Anne Spencer  
Pittwater spring: waterbirds return to Wetlands
Pittwater's Lone Rangers - 120 Years of Ku-Ring-Gai Chase and the Men of Flowers Inspired by Eccleston Du Faur 
Pittwater's Great Outdoors: Spotted To The North, South, East + West- June 2023:  Palm Beach Boat House rebuild going well - First day of Winter Rainbow over Turimetta - what's Blooming in the bush? + more by Joe Mills, Selena Griffith and Pittwater Online
Pittwater's Parallel Estuary - The Cowan 'Creek
Pittwater Pathways To Public Lands & Reserves
Plastic grass announced For Kamilaroi Park Bayview + Lakeside Park
Project Penguin 2017 - Taronga Zoo Expo day
Project Penguin 2025 + Surfing with a Penguin in South Africa + Pittwater's Penguins
Resolute Track at West Head by Kevin Murray
Resolute Track Stroll by Joe Mills
Riddle Reserve, Bayview
Salt Pan Cove Public Wharf on Regatta Reserve + Florence Park + Salt Pan Reserve + Refuge Cove Reserve: Some History
Salt Pan Public Wharf, Regatta Reserve, Florence Park, Salt Pan Cove Reserve, Refuge Cove Reserve Pictorial and Information
Salvation Loop Trail, Ku-Ring-Gai Chase National Park- Spring 2020 - by Selena Griffith
Scotland Island Dieback Accelerating: November 2024
Seagull Pair At Turimetta Beach: Spring Is In The Air!
Shark net removal trial cancelled for this year:  Shark Meshing (Bather Protection) Program 2024-25 Annual Performance Report Released
2023-2024 Shark Meshing Program statistics released: council's to decide on use or removal
Shark Meshing (Bather Protection) Program 2022/23 Annual Performance Report 
Shark Meshing (Bather Protection) Program 2021/22 Annual Performance Report - Data Shows Vulnerable, Endangered and Critically Endangered Species Being Found Dead In Nets Off Our Beaches 
Shark Meshing (Bather Protection) Program 2020/21 Annual Performance Report 
Shark Meshing 2019/20 Performance Report Released
DPI Shark Meshing 2018/19 Performance ReportLocal Nets Catch Turtles, a Few Sharks + Alternatives Being Tested + Historical Insights
Some late November Insects (2023)
Stapleton Reserve
Stapleton Park Reserve In Spring 2020: An Urban Ark Of Plants Found Nowhere Else
Stealing The Bush: Pittwater's Trees Changes - Some History 
Stokes Point To Taylor's Point: An Ideal Picnic, Camping & Bathing Place 
Stony Range Regional Botanical Garden: Some History On How A Reserve Became An Australian Plant Park
Taylor's Point Public Wharf 2013-2020 History
The Chiltern Track
The Chiltern Trail On The Verge Of Spring 2023 by Kevin Murray and Joe Mills
The 'Newport Loop': Some History 
The Resolute Beach Loop Track At West Head In Ku-Ring-Gai Chase National Park by Kevin Murray
The Top Predator by A Dad from A Pittwater Family of Dog Owners & Dog Lovers
$378,072 Allocated To Council For Weed Control: Governor Phillip Park Gets a Grant This Time: full details of all 11 sites - CRIF March 2023
Topham Track Ku-Ring-Gai Chase NP,  August 2022 by Joe Mills and Kevin Murray
Towlers Bay Walking Track by Joe Mills
Trafalgar Square, Newport: A 'Commons' Park Dedicated By Private Landholders - The Green Heart Of This Community
Tranquil Turimetta Beach, April 2022 by Joe Mills
Tree Management Policy Passed
Trial to remove shark nets - NBC - Central Coast - Waverly approached to nominate a beach each
Turimetta Beach Reserve by Joe Mills, Bea Pierce and Lesley
Turimetta Beach Reserve: Old & New Images (by Kevin Murray) + Some History
Turimetta Headland
Turimetta Moods by Joe Mills: June 2023
Turimetta Moods (Week Ending June 23 2023) by Joe Mills
Turimetta Moods: June To July 2023 Pictures by Joe Mills
Turimetta Moods: July Becomes August 2023 by Joe Mills
Turimetta Moods: August Becomes September 2023 ; North Narrabeen - Turimetta - Warriewood - Mona Vale photographs by Joe Mills
Turimetta Moods August 2025 by Joe Mills
Turimetta Moods: Mid-September To Mid-October 2023 by Joe Mills
Turimetta Moods: Late Spring Becomes Summer 2023-2024 by Joe Mills
Turimetta Moods: Warriewood Wetlands Perimeter Walk October 2024 by Joe Mills
Turimetta Moods: November 2024 by Joe Mills
Turimetta Moods: mid-February to Mid- March 2025 by Joe Mills
Turimetta to Avalon Dunes Being Trashed
Warriewood Wetlands - Creeks Deteriorating: How To Report Construction Site Breaches, Weed Infestations + The Long Campaign To Save The Warriewood Wetlands & Ingleside Escarpment March 2023
Warriewood Wetlands and Irrawong Reserve
Whale Beach Ocean Reserve: 'The Strand' - Some History On Another Great Protected Pittwater Reserve
Whale Migration Season: Grab A Seaside Pew For The Annual Whalesong But Keep Them Safe If Going Out On The Water
Wilshire Park Palm Beach: Some History + Photos From May 2022
Winji Jimmi - Water Maze

Pittwater's Birds

Attracting Insectivore Birds to Your Garden: DIY Natural Tick Control small bird insectivores, species like the Silvereye, Spotted Pardalote, Gerygone, Fairywren and Thornbill, feed on ticks. Attracting these birds back into your garden will provide not only a residence for tick eaters but also the delightful moments watching these tiny birds provides.
Aussie Backyard Bird Count 2017: Take part from 23 - 29 October - how many birds live here?
Aussie Backyard Bird Count 2018 - Our Annual 'What Bird Is That?' Week Is Here! This week the annual Aussie Backyard Bird Count runs from 22-28 October 2018. Pittwater is one of those places fortunate to have birds that thrive because of an Aquatic environment, a tall treed Bush environment and areas set aside for those that dwell closer to the ground, in a sand, scrub or earth environment. To take part all you need is 20 minutes and your favourite outdoor space. Head to the website and register as a Counter today! And if you're a teacher, check out BirdLife Australia's Bird Count curriculum-based lesson plans to get your students (or the whole school!) involved

Australian Predators of the Sky by Penny Olsen - published by National Library of Australia

Australian Raven  Australian Wood Duck Family at Newport

A Week In Pittwater Issue 128   A Week In Pittwater - June 2014 Issue 168

Baby Birds Spring 2015 - Rainbow Lorikeets in our Yard - for Children Baby Birds by Lynleigh Greig, Southern Cross Wildlife Care - what do if being chased by a nesting magpie or if you find a baby bird on the ground

Baby Kookaburras in our Backyard: Aussie Bird Count 2016 - October

Balloons Are The Number 1 Marine Debris Risk Of Mortality For Our Seabirds - Feb 2019 Study

Bangalley Mid-Winter   Barrenjoey Birds Bird Antics This Week: December 2016

Bird of the Month February 2019 by Michael Mannington

Birdland Above the Estuary - October 2012  Birds At Our Window   Birds at our Window - Winter 2014  Birdland June 2016

Birdsong Is a Lovesong at This time of The Year - Brown Falcon, Little Wattle Bird, Australian Pied cormorant, Mangrove or Striated Heron, Great Egret, Grey Butcherbird, White-faced Heron 

Bird Songs – poems about our birds by youngsters from yesterdays - for children Bird Week 2015: 19-25 October

Bird Songs For Spring 2016 For Children by Joanne Seve

Birds at Careel Creek this Week - November 2017: includes Bird Count 2017 for Local Birds - BirdLife Australia by postcode

Black Cockatoo photographed in the Narrabeen Catchment Reserves this week by Margaret G Woods - July 2019

Black-Necked Stork, Mycteria Australis, Now Endangered In NSW, Once Visited Pittwater: Breeding Pair shot in 1855

Black Swans on Narrabeen Lagoon - April 2013   Black Swans Pictorial

Brush Turkeys In Suburbia: There's An App For That - Citizen Scientists Called On To Spot Brush Turkeys In Their Backyards
Buff-banded Rail spotted at Careel Creek 22.12.2012: a breeding pair and a fluffy black chick

Cayley & Son - The life and Art of Neville Henry Cayley & Neville William Cayley by Penny Olsen - great new book on the art works on birds of these Australian gentlemen and a few insights from the author herself
Crimson Rosella - + Historical Articles on

Death By 775 Cuts: How Conservation Law Is Failing The Black-Throated Finch - new study 'How to Send a Finch Extinct' now published

Eastern Rosella - and a little more about our progression to protecting our birds instead of exporting them or decimating them.

Endangered Little Tern Fishing at Mona Vale Beach

‘Feather Map of Australia’: Citizen scientists can support the future of Australia's wetland birds: for Birdwatchers, school students and everyone who loves our estuarine and lagoon and wetland birds

First Week of Spring 2014

Fledgling Common Koel Adopted by Red Wattlebird -Summer Bird fest 2013  Flegdlings of Summer - January 2012

Flocks of Colour by Penny Olsen - beautiful new Bird Book Celebrates the 'Land of the Parrots'

Friendly Goose at Palm Beach Wharf - Pittwater's Own Mother Goose

Front Page Issue 177  Front Page Issue 185 Front Page Issue 193 - Discarded Fishing Tackle killing shorebirds Front Page Issue 203 - Juvenile Brush Turkey  Front Page Issue 208 - Lyrebird by Marita Macrae Front Page Issue 219  Superb Fairy Wren Female  Front Page Issue 234National Bird Week October 19-25  and the 2015 the Aussie Back Yard Bird Count: Australia's First Bird Counts - a 115 Year Legacy - with a small insight into our first zoos Front Page Issue 236: Bird Week 2015 Front Page Issue 244: watebirds Front Page Issue 260: White-face Heron at Careel Creek Front Page Issue 283: Pittwater + more birds for Bird Week/Aussie Bird Count  Front Page Issue 284: Pittwater + more birds for Bird Week/Aussie Bird Count Front Page Issue 285: Bird Week 2016  Front Page Issue 331: Spring Visitor Birds Return

G . E. Archer Russell (1881-1960) and His Passion For Avifauna From Narrabeen To Newport 

Glossy Black-Cockatoo Returns To Pittwater by Paul Wheeler Glossy Cockatoos - 6 spotted at Careel Bay February 2018

Grey Butcher Birds of Pittwater

Harry Wolstenholme (June 21, 1868 - October 14, 1930) Ornithologist Of Palm Beach, Bird Man Of Wahroonga 

INGLESIDE LAND RELEASE ON AGAIN BUT MANY CHALLENGES  AHEAD by David Palmer

Issue 60 May 2012 Birdland - Smiles- Beamings -Early -Winter - Blooms

Jayden Walsh’s Northern Beaches Big Year - courtesy Pittwater Natural Heritage Association

John Gould's Extinct and Endangered Mammals of Australia  by Dr. Fred Ford - Between 1850 and 1950 as many mammals disappeared from the Australian continent as had disappeared from the rest of the world between 1600 and 2000! Zoologist Fred Ford provides fascinating, and often poignant, stories of European attitudes and behaviour towards Australia's native fauna and connects these to the animal's fate today in this beautiful new book - our interview with the author

July 2012 Pittwater Environment Snippets; Birds, Sea and Flowerings

Juvenile Sea Eagle at Church Point - for children

King Parrots in Our Front Yard  

Kookaburra Turf Kookaburra Fledglings Summer 2013  Kookaburra Nesting Season by Ray Chappelow  Kookaburra Nest – Babies at 1.5 and 2.5 weeks old by Ray Chappelow  Kookaburra Nest – Babies at 3 and 4 weeks old by Ray Chappelow  Kookaburra Nest – Babies at 5 weeks old by Ray Chappelow Kookaburra and Pittwater Fledglings February 2020 to April 2020

Lion Island's Little Penguins (Fairy Penguins) Get Fireproof Homes - thanks to NSW National Parks and Wildlife Service and the Fix it Sisters Shed

Lorikeet - Summer 2015 Nectar

Lyre Bird Sings in Local National Park - Flock of Black Cockatoos spotted - June 2019

Magpie's Melodic Melodies - For Children (includes 'The Magpie's Song' by F S Williamson)

Masked Lapwing (Plover) - Reflected

May 2012 Birdland Smiles Beamings Early Winter Blooms 

Mistletoebird At Bayview

Musk Lorikeets In Pittwater: Pittwater Spotted Gum Flower Feast - May 2020

Nankeen Kestrel Feasting at Newport: May 2016

National Bird Week 2014 - Get Involved in the Aussie Backyard Bird Count: National Bird Week 2014 will take place between Monday 20 October and Sunday 26 October, 2014. BirdLife Australia and the Birds in Backyards team have come together to launch this year’s national Bird Week event the Aussie Backyard Bird Count! This is one the whole family can do together and become citizen scientists...

National Bird Week October 19-25  and the 2015 the Aussie Back Yard Bird Count: Australia's First Bird Counts - a 115 Year Legacy - with a small insight into our first zoos

Native Duck Hunting Season Opens in Tasmania and Victoria March 2018: hundreds of thousands of endangered birds being killed - 'legally'!

Nature 2015 Review Earth Air Water Stone

New Family of Barking Owls Seen in Bayview - Church Point by Pittwater Council

Noisy Visitors by Marita Macrae of PNHA 

Odes to Australia's Fairy-wrens by Douglas Brooke Wheelton Sladen and Constance Le Plastrier 1884 and 1926

Oystercatcher and Dollarbird Families - Summer visitors

Pacific Black Duck Bath

Painted Button-Quail Rescued By Locals - Elanora-Ingleside escarpment-Warriewood wetlands birds

Palm Beach Protection Group Launch, Supporters InvitedSaturday Feb.16th - Residents Are Saying 'NO' To Off-Leash Dogs In Station Beach Eco-System - reports over 50 dogs a day on Station Beach throughout December-January (a No Dogs Beach) small children being jumped on, Native birds chased, dog faeces being left, families with toddlers leaving beach to get away from uncontrolled dogs and 'Failure of Process' in council 'consultation' open to February 28th 

Pardalote, Scrub Wren and a Thornbill of Pittwater

Pecking Order by Robyn McWilliam

Pelican Lamps at Narrabeen  Pelican Dreamsong - A Legend of the Great Flood - dreamtime legend for children

Pittwater Becalmed  Pittwater Birds in Careel Creek Spring 2018   Pittwater Waterbirds Spring 2011  Pittwater Waterbirds - A Celebration for World Oceans Day 2015

Pittwater's Little Penguin Colony: The Saving of the Fairies of Lion Island Commenced 65 Years Ago this Year - 2019

Pittwater's Mother Nature for Mother's Day 2019

Pittwater's Waterhens: Some Notes - Narrabeen Creek Bird Gathering: Curious Juvenile Swamp Hen On Warriewood Boardwalk + Dusky Moorhens + Buff Banded Rails In Careel Creek

Plastic in 99 percent of seabirds by 2050 by CSIRO

Plover Appreciation Day September 16th 2015

Powerful and Precious by Lynleigh Grieg

Red Wattlebird Song - November 2012

Restoring The Diamond: every single drop. A Reason to Keep Dogs and Cats in at Night. 

Return Of Australasian Figbird Pair: A Reason To Keep The Trees - Aussie Bird Count 2023 (16–22 October) You can get involved here: aussiebirdcount.org.au

Salt Air Creatures Feb.2013

Scaly-breasted Lorikeet

Sea Birds off the Pittwater Coast: Albatross, Gannet, Skau + Australian Poets 1849, 1898 and 1930, 1932

Sea Eagle Juvenile at Church Point

Seagulls at Narrabeen Lagoon

Seen but Not Heard: Lilian Medland's Birds - Christobel Mattingley - one of Australia's premier Ornithological illustrators was a Queenscliff lady - 53 of her previously unpublished works have now been made available through the auspices of the National Library of Australia in a beautiful new book

7 Little Ducklings: Just Keep Paddling - Australian Wood Duck family take over local pool by Peta Wise 

Shag on a North Avalon Rock -  Seabirds for World Oceans Day 2012

Short-tailed Shearwaters Spring Migration 2013 

South-West North-East Issue 176 Pictorial

Spring 2012 - Birds are Splashing - Bees are Buzzing

Spring Becomes Summer 2014- Royal Spoonbill Pair at Careel Creek

Spring Notes 2018 - Royal Spoonbill in Careel Creek

Station Beach Off Leash Dog Area Proposal Ignores Current Uses Of Area, Environment, Long-Term Fauna Residents, Lack Of Safe Parking and Clearly Stated Intentions Of Proponents have your say until February 28, 2019

Summer 2013 BirdFest - Brown Thornbill  Summer 2013 BirdFest- Canoodlers and getting Wet to Cool off  Summer 2013 Bird Fest - Little Black Cormorant   Summer 2013 BirdFest - Magpie Lark

The Mopoke or Tawny Frogmouth – For Children - A little bit about these birds, an Australian Mopoke Fairy Story from 91 years ago, some poems and more - photo by Adrian Boddy
Winter Bird Party by Joanne Seve

New Shorebirds WingThing  For Youngsters Available To Download

A Shorebirds WingThing educational brochure for kids (A5) helps children learn about shorebirds, their life and journey. The 2021 revised brochure version was published in February 2021 and is available now. You can download a file copy here.

If you would like a free print copy of this brochure, please send a self-addressed envelope with A$1.10 postage (or larger if you would like it unfolded) affixed to: BirdLife Australia, Shorebird WingThing Request, 2-05Shorebird WingThing/60 Leicester St, Carlton VIC 3053.